diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'manual')
61 files changed, 16960 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/manual/GFDL-1.2 b/manual/GFDL-1.2 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a0fe1c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/GFDL-1.2 | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ | |||
| 1 | GNU Free Documentation License | ||
| 2 | Version 1.2, November 2002 | ||
| 3 | |||
| 4 | |||
| 5 | Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 6 | 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA | ||
| 7 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
| 8 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | |||
| 11 | 0. PREAMBLE | ||
| 12 | |||
| 13 | The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other | ||
| 14 | functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to | ||
| 15 | assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, | ||
| 16 | with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. | ||
| 17 | Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way | ||
| 18 | to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible | ||
| 19 | for modifications made by others. | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative | ||
| 22 | works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It | ||
| 23 | complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft | ||
| 24 | license designed for free software. | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free | ||
| 27 | software, because free software needs free documentation: a free | ||
| 28 | program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the | ||
| 29 | software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; | ||
| 30 | it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or | ||
| 31 | whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License | ||
| 32 | principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. | ||
| 33 | |||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that | ||
| 38 | contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be | ||
| 39 | distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a | ||
| 40 | world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that | ||
| 41 | work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, | ||
| 42 | refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a | ||
| 43 | licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you | ||
| 44 | copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission | ||
| 45 | under copyright law. | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the | ||
| 48 | Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with | ||
| 49 | modifications and/or translated into another language. | ||
| 50 | |||
| 51 | A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of | ||
| 52 | the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the | ||
| 53 | publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject | ||
| 54 | (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly | ||
| 55 | within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a | ||
| 56 | textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any | ||
| 57 | mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical | ||
| 58 | connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, | ||
| 59 | commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding | ||
| 60 | them. | ||
| 61 | |||
| 62 | The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles | ||
| 63 | are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice | ||
| 64 | that says that the Document is released under this License. If a | ||
| 65 | section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not | ||
| 66 | allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero | ||
| 67 | Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant | ||
| 68 | Sections then there are none. | ||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, | ||
| 71 | as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that | ||
| 72 | the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may | ||
| 73 | be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. | ||
| 74 | |||
| 75 | A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, | ||
| 76 | represented in a format whose specification is available to the | ||
| 77 | general public, that is suitable for revising the document | ||
| 78 | straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of | ||
| 79 | pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available | ||
| 80 | drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or | ||
| 81 | for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input | ||
| 82 | to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file | ||
| 83 | format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart | ||
| 84 | or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. | ||
| 85 | An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount | ||
| 86 | of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain | ||
| 89 | ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML | ||
| 90 | or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple | ||
| 91 | HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of | ||
| 92 | transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats | ||
| 93 | include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by | ||
| 94 | proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or | ||
| 95 | processing tools are not generally available, and the | ||
| 96 | machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word | ||
| 97 | processors for output purposes only. | ||
| 98 | |||
| 99 | The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, | ||
| 100 | plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material | ||
| 101 | this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in | ||
| 102 | formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means | ||
| 103 | the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, | ||
| 104 | preceding the beginning of the body of the text. | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose | ||
| 107 | title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following | ||
| 108 | text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a | ||
| 109 | specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", | ||
| 110 | "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" | ||
| 111 | of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a | ||
| 112 | section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition. | ||
| 113 | |||
| 114 | The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which | ||
| 115 | states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty | ||
| 116 | Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this | ||
| 117 | License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other | ||
| 118 | implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has | ||
| 119 | no effect on the meaning of this License. | ||
| 120 | |||
| 121 | |||
| 122 | 2. VERBATIM COPYING | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either | ||
| 125 | commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the | ||
| 126 | copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies | ||
| 127 | to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other | ||
| 128 | conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use | ||
| 129 | technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further | ||
| 130 | copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept | ||
| 131 | compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough | ||
| 132 | number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. | ||
| 133 | |||
| 134 | You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and | ||
| 135 | you may publicly display copies. | ||
| 136 | |||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY | ||
| 139 | |||
| 140 | If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have | ||
| 141 | printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the | ||
| 142 | Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the | ||
| 143 | copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover | ||
| 144 | Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on | ||
| 145 | the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify | ||
| 146 | you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present | ||
| 147 | the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and | ||
| 148 | visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. | ||
| 149 | Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve | ||
| 150 | the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated | ||
| 151 | as verbatim copying in other respects. | ||
| 152 | |||
| 153 | If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit | ||
| 154 | legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit | ||
| 155 | reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent | ||
| 156 | pages. | ||
| 157 | |||
| 158 | If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering | ||
| 159 | more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent | ||
| 160 | copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy | ||
| 161 | a computer-network location from which the general network-using | ||
| 162 | public has access to download using public-standard network protocols | ||
| 163 | a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. | ||
| 164 | If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, | ||
| 165 | when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure | ||
| 166 | that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated | ||
| 167 | location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an | ||
| 168 | Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that | ||
| 169 | edition to the public. | ||
| 170 | |||
| 171 | It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the | ||
| 172 | Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give | ||
| 173 | them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. | ||
| 174 | |||
| 175 | |||
| 176 | 4. MODIFICATIONS | ||
| 177 | |||
| 178 | You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under | ||
| 179 | the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release | ||
| 180 | the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified | ||
| 181 | Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution | ||
| 182 | and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy | ||
| 183 | of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: | ||
| 184 | |||
| 185 | A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct | ||
| 186 | from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions | ||
| 187 | (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section | ||
| 188 | of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version | ||
| 189 | if the original publisher of that version gives permission. | ||
| 190 | B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities | ||
| 191 | responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified | ||
| 192 | Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the | ||
| 193 | Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), | ||
| 194 | unless they release you from this requirement. | ||
| 195 | C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the | ||
| 196 | Modified Version, as the publisher. | ||
| 197 | D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. | ||
| 198 | E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications | ||
| 199 | adjacent to the other copyright notices. | ||
| 200 | F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice | ||
| 201 | giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the | ||
| 202 | terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. | ||
| 203 | G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections | ||
| 204 | and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. | ||
| 205 | H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. | ||
| 206 | I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add | ||
| 207 | to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and | ||
| 208 | publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If | ||
| 209 | there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one | ||
| 210 | stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as | ||
| 211 | given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified | ||
| 212 | Version as stated in the previous sentence. | ||
| 213 | J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for | ||
| 214 | public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise | ||
| 215 | the network locations given in the Document for previous versions | ||
| 216 | it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. | ||
| 217 | You may omit a network location for a work that was published at | ||
| 218 | least four years before the Document itself, or if the original | ||
| 219 | publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. | ||
| 220 | K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", | ||
| 221 | Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all | ||
| 222 | the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements | ||
| 223 | and/or dedications given therein. | ||
| 224 | L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, | ||
| 225 | unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers | ||
| 226 | or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. | ||
| 227 | M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section | ||
| 228 | may not be included in the Modified Version. | ||
| 229 | N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" | ||
| 230 | or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. | ||
| 231 | O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. | ||
| 232 | |||
| 233 | If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or | ||
| 234 | appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material | ||
| 235 | copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all | ||
| 236 | of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the | ||
| 237 | list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. | ||
| 238 | These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. | ||
| 239 | |||
| 240 | You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains | ||
| 241 | nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various | ||
| 242 | parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has | ||
| 243 | been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a | ||
| 244 | standard. | ||
| 245 | |||
| 246 | You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a | ||
| 247 | passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list | ||
| 248 | of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of | ||
| 249 | Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or | ||
| 250 | through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already | ||
| 251 | includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or | ||
| 252 | by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, | ||
| 253 | you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit | ||
| 254 | permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. | ||
| 255 | |||
| 256 | The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License | ||
| 257 | give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or | ||
| 258 | imply endorsement of any Modified Version. | ||
| 259 | |||
| 260 | |||
| 261 | 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS | ||
| 262 | |||
| 263 | You may combine the Document with other documents released under this | ||
| 264 | License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified | ||
| 265 | versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the | ||
| 266 | Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and | ||
| 267 | list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its | ||
| 268 | license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. | ||
| 269 | |||
| 270 | The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and | ||
| 271 | multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single | ||
| 272 | copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but | ||
| 273 | different contents, make the title of each such section unique by | ||
| 274 | adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original | ||
| 275 | author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. | ||
| 276 | Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of | ||
| 277 | Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. | ||
| 278 | |||
| 279 | In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" | ||
| 280 | in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled | ||
| 281 | "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", | ||
| 282 | and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections | ||
| 283 | Entitled "Endorsements". | ||
| 284 | |||
| 285 | |||
| 286 | 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS | ||
| 287 | |||
| 288 | You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents | ||
| 289 | released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this | ||
| 290 | License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in | ||
| 291 | the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for | ||
| 292 | verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. | ||
| 293 | |||
| 294 | You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute | ||
| 295 | it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this | ||
| 296 | License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all | ||
| 297 | other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. | ||
| 298 | |||
| 299 | |||
| 300 | 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS | ||
| 301 | |||
| 302 | A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate | ||
| 303 | and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or | ||
| 304 | distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright | ||
| 305 | resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights | ||
| 306 | of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. | ||
| 307 | When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not | ||
| 308 | apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves | ||
| 309 | derivative works of the Document. | ||
| 310 | |||
| 311 | If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these | ||
| 312 | copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of | ||
| 313 | the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on | ||
| 314 | covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the | ||
| 315 | electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. | ||
| 316 | Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole | ||
| 317 | aggregate. | ||
| 318 | |||
| 319 | |||
| 320 | 8. TRANSLATION | ||
| 321 | |||
| 322 | Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may | ||
| 323 | distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. | ||
| 324 | Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special | ||
| 325 | permission from their copyright holders, but you may include | ||
| 326 | translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the | ||
| 327 | original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a | ||
| 328 | translation of this License, and all the license notices in the | ||
| 329 | Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include | ||
| 330 | the original English version of this License and the original versions | ||
| 331 | of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between | ||
| 332 | the translation and the original version of this License or a notice | ||
| 333 | or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. | ||
| 334 | |||
| 335 | If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", | ||
| 336 | "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve | ||
| 337 | its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual | ||
| 338 | title. | ||
| 339 | |||
| 340 | |||
| 341 | 9. TERMINATION | ||
| 342 | |||
| 343 | You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except | ||
| 344 | as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to | ||
| 345 | copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will | ||
| 346 | automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, | ||
| 347 | parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this | ||
| 348 | License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such | ||
| 349 | parties remain in full compliance. | ||
| 350 | |||
| 351 | |||
| 352 | 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE | ||
| 353 | |||
| 354 | The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions | ||
| 355 | of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new | ||
| 356 | versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may | ||
| 357 | differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See | ||
| 358 | http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. | ||
| 359 | |||
| 360 | Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. | ||
| 361 | If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this | ||
| 362 | License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of | ||
| 363 | following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or | ||
| 364 | of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the | ||
| 365 | Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version | ||
| 366 | number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not | ||
| 367 | as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. | ||
| 368 | |||
| 369 | |||
| 370 | ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents | ||
| 371 | |||
| 372 | To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of | ||
| 373 | the License in the document and put the following copyright and | ||
| 374 | license notices just after the title page: | ||
| 375 | |||
| 376 | Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. | ||
| 377 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 378 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 | ||
| 379 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 380 | with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. | ||
| 381 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU | ||
| 382 | Free Documentation License". | ||
| 383 | |||
| 384 | If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, | ||
| 385 | replace the "with...Texts." line with this: | ||
| 386 | |||
| 387 | with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the | ||
| 388 | Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. | ||
| 389 | |||
| 390 | If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other | ||
| 391 | combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the | ||
| 392 | situation. | ||
| 393 | |||
| 394 | If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we | ||
| 395 | recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of | ||
| 396 | free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, | ||
| 397 | to permit their use in free software. | ||
diff --git a/manual/Makefile.am b/manual/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18096c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/Makefile.am | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ | |||
| 1 | SUBDIRS = en ja | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | EXTRA_DIST = GFDL-1.2 | ||
diff --git a/manual/Makefile.in b/manual/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ad07d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/Makefile.in | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ | |||
| 1 | # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am. | ||
| 2 | # @configure_input@ | ||
| 3 | |||
| 4 | # Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 5 | |||
| 6 | # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation | ||
| 7 | # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, | ||
| 8 | # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 11 | # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without | ||
| 12 | # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A | ||
| 13 | # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | ||
| 14 | |||
| 15 | @SET_MAKE@ | ||
| 16 | VPATH = @srcdir@ | ||
| 17 | am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)' | ||
| 18 | am__make_running_with_option = \ | ||
| 19 | case $${target_option-} in \ | ||
| 20 | ?) ;; \ | ||
| 21 | *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ | ||
| 22 | "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ | ||
| 23 | exit 1;; \ | ||
| 24 | esac; \ | ||
| 25 | has_opt=no; \ | ||
| 26 | sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ | ||
| 27 | if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ | ||
| 28 | sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ | ||
| 29 | else \ | ||
| 30 | case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ | ||
| 31 | *\\[\ \ ]*) \ | ||
| 32 | bs=\\; \ | ||
| 33 | sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | ||
| 34 | | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ | ||
| 35 | esac; \ | ||
| 36 | fi; \ | ||
| 37 | skip_next=no; \ | ||
| 38 | strip_trailopt () \ | ||
| 39 | { \ | ||
| 40 | flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ | ||
| 41 | }; \ | ||
| 42 | for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ | ||
| 43 | test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ | ||
| 44 | case $$flg in \ | ||
| 45 | *=*|--*) continue;; \ | ||
| 46 | -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 47 | -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ | ||
| 48 | -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 49 | -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ | ||
| 50 | -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 51 | -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ | ||
| 52 | -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 53 | -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 54 | esac; \ | ||
| 55 | case $$flg in \ | ||
| 56 | *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ | ||
| 57 | esac; \ | ||
| 58 | done; \ | ||
| 59 | test $$has_opt = yes | ||
| 60 | am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) | ||
| 61 | am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) | ||
| 62 | pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 63 | pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 64 | pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 65 | pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 66 | am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd | ||
| 67 | install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 | ||
| 68 | install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c | ||
| 69 | install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c | ||
| 70 | INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) | ||
| 71 | transform = $(program_transform_name) | ||
| 72 | NORMAL_INSTALL = : | ||
| 73 | PRE_INSTALL = : | ||
| 74 | POST_INSTALL = : | ||
| 75 | NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 76 | PRE_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 77 | POST_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 78 | build_triplet = @build@ | ||
| 79 | host_triplet = @host@ | ||
| 80 | target_triplet = @target@ | ||
| 81 | subdir = manual | ||
| 82 | DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ | ||
| 83 | $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs | ||
| 84 | ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 | ||
| 85 | am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/ac/aclocal-include.m4 \ | ||
| 86 | $(top_srcdir)/ac/gnupg-check-typedef.m4 \ | ||
| 87 | $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac | ||
| 88 | am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ | ||
| 89 | $(ACLOCAL_M4) | ||
| 90 | mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs | ||
| 91 | CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h | ||
| 92 | CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = | ||
| 93 | CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = | ||
| 94 | AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) | ||
| 95 | am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 96 | am__v_P_0 = false | ||
| 97 | am__v_P_1 = : | ||
| 98 | AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) | ||
| 99 | am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 100 | am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; | ||
| 101 | am__v_GEN_1 = | ||
| 102 | AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) | ||
| 103 | am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 104 | am__v_at_0 = @ | ||
| 105 | am__v_at_1 = | ||
| 106 | SOURCES = | ||
| 107 | DIST_SOURCES = | ||
| 108 | RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \ | ||
| 109 | ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \ | ||
| 110 | install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \ | ||
| 111 | install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \ | ||
| 112 | install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \ | ||
| 113 | install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \ | ||
| 114 | installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \ | ||
| 115 | tags-recursive uninstall-recursive | ||
| 116 | am__can_run_installinfo = \ | ||
| 117 | case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ | ||
| 118 | n|no|NO) false;; \ | ||
| 119 | *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ | ||
| 120 | esac | ||
| 121 | RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ | ||
| 122 | distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive | ||
| 123 | am__recursive_targets = \ | ||
| 124 | $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \ | ||
| 125 | $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \ | ||
| 126 | $(am__extra_recursive_targets) | ||
| 127 | AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \ | ||
| 128 | distdir | ||
| 129 | am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) | ||
| 130 | # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, | ||
| 131 | # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is | ||
| 132 | # *not* preserved. | ||
| 133 | am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ | ||
| 134 | BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ | ||
| 135 | { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ | ||
| 136 | END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ | ||
| 137 | ' | ||
| 138 | # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, | ||
| 139 | # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables | ||
| 140 | # for different programs/libraries. | ||
| 141 | am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ | ||
| 142 | list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ | ||
| 143 | unique=`for i in $$list; do \ | ||
| 144 | if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ | ||
| 145 | done | $(am__uniquify_input)` | ||
| 146 | ETAGS = etags | ||
| 147 | CTAGS = ctags | ||
| 148 | DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) | ||
| 149 | DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) | ||
| 150 | am__relativize = \ | ||
| 151 | dir0=`pwd`; \ | ||
| 152 | sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ | ||
| 153 | sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ | ||
| 154 | sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ | ||
| 155 | sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ | ||
| 156 | while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ | ||
| 157 | first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ | ||
| 158 | if test "$$first" != "."; then \ | ||
| 159 | if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ | ||
| 160 | dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ | ||
| 161 | dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ | ||
| 162 | else \ | ||
| 163 | first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ | ||
| 164 | if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ | ||
| 165 | dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ | ||
| 166 | else \ | ||
| 167 | dir2="../$$dir2"; \ | ||
| 168 | fi; \ | ||
| 169 | dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ | ||
| 170 | fi; \ | ||
| 171 | fi; \ | ||
| 172 | dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ | ||
| 173 | done; \ | ||
| 174 | reldir="$$dir2" | ||
| 175 | ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ | ||
| 176 | ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ | ||
| 177 | AMTAR = @AMTAR@ | ||
| 178 | AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ | ||
| 179 | AR = @AR@ | ||
| 180 | AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ | ||
| 181 | AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ | ||
| 182 | AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ | ||
| 183 | AWK = @AWK@ | ||
| 184 | BUILD_REVISION = @BUILD_REVISION@ | ||
| 185 | CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ | ||
| 186 | CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ | ||
| 187 | CC = @CC@ | ||
| 188 | CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ | ||
| 189 | CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ | ||
| 190 | CPP = @CPP@ | ||
| 191 | CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ | ||
| 192 | CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ | ||
| 193 | DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ | ||
| 194 | DEFS = @DEFS@ | ||
| 195 | DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ | ||
| 196 | DEVEL_VERSION = @DEVEL_VERSION@ | ||
| 197 | DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ | ||
| 198 | DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ | ||
| 199 | DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ | ||
| 200 | ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ | ||
| 201 | ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ | ||
| 202 | ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ | ||
| 203 | EGREP = @EGREP@ | ||
| 204 | EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ | ||
| 205 | EXTRA_VERSION = @EXTRA_VERSION@ | ||
| 206 | FGREP = @FGREP@ | ||
| 207 | GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ | ||
| 208 | GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 209 | GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES = @GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES@ | ||
| 210 | GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ | ||
| 211 | GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ | ||
| 212 | GLIB_MKENUMS = @GLIB_MKENUMS@ | ||
| 213 | GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ | ||
| 214 | GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ | ||
| 215 | GOBJECT_QUERY = @GOBJECT_QUERY@ | ||
| 216 | GPGME_CFLAGS = @GPGME_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 217 | GPGME_CONFIG = @GPGME_CONFIG@ | ||
| 218 | GPGME_LIBS = @GPGME_LIBS@ | ||
| 219 | GREP = @GREP@ | ||
| 220 | GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 221 | GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@ | ||
| 222 | INSTALL = @INSTALL@ | ||
| 223 | INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ | ||
| 224 | INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ | ||
| 225 | INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ | ||
| 226 | INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ | ||
| 227 | INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ | ||
| 228 | INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ | ||
| 229 | LD = @LD@ | ||
| 230 | LDAP_LIBS = @LDAP_LIBS@ | ||
| 231 | LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ | ||
| 232 | LEX = @LEX@ | ||
| 233 | LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ | ||
| 234 | LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ | ||
| 235 | LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ | ||
| 236 | LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ | ||
| 237 | LIBS = @LIBS@ | ||
| 238 | LIBSYLPH_CFLAGS = @LIBSYLPH_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 239 | LIBSYLPH_LIBS = @LIBSYLPH_LIBS@ | ||
| 240 | LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ | ||
| 241 | LIPO = @LIPO@ | ||
| 242 | LN_S = @LN_S@ | ||
| 243 | LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ | ||
| 244 | LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ | ||
| 245 | LT_AGE = @LT_AGE@ | ||
| 246 | LT_CURRENT = @LT_CURRENT@ | ||
| 247 | LT_RELEASE = @LT_RELEASE@ | ||
| 248 | LT_REVISION = @LT_REVISION@ | ||
| 249 | MAINT = @MAINT@ | ||
| 250 | MAJOR_VERSION = @MAJOR_VERSION@ | ||
| 251 | MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ | ||
| 252 | MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ | ||
| 253 | MICRO_VERSION = @MICRO_VERSION@ | ||
| 254 | MINOR_VERSION = @MINOR_VERSION@ | ||
| 255 | MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ | ||
| 256 | MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ | ||
| 257 | MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ | ||
| 258 | MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ | ||
| 259 | NM = @NM@ | ||
| 260 | NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ | ||
| 261 | OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ | ||
| 262 | OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ | ||
| 263 | OPENSSL_CFLAGS = @OPENSSL_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 264 | OPENSSL_LIBS = @OPENSSL_LIBS@ | ||
| 265 | OTOOL = @OTOOL@ | ||
| 266 | OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ | ||
| 267 | PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ | ||
| 268 | PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ | ||
| 269 | PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ | ||
| 270 | PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ | ||
| 271 | PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ | ||
| 272 | PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ | ||
| 273 | PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ | ||
| 274 | PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ | ||
| 275 | PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ | ||
| 276 | PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ | ||
| 277 | PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ | ||
| 278 | POFILES = @POFILES@ | ||
| 279 | POSUB = @POSUB@ | ||
| 280 | PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ | ||
| 281 | PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ | ||
| 282 | RANLIB = @RANLIB@ | ||
| 283 | SED = @SED@ | ||
| 284 | SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ | ||
| 285 | SHELL = @SHELL@ | ||
| 286 | STRIP = @STRIP@ | ||
| 287 | SYLPHEED_LIBS = @SYLPHEED_LIBS@ | ||
| 288 | USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ | ||
| 289 | VERSION = @VERSION@ | ||
| 290 | WINDRES = @WINDRES@ | ||
| 291 | XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ | ||
| 292 | YACC = @YACC@ | ||
| 293 | YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ | ||
| 294 | abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ | ||
| 295 | abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ | ||
| 296 | abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ | ||
| 297 | abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ | ||
| 298 | ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ | ||
| 299 | ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ | ||
| 300 | ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ | ||
| 301 | am__include = @am__include@ | ||
| 302 | am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ | ||
| 303 | am__quote = @am__quote@ | ||
| 304 | am__tar = @am__tar@ | ||
| 305 | am__untar = @am__untar@ | ||
| 306 | bindir = @bindir@ | ||
| 307 | build = @build@ | ||
| 308 | build_alias = @build_alias@ | ||
| 309 | build_cpu = @build_cpu@ | ||
| 310 | build_os = @build_os@ | ||
| 311 | build_vendor = @build_vendor@ | ||
| 312 | builddir = @builddir@ | ||
| 313 | datadir = @datadir@ | ||
| 314 | datarootdir = @datarootdir@ | ||
| 315 | docdir = @docdir@ | ||
| 316 | dvidir = @dvidir@ | ||
| 317 | exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ | ||
| 318 | faqdir = @faqdir@ | ||
| 319 | host = @host@ | ||
| 320 | host_alias = @host_alias@ | ||
| 321 | host_cpu = @host_cpu@ | ||
| 322 | host_os = @host_os@ | ||
| 323 | host_vendor = @host_vendor@ | ||
| 324 | htmldir = @htmldir@ | ||
| 325 | includedir = @includedir@ | ||
| 326 | infodir = @infodir@ | ||
| 327 | install_sh = @install_sh@ | ||
| 328 | libdir = @libdir@ | ||
| 329 | libexecdir = @libexecdir@ | ||
| 330 | localedir = @localedir@ | ||
| 331 | localstatedir = @localstatedir@ | ||
| 332 | mandir = @mandir@ | ||
| 333 | manualdir = @manualdir@ | ||
| 334 | mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ | ||
| 335 | oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ | ||
| 336 | pdfdir = @pdfdir@ | ||
| 337 | plugindir = @plugindir@ | ||
| 338 | prefix = @prefix@ | ||
| 339 | program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ | ||
| 340 | psdir = @psdir@ | ||
| 341 | sbindir = @sbindir@ | ||
| 342 | sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ | ||
| 343 | srcdir = @srcdir@ | ||
| 344 | sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ | ||
| 345 | target = @target@ | ||
| 346 | target_alias = @target_alias@ | ||
| 347 | target_cpu = @target_cpu@ | ||
| 348 | target_os = @target_os@ | ||
| 349 | target_vendor = @target_vendor@ | ||
| 350 | themedir = @themedir@ | ||
| 351 | top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ | ||
| 352 | top_builddir = @top_builddir@ | ||
| 353 | top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ | ||
| 354 | SUBDIRS = en ja | ||
| 355 | EXTRA_DIST = GFDL-1.2 | ||
| 356 | all: all-recursive | ||
| 357 | |||
| 358 | .SUFFIXES: | ||
| 359 | $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) | ||
| 360 | @for dep in $?; do \ | ||
| 361 | case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ | ||
| 362 | *$$dep*) \ | ||
| 363 | ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ | ||
| 364 | && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ | ||
| 365 | exit 1;; \ | ||
| 366 | esac; \ | ||
| 367 | done; \ | ||
| 368 | echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign manual/Makefile'; \ | ||
| 369 | $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ | ||
| 370 | $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign manual/Makefile | ||
| 371 | .PRECIOUS: Makefile | ||
| 372 | Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status | ||
| 373 | @case '$?' in \ | ||
| 374 | *config.status*) \ | ||
| 375 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ | ||
| 376 | *) \ | ||
| 377 | echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ | ||
| 378 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ | ||
| 379 | esac; | ||
| 380 | |||
| 381 | $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) | ||
| 382 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 383 | |||
| 384 | $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) | ||
| 385 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 386 | $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) | ||
| 387 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 388 | $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): | ||
| 389 | |||
| 390 | mostlyclean-libtool: | ||
| 391 | -rm -f *.lo | ||
| 392 | |||
| 393 | clean-libtool: | ||
| 394 | -rm -rf .libs _libs | ||
| 395 | |||
| 396 | # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd | ||
| 397 | # into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile. | ||
| 398 | # To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, | ||
| 399 | # (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status' | ||
| 400 | # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); | ||
| 401 | # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line. | ||
| 402 | $(am__recursive_targets): | ||
| 403 | @fail=; \ | ||
| 404 | if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \ | ||
| 405 | failcom='fail=yes'; \ | ||
| 406 | else \ | ||
| 407 | failcom='exit 1'; \ | ||
| 408 | fi; \ | ||
| 409 | dot_seen=no; \ | ||
| 410 | target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ | ||
| 411 | case "$@" in \ | ||
| 412 | distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ | ||
| 413 | *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ | ||
| 414 | esac; \ | ||
| 415 | for subdir in $$list; do \ | ||
| 416 | echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ | ||
| 417 | if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ | ||
| 418 | dot_seen=yes; \ | ||
| 419 | local_target="$$target-am"; \ | ||
| 420 | else \ | ||
| 421 | local_target="$$target"; \ | ||
| 422 | fi; \ | ||
| 423 | ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ | ||
| 424 | || eval $$failcom; \ | ||
| 425 | done; \ | ||
| 426 | if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ | ||
| 427 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 428 | fi; test -z "$$fail" | ||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | ID: $(am__tagged_files) | ||
| 431 | $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique | ||
| 432 | tags: tags-recursive | ||
| 433 | TAGS: tags | ||
| 434 | |||
| 435 | tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) | ||
| 436 | set x; \ | ||
| 437 | here=`pwd`; \ | ||
| 438 | if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ | ||
| 439 | include_option=--etags-include; \ | ||
| 440 | empty_fix=.; \ | ||
| 441 | else \ | ||
| 442 | include_option=--include; \ | ||
| 443 | empty_fix=; \ | ||
| 444 | fi; \ | ||
| 445 | list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ | ||
| 446 | if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ | ||
| 447 | test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ | ||
| 448 | set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ | ||
| 449 | fi; \ | ||
| 450 | done; \ | ||
| 451 | $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ | ||
| 452 | shift; \ | ||
| 453 | if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ | ||
| 454 | test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ | ||
| 455 | if test $$# -gt 0; then \ | ||
| 456 | $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ | ||
| 457 | "$$@" $$unique; \ | ||
| 458 | else \ | ||
| 459 | $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ | ||
| 460 | $$unique; \ | ||
| 461 | fi; \ | ||
| 462 | fi | ||
| 463 | ctags: ctags-recursive | ||
| 464 | |||
| 465 | CTAGS: ctags | ||
| 466 | ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) | ||
| 467 | $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ | ||
| 468 | test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ | ||
| 469 | || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ | ||
| 470 | $$unique | ||
| 471 | |||
| 472 | GTAGS: | ||
| 473 | here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ | ||
| 474 | && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ | ||
| 475 | && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" | ||
| 476 | cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive | ||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) | ||
| 479 | list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ | ||
| 480 | case "$(srcdir)" in \ | ||
| 481 | [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ | ||
| 482 | *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ | ||
| 483 | esac; \ | ||
| 484 | for i in $$list; do \ | ||
| 485 | if test -f "$$i"; then \ | ||
| 486 | echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ | ||
| 487 | else \ | ||
| 488 | echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ | ||
| 489 | fi; \ | ||
| 490 | done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files | ||
| 491 | |||
| 492 | distclean-tags: | ||
| 493 | -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags | ||
| 494 | |||
| 495 | distdir: $(DISTFILES) | ||
| 496 | @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ | ||
| 497 | topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ | ||
| 498 | list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ | ||
| 499 | dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ | ||
| 500 | sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ | ||
| 501 | -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ | ||
| 502 | case $$dist_files in \ | ||
| 503 | */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ | ||
| 504 | sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ | ||
| 505 | sort -u` ;; \ | ||
| 506 | esac; \ | ||
| 507 | for file in $$dist_files; do \ | ||
| 508 | if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ | ||
| 509 | if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ | ||
| 510 | dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ | ||
| 511 | if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ | ||
| 512 | find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ | ||
| 513 | fi; \ | ||
| 514 | if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ | ||
| 515 | cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 516 | find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ | ||
| 517 | fi; \ | ||
| 518 | cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 519 | else \ | ||
| 520 | test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ | ||
| 521 | || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ | ||
| 522 | || exit 1; \ | ||
| 523 | fi; \ | ||
| 524 | done | ||
| 525 | @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ | ||
| 526 | if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ | ||
| 527 | $(am__make_dryrun) \ | ||
| 528 | || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ | ||
| 529 | || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ | ||
| 530 | || exit 1; \ | ||
| 531 | dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ | ||
| 532 | $(am__relativize); \ | ||
| 533 | new_distdir=$$reldir; \ | ||
| 534 | dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ | ||
| 535 | $(am__relativize); \ | ||
| 536 | new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ | ||
| 537 | echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ | ||
| 538 | echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ | ||
| 539 | ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ | ||
| 540 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ | ||
| 541 | top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ | ||
| 542 | distdir="$$new_distdir" \ | ||
| 543 | am__remove_distdir=: \ | ||
| 544 | am__skip_length_check=: \ | ||
| 545 | am__skip_mode_fix=: \ | ||
| 546 | distdir) \ | ||
| 547 | || exit 1; \ | ||
| 548 | fi; \ | ||
| 549 | done | ||
| 550 | check-am: all-am | ||
| 551 | check: check-recursive | ||
| 552 | all-am: Makefile | ||
| 553 | installdirs: installdirs-recursive | ||
| 554 | installdirs-am: | ||
| 555 | install: install-recursive | ||
| 556 | install-exec: install-exec-recursive | ||
| 557 | install-data: install-data-recursive | ||
| 558 | uninstall: uninstall-recursive | ||
| 559 | |||
| 560 | install-am: all-am | ||
| 561 | @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am | ||
| 562 | |||
| 563 | installcheck: installcheck-recursive | ||
| 564 | install-strip: | ||
| 565 | if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ | ||
| 566 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ | ||
| 567 | install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ | ||
| 568 | install; \ | ||
| 569 | else \ | ||
| 570 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ | ||
| 571 | install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ | ||
| 572 | "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ | ||
| 573 | fi | ||
| 574 | mostlyclean-generic: | ||
| 575 | |||
| 576 | clean-generic: | ||
| 577 | |||
| 578 | distclean-generic: | ||
| 579 | -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) | ||
| 580 | -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) | ||
| 581 | |||
| 582 | maintainer-clean-generic: | ||
| 583 | @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" | ||
| 584 | @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." | ||
| 585 | clean: clean-recursive | ||
| 586 | |||
| 587 | clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am | ||
| 588 | |||
| 589 | distclean: distclean-recursive | ||
| 590 | -rm -f Makefile | ||
| 591 | distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags | ||
| 592 | |||
| 593 | dvi: dvi-recursive | ||
| 594 | |||
| 595 | dvi-am: | ||
| 596 | |||
| 597 | html: html-recursive | ||
| 598 | |||
| 599 | html-am: | ||
| 600 | |||
| 601 | info: info-recursive | ||
| 602 | |||
| 603 | info-am: | ||
| 604 | |||
| 605 | install-data-am: | ||
| 606 | |||
| 607 | install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive | ||
| 608 | |||
| 609 | install-dvi-am: | ||
| 610 | |||
| 611 | install-exec-am: | ||
| 612 | |||
| 613 | install-html: install-html-recursive | ||
| 614 | |||
| 615 | install-html-am: | ||
| 616 | |||
| 617 | install-info: install-info-recursive | ||
| 618 | |||
| 619 | install-info-am: | ||
| 620 | |||
| 621 | install-man: | ||
| 622 | |||
| 623 | install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive | ||
| 624 | |||
| 625 | install-pdf-am: | ||
| 626 | |||
| 627 | install-ps: install-ps-recursive | ||
| 628 | |||
| 629 | install-ps-am: | ||
| 630 | |||
| 631 | installcheck-am: | ||
| 632 | |||
| 633 | maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive | ||
| 634 | -rm -f Makefile | ||
| 635 | maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic | ||
| 636 | |||
| 637 | mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive | ||
| 638 | |||
| 639 | mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool | ||
| 640 | |||
| 641 | pdf: pdf-recursive | ||
| 642 | |||
| 643 | pdf-am: | ||
| 644 | |||
| 645 | ps: ps-recursive | ||
| 646 | |||
| 647 | ps-am: | ||
| 648 | |||
| 649 | uninstall-am: | ||
| 650 | |||
| 651 | .MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip | ||
| 652 | |||
| 653 | .PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \ | ||
| 654 | check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool cscopelist-am ctags \ | ||
| 655 | ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ | ||
| 656 | distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ | ||
| 657 | install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ | ||
| 658 | install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ | ||
| 659 | install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ | ||
| 660 | install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ | ||
| 661 | install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ | ||
| 662 | installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ | ||
| 663 | mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \ | ||
| 664 | ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am | ||
| 665 | |||
| 666 | |||
| 667 | # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. | ||
| 668 | # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. | ||
| 669 | .NOEXPORT: | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/Makefile.am b/manual/en/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..049da00 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/Makefile.am | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ | |||
| 1 | manualdatadir = $(manualdir)/en | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | manualdata_DATA = \ | ||
| 4 | sylpheed-1.html \ | ||
| 5 | sylpheed-10.html \ | ||
| 6 | sylpheed-11.html \ | ||
| 7 | sylpheed-12.html \ | ||
| 8 | sylpheed-13.html \ | ||
| 9 | sylpheed-14.html \ | ||
| 10 | sylpheed-15.html \ | ||
| 11 | sylpheed-16.html \ | ||
| 12 | sylpheed-17.html \ | ||
| 13 | sylpheed-18.html \ | ||
| 14 | sylpheed-19.html \ | ||
| 15 | sylpheed-2.html \ | ||
| 16 | sylpheed-20.html \ | ||
| 17 | sylpheed-21.html \ | ||
| 18 | sylpheed-22.html \ | ||
| 19 | sylpheed-3.html \ | ||
| 20 | sylpheed-4.html \ | ||
| 21 | sylpheed-5.html \ | ||
| 22 | sylpheed-6.html \ | ||
| 23 | sylpheed-7.html \ | ||
| 24 | sylpheed-8.html \ | ||
| 25 | sylpheed-9.html \ | ||
| 26 | sylpheed.html | ||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | # generated by `ls -1 | sed -e 's/\(.*\)/ \1 \'` | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | EXTRA_DIST = $(manualdata_DATA) \ | ||
| 31 | sylpheed.sgml | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/Makefile.in b/manual/en/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c01e99 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/Makefile.in | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,573 @@ | |||
| 1 | # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am. | ||
| 2 | # @configure_input@ | ||
| 3 | |||
| 4 | # Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 5 | |||
| 6 | # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation | ||
| 7 | # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, | ||
| 8 | # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 11 | # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without | ||
| 12 | # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A | ||
| 13 | # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | ||
| 14 | |||
| 15 | @SET_MAKE@ | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | VPATH = @srcdir@ | ||
| 18 | am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)' | ||
| 19 | am__make_running_with_option = \ | ||
| 20 | case $${target_option-} in \ | ||
| 21 | ?) ;; \ | ||
| 22 | *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ | ||
| 23 | "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ | ||
| 24 | exit 1;; \ | ||
| 25 | esac; \ | ||
| 26 | has_opt=no; \ | ||
| 27 | sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ | ||
| 28 | if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ | ||
| 29 | sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ | ||
| 30 | else \ | ||
| 31 | case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ | ||
| 32 | *\\[\ \ ]*) \ | ||
| 33 | bs=\\; \ | ||
| 34 | sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | ||
| 35 | | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ | ||
| 36 | esac; \ | ||
| 37 | fi; \ | ||
| 38 | skip_next=no; \ | ||
| 39 | strip_trailopt () \ | ||
| 40 | { \ | ||
| 41 | flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ | ||
| 42 | }; \ | ||
| 43 | for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ | ||
| 44 | test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ | ||
| 45 | case $$flg in \ | ||
| 46 | *=*|--*) continue;; \ | ||
| 47 | -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 48 | -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ | ||
| 49 | -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 50 | -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ | ||
| 51 | -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 52 | -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ | ||
| 53 | -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 54 | -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 55 | esac; \ | ||
| 56 | case $$flg in \ | ||
| 57 | *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ | ||
| 58 | esac; \ | ||
| 59 | done; \ | ||
| 60 | test $$has_opt = yes | ||
| 61 | am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) | ||
| 62 | am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) | ||
| 63 | pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 64 | pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 65 | pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 66 | pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 67 | am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd | ||
| 68 | install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 | ||
| 69 | install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c | ||
| 70 | install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c | ||
| 71 | INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) | ||
| 72 | transform = $(program_transform_name) | ||
| 73 | NORMAL_INSTALL = : | ||
| 74 | PRE_INSTALL = : | ||
| 75 | POST_INSTALL = : | ||
| 76 | NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 77 | PRE_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 78 | POST_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 79 | build_triplet = @build@ | ||
| 80 | host_triplet = @host@ | ||
| 81 | target_triplet = @target@ | ||
| 82 | subdir = manual/en | ||
| 83 | DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ | ||
| 84 | $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs | ||
| 85 | ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 | ||
| 86 | am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/ac/aclocal-include.m4 \ | ||
| 87 | $(top_srcdir)/ac/gnupg-check-typedef.m4 \ | ||
| 88 | $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac | ||
| 89 | am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ | ||
| 90 | $(ACLOCAL_M4) | ||
| 91 | mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs | ||
| 92 | CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h | ||
| 93 | CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = | ||
| 94 | CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = | ||
| 95 | AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) | ||
| 96 | am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 97 | am__v_P_0 = false | ||
| 98 | am__v_P_1 = : | ||
| 99 | AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) | ||
| 100 | am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 101 | am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; | ||
| 102 | am__v_GEN_1 = | ||
| 103 | AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) | ||
| 104 | am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 105 | am__v_at_0 = @ | ||
| 106 | am__v_at_1 = | ||
| 107 | SOURCES = | ||
| 108 | DIST_SOURCES = | ||
| 109 | am__can_run_installinfo = \ | ||
| 110 | case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ | ||
| 111 | n|no|NO) false;; \ | ||
| 112 | *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ | ||
| 113 | esac | ||
| 114 | am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; | ||
| 115 | am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ | ||
| 116 | $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ | ||
| 117 | *) f=$$p;; \ | ||
| 118 | esac; | ||
| 119 | am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; | ||
| 120 | am__install_max = 40 | ||
| 121 | am__nobase_strip_setup = \ | ||
| 122 | srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` | ||
| 123 | am__nobase_strip = \ | ||
| 124 | for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" | ||
| 125 | am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ | ||
| 126 | for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ | ||
| 127 | sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ | ||
| 128 | $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ | ||
| 129 | if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ | ||
| 130 | { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ | ||
| 131 | END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' | ||
| 132 | am__base_list = \ | ||
| 133 | sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ | ||
| 134 | sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | ||
| 135 | am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ | ||
| 136 | test -z "$$files" \ | ||
| 137 | || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ | ||
| 138 | || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ | ||
| 139 | $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ | ||
| 140 | } | ||
| 141 | am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)" | ||
| 142 | DATA = $(manualdata_DATA) | ||
| 143 | am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) | ||
| 144 | DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) | ||
| 145 | ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ | ||
| 146 | ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ | ||
| 147 | AMTAR = @AMTAR@ | ||
| 148 | AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ | ||
| 149 | AR = @AR@ | ||
| 150 | AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ | ||
| 151 | AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ | ||
| 152 | AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ | ||
| 153 | AWK = @AWK@ | ||
| 154 | BUILD_REVISION = @BUILD_REVISION@ | ||
| 155 | CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ | ||
| 156 | CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ | ||
| 157 | CC = @CC@ | ||
| 158 | CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ | ||
| 159 | CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ | ||
| 160 | CPP = @CPP@ | ||
| 161 | CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ | ||
| 162 | CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ | ||
| 163 | DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ | ||
| 164 | DEFS = @DEFS@ | ||
| 165 | DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ | ||
| 166 | DEVEL_VERSION = @DEVEL_VERSION@ | ||
| 167 | DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ | ||
| 168 | DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ | ||
| 169 | DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ | ||
| 170 | ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ | ||
| 171 | ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ | ||
| 172 | ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ | ||
| 173 | EGREP = @EGREP@ | ||
| 174 | EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ | ||
| 175 | EXTRA_VERSION = @EXTRA_VERSION@ | ||
| 176 | FGREP = @FGREP@ | ||
| 177 | GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ | ||
| 178 | GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 179 | GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES = @GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES@ | ||
| 180 | GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ | ||
| 181 | GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ | ||
| 182 | GLIB_MKENUMS = @GLIB_MKENUMS@ | ||
| 183 | GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ | ||
| 184 | GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ | ||
| 185 | GOBJECT_QUERY = @GOBJECT_QUERY@ | ||
| 186 | GPGME_CFLAGS = @GPGME_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 187 | GPGME_CONFIG = @GPGME_CONFIG@ | ||
| 188 | GPGME_LIBS = @GPGME_LIBS@ | ||
| 189 | GREP = @GREP@ | ||
| 190 | GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 191 | GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@ | ||
| 192 | INSTALL = @INSTALL@ | ||
| 193 | INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ | ||
| 194 | INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ | ||
| 195 | INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ | ||
| 196 | INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ | ||
| 197 | INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ | ||
| 198 | INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ | ||
| 199 | LD = @LD@ | ||
| 200 | LDAP_LIBS = @LDAP_LIBS@ | ||
| 201 | LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ | ||
| 202 | LEX = @LEX@ | ||
| 203 | LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ | ||
| 204 | LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ | ||
| 205 | LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ | ||
| 206 | LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ | ||
| 207 | LIBS = @LIBS@ | ||
| 208 | LIBSYLPH_CFLAGS = @LIBSYLPH_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 209 | LIBSYLPH_LIBS = @LIBSYLPH_LIBS@ | ||
| 210 | LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ | ||
| 211 | LIPO = @LIPO@ | ||
| 212 | LN_S = @LN_S@ | ||
| 213 | LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ | ||
| 214 | LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ | ||
| 215 | LT_AGE = @LT_AGE@ | ||
| 216 | LT_CURRENT = @LT_CURRENT@ | ||
| 217 | LT_RELEASE = @LT_RELEASE@ | ||
| 218 | LT_REVISION = @LT_REVISION@ | ||
| 219 | MAINT = @MAINT@ | ||
| 220 | MAJOR_VERSION = @MAJOR_VERSION@ | ||
| 221 | MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ | ||
| 222 | MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ | ||
| 223 | MICRO_VERSION = @MICRO_VERSION@ | ||
| 224 | MINOR_VERSION = @MINOR_VERSION@ | ||
| 225 | MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ | ||
| 226 | MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ | ||
| 227 | MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ | ||
| 228 | MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ | ||
| 229 | NM = @NM@ | ||
| 230 | NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ | ||
| 231 | OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ | ||
| 232 | OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ | ||
| 233 | OPENSSL_CFLAGS = @OPENSSL_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 234 | OPENSSL_LIBS = @OPENSSL_LIBS@ | ||
| 235 | OTOOL = @OTOOL@ | ||
| 236 | OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ | ||
| 237 | PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ | ||
| 238 | PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ | ||
| 239 | PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ | ||
| 240 | PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ | ||
| 241 | PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ | ||
| 242 | PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ | ||
| 243 | PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ | ||
| 244 | PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ | ||
| 245 | PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ | ||
| 246 | PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ | ||
| 247 | PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ | ||
| 248 | POFILES = @POFILES@ | ||
| 249 | POSUB = @POSUB@ | ||
| 250 | PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ | ||
| 251 | PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ | ||
| 252 | RANLIB = @RANLIB@ | ||
| 253 | SED = @SED@ | ||
| 254 | SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ | ||
| 255 | SHELL = @SHELL@ | ||
| 256 | STRIP = @STRIP@ | ||
| 257 | SYLPHEED_LIBS = @SYLPHEED_LIBS@ | ||
| 258 | USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ | ||
| 259 | VERSION = @VERSION@ | ||
| 260 | WINDRES = @WINDRES@ | ||
| 261 | XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ | ||
| 262 | YACC = @YACC@ | ||
| 263 | YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ | ||
| 264 | abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ | ||
| 265 | abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ | ||
| 266 | abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ | ||
| 267 | abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ | ||
| 268 | ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ | ||
| 269 | ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ | ||
| 270 | ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ | ||
| 271 | am__include = @am__include@ | ||
| 272 | am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ | ||
| 273 | am__quote = @am__quote@ | ||
| 274 | am__tar = @am__tar@ | ||
| 275 | am__untar = @am__untar@ | ||
| 276 | bindir = @bindir@ | ||
| 277 | build = @build@ | ||
| 278 | build_alias = @build_alias@ | ||
| 279 | build_cpu = @build_cpu@ | ||
| 280 | build_os = @build_os@ | ||
| 281 | build_vendor = @build_vendor@ | ||
| 282 | builddir = @builddir@ | ||
| 283 | datadir = @datadir@ | ||
| 284 | datarootdir = @datarootdir@ | ||
| 285 | docdir = @docdir@ | ||
| 286 | dvidir = @dvidir@ | ||
| 287 | exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ | ||
| 288 | faqdir = @faqdir@ | ||
| 289 | host = @host@ | ||
| 290 | host_alias = @host_alias@ | ||
| 291 | host_cpu = @host_cpu@ | ||
| 292 | host_os = @host_os@ | ||
| 293 | host_vendor = @host_vendor@ | ||
| 294 | htmldir = @htmldir@ | ||
| 295 | includedir = @includedir@ | ||
| 296 | infodir = @infodir@ | ||
| 297 | install_sh = @install_sh@ | ||
| 298 | libdir = @libdir@ | ||
| 299 | libexecdir = @libexecdir@ | ||
| 300 | localedir = @localedir@ | ||
| 301 | localstatedir = @localstatedir@ | ||
| 302 | mandir = @mandir@ | ||
| 303 | manualdir = @manualdir@ | ||
| 304 | mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ | ||
| 305 | oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ | ||
| 306 | pdfdir = @pdfdir@ | ||
| 307 | plugindir = @plugindir@ | ||
| 308 | prefix = @prefix@ | ||
| 309 | program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ | ||
| 310 | psdir = @psdir@ | ||
| 311 | sbindir = @sbindir@ | ||
| 312 | sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ | ||
| 313 | srcdir = @srcdir@ | ||
| 314 | sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ | ||
| 315 | target = @target@ | ||
| 316 | target_alias = @target_alias@ | ||
| 317 | target_cpu = @target_cpu@ | ||
| 318 | target_os = @target_os@ | ||
| 319 | target_vendor = @target_vendor@ | ||
| 320 | themedir = @themedir@ | ||
| 321 | top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ | ||
| 322 | top_builddir = @top_builddir@ | ||
| 323 | top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ | ||
| 324 | manualdatadir = $(manualdir)/en | ||
| 325 | manualdata_DATA = \ | ||
| 326 | sylpheed-1.html \ | ||
| 327 | sylpheed-10.html \ | ||
| 328 | sylpheed-11.html \ | ||
| 329 | sylpheed-12.html \ | ||
| 330 | sylpheed-13.html \ | ||
| 331 | sylpheed-14.html \ | ||
| 332 | sylpheed-15.html \ | ||
| 333 | sylpheed-16.html \ | ||
| 334 | sylpheed-17.html \ | ||
| 335 | sylpheed-18.html \ | ||
| 336 | sylpheed-19.html \ | ||
| 337 | sylpheed-2.html \ | ||
| 338 | sylpheed-20.html \ | ||
| 339 | sylpheed-21.html \ | ||
| 340 | sylpheed-22.html \ | ||
| 341 | sylpheed-3.html \ | ||
| 342 | sylpheed-4.html \ | ||
| 343 | sylpheed-5.html \ | ||
| 344 | sylpheed-6.html \ | ||
| 345 | sylpheed-7.html \ | ||
| 346 | sylpheed-8.html \ | ||
| 347 | sylpheed-9.html \ | ||
| 348 | sylpheed.html | ||
| 349 | |||
| 350 | |||
| 351 | # generated by `ls -1 | sed -e 's/\(.*\)/ \1 \'` | ||
| 352 | EXTRA_DIST = $(manualdata_DATA) \ | ||
| 353 | sylpheed.sgml | ||
| 354 | |||
| 355 | all: all-am | ||
| 356 | |||
| 357 | .SUFFIXES: | ||
| 358 | $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) | ||
| 359 | @for dep in $?; do \ | ||
| 360 | case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ | ||
| 361 | *$$dep*) \ | ||
| 362 | ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ | ||
| 363 | && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ | ||
| 364 | exit 1;; \ | ||
| 365 | esac; \ | ||
| 366 | done; \ | ||
| 367 | echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign manual/en/Makefile'; \ | ||
| 368 | $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ | ||
| 369 | $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign manual/en/Makefile | ||
| 370 | .PRECIOUS: Makefile | ||
| 371 | Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status | ||
| 372 | @case '$?' in \ | ||
| 373 | *config.status*) \ | ||
| 374 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ | ||
| 375 | *) \ | ||
| 376 | echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ | ||
| 377 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ | ||
| 378 | esac; | ||
| 379 | |||
| 380 | $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) | ||
| 381 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 382 | |||
| 383 | $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) | ||
| 384 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 385 | $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) | ||
| 386 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 387 | $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | mostlyclean-libtool: | ||
| 390 | -rm -f *.lo | ||
| 391 | |||
| 392 | clean-libtool: | ||
| 393 | -rm -rf .libs _libs | ||
| 394 | install-manualdataDATA: $(manualdata_DATA) | ||
| 395 | @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) | ||
| 396 | @list='$(manualdata_DATA)'; test -n "$(manualdatadir)" || list=; \ | ||
| 397 | if test -n "$$list"; then \ | ||
| 398 | echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)'"; \ | ||
| 399 | $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 400 | fi; \ | ||
| 401 | for p in $$list; do \ | ||
| 402 | if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ | ||
| 403 | echo "$$d$$p"; \ | ||
| 404 | done | $(am__base_list) | \ | ||
| 405 | while read files; do \ | ||
| 406 | echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)'"; \ | ||
| 407 | $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)" || exit $$?; \ | ||
| 408 | done | ||
| 409 | |||
| 410 | uninstall-manualdataDATA: | ||
| 411 | @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) | ||
| 412 | @list='$(manualdata_DATA)'; test -n "$(manualdatadir)" || list=; \ | ||
| 413 | files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ | ||
| 414 | dir='$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) | ||
| 415 | tags TAGS: | ||
| 416 | |||
| 417 | ctags CTAGS: | ||
| 418 | |||
| 419 | cscope cscopelist: | ||
| 420 | |||
| 421 | |||
| 422 | distdir: $(DISTFILES) | ||
| 423 | @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ | ||
| 424 | topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ | ||
| 425 | list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ | ||
| 426 | dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ | ||
| 427 | sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ | ||
| 428 | -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ | ||
| 429 | case $$dist_files in \ | ||
| 430 | */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ | ||
| 431 | sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ | ||
| 432 | sort -u` ;; \ | ||
| 433 | esac; \ | ||
| 434 | for file in $$dist_files; do \ | ||
| 435 | if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ | ||
| 436 | if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ | ||
| 437 | dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ | ||
| 438 | if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ | ||
| 439 | find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ | ||
| 440 | fi; \ | ||
| 441 | if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ | ||
| 442 | cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 443 | find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ | ||
| 444 | fi; \ | ||
| 445 | cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 446 | else \ | ||
| 447 | test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ | ||
| 448 | || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ | ||
| 449 | || exit 1; \ | ||
| 450 | fi; \ | ||
| 451 | done | ||
| 452 | check-am: all-am | ||
| 453 | check: check-am | ||
| 454 | all-am: Makefile $(DATA) | ||
| 455 | installdirs: | ||
| 456 | for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)"; do \ | ||
| 457 | test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ | ||
| 458 | done | ||
| 459 | install: install-am | ||
| 460 | install-exec: install-exec-am | ||
| 461 | install-data: install-data-am | ||
| 462 | uninstall: uninstall-am | ||
| 463 | |||
| 464 | install-am: all-am | ||
| 465 | @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am | ||
| 466 | |||
| 467 | installcheck: installcheck-am | ||
| 468 | install-strip: | ||
| 469 | if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ | ||
| 470 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ | ||
| 471 | install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ | ||
| 472 | install; \ | ||
| 473 | else \ | ||
| 474 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ | ||
| 475 | install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ | ||
| 476 | "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ | ||
| 477 | fi | ||
| 478 | mostlyclean-generic: | ||
| 479 | |||
| 480 | clean-generic: | ||
| 481 | |||
| 482 | distclean-generic: | ||
| 483 | -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) | ||
| 484 | -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) | ||
| 485 | |||
| 486 | maintainer-clean-generic: | ||
| 487 | @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" | ||
| 488 | @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." | ||
| 489 | clean: clean-am | ||
| 490 | |||
| 491 | clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am | ||
| 492 | |||
| 493 | distclean: distclean-am | ||
| 494 | -rm -f Makefile | ||
| 495 | distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic | ||
| 496 | |||
| 497 | dvi: dvi-am | ||
| 498 | |||
| 499 | dvi-am: | ||
| 500 | |||
| 501 | html: html-am | ||
| 502 | |||
| 503 | html-am: | ||
| 504 | |||
| 505 | info: info-am | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | info-am: | ||
| 508 | |||
| 509 | install-data-am: install-manualdataDATA | ||
| 510 | |||
| 511 | install-dvi: install-dvi-am | ||
| 512 | |||
| 513 | install-dvi-am: | ||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | install-exec-am: | ||
| 516 | |||
| 517 | install-html: install-html-am | ||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | install-html-am: | ||
| 520 | |||
| 521 | install-info: install-info-am | ||
| 522 | |||
| 523 | install-info-am: | ||
| 524 | |||
| 525 | install-man: | ||
| 526 | |||
| 527 | install-pdf: install-pdf-am | ||
| 528 | |||
| 529 | install-pdf-am: | ||
| 530 | |||
| 531 | install-ps: install-ps-am | ||
| 532 | |||
| 533 | install-ps-am: | ||
| 534 | |||
| 535 | installcheck-am: | ||
| 536 | |||
| 537 | maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am | ||
| 538 | -rm -f Makefile | ||
| 539 | maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic | ||
| 540 | |||
| 541 | mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am | ||
| 542 | |||
| 543 | mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool | ||
| 544 | |||
| 545 | pdf: pdf-am | ||
| 546 | |||
| 547 | pdf-am: | ||
| 548 | |||
| 549 | ps: ps-am | ||
| 550 | |||
| 551 | ps-am: | ||
| 552 | |||
| 553 | uninstall-am: uninstall-manualdataDATA | ||
| 554 | |||
| 555 | .MAKE: install-am install-strip | ||
| 556 | |||
| 557 | .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ | ||
| 558 | cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \ | ||
| 559 | distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ | ||
| 560 | install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ | ||
| 561 | install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ | ||
| 562 | install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ | ||
| 563 | install-manualdataDATA install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ | ||
| 564 | install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ | ||
| 565 | installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ | ||
| 566 | mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \ | ||
| 567 | ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \ | ||
| 568 | uninstall-manualdataDATA | ||
| 569 | |||
| 570 | |||
| 571 | # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. | ||
| 572 | # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. | ||
| 573 | .NOEXPORT: | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-1.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b51a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-1.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: What is Sylpheed?</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-2.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | |||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | Previous | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s1">1. What is Sylpheed?</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P> | ||
| 18 | <P> | ||
| 19 | <P> | ||
| 20 | <P> | ||
| 21 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1 Introduction to Sylpheed.</A> | ||
| 22 | </H2> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P>Sylpheed is a fast e-mail and news client. It will run on just about any Linux or Unix compliant system. | ||
| 25 | <P>The power of Sylpheed is that it is | ||
| 26 | <UL> | ||
| 27 | <LI>light on resources</LI> | ||
| 28 | <LI>very fast</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>intuitive for most people</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>easy to work with</LI> | ||
| 31 | <LI>loaded with features</LI> | ||
| 32 | <LI>graceful and sophisticated in its interface</LI> | ||
| 33 | </UL> | ||
| 34 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2 Interface</A> | ||
| 35 | </H2> | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | <P>The appearance and interface are similar to some popular e-mail clients for | ||
| 38 | Windows, such as Outlook Express, Becky!, and Datula. The interface is | ||
| 39 | also designed to emulate the mailers on Emacsen, and almost all commands | ||
| 40 | are accessible with the keyboard. | ||
| 41 | <P>The messages are managed by MH format, and you'll be able to use it | ||
| 42 | together with another mailer based on MH format (like Mew). You can | ||
| 43 | also utilize fetchmail or/and procmail, and external programs for | ||
| 44 | receiving (like inc or imget). | ||
| 45 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.3">1.3 Main features</A> | ||
| 46 | </H2> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P>Currently implemented features are: | ||
| 49 | <UL> | ||
| 50 | <LI>Unlimited multiple account handling</LI> | ||
| 51 | <LI>Thread display</LI> | ||
| 52 | <LI>Filtering </LI> | ||
| 53 | <LI>MIME (attachments) </LI> | ||
| 54 | <LI>built-in image view </LI> | ||
| 55 | <LI>X-Face support </LI> | ||
| 56 | <LI>External editor support </LI> | ||
| 57 | <LI>Message queueing </LI> | ||
| 58 | <LI>Draft message function </LI> | ||
| 59 | <LI>Template</LI> | ||
| 60 | <LI>Line-wrapping </LI> | ||
| 61 | <LI>Clickable URI </LI> | ||
| 62 | <LI>XML-based addressbook </LI> | ||
| 63 | <LI>LDAP addressbook </LI> | ||
| 64 | <LI>Jpilot addressbook (for Palm types handhelds)</LI> | ||
| 65 | <LI>Newly arrived and unread message management </LI> | ||
| 66 | <LI>Multiple MH folder support </LI> | ||
| 67 | <LI>Mew/Wanderlust compatible key bindings </LI> | ||
| 68 | <LI>News reader function </LI> | ||
| 69 | <LI>Printing </LI> | ||
| 70 | <LI>UIDL support </LI> | ||
| 71 | <LI>APOP authentication </LI> | ||
| 72 | <LI>SMTP AUTH support</LI> | ||
| 73 | <LI>IPv6 support </LI> | ||
| 74 | <LI>GPG encryption and signature</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>Autoconf, automake support </LI> | ||
| 76 | <LI>Support of i18n of messages by gettext </LI> | ||
| 77 | <LI>Supports many locales, including UTF-8 (Unicode), when using libjconv </LI> | ||
| 78 | <LI>IMAP4 compliant</LI> | ||
| 79 | </UL> | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | This list is not complete, but this will at least show you the most common features in Sylpheed. | ||
| 82 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.4">1.4 Methods for managing messages</A> | ||
| 83 | </H2> | ||
| 84 | |||
| 85 | <P>There are several ways to manage messages. The best known is <CODE>not at all.</CODE> | ||
| 86 | <P>Too many people receive lots of e-mails and just let them end up in the INBOX folder. Which after a while becomes unmanageable. Try to locate that one mail about an important event you got 5 days ago, in a mailbox that has over 5000 messages in it. Even when sorted on date, it might take you a tremendous time to locate it. | ||
| 87 | <P>For this there are <CODE>mailfolders and mailboxes.</CODE> | ||
| 88 | <P>When you read on in this manual, you will learn about creating mailboxes and also folders that can contain more mailboxes. What are these good for? | ||
| 89 | <P>Overview. Simple as that. In different mailboxes you can store different kinds of mails. Suppose you are a member of a kiting club. And you get at least 30 e-mails per day from that club. The smart thing to do now is to create a separate mailbox for these mails. So when an e-mail comes in from the kiting club, you can move it to the kiting club mailbox. That way you know that you have all your kiting e-mails in one place. | ||
| 90 | <P>Tedious, you say? To move 30 mails a day to that box, when they come in at random moments? You bet that is a tedious job. You can be certain that you will miss that very important one about transport to the kiting ground where you will have the contest of biggest and most beautiful kite! | ||
| 91 | <P>Well, also for this there is a solution. Those are called <CODE>filters</CODE>. | ||
| 92 | <P>Filters can automate the process of moving e-mails to new locations. Further on in this manual you will also learn about setting up filters, so you do not have to move these kiting e-mails to the kiting club mailbox. | ||
| 93 | <P> | ||
| 94 | <H3>Okay, so what is the difference between a mailbox and a mailfolder?</H3> | ||
| 95 | |||
| 96 | <P>This is actually the exact same thing as you do on your harddisk. You create directories in which you can put files and more directories. | ||
| 97 | <P>In the case of Sylpheed, you can create a mailbox in which you can put more mailboxes that somehow belong together. For example, you could create a mailbox (folder) that contains the mailboxes for all the mailing lists you belong to. | ||
| 98 | <P>A word of clarification is perhaps in need here. In Sylpheed, a maillbox is nothing more than a directory. And in a directory you can create a new directory. But also files. And Sylpheed stores each e-mail in a separate file on disk. | ||
| 99 | An example of how a mailbox tree could look is | ||
| 100 | <P> | ||
| 101 | <P> | ||
| 102 | <P> | ||
| 103 | <P> | ||
| 104 | <P>As you can see, there is no real limit to the way you can set up your mailboxes. As long as you have diskspace available, you can create mailboxes and mailboxes within mailboxes. | ||
| 105 | <P>Of course, you should observe some common sense when you start creating mailboxes. To keep all mail in one place is not a good idea, but to create a maze of mailboxes is not a good idea either! | ||
| 106 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.5">1.5 Features for the future</A> | ||
| 107 | </H2> | ||
| 108 | |||
| 109 | <P>This is a special chapter. As with all open source programs, many features can be requested by you, the user of Sylpheed. The best way to join in on the talks is to join one of the mailing lists on Sylpheed. For this, you can turn to the Information section of this manual and read up on how to join a mailing list. | ||
| 110 | <HR> | ||
| 111 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">Next</A> | ||
| 112 | Previous | ||
| 113 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1">Contents</A> | ||
| 114 | </BODY> | ||
| 115 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-10.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c28bf1c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-10.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Recieving Messages</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-11.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-9.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s10">10. Recieving Messages</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss10.1">10.1 Using POP Reception Function in Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>Receiving messages from a POP server is very easy, once you set up Sylpheed the proper way. You can refer to the section "Setting up an account" on how to do this. | ||
| 21 | <P>Once you are connected to the internet, or by another network that gives you access to the POP server, simply press the "Get new mail" button (or press Alt-I) and Sylpheed will connect to the server to fetch your new mail. Once this is retrieved, any filters you may have set up will be executed and then the folder pane will show you, marked in bold, which folder/mailbox contains new messages. | ||
| 22 | <H2><A NAME="ss10.2">10.2 Using Other Programs such as fetchmail</A> | ||
| 23 | </H2> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <P>Although it is not within the scope of this manual, a bit of information on fetchmail or getmail. | ||
| 26 | <P>You need to have either of these programs installed, and configured correctly. See the man pages/README files of the appropriate program on doing this. | ||
| 27 | <P>After setting the program up, you can invoke it, either by hand or through CRON, to get your mail. The mail will usually be downloaded into /var/spool/mail/your_user_id. You can then tell Sylpheed, through an account that looks in your local unix mailbox, to get mail from there. For this you press the "Get mail" button, or press "Alt-I". | ||
| 28 | <HR> | ||
| 29 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">Next</A> | ||
| 30 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 31 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10">Contents</A> | ||
| 32 | </BODY> | ||
| 33 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-11.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-11.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75ec64b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-11.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Composing Messages</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-12.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-10.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s11">11. Composing Messages</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.1">11.1 Composing a New Message</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>When you start writing a new message, you are presented a nice dialog in which you can enter all kinds of information. In the From: line you find a dropdown list. In there you can select the e-mail account you want to use as the sending account. | ||
| 21 | <P>In the To: / Cc: / Bcc: part, you write the e-mail address of the receiver. You can enter several e-mail addresses, as long as they are separated by commas. An important utility here is the button "Address". When you click that, you see the address book. You can point at an address, click the "To:", "Cc:" or "Bcc:" button, and Sylpheed will place the address in the selected line. The Bcc: may be greyed out. In order to make that accessible, you need to add the Bcc: line to the message. You do that through the Message menu, and checking the Bcc option. | ||
| 22 | <P>In the Subject line you enter a short descriptive text what your message will be about. | ||
| 23 | <P>You can move between these lines by pressing TAB (to skip to the next line) and SHIFT-TAB (to go back up). When you press TAB in the last line, you will be moved to the message body. | ||
| 24 | <P>Did you select a signature file in the settings for the active account, it will be in the message text already. You can now write your message. When you are done, you can click Send, Send later or Draft in the toolbar. Send attempts to send the message immediately. Send later will place it in the Send folder, and Draft will place it in the Draft folder. | ||
| 25 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.2">11.2 Replying to a Message</A> | ||
| 26 | </H2> | ||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | <P>To reply to a message, you use the "reply" function. In Sylpheed you activate this through either the "Reply" button, or by pressing Alt-R. | ||
| 29 | <P>A new message window will be created, with the e-mail address of the recipient and the subject already set for you. Most of the things described in Composing a new message are also applicable to this window. | ||
| 30 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.3">11.3 Replying to a Message with Quotation</A> | ||
| 31 | </H2> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>If you want to have Sylpheed quote the text you are replying to, you need to go into the Configuration menu. There you select Common preferences, go to the Compose tab, and check the "Quote message when replying" box. There you can also edit the quotation mark (the mark put in front of each quoted line in the reply mail) and the reply attribution (which is placed in front of the reply text). | ||
| 34 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.4">11.4 Forwarding Messages</A> | ||
| 35 | </H2> | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | <P>Forwarding a message means: you send the entire message, including headers (Sender address, date sent etc.) on to someone else. For this you press the "Forward" button, or you press Ctrl-F. A new message window is created, containing the text of the selected message. You can then supply the name(s) of the recipient(s) of the message as in composing a new message, perhaps add a few lines of text to the message and send it on its way. | ||
| 38 | <HR> | ||
| 39 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">Next</A> | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 41 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11">Contents</A> | ||
| 42 | </BODY> | ||
| 43 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-12.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-12.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d55b6de --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-12.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Address Book</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-13.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-11.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s12">12. Address Book</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P> | ||
| 18 | <P> | ||
| 19 | <P> | ||
| 20 | <P> | ||
| 21 | <P> | ||
| 22 | <P>In the address book, accessible through Shift-Ctrl-A, | ||
| 23 | the Addressbook button, or through the "Tools" menu, you | ||
| 24 | store e-mail addresses of the people and places you want | ||
| 25 | to write more often. | ||
| 26 | <P>If the options have been compiled into Sylpheed, the | ||
| 27 | address book can connect to a LDAP server for address | ||
| 28 | lookup, and you can use the address book stored on your | ||
| 29 | Palm PDA. | ||
| 30 | <P> | ||
| 31 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.1">12.1 Adding and Deleting Addresses</A> | ||
| 32 | </H2> | ||
| 33 | |||
| 34 | <P>Adding an address to the address book is quite easy too. | ||
| 35 | Rightclick the folder or group you want to add the address | ||
| 36 | to, select "new address" and fill in the dialog that comes | ||
| 37 | up. You can also directly click the Add button in the | ||
| 38 | address book window, and the dialog comes up. In this | ||
| 39 | case the address is moved into the folder/group that is | ||
| 40 | selected at the moment of adding. | ||
| 41 | <P> | ||
| 42 | <P> | ||
| 43 | <P> | ||
| 44 | <P> | ||
| 45 | <P>In the "Basic data" tab, you can fill the first | ||
| 46 | and last name and provide a nickname. The "Display name" | ||
| 47 | will be used by the "Name" column of the address book | ||
| 48 | window. | ||
| 49 | <P> | ||
| 50 | <P> | ||
| 51 | <P> | ||
| 52 | <P> | ||
| 53 | <P> | ||
| 54 | <P>In the "E-Mail address" tab, fill the address field | ||
| 55 | and use the "Add" button to add the address to the list. | ||
| 56 | An alias can also be assigned to this address and used | ||
| 57 | when searching for an address. | ||
| 58 | Several addresses can be assigned to the same person | ||
| 59 | in your address book by repeating the sequence described | ||
| 60 | above. The addresses can then be sorted by using the | ||
| 61 | "Move up" and "Move down" buttons. The address on the top | ||
| 62 | will be the first one listed in the address book main window. | ||
| 63 | <P> | ||
| 64 | <P>Deleting an address is equally simple. Find the address, | ||
| 65 | click it once, and press the Delete button. | ||
| 66 | <P> | ||
| 67 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.2">12.2 Folders and Groups</A> | ||
| 68 | </H2> | ||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | <P>You can use groups and folders to organize your address | ||
| 71 | book into categories, hierarchies and aliases. | ||
| 72 | The folders are used to generate a hierarchical organization | ||
| 73 | and contain the actual addresses, while the groups are | ||
| 74 | used to group together addresses that lives in separate | ||
| 75 | folders. | ||
| 76 | <P>Sounds complicated, so let's see an example: consider | ||
| 77 | your workmates, they are arnaud (arnaud@company.com), | ||
| 78 | sandra (sandra@company.com), xavier (xavier@company.com) | ||
| 79 | and the chief, helene (helene@company.com). You can | ||
| 80 | create a folder named <CODE>myGroup</CODE>, create the entries | ||
| 81 | for all your workmates in this folder. Now you can create one | ||
| 82 | groupe named <CODE>jokes</CODE> that includes all but the boss | ||
| 83 | to use when sending your daily jokes, another one named | ||
| 84 | <CODE>team</CODE> that includes everybody for the usual group | ||
| 85 | (serious) communication, and a third group named | ||
| 86 | <CODE>reports</CODE> that includes the boss, and the one working | ||
| 87 | with you on some projects for the weekly reports. | ||
| 88 | <P>To generate this kind of addresses organization | ||
| 89 | you only need to create the entries once, then when | ||
| 90 | creating groups you can select among the existing entries | ||
| 91 | to fill the groups. | ||
| 92 | <P>The address book, like the mail folders, can be expanded | ||
| 93 | into an entire tree of sections. For this you right-click | ||
| 94 | on the folder where you want to add a new folder, and | ||
| 95 | select "new folder". Then you can enter a descriptive | ||
| 96 | name for the folder, click Ok, and your folder is created. | ||
| 97 | <P>In this same way you can create a new group in a folder. | ||
| 98 | Right-click on the folder, select "new group", enter a name | ||
| 99 | for it, and that's it. | ||
| 100 | <P>The group settings window pops up in order to fill the group | ||
| 101 | with addresses. Use the two arrows to add to or remove from | ||
| 102 | the group the selected address. | ||
| 103 | Once the group contains the list of addresses you want it to | ||
| 104 | contain, click the "OK" button to close the window. | ||
| 105 | <P> | ||
| 106 | <P> | ||
| 107 | <P> | ||
| 108 | <P> | ||
| 109 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.3">12.3 Combination with Message Composition Window</A> | ||
| 110 | </H2> | ||
| 111 | |||
| 112 | <P>You can either enter the first letters of an address | ||
| 113 | (or alias) in the <CODE>To:</CODE> or <CODE>Cc:</CODE> field | ||
| 114 | of the composition window and press the TAB key to | ||
| 115 | let Sylpheed do the completion or open the address book, | ||
| 116 | select addresses from there and use the <CODE>To:</CODE> | ||
| 117 | and <CODE>Cc:</CODE> buttons to copy the selected addresses | ||
| 118 | into the corresponding fields of the composition window. | ||
| 119 | <P>When using the completion mode, when one or more address | ||
| 120 | matches the start you have entered, a dropdown list appears. | ||
| 121 | Select the correct address from this list and press enter | ||
| 122 | to complete the composition window's field. | ||
| 123 | <P>In completion mode, the search is made on the E-mail | ||
| 124 | address and on the alias. The other fields of the | ||
| 125 | address book entry are not used (name, nickname,...). | ||
| 126 | <P>When the address book is opened, if you select a group, | ||
| 127 | using the <CODE>To:</CODE> or <CODE>Cc:</CODE> buttons will | ||
| 128 | copy all the addresses of the selected group into the | ||
| 129 | corresponding field of the composition window. | ||
| 130 | <P>Using our previous example, you can select the <CODE>jokes</CODE> | ||
| 131 | group when sending you morning jokes, and the <CODE>reports</CODE> | ||
| 132 | one when sending your weekly reports... | ||
| 133 | <P> | ||
| 134 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.4">12.4 Using your PDA addressbook (with Jpilot)</A> | ||
| 135 | </H2> | ||
| 136 | |||
| 137 | <P>Sylpheed can optionally use your PDA addressbook. This option is | ||
| 138 | available if you have compiled Sylpheed with the support of Jpilot. | ||
| 139 | For more details regarding the compilation of Sylpheed with (or without) | ||
| 140 | optional features, see the | ||
| 141 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#compile_sylpheed">compilation section</A>. | ||
| 142 | <P> | ||
| 143 | <P>Sylpheed uses the Jpilot side copy of your address book, so you do | ||
| 144 | not need to put your PDA on the craddle to find an address (but do | ||
| 145 | not forget to synchronize). | ||
| 146 | <P> | ||
| 147 | <P>In order to use your PDA's addressbook in Sylpheed, open the addressbook | ||
| 148 | window, select the <I>JPilot</I> icon in the left tree view, | ||
| 149 | use the <I>File -> New Jpilot</I> menu entry and choose a name for | ||
| 150 | this addressbook. | ||
| 151 | Define the name of the Jpilot addressbook file (usually in: | ||
| 152 | <CODE>~/.jpilot/AddressDB.pdb</CODE>) and press <I>OK</I>. | ||
| 153 | You can use one (or more) of the custom fields to store alternate | ||
| 154 | Email addresses for the same person. | ||
| 155 | <P> | ||
| 156 | <P>Now you can browse your PDA addressbook. Sylpheed only has read | ||
| 157 | access to this addressbook, so you can't modify your PDA addressbook | ||
| 158 | from Sylpheed. | ||
| 159 | <P> | ||
| 160 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.5">12.5 LDAP server connection</A> | ||
| 161 | </H2> | ||
| 162 | |||
| 163 | <P> | ||
| 164 | <P>### FIXME: write this part. | ||
| 165 | <P> | ||
| 166 | <HR> | ||
| 167 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">Next</A> | ||
| 168 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 169 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12">Contents</A> | ||
| 170 | </BODY> | ||
| 171 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-13.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-13.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e5255e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-13.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,473 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Filters, actions and templates</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-14.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-12.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s13">13. Filters, actions and templates</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P>Sylpheed offers three powerfull tools to help you automatically | ||
| 18 | and efficently manage you mails. These tools are: | ||
| 19 | <P> | ||
| 20 | <UL> | ||
| 21 | <LI>The <I>filters</I>, that let you sort you incoming messages and move | ||
| 22 | them into your folders based on their sender, their content, | ||
| 23 | using regular expressions.</LI> | ||
| 24 | <LI>The <I>actions</I> feature is a convenient way for the user to launch | ||
| 25 | external commands to process a complete message file including | ||
| 26 | headers and body or just one of its parts. | ||
| 27 | It allows also the use of an external command to filter the whole | ||
| 28 | text or just a selected part in the message window or in the | ||
| 29 | compose window.</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>The <I>templates</I> that let you pre-define complete messages | ||
| 31 | leaving placeholders in the text to be filled at composition time.</LI> | ||
| 32 | </UL> | ||
| 33 | <P> | ||
| 34 | <P> | ||
| 35 | <P> | ||
| 36 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.1">13.1 Filters</A> | ||
| 37 | </H2> | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | <P>Written by Nick Selby (sylpheed@nickselby.com) | ||
| 40 | <P>Sylpheed provides powerful filters to allow users to automatically | ||
| 41 | pre-sort incoming mail based on a set of rules that the user defines. | ||
| 42 | As a most simple example, let's say you work at the Acme Grommet Company, | ||
| 43 | and you want all e-mail from your co-workers to be placed in one mailbox. | ||
| 44 | To accomplish this, you would set up a filter that would place all mail | ||
| 45 | whose "From" header includes the phrase "acmegrommet.com" into a specific | ||
| 46 | mailbox. | ||
| 47 | <P>Sylpheed allows you much more control than just that simple setup; | ||
| 48 | you may create filters based on several variables, including an | ||
| 49 | "If this AND that" or "If the message contains this OR does NOT contain that" | ||
| 50 | etc. It's very cool. | ||
| 51 | <P> | ||
| 52 | <H3>Finding The Filter Setting Dialog</H3> | ||
| 53 | |||
| 54 | <P>The filter settings dialog is located in the <I>Configuration</I> menu, | ||
| 55 | under the title "Filter Setting" or from the <I>Tools</I> menu, under in | ||
| 56 | the <I>Create filter rules</I> sub menu. You may also use establish a | ||
| 57 | keyboard shortcut (see Keyboard Shortcuts). | ||
| 58 | <P> | ||
| 59 | <P> | ||
| 60 | <P> | ||
| 61 | <P> | ||
| 62 | <H3>Setting Up Filters</H3> | ||
| 63 | |||
| 64 | <P>Operator(s) and Processing instructions combine to create a Filter Rule. | ||
| 65 | <P>* Operators | ||
| 66 | The dialog's first setting option establishes the Operator, the variable | ||
| 67 | that will tell the filter what specific text to look for to trigger a | ||
| 68 | filter. Each Filter Rule may have up to two operator sets. | ||
| 69 | <P>Each Operator variable contains three sections: <I>Header</I>, | ||
| 70 | <I>Keyword</I> and <I>Predicate</I>. | ||
| 71 | <P>Header is a drop-down box which defines in which message header | ||
| 72 | Sylpheed's filter will search. Choices range from <I>Subject</I> | ||
| 73 | to <I>X-Mailer</I>. | ||
| 74 | <P><I>Keyword</I> is a a text box in which you may enter the text | ||
| 75 | for which the filter will search. | ||
| 76 | <P>Predicate allows you to choose to filter based on whether the operator | ||
| 77 | contains, or does not contain, the text you enter in the Keyword field. | ||
| 78 | <P>Example: Create an Operator in which the X-Mailer field of an incoming | ||
| 79 | message contains the word 'Eudora'. | ||
| 80 | <P> | ||
| 81 | <UL> | ||
| 82 | <LI>Step 1. Under the <I>Header</I> drop-down box, select | ||
| 83 | <I>X-Mailer</I>.</LI> | ||
| 84 | <LI>Step 2. In the <I>Keyword</I> text box, type 'eudora' | ||
| 85 | (case insensitive)</LI> | ||
| 86 | <LI>Step 3. Determine appropriate Predicate setting. Default | ||
| 87 | is <I>Contains</I>.</LI> | ||
| 88 | </UL> | ||
| 89 | <P>The second Operator setting, which is set identically to the | ||
| 90 | first, also allows the user to select an AND/OR setting | ||
| 91 | declaring the relationship between the two operators. | ||
| 92 | <P>Example: Create an Operator set which will process mail with | ||
| 93 | a <I>From</I> header of bob@acmegrommet.com AND a subject | ||
| 94 | of "2001 Spring Grommet Collection" | ||
| 95 | <P> | ||
| 96 | <UL> | ||
| 97 | <LI>Step 1. Under the first Operator set's Header drop-down | ||
| 98 | box, select <I>From</I>.</LI> | ||
| 99 | <LI>Step 2. In the <I>Keyword</I> text box, type | ||
| 100 | 'bob@acmegrommet.com' (case insensitive).</LI> | ||
| 101 | <LI>Step 3. Leave <I>Predicate</I> setting on default, | ||
| 102 | <I>Contains</I></LI> | ||
| 103 | <LI>Step 4. Leave <I>AND/OR</I> box on default setting, <I>and</I>.</LI> | ||
| 104 | <LI>Step 5. Under the second Operator set's <I>Header</I> | ||
| 105 | drop-down box, select <I>Subject</I>.</LI> | ||
| 106 | <LI>Step 6. In the <I>Keyword</I> text box, type | ||
| 107 | '2001 spring grommet collection' (case insensitive).</LI> | ||
| 108 | <LI>Step 7. Leave <I>Predicate</I> setting on default, | ||
| 109 | <I>Contains</I>.</LI> | ||
| 110 | </UL> | ||
| 111 | <P> | ||
| 112 | <H3>Message Processing</H3> | ||
| 113 | |||
| 114 | <P>Once you've established the Operator(s) that will define | ||
| 115 | which messages will be processed, it's time to tell | ||
| 116 | Sylpheed what to do with messages that match the operator(s). | ||
| 117 | You may choose between two radio button-selected settings: | ||
| 118 | <I>Destination</I> and <I>Don't Receive</I>. | ||
| 119 | <P>Selecting <I>Destinations</I> will enable you to route | ||
| 120 | the mail into a mailbox which you specify. | ||
| 121 | <P>Selecting <I>Don't Receive</I> will instruct Sylpheed | ||
| 122 | to not download messages with that operator. Note that with | ||
| 123 | <I>Don't Receive</I>, Sylpheed merely leaves the message | ||
| 124 | on your mailserver - it does not delete it. | ||
| 125 | <P>To specify a mailbox to which you want the message transfered, | ||
| 126 | click on the radio button to the left of the word <I>Destination</I> | ||
| 127 | in the dialog. (Currently, in order to specify a mailbox you | ||
| 128 | must have created that mailbox prior to activating the Filter | ||
| 129 | Setting dialog.) Clicking the <I>Select</I> button will open | ||
| 130 | a pop-up window containing all mail folders currently active | ||
| 131 | in your copy of Sylpheed. Select the mailbox you wish by either | ||
| 132 | <P> | ||
| 133 | <UL> | ||
| 134 | <LI>(a) double clicking on the mail folder name or </LI> | ||
| 135 | <LI>(b) clicking the mail folder name and then clicking <I>OK</I>. </LI> | ||
| 136 | </UL> | ||
| 137 | <P> | ||
| 138 | <P>To specify that the message not be retrieved, and left | ||
| 139 | on your mail server, click the radio button to the left | ||
| 140 | of the words <I>Don't Receive</I>. | ||
| 141 | <P> | ||
| 142 | <H3>Filter Registration</H3> | ||
| 143 | |||
| 144 | <P>Now that you have set the Operator and the Processing Rule, | ||
| 145 | all that's left to do is tell Sylpheed to save the entire | ||
| 146 | Filter Rule. <B>If you skip this step, the filter won't work</B>. | ||
| 147 | <P>The <I>Register Rules</I> configuration has three options: | ||
| 148 | <I>Register</I>, <I>Substitute</I> and <I>Delete</I>. | ||
| 149 | <P> | ||
| 150 | <UL> | ||
| 151 | <LI><I>Register</I> saves the Filter Rule.</LI> | ||
| 152 | <LI><I>Substitute</I> modifies an existing registered | ||
| 153 | Filter Rule.</LI> | ||
| 154 | <LI><I>Delete</I> will remove a previously registered | ||
| 155 | Filter Rule. </LI> | ||
| 156 | </UL> | ||
| 157 | <P>Example of Registering A Filter Rule: Create a Filter Rule | ||
| 158 | that moves all mail with the subject of "Sylpheed Manual" | ||
| 159 | into the (previously created) mail folder "Sylpheed Manual Mail". | ||
| 160 | <P> | ||
| 161 | <UL> | ||
| 162 | <LI>Step 1. Under the first Operator set's <I>Header</I> | ||
| 163 | drop-down box, select <I>Subject</I>.</LI> | ||
| 164 | <LI>Step 2. In the <I>Keyword</I> text box, type | ||
| 165 | 'sylpheed manual' (case insensitive).</LI> | ||
| 166 | <LI>Step 3. Leave <I>Predicate</I> setting on default, | ||
| 167 | <I>Contains</I>. Leave second Operator set empty.</LI> | ||
| 168 | <LI>Step 4. Click <I>Destinations</I> radio button; | ||
| 169 | select "Sylpheed Manual Mail" folder.</LI> | ||
| 170 | <LI>Step 5. Click <I>Register</I>.</LI> | ||
| 171 | <LI>Step 6. Click <I>OK</I>.</LI> | ||
| 172 | </UL> | ||
| 173 | |||
| 174 | <P>Example of Substituting A Filter Rule: Modify a previously | ||
| 175 | created Filter Rule that moves all mail with the subject | ||
| 176 | of "Sylpheed Manual" to sort mail not to the mail folder | ||
| 177 | "Sylpheed Manual Mail" but rather the mail folder "Sylpheed Questions" | ||
| 178 | <P> | ||
| 179 | <UL> | ||
| 180 | <LI>Step 1. Under the first Operator set's <I>Header</I> | ||
| 181 | drop-down box, select <I>Subject</I>.</LI> | ||
| 182 | <LI>Step 2. In the <I>Keyword</I> text box, type | ||
| 183 | 'sylpheed manual' (case insensitive).</LI> | ||
| 184 | <LI>Step 3. Leave <I>Predicate</I> setting on default, | ||
| 185 | <I>Contains</I>. Leave second Operator set empty.</LI> | ||
| 186 | <LI>Step 4. Click <I>Destinations</I> radio button; | ||
| 187 | select "Sylpheed Questions" folder.</LI> | ||
| 188 | <LI>Step 5. Click <I>Substitute</I>.</LI> | ||
| 189 | <LI>Step 6. Click <I>OK</I>.</LI> | ||
| 190 | </UL> | ||
| 191 | <P>Example of Deleting a Filter Rule: Remove the previously | ||
| 192 | created Filter Rule which refers to Subject:Sylpheed Questions. | ||
| 193 | <P> | ||
| 194 | <UL> | ||
| 195 | <LI>Step 1. In the <I>Registered Rules</I> select box, | ||
| 196 | highlight the filter entitled | ||
| 197 | "<I>Subject:Sylpheed Manual: :::Sylpheed Questions:1:1:m</I>"</LI> | ||
| 198 | <LI>Step 2. Click the <I>Delete</I> Button.</LI> | ||
| 199 | <LI>Step 3. Confirm the deletion by clicking <I>Yes</I> in the | ||
| 200 | confirmation pop-up that asks, | ||
| 201 | <I>Do you really want to delete this rule?</I></LI> | ||
| 202 | <LI>Step 4. Click <I>OK</I>.</LI> | ||
| 203 | </UL> | ||
| 204 | <P> | ||
| 205 | <H3>Registered Rule Order</H3> | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | <P>One caveat about all this: the order in which Filter Rules | ||
| 208 | are created could adversely affect your intended message sorting, | ||
| 209 | and one needs to consider this when creating or updating Filter Rules. | ||
| 210 | <P>For example, a Filter Rule saying, "Move anything containing 'ABC' | ||
| 211 | to Mailbox X" listed above another Filter Rule saying "Move anything | ||
| 212 | containing 'ABCDEF' to Mailbox Y" will cause the latter of these | ||
| 213 | filters not to process. | ||
| 214 | <P>Think about the way Sylpheed goes down its list: first, it would say.. | ||
| 215 | "Hmm, any messages with ABC? Ah, there's one! Move it". | ||
| 216 | Then it would think, "Okay, any messages with ABCDEF?" | ||
| 217 | To which the answer would be "no" - that ABCDEF was already | ||
| 218 | filtered because it contained "ABC". | ||
| 219 | <P>Bummer. | ||
| 220 | <P>In order to avoid this, you must ensure that the more complex | ||
| 221 | Filter Rule is processed first, by placing it higher than a | ||
| 222 | similar, conflicting Filter Rule. | ||
| 223 | <P>To move a Registered Rule higher or lower within the Registered | ||
| 224 | Rule box, select the rule you would like to move, and click on | ||
| 225 | the <I>Up</I> or <I>Down</I> buttons. This will "move" the | ||
| 226 | rule up or down, above or below a potentially conflicting Filter Rule. | ||
| 227 | <P> | ||
| 228 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.2">13.2 How to Filter Messages</A> | ||
| 229 | </H2> | ||
| 230 | |||
| 231 | <P>Filtering messages can be done in several ways: | ||
| 232 | <P> | ||
| 233 | <UL> | ||
| 234 | <LI>Sylpheed automatically filters incoming mail from | ||
| 235 | POP servers.</LI> | ||
| 236 | <LI>If you incorporate mail from a unix mailbox, then | ||
| 237 | in the <I>Common preferences</I> (<I>Configuration</I> menu), | ||
| 238 | you need to check the box called <I>Filter on incorporation</I>. | ||
| 239 | You find this box in the <I>Receive</I> tab in the space | ||
| 240 | <I>Local spool</I>.</LI> | ||
| 241 | <LI>You can also select the option <I>Filter messages</I> | ||
| 242 | from the Summary menu.</LI> | ||
| 243 | </UL> | ||
| 244 | <P>Please note that, at time of writing, Sylpheed does -NOT YET- | ||
| 245 | has filtering of IMAP messages enabled. | ||
| 246 | <P> | ||
| 247 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.3">13.3 Filtering mail with Procmail</A> | ||
| 248 | </H2> | ||
| 249 | |||
| 250 | <P>If you feel that Sylpheed has not enough options to perform | ||
| 251 | filtering for you, then you can look at Sylpheed Claws which | ||
| 252 | has more options for filtering. You can find the Claws version | ||
| 253 | (the cutting edge, experimental version of Sylpheed) | ||
| 254 | sylpheed-claws.sourceforge.net. | ||
| 255 | <P>Another option, if you do not want to work with an experimental | ||
| 256 | version of Sylpheed, is Procmail. Procmail is a powerful mail | ||
| 257 | filtering program that is triggered from the Mail Transport | ||
| 258 | Agent (i.e. Sendmail, Postfix, Qmail). Procmail is called by | ||
| 259 | default from these programs after receiving e-mail. | ||
| 260 | <P>The trick to procmail is to tell it that mail has to be filtered | ||
| 261 | into MH mail folders. This is not difficult though. | ||
| 262 | <P>Normally procmail moves mail into MBOX format, this is one large | ||
| 263 | file containing all mails in a folder. MH uses separate files | ||
| 264 | for each e-mail. All you need to do is point the destination | ||
| 265 | of a procmail rule to <destination folder>/. | ||
| 266 | It is the "slash dot" that does the trick. | ||
| 267 | <P> | ||
| 268 | <P> | ||
| 269 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.4">13.4 Actions</A> | ||
| 270 | </H2> | ||
| 271 | |||
| 272 | <P>The following section is a copy of | ||
| 273 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/index.html">Melvin's page</A>. | ||
| 274 | <P> | ||
| 275 | <P>The "actions" feature is a convenient way for the user to | ||
| 276 | launch external commands to process a complete message file | ||
| 277 | including headers and body or just one of its parts. | ||
| 278 | It allows also the use of an external command to filter the | ||
| 279 | whole text or just a selected part in the message window or | ||
| 280 | in the compose window. This is a generic tool that allows | ||
| 281 | to do any uncommon actions on the messages, and thus extends | ||
| 282 | the possibilities of Sylpheed. For example, Sylpheed does not | ||
| 283 | include the rot13 cyphering algorithm popular in some | ||
| 284 | newsgroups. It does not support natively armored encryption | ||
| 285 | or clear signing. It does not support uuencoded messages. | ||
| 286 | As all these features can be handled by external programs, | ||
| 287 | the actions provide a convenient way to use them from the menu bar. | ||
| 288 | <P> | ||
| 289 | <H3>Usage</H3> | ||
| 290 | |||
| 291 | <P>To create a new action, go to the <I>Configuration</I> menu, | ||
| 292 | select the <I>Actions...</I> entry. The <I>Actions setting</I> | ||
| 293 | dialog offers to enter the Menu name that will trigger the command. | ||
| 294 | The created menu will be found in the <I>Tools -> Actions</I> submenu. | ||
| 295 | By inserting a slash / in the menu name, you create a submenu. | ||
| 296 | <P>The command is entered in the Command line entry. Note that | ||
| 297 | Sylpheed stores every single email in a separate file. This allows | ||
| 298 | to use the following syntax for the command: | ||
| 299 | <P> | ||
| 300 | <UL> | ||
| 301 | <LI><I>%f</I> denotes the file name of the selected message. | ||
| 302 | If you selected more than one, then the command will be | ||
| 303 | launched for each message with the appropriate file name.</LI> | ||
| 304 | <LI><I>%F</I> denotes the list of the file names of the | ||
| 305 | selected message. If only one message is selected, | ||
| 306 | this amounts to <I>%f</I>, but if more messages are | ||
| 307 | selected, then the command will be launched only once | ||
| 308 | with the list of the file names. (You can use both | ||
| 309 | <I>%f</I> and <I>%F</I> in one command: then the | ||
| 310 | command will be launched for each selected message | ||
| 311 | with the name of this message and with the list of | ||
| 312 | all selected messages. I did not find a practical | ||
| 313 | example for this.).</LI> | ||
| 314 | <LI><I>%p</I> denotes the current selected message part | ||
| 315 | of a multipart message. The part is decoded accordingly. | ||
| 316 | If the message is not a multipart message, it denotes | ||
| 317 | the message body.</LI> | ||
| 318 | <LI>Prepending <I>></I>: this will allow you to send | ||
| 319 | to the command's standard input a text that you will | ||
| 320 | enter in a dialog window.</LI> | ||
| 321 | <LI>Prepending <I>*</I>: this will allow you to send to | ||
| 322 | the command's standard input a text that you will enter | ||
| 323 | in a dialog window. But in contrast to prepending | ||
| 324 | <I>></I>, the entered text is hidden | ||
| 325 | (useful when entering passwords).</LI> | ||
| 326 | <LI>Appending an ampersand <I>&</I>: this will run | ||
| 327 | the command asynchronously. That means "fire and forget". | ||
| 328 | Sylpheed won't wait for the command to finish, nor will | ||
| 329 | it catch its output or its error messages.</LI> | ||
| 330 | <LI>Prepending the vertical bar <I>|</I> (pipe-in): | ||
| 331 | this will send the current displayed text or the current | ||
| 332 | selected text from the message view or the compose | ||
| 333 | window to the command standard input. The command will | ||
| 334 | silently fail if more than one message is selected.</LI> | ||
| 335 | <LI>Appending the vertical bar <I>|</I> (pipe-out): this | ||
| 336 | will replace the current displayed text or the current | ||
| 337 | selected text from the message window or the compose | ||
| 338 | window with the command standard output. The command | ||
| 339 | will silently fail if more than one message is selected.</LI> | ||
| 340 | <LI>Appending the "greater than" sign <I>></I> will | ||
| 341 | insert the command output in the message. The difference | ||
| 342 | between the trailing <I>|</I> is that no text will be | ||
| 343 | deleted or replaced. Most used when composing mails to | ||
| 344 | insert text.</LI> | ||
| 345 | </UL> | ||
| 346 | <P><B>Note</B>: It is not possible to use actions containing | ||
| 347 | <I>%f</I>, <I>%F</I> or <I>%p</I> from the compose window. | ||
| 348 | <P>When a command is run, and unless it is run asynchronously, | ||
| 349 | Sylpheed will be insensitive to any interaction and it will wait | ||
| 350 | for the command to finish. If the command takes too long | ||
| 351 | (5 seconds), it will popup a dialog window allowing to stop it. | ||
| 352 | This dialog will also be displayed as soon as the command has | ||
| 353 | some output: error messages or even its standard output when | ||
| 354 | the command is not a "pipe-out" command. When multiple commands | ||
| 355 | are being run, they are run in parallel and each command output | ||
| 356 | is separated from the outputs of the others. | ||
| 357 | <P> | ||
| 358 | <H3>Examples</H3> | ||
| 359 | |||
| 360 | <P>Here are some examples that are listed in the same syntax | ||
| 361 | as used for storing the actions list. You can copy and past | ||
| 362 | the definition in your <I> /.sylpheed/actionsrc</I> file | ||
| 363 | (exit Sylpheed before). The syntax is very simple: one line | ||
| 364 | per action, each action contains the menu name and the command | ||
| 365 | line separated by a colon and a space ": ". | ||
| 366 | Alternatively, you can use <I>Configuration -> Actions...</I> | ||
| 367 | and for each example enter a menu name and copy&paste the | ||
| 368 | text after the colon and space ": " in the command definition. | ||
| 369 | <P> | ||
| 370 | <P> | ||
| 371 | <CENTER><TABLE BORDER><TR><TD> | ||
| 372 | <BR> | ||
| 373 | <B>Purpose</B></TD><TD><B>Definition</B></TD><TD><B>Details</B></TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 374 | Decoding uuencoded messages</TD><TD>UUdeview: xdeview %F&</TD><TD>xdeview comes with uudeview. If an encoded file is splitin multiple messages, just select them all and run the command.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 375 | Display uuencoded image</TD><TD>Display uuencoded: uudec %f&</TD><TD>Displays uuencoded files. The uudec script is to be found here.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 376 | rot13 cyphering</TD><TD>Rot13: |tr a-zA-Z n-za-mN-ZA-M|</TD><TD>This will apply the rot13 cyphering algorithm to the (selected)text in the message/compose view.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 377 | Save MS TNEF parts</TD><TD>Save TNEF part: xterm -e tnef-claws %p</TD><TD>Select the TNEF message part then use this action to extractthe attachment.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 378 | Alter messages</TD><TD>Edit message: gvim -f %F</TD><TD>Allows to edit any received message. Can be used to removeunneeded message parts etc.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 379 | Pretty format</TD><TD>Par: |par 72Tbgjqw74bEe B=._A_a 72bgi|</TD><TD>par is a utility that can pretty format any text. It does avery good job in indenting quoted messages, and justify text.Used when composing a message</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 380 | Browse</TD><TD>Part/Dillo: dillo %p&</TD><TD>Browse the selected message part in Dillo.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 381 | Clear Sign</TD><TD>GnuPG/Clear Sign: |gpg-sign-syl|</TD><TD>Clear sign a message. The gpg-sign-syl script is responsiblefor asking the passphrase and for running gnupg. Make surethat you wrap your message correctly before signing, and thatthe resultant text will not be wrapped when sent (by disabling'wrap on send')</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 382 | Verify Clear Signed</TD><TD>GnuPG/Verify: |gpg --no-tty --verify</TD><TD>Verify clear signed messages. The result is displayed in theactions output dialog.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 383 | Encrypt ASCII Armored</TD><TD>GnuPG/Encrypt: | gpg-enc-syl|</TD><TD>Encrypt message to ASCII armored. The recipient will be askedin a xterm.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 384 | Decrypt ASCII Armored</TD><TD>GnuPG/Decrypt: *gpg --no-tty --command-fd 0 --passphrase-fd 0 --decrypt %f|</TD><TD>Decrypt ASCII armored messages. The passphrase is to be enteredin the opened action's input dialog.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 385 | Receive key from server</TD><TD>GnuPG/Receive Selected Key: |gpg --recv-key `cat`</TD><TD>Select a key ID in the message view then call this action toimport it from a key server. GnuPG option file must contain areference to a keyserver. (Suggested by Bob Forsman)</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 386 | Import key from mail</TD><TD>GnuPG/Import Key From Mail: gpg --import %p</TD><TD>Select the message part where the public key is then importit with this action.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 387 | Insert public key in message</TD><TD>GnuPG/Insert My Public Key: gpg --export -a MYKEYID></TD><TD>Insert your public key in the message your are composing.Replace MYKEYID with your key id. Needs 0.8.6claws66 or newer.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 388 | Reporting SPAM</TD><TD>Report as SPAM: spamassassin -r > %f</TD><TD>Use spamassassin to report mail as spam. Redirection (>)is possible only with version 0.7.7.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 389 | Check spelling</TD><TD>Check spelling: |T=`mktemp $HOME/.sXXXXXX`; cat - > $T;xterm -e ispell $T;cat $T;rm $T|</TD><TD>Open a terminal and check the spelling with ispell</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 390 | Google for message id</TD><TD>Google Msg ID: |google msgid.pl</TD><TD>Search the web for the selected message ID. Needs thegoogle msgid.pl script.</TD></TR><TR><TD> | ||
| 391 | |||
| 392 | </TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER> | ||
| 393 | <P> | ||
| 394 | <P>The gpg-enc-syl script is to be found | ||
| 395 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/gpg-enc-syl">here (gpg-enc-syl)</A>. | ||
| 396 | It calls gpg with the --yes command line option that you may want | ||
| 397 | to remove it. See gpg manual page for info. | ||
| 398 | <P>The gpg-sign-syl script is to be found | ||
| 399 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/gpg-sign-syl">here (gpg-sign-syl)</A>. | ||
| 400 | It needs the ssh-askpass utility found in OpenSSH. It can be | ||
| 401 | replaced by any X11 tool that asks some (hidden) text which | ||
| 402 | is then sent to standard output. Another version that uses | ||
| 403 | an xterm is to be found | ||
| 404 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/gpg-sign-syl-xterm">here (gpg-sign-syl-xterm)</A>. | ||
| 405 | <P>The uudec script is to be found | ||
| 406 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/uudec">here (uudec)</A>. | ||
| 407 | It needs uudecode and ImageMagick's display. The latter can be | ||
| 408 | replaced by any image viewer that can get input from standard | ||
| 409 | input. The script could also be modified to use temporary | ||
| 410 | files instead of standard input. | ||
| 411 | <P>The google_msgid.pl script is to be found | ||
| 412 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/google_msgid.pl">here (google_msgid.pl)</A>. | ||
| 413 | Example and script by Thorsten Maerz. Edit the script to change | ||
| 414 | the browser (default is mozilla). | ||
| 415 | <P>The tnef-claws bash script was written by Shawn Lamson and is | ||
| 416 | to be found | ||
| 417 | <A HREF="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/tnef-claws">here</A>. | ||
| 418 | The script is well commented. You need to have the tnef package | ||
| 419 | already installed. | ||
| 420 | <P> | ||
| 421 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.5">13.5 Templates</A> | ||
| 422 | </H2> | ||
| 423 | |||
| 424 | <P>With Sylpheed you can define mail templates to use when replying | ||
| 425 | to messages. A template can contain raw text (that will be inserted | ||
| 426 | in the composed mail without any change), and placeholders that are | ||
| 427 | replaced at composition time by the actual value of the selected | ||
| 428 | fields from the original message. | ||
| 429 | <P>A typical use of the template could be to define the legal notice | ||
| 430 | to be appended to your messages (the usual notice that contains a | ||
| 431 | text like: "here are my own words and not those of my company, my | ||
| 432 | boss is not liable for them, bla, bla, bla"). | ||
| 433 | <P>To define a new template, in the <I>Configuration</I> menu select | ||
| 434 | the <I>Templates</I> entry and fill the form: | ||
| 435 | <P> | ||
| 436 | <P> | ||
| 437 | <P> | ||
| 438 | <P> | ||
| 439 | <P>The name parameter is used to identify each template, this name | ||
| 440 | will then appear in the <I>Tools/Templates</I> menu in the | ||
| 441 | composition window. | ||
| 442 | The content of the <I>To</I> field will be appended to the original | ||
| 443 | content of the corresponding field in the message you are composing. | ||
| 444 | The content of the <I>Subject</I> field will replace the orignal subject | ||
| 445 | of the message you are composing. | ||
| 446 | <P>In the upper pane, type in the text you want to put in the template, | ||
| 447 | use the <I>Symbols</I> button to open a help window that contains | ||
| 448 | the description of all the placeholders you can use in a template | ||
| 449 | (there is one for the sender, one for the date, one for the message | ||
| 450 | ID, ...), then use the <I>Register</I> button to validate the | ||
| 451 | template. If you do not register the template, when leaving the form | ||
| 452 | the template will be canceled. To modify an existing template, select | ||
| 453 | it in the lower pane, modify its text, then use the <I>Substitute</I> | ||
| 454 | button. As you may guess, the <I>Delete</I> button removes the selected | ||
| 455 | template. Finally validate your changes with the <I>OK</I> button. | ||
| 456 | If you use the <I>Cancel</I> button, the form is closed and your changes | ||
| 457 | are lost (deleted templates are back, added templates are lost). | ||
| 458 | <P> | ||
| 459 | <P>To use a template, open the composition window and select the template | ||
| 460 | from the <I>Tools/Templates</I> menu. You can then choose to insert | ||
| 461 | the template into your message or to completely replace the text of the | ||
| 462 | message by the template. This only affects the body of the message. | ||
| 463 | If you choose to insert the template, its text will be inserted at the | ||
| 464 | cursor location. | ||
| 465 | <P>The placeholders are taken from the source message when replying, so | ||
| 466 | they have no meaning when composing a new message. | ||
| 467 | <P> | ||
| 468 | <HR> | ||
| 469 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">Next</A> | ||
| 470 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 471 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13">Contents</A> | ||
| 472 | </BODY> | ||
| 473 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-14.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-14.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dde34f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-14.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Handling MIME types</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-15.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-13.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s14">14. Handling MIME types</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss14.1">14.1 How Sylpheed checks for Mime types</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>When attaching a file to a message (composing a new message), the | ||
| 21 | MIME type of the attached file is choosen based on the file extension | ||
| 22 | from the mapping list defined in the <I>mime.types</I> file(s). | ||
| 23 | Sylpheed defines its MIME type mapping table by loading the | ||
| 24 | system wide MIME types file, then the user file. | ||
| 25 | The systeme file is <I>SYSCONFDIR/mime.types</I> (SYSCONFDIR can | ||
| 26 | be defined a compile time), or if it does not exist, <I>/etc/mime.types</I>. | ||
| 27 | The user file is <I>$HOME/.sylpheed/mime.types</I>. | ||
| 28 | <P>A <I>mime.types</I> file consist of one MIME type definition per line, | ||
| 29 | each definition line starting with the name of the MIME type, followed by | ||
| 30 | a space separated list of the corresponding file extensions. | ||
| 31 | The file can contain empty lines, and comments start with the <CODE>#</CODE> | ||
| 32 | character and close at line's end. | ||
| 33 | <P>Following is a typical <I>mime.types</I> file (an extract of mine): | ||
| 34 | <P> | ||
| 35 | <PRE> | ||
| 36 | # This file controls what Internet media types are sent to the client for | ||
| 37 | # given file extension(s). Sending the correct media type to the client | ||
| 38 | # is important so they know how to handle the content of the file. | ||
| 39 | # The Internet media type registry is at | ||
| 40 | # <ftp://ftp.iana.org/in-notes/iana/assignments/media-types/>. | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | # MIME type Extension | ||
| 43 | application/mac-binhex40 hqx | ||
| 44 | application/mac-compactpro cpt | ||
| 45 | application/msword doc | ||
| 46 | application/pdf pdf | ||
| 47 | application/postscript ai eps ps | ||
| 48 | application/rtf rtf | ||
| 49 | application/x-bcpio bcpio | ||
| 50 | application/x-bzip2 bz2 | ||
| 51 | application/x-csh csh | ||
| 52 | application/x-gtar gtar | ||
| 53 | application/x-gzip gz tgz | ||
| 54 | application/x-kword kwd kwt | ||
| 55 | application/x-kspread ksp | ||
| 56 | application/x-kpresenter kpr kpt | ||
| 57 | application/x-kchart chrt | ||
| 58 | application/x-latex latex | ||
| 59 | application/x-sh sh | ||
| 60 | application/x-shar shar | ||
| 61 | application/x-shockwave-flash swf | ||
| 62 | application/x-tar tar | ||
| 63 | application/x-tcl tcl | ||
| 64 | application/x-tex tex | ||
| 65 | application/x-texinfo texinfo texi | ||
| 66 | application/x-troff t tr roff | ||
| 67 | application/x-troff-man man | ||
| 68 | application/zip zip | ||
| 69 | audio/mpeg mpga mp2 mp3 | ||
| 70 | audio/x-aiff aif aiff aifc | ||
| 71 | audio/x-wav wav | ||
| 72 | image/gif gif | ||
| 73 | image/ief ief | ||
| 74 | image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe | ||
| 75 | image/png png | ||
| 76 | image/tiff tiff tif | ||
| 77 | text/plain asc txt | ||
| 78 | text/rtf rtf | ||
| 79 | text/sgml sgml sgm | ||
| 80 | text/xml xml | ||
| 81 | video/mpeg mpeg mpg mpe | ||
| 82 | video/x-msvideo avi | ||
| 83 | text/html html htm | ||
| 84 | </PRE> | ||
| 85 | <P> | ||
| 86 | <P>If the file can be found or has the wrong format, Sylpheed will assume | ||
| 87 | the default MIME type for all the attachments: <I>application/octet-stream</I>. | ||
| 88 | In such a case, the recipients mail client may not know what application | ||
| 89 | to use to view the attachment. | ||
| 90 | <P> | ||
| 91 | <H2><A NAME="ss14.2">14.2 How Sylpheed handles attachments (reception)</A> | ||
| 92 | </H2> | ||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | <P>When opening an attachment (select the attachment, right click and select | ||
| 95 | <I>Open</I>) Sylpheed uses one of the following methods to determine | ||
| 96 | the application to launch: | ||
| 97 | <P> | ||
| 98 | <UL> | ||
| 99 | <LI>The attachment is an image: the application is the one defined by the | ||
| 100 | <I>mime_image_viewer</I> variable of the common preferences configuration | ||
| 101 | file (<I>$HOME/.sylpheed/sylpheedrc</I>). If no application is defined, or | ||
| 102 | if the format of the definition is not valid, the default application | ||
| 103 | command is <I>display</I> (ImageMagick viewer).</LI> | ||
| 104 | <LI>The attachment is a sound file: the application is the one defined by the | ||
| 105 | <I>mime_audio_player</I> variable of the common preferences configuration | ||
| 106 | file (<I>$HOME/.sylpheed/sylpheedrc</I>). If no application is defined, or | ||
| 107 | if the format of the definition is not valid, the default application | ||
| 108 | command is <I>play</I>.</LI> | ||
| 109 | <LI>The attachment is a HTML file: the application is the one defined by the | ||
| 110 | <I>uri_cmd</I> variable of the common preferences configuration | ||
| 111 | file (<I>$HOME/.sylpheed/sylpheedrc</I>). This can also be changed in the | ||
| 112 | <I>Common preferences</I>, by changing the <I>Web browser</I> defined | ||
| 113 | in the <I>Other</I> tab.</LI> | ||
| 114 | <LI>Any other attachment type: Sylpheed relies on <I>metamail</I> to use | ||
| 115 | the correct application (Sylpheed starts <I>metamail</I> giving it | ||
| 116 | the attachment file and the MIME type taken from the mail).</LI> | ||
| 117 | </UL> | ||
| 118 | <P> | ||
| 119 | <P>The binding of the applications to each MIME type is defined in the | ||
| 120 | <I>mailcap</I> file. The systeme wide file is <I>/etc/mailcap</I>, | ||
| 121 | while the user file is <I>$HOME/.mailcap</I>. | ||
| 122 | <P> | ||
| 123 | <P>In the mailcap file, there is one definition per line, big lines | ||
| 124 | can be broken by escaping the newline with a <I>\</I> character, | ||
| 125 | the first element of the line is the MIME type, then a semi-colon, | ||
| 126 | (<I>;</I>), and finally the application to launch. | ||
| 127 | The application part (right side of the semi-colon) can contain several | ||
| 128 | shell commands separated by an escaped semi-colon (<I>\;</I>) and | ||
| 129 | the <I>%s</I> string is replaced by the name of the file when | ||
| 130 | launching the command. | ||
| 131 | <P> | ||
| 132 | <P>Following is a typical <I>mailcap</I> file (an extract of mine): | ||
| 133 | <P> | ||
| 134 | <PRE> | ||
| 135 | |||
| 136 | image/*; ee %s | ||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | video/mpeg; gtv %s | ||
| 139 | video/*; xanim %s | ||
| 140 | |||
| 141 | application/pdf; xpdf %s | ||
| 142 | |||
| 143 | text/html; dillo %s | ||
| 144 | </PRE> | ||
| 145 | <P> | ||
| 146 | <P> | ||
| 147 | <HR> | ||
| 148 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">Next</A> | ||
| 149 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 150 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14">Contents</A> | ||
| 151 | </BODY> | ||
| 152 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-15.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-15.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa67baf --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-15.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Conversion of Other Mail Format into Sylpheed (MH Format)</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-16.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-14.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s15">15. Conversion of Other Mail Format into Sylpheed (MH Format)</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.1">15.1 Importing Messages of mbox Format</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>Sylpheed lets you import messages of the Mbox format from the File menu. First you create | ||
| 21 | the mail folder where you want the messages to end up in, then you select File->import | ||
| 22 | Mbox file. Use the browse function to select the Mbox file and the Sylpheed mail folder, | ||
| 23 | and press Ok. And voila, there is your mail, imported. | ||
| 24 | <P>That was easy, wasn't it? | ||
| 25 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.2">15.2 Importing from Windows Mailers (Becky!, AL-Mail, Outlook Express4, etc.)</A> | ||
| 26 | </H2> | ||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | <P>For import possibilities of the mail folders of these and more mail programs you | ||
| 29 | can download the program mbx2mbox at sourceforge.net. The project is located at | ||
| 30 | <A HREF="http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net">http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net.</A><H2><A NAME="ss15.3">15.3 Importing dbx Format of Outlook Express 5</A> | ||
| 31 | </H2> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>For import possibilities of the mail folders of these and more mail programs you | ||
| 34 | can download the program mbx2mbox at sourceforge.net. The project is located at | ||
| 35 | <A HREF="http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net">http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net.</A><H2><A NAME="ss15.4">15.4 Exporting from Sylpheed MH format to mbox</A> | ||
| 36 | </H2> | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | <P>Sylpheed offers a way to export a mailbox to the standard mbox format through the | ||
| 39 | File menu. Just select the "Export to mbox file..." option and you can select the | ||
| 40 | folder to export (assisted by a browse dialog) and also select or enter the name | ||
| 41 | of the mbox file you wish to generate. | ||
| 42 | <HR> | ||
| 43 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">Next</A> | ||
| 44 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 45 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15">Contents</A> | ||
| 46 | </BODY> | ||
| 47 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-16.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-16.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69af941 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-16.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: NetNews</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-17.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-15.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s16">16. NetNews</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P>What is netnews? | ||
| 18 | <P>Netnews, also called Usenet, is a collection of "news servers" that contain a great deal of information. News, as it is called in short, can be about anything. About making your own wine, about old cars or radios. You name it, and there probably is a newsgroup about it. | ||
| 19 | <P>This is what we will set up here. Accessing newsgroups. Note that this is different from e-mails. You can almost compare it to a mailing list, but yet the concept is a bit different. | ||
| 20 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.1">16.1 Adding and Deleting Servers</A> | ||
| 21 | </H2> | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | <P> | ||
| 24 | <H3>Adding a news server</H3> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>To add a news server, go to the configuration menu and select the "create new account" option. | ||
| 27 | There you can name the news-account to anything of your liking. This is important, so you can identify the account later. | ||
| 28 | <P>In the BASIC tab, in the block 'personal information' you also can enter your own name, your e-mail address (so you can reply to news message by e-mail), optionally your organization (if you are organized at all). | ||
| 29 | <P>In the block 'Server information' you select the "News (NNTP)" protocol. Forget about "Inbox", that does not matter in this setup. Next you enter the name of the newsserver you want to connect to. You can get that name from your ISP, if you don't already have that. | ||
| 30 | <P>If you need to log into the news server, check the box next to "This server requires authentication", and then fill the fields for User ID and Password. | ||
| 31 | <P>Next step is to go to the Send tab. Since Receive is only there for e-mail, there is no need to do anything there. You can't even do anything in the Receive tab, for that matter. So, in Send you can select a few options: | ||
| 32 | <UL> | ||
| 33 | <LI>If you want a date header field added to posts</LI> | ||
| 34 | <LI>If Sylpheed should generate a Message-ID</LI> | ||
| 35 | <LI>If you want to add user-defined headers</LI> | ||
| 36 | </UL> | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | The next items only apply to when you reply to a news message through e-mail. You can set an automatic CC, BCC or Reply-To address here. In case your ISP requires SMTP authentication, you can select the checkbox here below. | ||
| 39 | <P>The next tab, Compose, allows you to select a default signature file. This will be added to each post to the newsgroups you do. | ||
| 40 | <P>Finally, in the "Advanced" tab, you can specify the port on which Sylpheed has to connect to the news server. The default is 119, and only in rare cases you should have to do something about that. | ||
| 41 | <P>Now you click "OK" and the account is created! You can verify this by checking the folder pane in Sylpheed. There you will see a new folder created with the name of the account you entered, and (news) behind it. | ||
| 42 | <P> | ||
| 43 | <H3>Deleting a news-server.</H3> | ||
| 44 | |||
| 45 | <P>If you want to delete a news-account, right-click the news-folder and select "Remove news account". After confirming that you want this to be done, the account and all files related will be removed. | ||
| 46 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.2">16.2 Subscribing and Unsubscribing to NewsGroups</A> | ||
| 47 | </H2> | ||
| 48 | |||
| 49 | <P>Okay. Here the real stuff begins. First you have to let Sylpheed load the list of news groups that is on the news system. Right-click the new NEWS folder and select "Subscribe to newsgroups". Sylpheed will tell you that the groups need to be downloaded, so sit back and wait a while. Of course, during time, new groups are added, and dead groups are removed. For this you can click the "refresh" button in the newsgroup dialog, so a new list is downloaded and you are up to date | ||
| 50 | <P>After a while the groups are loaded and displayed in a window. Now you can look up a group that is interesting, for example comp.os.linux.networking. Click the name once and then select OK. The group will be added to the news folder as a subfolder. When you now click the name of the new subfolder, Sylpheed will connect to the news server and download the headers (subject lines, in e-mail talk), to your computer. Some groups have -large- amounts of articles, so this may take a while!! | ||
| 51 | <P> | ||
| 52 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.3">16.3 Reading News</A> | ||
| 53 | </H2> | ||
| 54 | |||
| 55 | <P>When the articles are displayed, in the summary view, you can click one of them to be downloaded so you can read it. This will usually go very quickly on discussion groups. | ||
| 56 | <P>If you want to respond to a message, press Alt-R (or press "Reply") and a message window will pop up, with the name of the newsgroup already in the "To" field. Depending on whether or not you selected quoting of the message, the original message will be in the body of the message already. Write away, then send, and soon the entire world will be able to read what you wrote on the subject. | ||
| 57 | <P>Starting a new message in a newsgroup is equally simple: press Alt-N (or click "New"), the name of the newsgroup is in the "To" field, and you can write your question or reply. | ||
| 58 | <H3>A note about binary files</H3> | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | <P>In newsgroups you can download binary files. These are programs, images etc. Often these are posted as so called UUencoded files. Sylpheed will as upto version 0.5.1 not decode UUencoded files. You need to save these articles to disk as separate files, and use a separate decoder program, like juju, to decode the garble of text. A UUencoded file usually looks something like this: | ||
| 61 | <P>begin 666 sundown.jpg | ||
| 62 | <P>after which you will find nicely formatted blocks of characters that don't seem to mean anything. | ||
| 63 | <HR> | ||
| 64 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">Next</A> | ||
| 65 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 66 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16">Contents</A> | ||
| 67 | </BODY> | ||
| 68 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-17.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-17.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1ba27d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-17.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Reference</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-18.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-16.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s17">17. Reference</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P>In this section you will find a few pieces of information that might be handy in making Sylpheed more clear for you in respect to the used shortcut keys, and a layout of the format of the address book. | ||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="shortcut"></A> <A NAME="ss17.1">17.1 Short-Cut Key List</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P> | ||
| 22 | <H3>One-key shortcuts:</H3> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P> | ||
| 25 | <UL> | ||
| 26 | <LI>a: create a new message</LI> | ||
| 27 | <LI>d: delete the selected message</LI> | ||
| 28 | <LI>f: forward the selected message#</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>g: go to a specific folder through a browsing dialog</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>n: jump to the next message/next part of a multipart message</LI> | ||
| 31 | <LI>p: jump to the previous message/previous part of a multipart message</LI> | ||
| 32 | <LI>v: switch on/off the message view</LI> | ||
| 33 | <LI>w: same as a</LI> | ||
| 34 | <LI>y: Opens save as... dialog</LI> | ||
| 35 | </UL> | ||
| 36 | <H3>Shortcuts to the File menu:</H3> | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | <P> | ||
| 39 | <UL> | ||
| 40 | <LI>Alt-F: open FILE menu</LI> | ||
| 41 | <LI>Alt-P: print</LI> | ||
| 42 | <LI>Alt-W: close</LI> | ||
| 43 | <LI>Alt-Q: exit</LI> | ||
| 44 | </UL> | ||
| 45 | <H3>Shortcuts to the Edit menu</H3> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | <P> | ||
| 48 | <UL> | ||
| 49 | <LI>Alt-E: open EDIT menu</LI> | ||
| 50 | <LI>Ctrl-C: copy</LI> | ||
| 51 | <LI>Ctrl-A: select all</LI> | ||
| 52 | <LI>Ctrl-S: search</LI> | ||
| 53 | </UL> | ||
| 54 | <H3>Shortcuts to the View menu</H3> | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | <P> | ||
| 57 | <UL> | ||
| 58 | <LI>Alt-V: open VIEW menu</LI> | ||
| 59 | </UL> | ||
| 60 | <H3>Shortcuts to the Message menu</H3> | ||
| 61 | |||
| 62 | <P> | ||
| 63 | <UL> | ||
| 64 | <LI>Alt-M: open MESSAGE menu</LI> | ||
| 65 | <LI>Alt-I: check mail for current account</LI> | ||
| 66 | <LI>Shift-Alt-I: Check mail for all accounts</LI> | ||
| 67 | <LI>Alt-N: compose new message</LI> | ||
| 68 | <LI>Alt-R: reply to message</LI> | ||
| 69 | <LI>Ctrl-Alt-R: reply to sender (contrary to reply to e.g. mailing list)</LI> | ||
| 70 | <LI>Shift-Alt-R: reply to all (includes all addresses in To: and Cc:)</LI> | ||
| 71 | <LI>Ctrl-F: forward message</LI> | ||
| 72 | <LI>Shift-Ctrl-F: forward message as attachment</LI> | ||
| 73 | <LI>Alt-O: move message</LI> | ||
| 74 | <LI>Alt-D: delete message</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>Shift-Ctrl-N: open message in new window</LI> | ||
| 76 | <LI>Ctrl-U: view message source</LI> | ||
| 77 | <LI>Ctrl-H: show all message headers</LI> | ||
| 78 | </UL> | ||
| 79 | <H3>Shortcuts to the Summary menu</H3> | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | <P> | ||
| 82 | <UL> | ||
| 83 | <LI>Alt-S: open SUMMARY menu<P> | ||
| 84 | </LI> | ||
| 85 | <LI>Alt-X: execute (pending commands, only useful when commands are not executed immediately)</LI> | ||
| 86 | <LI>Alt-U: update view</LI> | ||
| 87 | <LI>Alt-G: go to other folder</LI> | ||
| 88 | <LI>Ctrl-T: thread view</LI> | ||
| 89 | <LI>Shift-Ctrl-T: unthread view</LI> | ||
| 90 | </UL> | ||
| 91 | <H3>Shortcuts to the Tool menu</H3> | ||
| 92 | |||
| 93 | <P> | ||
| 94 | <UL> | ||
| 95 | <LI>Alt-T: open tool menu</LI> | ||
| 96 | <LI>Alt-A: open addressbook</LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI>Alt-L: open logfile</LI> | ||
| 98 | </UL> | ||
| 99 | <H2><A NAME="ss17.2">17.2 Data Format of Address Book</A> | ||
| 100 | </H2> | ||
| 101 | |||
| 102 | <P>The addressbook is located in /.sylpheed. It is named addressbook.xml. | ||
| 103 | The general format of the addressbook is: | ||
| 104 | <P> | ||
| 105 | <P> | ||
| 106 | <HR> | ||
| 107 | <PRE> | ||
| 108 | < addressbook ><p> | ||
| 109 | < common_address ><p> | ||
| 110 | < group name="Common addresses" ><p> | ||
| 111 | < item ><p> | ||
| 112 | < name > Paul < /name ><p> | ||
| 113 | < address > paul@nlpagan.net < /address ><p> | ||
| 114 | < remarks > Writes Sylph. manual < /remarks ><p> | ||
| 115 | < /item ><p> | ||
| 116 | < /group ><p> | ||
| 117 | < /common_address ><p> | ||
| 118 | < /addressbook > | ||
| 119 | </PRE> | ||
| 120 | <HR> | ||
| 121 | <P> | ||
| 122 | <HR> | ||
| 123 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">Next</A> | ||
| 124 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 125 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17">Contents</A> | ||
| 126 | </BODY> | ||
| 127 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-18.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-18.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1447b79 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-18.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: FAQ</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-19.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-17.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s18">18. FAQ</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P>You can find the latest, updated, FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions list) at | ||
| 18 | <A HREF="http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net">http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net</A><P> | ||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.1">18.1 Unread News Messages</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.2">18.2 Using MSN Mail Accounts</A> | ||
| 23 | </H2> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.3">18.3 Changing Fonts on Menu, etc.</A> | ||
| 26 | </H2> | ||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | <P>If you want to change the font that shows the menu of Sylpheed, this is controlled by the window manager that you are using. You have to go into the setup of the window manager (KDE, Gnome, XFCE) and change the font to your desired one. | ||
| 29 | <P>Changing the font of the views of Sylpheed is done by selecting "Common preferences" in the Configuration menu. There you select the "Display" tab, and in the first section of the window you can browse the fonts available on your computer. | ||
| 30 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.4">18.4 Changing Key Binding of Short-Cut Key</A> | ||
| 31 | </H2> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>Sylpheed's graphical interface is based on GTK. This means that it is very simple to change the key binding (shortcut key, hotkey) for menu items. If you are used to a certain key combination from another program, you can tell Sylpheed to use that same key combination. | ||
| 34 | <P>The procedure is very simple. Suppose you want to change the key binding for getting new mail (message menu) from Alt-I to Ctrl-M. | ||
| 35 | <P> | ||
| 36 | <UL> | ||
| 37 | <LI>Open the message menu with the mouse or by pressing Alt-M</LI> | ||
| 38 | <LI>Select the "get new mail" option (do not click it, this will activate the function!). If you use the mouse, just move the mouse cursor over the option.</LI> | ||
| 39 | <LI>Now you press Ctrl-M. You will immediately see the new key combination appear on the menu.</LI> | ||
| 40 | </UL> | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | Congratulations, you have just changed a key binding. This way you can change all the options that you want. Do note that it is best to use just the alt, shift and ctrl key combinations. Several functions within Sylpheed are called up by one-key actions which are programmed in. | ||
| 43 | <HR> | ||
| 44 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">Next</A> | ||
| 45 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 46 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18">Contents</A> | ||
| 47 | </BODY> | ||
| 48 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-19.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-19.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5e8047 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-19.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Information</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-20.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-18.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s19">19. Information</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss19.1">19.1 Websites on Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>Here are some links to the Sylpheed FAQ in other languages: | ||
| 21 | <P> | ||
| 22 | <UL> | ||
| 23 | <LI> | ||
| 24 | <A HREF="http://sylpheeddoc.sourceforge.net/fr/faq/sylpheed-faq.html">http://sylpheeddoc.sourceforge.net/fr/faq/sylpheed-faq.html</A>, courtesy of francois Barri�re</LI> | ||
| 25 | <LI> | ||
| 26 | <A HREF="http://silver.lacmhacarh.gr.jp/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq-ja.htm">http://silver.lacmhacarh.gr.jp/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq-ja.htm</A>, SYLPHEED FAQ in Japanese, courtesy of WAKAI "SilverRain" Kazunao</LI> | ||
| 27 | <LI> | ||
| 28 | <A HREF="http://beatles.cselt.it/~mau/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq.html">http://beatles.cselt.it/~mau/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq.html</A>, SYLPHEED FAQ in Italian, courtesy of Maurizio Codogno</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI> | ||
| 30 | <A HREF="http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.html">http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.html</A>, SYLPHEED FAQ in German (HTML-Version)</LI> | ||
| 31 | <LI> | ||
| 32 | <A HREF="http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.txt">http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.txt</A>, the german text-only version, both courtesy of Ralf Schiffers.</LI> | ||
| 33 | <LI> | ||
| 34 | <A HREF="http://www.cs.uoi.gr/~csst9910/el_sylfaq.html">http://www.cs.uoi.gr/~csst9910/el_sylfaq.html</A>, SYLPHEED FAQ in Greek courtesy of Theofilos Intzoglou.</LI> | ||
| 35 | <LI> | ||
| 36 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.republika.pl">http://sylpheed.republika.pl</A>, SYLPHEED FAQ in Polish courtesy of Przemyslaw Sulek.</LI> | ||
| 37 | <LI>A spanish version of the FAQ is written by Marcelo Ramos: | ||
| 38 | <A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.html">http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.html</A>, HTML version, | ||
| 39 | <A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.txt">http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.txt</A>, Text version</LI> | ||
| 40 | <LI>In addition, the spanish FAQ is also available from Ricardo Mones Lastra: | ||
| 41 | <A HREF="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es/">http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es/</A>, Linked HTML | ||
| 42 | <A HREF="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.dvi">http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.dvi</A>, (Device independent) | ||
| 43 | <A HREF="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.ps">http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.ps</A>, the Spanish FAQ as a Postscript file.</LI> | ||
| 44 | <LI> | ||
| 45 | <A HREF="http://linux.fisek.com.tr/dfisek/sylpheed-sss.html">http://linux.fisek.com.tr/dfisek/sylpheed-sss.html</A>, the turkish FAQ for Sylpheed is available, thanks to the translating of Doruk Fisek.</LI> | ||
| 46 | <LI> | ||
| 47 | <A HREF="http://hem.passagen.se/webplats/sylpheed-faq-se.html">http://hem.passagen.se/webplats/sylpheed-faq-se.html</A>, the Swedish FAQ, courtesy of Mattias Stergren</LI> | ||
| 48 | </UL> | ||
| 49 | <H2><A NAME="ss19.2">19.2 Mailing Lists</A> | ||
| 50 | </H2> | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | <P>If you want to stay up to date on Sylpheed, and want to talk about the program with other users, you can join the mailing list. | ||
| 53 | <P>Send a mail to sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net that says | ||
| 54 | <P><CODE>subscribe Your Name</CODE> | ||
| 55 | <P>in the body. | ||
| 56 | <P>The server returns the mail once for the first registration request that asks the confirmation: "May I put you on this mailing list?" that includes the following phrase (this number is merely an example). | ||
| 57 | <P><CODE>confirm 84682771 Anne Shirley</CODE> | ||
| 58 | <P>This is a precaution for mischief like subscribing you to the list against your wish. | ||
| 59 | <P>If you received the entry confirmation mail, send a mail that includes the phrase: | ||
| 60 | <P><CODE>confirm Password(a number) Your Name</CODE> | ||
| 61 | <P>to the address for registration: sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net again. Then, it is considered that you have confirmed the registration and you are registered to the server. | ||
| 62 | <P>The address for posting to the list is sylpheed@good-day.net. | ||
| 63 | <P>Notice: If you lost the mail that says | ||
| 64 | <P>confirm Password(a number) Your Name | ||
| 65 | <P>or you became confused and want to do from start, do them over from the start, in other words, send | ||
| 66 | <P><CODE>subscribe Anne Shirley</CODE> | ||
| 67 | <P>to sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net again. | ||
| 68 | <P> | ||
| 69 | <H3>How to unsubscribe.</H3> | ||
| 70 | |||
| 71 | <P>Send a mail to sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net that says | ||
| 72 | <P><CODE>unsubscribe</CODE> | ||
| 73 | <P>in the body. | ||
| 74 | <P> | ||
| 75 | <H2><A NAME="ss19.3">19.3 Anonymous CVS</A> | ||
| 76 | </H2> | ||
| 77 | |||
| 78 | <P>This section has not been written yet. | ||
| 79 | <H2><A NAME="ss19.4">19.4 How to tell another program to use Sylpheed as e-mail program</A> | ||
| 80 | </H2> | ||
| 81 | |||
| 82 | <P>If you wish to use Sylpheed from within for example Netscape or Opera, then you need to go to the `preferences` section, then choose `applications` and in the email client part, you need to enter <CODE>sylpheed --compose</CODE>. | ||
| 83 | <HR> | ||
| 84 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">Next</A> | ||
| 85 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 86 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19">Contents</A> | ||
| 87 | </BODY> | ||
| 88 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-2.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a09bf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-2.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Quick-guide to mail setup</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-3.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-1.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s2">2. Quick-guide to mail setup</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.1">2.1 Starting Sylpheed for the first time</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>When starting Sylpheed for the first time, you will be | ||
| 21 | guided through the first basic steps of the setup. | ||
| 22 | First a pop-up window will show up and you will be asked | ||
| 23 | to define the directory Sylpheed will use to store your | ||
| 24 | messages and folders. This directory will be created under | ||
| 25 | your home directory (or under C:\windows\Application Data\Sylpheed | ||
| 26 | on windows). The default name for this directory is "Mail". | ||
| 27 | <P> | ||
| 28 | <P> | ||
| 29 | <P> | ||
| 30 | <P>Then the account preferences window shows up. Based on | ||
| 31 | your configuration (local UNIX mailbox or POP account), | ||
| 32 | read one of the following sections for the next steps | ||
| 33 | of the configuration. | ||
| 34 | <P> | ||
| 35 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.2">2.2 Setup for reading your Unix mailbox in a hurry</A> | ||
| 36 | </H2> | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | <P> | ||
| 39 | <UL> | ||
| 40 | <LI>In the configuration menu, select "Create new account".</LI> | ||
| 41 | <LI>In the | ||
| 42 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Basic">Basic</A> | ||
| 43 | tab, name the account. You can select this account to be the default account ("Usually used").</LI> | ||
| 44 | <LI>Enter your name and e-mail address.</LI> | ||
| 45 | <LI>To select your local unix mailbox, in the Protocol box you select "None (local)".</LI> | ||
| 46 | <LI>When you select this option, the "Server for receiving" is greyed out, since this is not relevant. You can enter the server to send (SMTP) in this tab also.</LI> | ||
| 47 | </UL> | ||
| 48 | |||
| 49 | Settings in the remaining tabs can usually be left at default values. | ||
| 50 | <P> | ||
| 51 | <P> | ||
| 52 | <P> | ||
| 53 | <P>The | ||
| 54 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Receive">Receive</A> | ||
| 55 | tab is not used in this setup, since you are not polling a server, your mail is delivered to you. | ||
| 56 | <P>In the | ||
| 57 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Send">Send</A> | ||
| 58 | tab you can select headers and SMTP authentication. | ||
| 59 | <P> | ||
| 60 | <P> | ||
| 61 | <P> | ||
| 62 | <P>In the | ||
| 63 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Compose">Compose</A> | ||
| 64 | tab you can define your signature file. | ||
| 65 | <P> | ||
| 66 | <P> | ||
| 67 | <P> | ||
| 68 | <P>In the | ||
| 69 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Advanced">Advanced</A> | ||
| 70 | tab you can edit the portnumbers for the servers you will be using. This normally will need no change. | ||
| 71 | <P>This is basically everything you need to start using Sylpheed for local mailboxes. You can select "Message -> receive new mail" or press the | ||
| 72 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#shortcut">shortcut</A> | ||
| 73 | and see if there is new mail! | ||
| 74 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.3">2.3 Setup for reading POP3 mail in a hurry</A> | ||
| 75 | </H2> | ||
| 76 | |||
| 77 | <P> | ||
| 78 | <UL> | ||
| 79 | <LI>In the configuration menu, select "Create new account".</LI> | ||
| 80 | <LI>In the | ||
| 81 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Basic">Basic</A> | ||
| 82 | tab, name the account. You can select this account to be the default account ("Usually used").</LI> | ||
| 83 | <LI>Enter your name and e-mail address.</LI> | ||
| 84 | <LI>To check your POP3 mail, in the Protocol box you select "POP3 (normal)".</LI> | ||
| 85 | <LI>Enter the server information for "Server for receiving". You can then enter the server to send (SMTP) in this tab.</LI> | ||
| 86 | </UL> | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | Settings in the remaining tabs can usually be left at default values. | ||
| 89 | <P> | ||
| 90 | <P> | ||
| 91 | <P> | ||
| 92 | <P>The | ||
| 93 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Receive">Receive</A> | ||
| 94 | tab offers advanced POP3 options. | ||
| 95 | <P> | ||
| 96 | <P> | ||
| 97 | <P> | ||
| 98 | <P>In the | ||
| 99 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Send">Send</A> | ||
| 100 | tab you can select headers and SMTP authentication. | ||
| 101 | <P> | ||
| 102 | <P> | ||
| 103 | <P> | ||
| 104 | <P>In the | ||
| 105 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Compose">Compose</A> | ||
| 106 | tab you can define your signature file. | ||
| 107 | <P> | ||
| 108 | <P> | ||
| 109 | <P> | ||
| 110 | <P>In the | ||
| 111 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#Advanced">Advanced</A> | ||
| 112 | tab you can edit the portnumbers for the servers you will be using. This normally will need no change. | ||
| 113 | <P>This is basically everything you need to start using Sylpheed for POP3 mailsystems. You select "Message -> receive new mail" or press the | ||
| 114 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#shortcut">shortcut</A> | ||
| 115 | and see if there is new mail! | ||
| 116 | <HR> | ||
| 117 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">Next</A> | ||
| 118 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 119 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2">Contents</A> | ||
| 120 | </BODY> | ||
| 121 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-20.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-20.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..334c2b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-20.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: About This Document</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-21.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-19.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s20">20. About This Document</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss20.1">20.1 Copyright Notice</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>Copyright (C) 2001 Hiroyuki Yamamoto | ||
| 21 | <P>This program has been placed in the GPL. | ||
| 22 | <H2><A NAME="ss20.2">20.2 GNU General Public License</A> | ||
| 23 | </H2> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <P>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or | ||
| 26 | modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 27 | as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 | ||
| 28 | of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 29 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 30 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 31 | GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 32 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | ||
| 33 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | ||
| 34 | <H2><A NAME="ss20.3">20.3 Where to Get the Latest Version of This Document</A> | ||
| 35 | </H2> | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | <P>You can find the latest version of this document on the site of the Sylpheed documentation project at | ||
| 38 | <P> | ||
| 39 | <A HREF="http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net">http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net</A><P>Here FAQ and manual are uploaded as HTML pages, and in form of SGML files within the CVS repository. | ||
| 40 | <H2><A NAME="ss20.4">20.4 Ending Remark</A> | ||
| 41 | </H2> | ||
| 42 | |||
| 43 | <P>I wish to thank everyone involved in the Sylpheed project. | ||
| 44 | <P>Hiroyuki Yamamoto and all the other developers for the fabulous program they have created. | ||
| 45 | <P>Francois Barriere who helped me become friends with the CVS system. | ||
| 46 | <P>All the help I received from everyone on the Sylpheed mailing list while writing the FAQ and this manual. | ||
| 47 | <P>Nick Selby, for offering his well appreciated assistance in writing along in this manual. | ||
| 48 | <P>All the people around the world who work hard on keeping the manual and FAQ up to date | ||
| 49 | <P>And Linus Torvald, who got us a great operating system! ;-) | ||
| 50 | <HR> | ||
| 51 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">Next</A> | ||
| 52 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 53 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20">Contents</A> | ||
| 54 | </BODY> | ||
| 55 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-21.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-21.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d7a8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-21.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: The Sylpheed documentation team:</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-22.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-20.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="The Sylpheed documentation team"></A> <A NAME="s21">21. The Sylpheed documentation team:</A>> </H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P> | ||
| 18 | <PRE> | ||
| 19 | Francois Barriere fbarriere@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 20 | Martin Bretschneider furbour@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 21 | Olivier Delhomme dup@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 22 | Doruk Fisek dobidik@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 23 | Melvin Hadasht mhadasht@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 24 | Nicolas Kaiser nikai@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 25 | Paul Kater pkater@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 26 | Ricardo Mones Lastra mones@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 27 | Jens Oberender jobi@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 28 | Marcelo Ramos hackpando@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 29 | Guido Rudolphi malatesta@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 30 | Frank Weng fweng@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 31 | </PRE> | ||
| 32 | <P> | ||
| 33 | <P> | ||
| 34 | <P> | ||
| 35 | <HR> | ||
| 36 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">Next</A> | ||
| 37 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 38 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21">Contents</A> | ||
| 39 | </BODY> | ||
| 40 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-22.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-22.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9c8a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-22.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: GNU Free Documentation License</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-21.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22" REL=contents> | ||
| 8 | </HEAD> | ||
| 9 | <BODY> | ||
| 10 | Next | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22">Contents</A> | ||
| 13 | <HR> | ||
| 14 | <H2><A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A> <A NAME="s22">22. GNU Free Documentation License</A>> </H2> | ||
| 15 | |||
| 16 | <P>Version 1.1, March 2000 | ||
| 17 | <P>Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 18 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
| 19 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
| 20 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
| 21 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.1">22.1 PREAMBLE</A> | ||
| 22 | </H2> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, | ||
| 25 | or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to | ||
| 26 | assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, | ||
| 27 | with or without modifying it, either commercially or | ||
| 28 | noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the | ||
| 29 | author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not | ||
| 30 | being considered responsible for modifications made by | ||
| 31 | others. | ||
| 32 | <P>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that | ||
| 33 | derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the | ||
| 34 | same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which | ||
| 35 | is a copyleft license designed for free software. | ||
| 36 | <P>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals | ||
| 37 | for free software, because free software needs free documentation: | ||
| 38 | a free program should come with manuals providing the same | ||
| 39 | freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited | ||
| 40 | to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, | ||
| 41 | regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a | ||
| 42 | printed book. We recommend this License principally for works | ||
| 43 | whose purpose is instruction or reference. | ||
| 44 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.2">22.2 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</A> | ||
| 45 | </H2> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | <P>This License applies to any manual or other work that | ||
| 48 | contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be | ||
| 49 | distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", | ||
| 50 | below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the | ||
| 51 | public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". | ||
| 52 | <P>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work | ||
| 53 | containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied | ||
| 54 | verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another | ||
| 55 | language. | ||
| 56 | <P>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter | ||
| 57 | section of the Document that deals exclusively with the | ||
| 58 | relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the | ||
| 59 | Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains | ||
| 60 | nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. | ||
| 61 | (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of | ||
| 62 | mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) | ||
| 63 | The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with | ||
| 64 | the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, | ||
| 65 | philosophical, ethical or political position regarding | ||
| 66 | them. | ||
| 67 | <P>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections | ||
| 68 | whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, | ||
| 69 | in the notice that says that the Document is released under this | ||
| 70 | License. | ||
| 71 | <P>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that | ||
| 72 | are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the | ||
| 73 | notice that says that the Document is released under this | ||
| 74 | License. | ||
| 75 | <P>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a | ||
| 76 | machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification | ||
| 77 | is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed | ||
| 78 | and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text | ||
| 79 | editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs | ||
| 80 | or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that | ||
| 81 | is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic | ||
| 82 | translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text | ||
| 83 | formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format | ||
| 84 | whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent | ||
| 85 | modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not | ||
| 86 | "Transparent" is called "Opaque". | ||
| 87 | <P>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include | ||
| 88 | plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input | ||
| 89 | format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and | ||
| 90 | standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. | ||
| 91 | Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that | ||
| 92 | can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML | ||
| 93 | or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally | ||
| 94 | available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word | ||
| 95 | processors for output purposes only. | ||
| 96 | <P>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page | ||
| 97 | itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, | ||
| 98 | the material this License requires to appear in the title page. | ||
| 99 | For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, | ||
| 100 | "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of | ||
| 101 | the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the | ||
| 102 | text. | ||
| 103 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.3">22.3 VERBATIM COPYING</A> | ||
| 104 | </H2> | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | <P>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, | ||
| 107 | either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this | ||
| 108 | License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this | ||
| 109 | License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and | ||
| 110 | that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this | ||
| 111 | License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or | ||
| 112 | control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or | ||
| 113 | distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for | ||
| 114 | copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you | ||
| 115 | must also follow the conditions in section 3. | ||
| 116 | <P>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated | ||
| 117 | above, and you may publicly display copies. | ||
| 118 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.4">22.4 COPYING IN QUANTITY</A> | ||
| 119 | </H2> | ||
| 120 | |||
| 121 | <P>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more | ||
| 122 | than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, | ||
| 123 | you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and | ||
| 124 | legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front | ||
| 125 | cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must | ||
| 126 | also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these | ||
| 127 | copies. The front cover must present the full title with all | ||
| 128 | words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add | ||
| 129 | other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes | ||
| 130 | limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the | ||
| 131 | Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim | ||
| 132 | copying in other respects. | ||
| 133 | <P>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to | ||
| 134 | fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit | ||
| 135 | reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto | ||
| 136 | adjacent pages. | ||
| 137 | <P>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document | ||
| 138 | numbering more than 100, you must either include a | ||
| 139 | machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or | ||
| 140 | state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible | ||
| 141 | computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy | ||
| 142 | of the Document, free of added material, which the general | ||
| 143 | network-using public has access to download anonymously at no | ||
| 144 | charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the | ||
| 145 | latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you | ||
| 146 | begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that | ||
| 147 | this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated | ||
| 148 | location until at least one year after the last time you | ||
| 149 | distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or | ||
| 150 | retailers) of that edition to the public. | ||
| 151 | <P>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the | ||
| 152 | authors of the Document well before redistributing any large | ||
| 153 | number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an | ||
| 154 | updated version of the Document. | ||
| 155 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.5">22.5 MODIFICATIONS</A> | ||
| 156 | </H2> | ||
| 157 | |||
| 158 | <P>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the | ||
| 159 | Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided | ||
| 160 | that you release the Modified Version under precisely this | ||
| 161 | License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the | ||
| 162 | Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the | ||
| 163 | Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, | ||
| 164 | you must do these things in the Modified Version: | ||
| 165 | <P> | ||
| 166 | <UL> | ||
| 167 | <LI>Use in the Title Page | ||
| 168 | (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the | ||
| 169 | Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if | ||
| 170 | there were any, be listed in the History section of the | ||
| 171 | Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if | ||
| 172 | the original publisher of that version gives permission.</LI> | ||
| 173 | <LI>List on the Title Page, | ||
| 174 | as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for | ||
| 175 | authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, | ||
| 176 | together with at least five of the principal authors of the | ||
| 177 | Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than | ||
| 178 | five).</LI> | ||
| 179 | <LI>State on the Title page | ||
| 180 | the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the | ||
| 181 | publisher.</LI> | ||
| 182 | <LI>Preserve all the | ||
| 183 | copyright notices of the Document.</LI> | ||
| 184 | <LI>Add an appropriate | ||
| 185 | copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other | ||
| 186 | copyright notices.</LI> | ||
| 187 | <LI>Include, immediately | ||
| 188 | after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public | ||
| 189 | permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this | ||
| 190 | License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</LI> | ||
| 191 | <LI>Preserve in that license | ||
| 192 | notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover | ||
| 193 | Texts given in the Document's license notice.</LI> | ||
| 194 | <LI>Include an unaltered | ||
| 195 | copy of this License.</LI> | ||
| 196 | <LI>Preserve the section | ||
| 197 | entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating | ||
| 198 | at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the | ||
| 199 | Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no | ||
| 200 | section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating | ||
| 201 | the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given | ||
| 202 | on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified | ||
| 203 | Version as stated in the previous sentence.</LI> | ||
| 204 | <LI>Preserve the network | ||
| 205 | location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a | ||
| 206 | Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network | ||
| 207 | locations given in the Document for previous versions it was | ||
| 208 | based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You | ||
| 209 | may omit a network location for a work that was published at | ||
| 210 | least four years before the Document itself, or if the original | ||
| 211 | publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</LI> | ||
| 212 | <LI>In any section entitled | ||
| 213 | "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's | ||
| 214 | title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of | ||
| 215 | each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications | ||
| 216 | given therein.</LI> | ||
| 217 | <LI>Preserve all the | ||
| 218 | Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and | ||
| 219 | in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not | ||
| 220 | considered part of the section titles.</LI> | ||
| 221 | <LI>Delete any section | ||
| 222 | entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in | ||
| 223 | the Modified Version.</LI> | ||
| 224 | <LI>Do not retitle any | ||
| 225 | existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with | ||
| 226 | any Invariant Section.</LI> | ||
| 227 | </UL> | ||
| 228 | <P> | ||
| 229 | <P>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections | ||
| 230 | or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no | ||
| 231 | material copied from the Document, you may at your option | ||
| 232 | designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, | ||
| 233 | add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified | ||
| 234 | Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any | ||
| 235 | other section titles. | ||
| 236 | <P>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it | ||
| 237 | contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by | ||
| 238 | various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that | ||
| 239 | the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative | ||
| 240 | definition of a standard. | ||
| 241 | <P>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover | ||
| 242 | Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the | ||
| 243 | end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one | ||
| 244 | passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be | ||
| 245 | added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the | ||
| 246 | Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, | ||
| 247 | previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity | ||
| 248 | you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may | ||
| 249 | replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous | ||
| 250 | publisher that added the old one. | ||
| 251 | <P>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by | ||
| 252 | this License give permission to use their names for publicity for | ||
| 253 | or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. | ||
| 254 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.6">22.6 COMBINING DOCUMENTS</A> | ||
| 255 | </H2> | ||
| 256 | |||
| 257 | <P>You may combine the Document with other documents released | ||
| 258 | under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for | ||
| 259 | modified versions, provided that you include in the combination | ||
| 260 | all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, | ||
| 261 | unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your | ||
| 262 | combined work in its license notice. | ||
| 263 | <P>The combined work need only contain one copy of this | ||
| 264 | License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced | ||
| 265 | with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with | ||
| 266 | the same name but different contents, make the title of each such | ||
| 267 | section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the | ||
| 268 | name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, | ||
| 269 | or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section | ||
| 270 | titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of | ||
| 271 | the combined work. | ||
| 272 | <P>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled | ||
| 273 | "History" in the various original documents, forming one section | ||
| 274 | entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled | ||
| 275 | "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You | ||
| 276 | must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements." | ||
| 277 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.7">22.7 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</A> | ||
| 278 | </H2> | ||
| 279 | |||
| 280 | <P>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and | ||
| 281 | other documents released under this License, and replace the | ||
| 282 | individual copies of this License in the various documents with a | ||
| 283 | single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you | ||
| 284 | follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of | ||
| 285 | the documents in all other respects. | ||
| 286 | <P>You may extract a single document from such a collection, | ||
| 287 | and distribute it individually under this License, provided you | ||
| 288 | insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and | ||
| 289 | follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim | ||
| 290 | copying of that document. | ||
| 291 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.8">22.8 AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</A> | ||
| 292 | </H2> | ||
| 293 | |||
| 294 | <P>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other | ||
| 295 | separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of | ||
| 296 | a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a | ||
| 297 | Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation | ||
| 298 | copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is | ||
| 299 | called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the | ||
| 300 | other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on | ||
| 301 | account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves | ||
| 302 | derivative works of the Document. | ||
| 303 | <P>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to | ||
| 304 | these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than | ||
| 305 | one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts | ||
| 306 | may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the | ||
| 307 | aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole | ||
| 308 | aggregate. | ||
| 309 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.9">22.9 TRANSLATION</A> | ||
| 310 | </H2> | ||
| 311 | |||
| 312 | <P>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may | ||
| 313 | distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section | ||
| 314 | 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires | ||
| 315 | special permission from their copyright holders, but you may | ||
| 316 | include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition | ||
| 317 | to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may | ||
| 318 | include a translation of this License provided that you also | ||
| 319 | include the original English version of this License. In case of | ||
| 320 | a disagreement between the translation and the original English | ||
| 321 | version of this License, the original English version will | ||
| 322 | prevail. | ||
| 323 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.10">22.10 TERMINATION</A> | ||
| 324 | </H2> | ||
| 325 | |||
| 326 | <P>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the | ||
| 327 | Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any | ||
| 328 | other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the | ||
| 329 | Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights | ||
| 330 | under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or | ||
| 331 | rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses | ||
| 332 | terminated so long as such parties remain in full | ||
| 333 | compliance. | ||
| 334 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.11">22.11 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</A> | ||
| 335 | </H2> | ||
| 336 | |||
| 337 | <P>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised | ||
| 338 | versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. | ||
| 339 | Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present | ||
| 340 | version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or | ||
| 341 | concerns. See | ||
| 342 | <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>. | ||
| 343 | <P>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing | ||
| 344 | version number. If the Document specifies that a particular | ||
| 345 | numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to | ||
| 346 | it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions | ||
| 347 | either of that specified version or of any later version that has | ||
| 348 | been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. | ||
| 349 | If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, | ||
| 350 | you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the | ||
| 351 | Free Software Foundation. | ||
| 352 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.12">22.12 How to use this License for your documents</A> | ||
| 353 | </H2> | ||
| 354 | |||
| 355 | <P>To use this License in a document you have written, include | ||
| 356 | a copy of the License in the document and put the following | ||
| 357 | copyright and license notices just after the title page: | ||
| 358 | <P><CODE>Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. | ||
| 359 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 360 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 361 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 362 | with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the | ||
| 363 | Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. | ||
| 364 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU | ||
| 365 | Free Documentation License".</CODE> | ||
| 366 | <P>If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant | ||
| 367 | Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have | ||
| 368 | no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of | ||
| 369 | "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover | ||
| 370 | Texts. | ||
| 371 | <P>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program | ||
| 372 | code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your | ||
| 373 | choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public | ||
| 374 | License, to permit their use in free software. | ||
| 375 | <HR> | ||
| 376 | Next | ||
| 377 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 378 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22">Contents</A> | ||
| 379 | </BODY> | ||
| 380 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-3.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90935f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-3.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Quick-guide for news setup</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-4.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-2.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s3">3. Quick-guide for news setup</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P> | ||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss3.1">3.1 Getting news in a hurry.</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P> | ||
| 22 | <P>In the configuration menu, select "Create new account" | ||
| 23 | <P>In the "Basic" tab, enter the relevant data. You name the account, enter your name and e-mail address, etc. To connect to news, in the Protocol box you select "News (NNTP)". | ||
| 24 | <P> | ||
| 25 | <P> | ||
| 26 | <P> | ||
| 27 | <P> | ||
| 28 | <P>Enter the newsserver information. | ||
| 29 | <P>Skip the "Receive" tab. | ||
| 30 | <P>In the "Send" tab you can set up some more settings. | ||
| 31 | <P>In the "Compose" tab you can define your signature file. | ||
| 32 | <P> | ||
| 33 | <P> | ||
| 34 | <P> | ||
| 35 | <P> | ||
| 36 | <P>In the "Advanced" tab you can edit the portnumbers for the servers you will be using. This normally will need no change. | ||
| 37 | <P>Close the dialogs, right click the new News folder in the folder pane and select "Subscribe to newsgroups". If not done already, a list of groups will be downloaded from the server. From there you will find your way, so good luck! | ||
| 38 | <HR> | ||
| 39 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">Next</A> | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 41 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3">Contents</A> | ||
| 42 | </BODY> | ||
| 43 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-4.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2728818 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-4.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Installation.</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-5.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-3.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s4">4. Installation.</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.1">4.1 Required environment</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>To succesfully compile Sylpheed, you need at least: | ||
| 21 | <UL> | ||
| 22 | <LI>Any POSIX compliant UNIX or similar OS eg. Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris</LI> | ||
| 23 | <LI> | ||
| 24 | <A HREF="http://www.gtk.org/">GTK+</A> | ||
| 25 | 1.2.6 or later</LI> | ||
| 26 | <LI>A recent ANSI C compiler | ||
| 27 | ( | ||
| 28 | <A HREF="http://gcc.gnu.org/">gcc</A> 2.7.2.3 should also work) | ||
| 29 | Note: it is reported that Sun C will not compile Sylpheed.</LI> | ||
| 30 | </UL> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | Optionally you need: | ||
| 33 | <A NAME="option_libraries"></A> | ||
| 34 | <UL> | ||
| 35 | <LI> | ||
| 36 | <A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2">Imlib</A> | ||
| 37 | or | ||
| 38 | <A HREF="http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/unstable/sources/gdk-pixbuf/">gdk-pixbuf</A> | ||
| 39 | (for built-in image view)</LI> | ||
| 40 | <LI> | ||
| 41 | <A HREF="ftp://ftp.cs.indiana.edu/pub/faces/compface/">libcompface</A> | ||
| 42 | (for X-Face)</LI> | ||
| 43 | <LI> | ||
| 44 | <A HREF="http://www.kondara.org/libjconv/">libjconv</A> | ||
| 45 | (for non latin character sets)</LI> | ||
| 46 | <LI> | ||
| 47 | <A HREF="http://www.gnupg.org/gpgme.html">GPGME</A> | ||
| 48 | and | ||
| 49 | <A HREF="http://www.gnupg.org/">GNUPG</A> | ||
| 50 | (for encryption and signature)</LI> | ||
| 51 | <LI> | ||
| 52 | <A HREF="http://www.openssl.org/">OpenSSL</A> | ||
| 53 | (for SSL support)</LI> | ||
| 54 | <LI> | ||
| 55 | <A HREF="http://www.openldap.org/">OpenLDAP</A> | ||
| 56 | (for LDAP connection)</LI> | ||
| 57 | <LI>IPv6 support can be turned on (if your system supports it)</LI> | ||
| 58 | <LI> | ||
| 59 | <A HREF="http://www.jpilot.org/">Jpilot</A> | ||
| 60 | (for Palm addressbook use)</LI> | ||
| 61 | <LI>the equivalent of GTK+-devel and Xfree86-devel. (Otherwise ./configure will fail.)</LI> | ||
| 62 | </UL> | ||
| 63 | <P>Notice: Sylpheed may be unstable depending on the environment. Please use the newest version of libraries if possible. | ||
| 64 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.2">4.2 Environments known as valid for Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 65 | </H2> | ||
| 66 | |||
| 67 | <P> | ||
| 68 | <UL> | ||
| 69 | <LI>Debian GNU/Linux unstable (sid) (glibc 2.2.5) (development environment) </LI> | ||
| 70 | <LI>Debian GNU/Linux testing (woody) (glibc 2.2.5)</LI> | ||
| 71 | <LI>Debian GNU/Linux 2.2 (potato) (glibc 2.1.3) </LI> | ||
| 72 | <LI>Kondara MNU/Linux (glibc 2.1.x) </LI> | ||
| 73 | <LI>Kondara MNU/Linux 1.2</LI> | ||
| 74 | <LI>Kondara MNU/Linux 2.0</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>Vine Linux 1.1 (glibc 2.0.x + libwcsmbs) </LI> | ||
| 76 | <LI>Vine Linux 2.0 (glibc 2.1.x) (Intel, PPC) </LI> | ||
| 77 | <LI>Vine Linux 2.1 </LI> | ||
| 78 | <LI>Vine Linux 2.1.5</LI> | ||
| 79 | <LI>Laser5 Linux 6.0 (glibc 2.1.x)</LI> | ||
| 80 | <LI>Laser5 Linux 6.2 (glibc 2.1.x)</LI> | ||
| 81 | <LI>Laser5 Linux 6.4 (glibc 2.1.x)</LI> | ||
| 82 | <LI>TurboLinux 4.0 (glibc 2.0.7 + libwcsmbs) </LI> | ||
| 83 | <LI>TurboLinux 6.0 (glibc 2.1.2) </LI> | ||
| 84 | <LI>TurboLinux 7.0 (glibc 2.2.x) </LI> | ||
| 85 | <LI>Miracle Linux Standard Edition Version1.0 </LI> | ||
| 86 | <LI>Miracle Linux for PostgreSQL Version1.0 </LI> | ||
| 87 | <LI>Miracle Linux for Samba Version1.0 </LI> | ||
| 88 | <LI>RedHat Linux 5.2 (glibc 2.0.7) </LI> | ||
| 89 | <LI>RedHat Linux 6.0 </LI> | ||
| 90 | <LI>RedHat Linux 6.1 + Helix GNOME (glibc 2.1.x) </LI> | ||
| 91 | <LI>RedHat Linux 6.2 / 6.2J (glibc 2.1.x) </LI> | ||
| 92 | <LI>RedHat Linux 7.0 / 7.0J </LI> | ||
| 93 | <LI>RedHat Linux 7.1</LI> | ||
| 94 | <LI>RedHat Linux 7.2</LI> | ||
| 95 | <LI>LinuxPPC2000 + Yukikaze(Japanization kit) </LI> | ||
| 96 | <LI>Linux2000G (Intel, PowerPC) </LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI>HOLON Linux 2.0 (Intel / PPC) </LI> | ||
| 98 | <LI>Linux for PPC Japanese Edition 2.0 (glibc 2.1.x) </LI> | ||
| 99 | <LI>Linux for PPC Japanese Edition 3.0 (glibc 2.1.x) </LI> | ||
| 100 | <LI>Linux MLD4</LI> | ||
| 101 | <LI>Linux MLD5 </LI> | ||
| 102 | <LI>Plamo Linux 2.0 </LI> | ||
| 103 | <LI>Plamo Linux 2.1</LI> | ||
| 104 | <LI>Slackware 7.0 </LI> | ||
| 105 | <LI>Slackware 7.1 </LI> | ||
| 106 | <LI>Slackware 8.0 </LI> | ||
| 107 | <LI>Linux Mandrake 7.0</LI> | ||
| 108 | <LI>Linux Mandrake 7.1</LI> | ||
| 109 | <LI>Linux Mandrake 7.2</LI> | ||
| 110 | <LI>Linux Mandrake 8.0</LI> | ||
| 111 | <LI>Linux Mandrake 8.1</LI> | ||
| 112 | <LI>SuSE Linux 6.3 (glibc 2.1.2) </LI> | ||
| 113 | <LI>SuSE Linux 6.4</LI> | ||
| 114 | <LI>SuSE Linux 7.0</LI> | ||
| 115 | <LI>SuSE Linux 7.1</LI> | ||
| 116 | <LI>SuSE Linux 7.2</LI> | ||
| 117 | <LI>SuSE Linux 7.3</LI> | ||
| 118 | <LI>OpenLinux 2.3 (glibc 2.1.1 -> 2.1.3) </LI> | ||
| 119 | <LI>Caldera OpenDesktop 2.4 </LI> | ||
| 120 | <LI>Caldera Workstation 3.1</LI> | ||
| 121 | <LI>Conectiva Linux 4.0</LI> | ||
| 122 | <LI>Conectiva Linux 5.0</LI> | ||
| 123 | <LI>Conectiva Linux 7.0</LI> | ||
| 124 | <LI>Vector Linux 1.5 </LI> | ||
| 125 | <LI>Yellow Dog Linux 2.0 (glibc 2.2.1)</LI> | ||
| 126 | <LI>Yellow Dog Linux 2.1 (PowerPC)</LI> | ||
| 127 | <LI>ASP Linux 7.2 (glibc 2.2.4)</LI> | ||
| 128 | <LI>Redmond Linux (Lycoris)</LI> | ||
| 129 | </UL> | ||
| 130 | <P> | ||
| 131 | <UL> | ||
| 132 | <LI>FreeBSD release 3.2</LI> | ||
| 133 | <LI>FreeBSD release 3.4</LI> | ||
| 134 | <LI>FreeBSD release 4.0</LI> | ||
| 135 | <LI>FreeBSD release 4.1</LI> | ||
| 136 | <LI>FreeBSD release 4.2</LI> | ||
| 137 | <LI>FreeBSD release 4.3</LI> | ||
| 138 | <LI>FreeBSD release 4.4</LI> | ||
| 139 | <LI>FreeBSD release 4.5</LI> | ||
| 140 | <LI>FreeBSD release 5.0</LI> | ||
| 141 | <LI>NetBSD 1.4.2 </LI> | ||
| 142 | <LI>NetBSD 1.5 + XPG4DL </LI> | ||
| 143 | <LI>NetBSD 1.5.1</LI> | ||
| 144 | <LI>NetBSD 1.5.2</LI> | ||
| 145 | <LI>OpenBSD 2.7 </LI> | ||
| 146 | <LI>OpenBSD 2.8 (i386) </LI> | ||
| 147 | <LI>OpenBSD 2.9</LI> | ||
| 148 | <LI>OpenBSD 3.0</LI> | ||
| 149 | <LI>BSD/OS 4.0.1 </LI> | ||
| 150 | </UL> | ||
| 151 | <P> | ||
| 152 | <UL> | ||
| 153 | <LI>Solaris 2.5</LI> | ||
| 154 | <LI>Solaris 2.5.1</LI> | ||
| 155 | <LI>Solaris 2.6</LI> | ||
| 156 | <LI>Solaris 7</LI> | ||
| 157 | <LI>Solaris 8</LI> | ||
| 158 | <LI>IRIX 6.3</LI> | ||
| 159 | <LI>IRIX 6.4</LI> | ||
| 160 | <LI>IRIX 6.5, 6.5.8m</LI> | ||
| 161 | <LI>HP-UX 10.20 </LI> | ||
| 162 | <LI>HP-UX 11.00</LI> | ||
| 163 | <LI>HP-UX 11i</LI> | ||
| 164 | <LI>Tru64 Unix 5.0 (OSF1 v5.0)</LI> | ||
| 165 | <LI>SCO UnixWare 7</LI> | ||
| 166 | <LI>Mac OS X 10.1.3 (Darwin 5.3) + XDarwin (without XLocale support) + libxpg4 </LI> | ||
| 167 | </UL> | ||
| 168 | <P> | ||
| 169 | <UL> | ||
| 170 | <LI>Windows (MSVC + GTK+ for win32), in progress</LI> | ||
| 171 | </UL> | ||
| 172 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.3">4.3 Nuts and bolts of installation</A> | ||
| 173 | </H2> | ||
| 174 | |||
| 175 | <P> | ||
| 176 | <UL> | ||
| 177 | <LI>Download the latest version of the Sylpheed package from | ||
| 178 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.good-day.net/">http://sylpheed.good-day.net/</A></LI> | ||
| 179 | <LI>Untar the sourcefiles to a new directory</LI> | ||
| 180 | <LI>tar -xvfz sylpheed-.tar.gz (for tar.gz)</LI> | ||
| 181 | <LI>tar -xvfI sylpheed-.tar.bz2 (for tar.bz2) </LI> | ||
| 182 | <LI>cd to the new sylpheed- directory </LI> | ||
| 183 | <LI>Run ./configure to check your environment and create the installation make files </LI> | ||
| 184 | <LI>Run the 'make' program which will compile the sources. Do not proceed with this step if there are fatal errors in the previous step. Fatal errors indicate that things are missing in order to compile Sylpheed properly. </LI> | ||
| 185 | </UL> | ||
| 186 | <P>If the make process has completed, run "make install" (as root), to install the program and the supportfiles | ||
| 187 | <P> | ||
| 188 | <H3><A NAME="compile_sylpheed"></A> Compiling Sylpheed with options</H3> | ||
| 189 | |||
| 190 | <P>You can choose to compile Sylpheed with some optional features enabled. | ||
| 191 | Use <I>./configure --help</I> to list configuration syntax and options. | ||
| 192 | <P>The following optional features can be enabled: | ||
| 193 | <P> | ||
| 194 | <UL> | ||
| 195 | <LI><I>Jpilot</I>: to use you PDA addressbook with Sylpheed. You will | ||
| 196 | need the <I>Jpilot</I> library (and <I>pilot-link</I>, too). | ||
| 197 | Enable this option with the <I>--enable-jpilot</I> configure switch.</LI> | ||
| 198 | <LI><I>GnuPG</I>: Sylpheed can encrypt and sign your messages (also decrypt | ||
| 199 | and verify the signatures of the incoming messages) using GnuPG. | ||
| 200 | GnuPG follows the OpenPGP standard and is compatible with PGP. | ||
| 201 | To enable this feature, you need to install GnuPG and GPGME (interface | ||
| 202 | library to GnuPG). | ||
| 203 | Enable this option with the <I>--enable-gpgme</I> configure switch.</LI> | ||
| 204 | <LI><I>LDAP</I>: Sylpheed can connect to a LDAP server in order to | ||
| 205 | query mail addresses. To enable this feature you will need the | ||
| 206 | OpenLDAP library. | ||
| 207 | Enable this option with the <I>--enable-ldap</I> configure switch.</LI> | ||
| 208 | <LI><I>X-Faces</I>: you can create a small picture (of your face, or | ||
| 209 | of anything else) that will be sent in the header of your mails. | ||
| 210 | This option is enabled if the compface library is found and | ||
| 211 | can be disabled using the <I>--disable-compface</I> configure switch.</LI> | ||
| 212 | <LI>Images can appear "inline" (embedded in the message window, without | ||
| 213 | the need of an external viewer) if Sylpheed is compiled | ||
| 214 | with either the <I>gdk-pixbuf</I> or the <I>imlib</I> library. | ||
| 215 | You can choose the library (if both are installed) by using the | ||
| 216 | <I>--disable-gdk-pixbuf</I> or <I>--disable-imlib</I> configure switch.</LI> | ||
| 217 | </UL> | ||
| 218 | <P>All these features require additional libraries and tools that may not be part | ||
| 219 | of your distribution. You can find them at the addresses listed at the beginning | ||
| 220 | of this chapter, | ||
| 221 | <A HREF="#option_libraries">here</A>. | ||
| 222 | <P> | ||
| 223 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.4">4.4 Installation on Linux using RPM</A> | ||
| 224 | </H2> | ||
| 225 | |||
| 226 | <P>As root, run the "rpm -ivh " command on the RPM file you downloaded. As soon as this process is complete you can run Sylpheed as user. | ||
| 227 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.5">4.5 Installation on Debian Linux</A> | ||
| 228 | </H2> | ||
| 229 | |||
| 230 | <P>With an internet connection : | ||
| 231 | <P>apt-get install sylpheed (to install it with a internet connection) | ||
| 232 | <P>Without internet connection, fetch the debian package for example on | ||
| 233 | <A HREF="http://packages.debian.org/unstable/mail/sylpheed.html">http://packages.debian.org/unstable/mail/sylpheed.html</A><P>dpkg -i sylpheedx.x.x-1i386.deb | ||
| 234 | <P>dpkg --install sylpheedx.x.x-1i386.deb | ||
| 235 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.6">4.6 Installation on FreeBSD</A> | ||
| 236 | </H2> | ||
| 237 | |||
| 238 | <P>using the /stand/sysinstall tool (it is a menu-based interface) : | ||
| 239 | <P>run "/stand/sysinstall" as root | ||
| 240 | <P>in the main menu choose "Configure" -> "Packages" -> "mail", then "sylpheed" then, back to the "Packages" list, choose "Install" | ||
| 241 | <P>Using the ports | ||
| 242 | <P>Get the sylpheed port on : | ||
| 243 | <P> | ||
| 244 | <A HREF="ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/i386/packages-4.3-release/mail">ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/i386/packages-4.3-release/mail</A><P>then, as root: pkg-add sylpheed-0.x.x.tgz | ||
| 245 | <P>using the ports with compiling: | ||
| 246 | <P>first, update your port, fetch it on | ||
| 247 | <A HREF="http://www.freebsd.org/ports/mail.html">http://www.freebsd.org/ports/mail.html</A><P>cd /usr/ports/mail/sylpheed | ||
| 248 | <P>make | ||
| 249 | <P>If it succeeds, type "make install" | ||
| 250 | <P>In case it fails, fetch the required package if necessary | ||
| 251 | (on the same page), put the package file in /usr/ports/distfiles/ | ||
| 252 | then : | ||
| 253 | <UL> | ||
| 254 | <LI>cd /usr/ports/mail/sylpheed</LI> | ||
| 255 | <LI>make</LI> | ||
| 256 | <LI>make install</LI> | ||
| 257 | </UL> | ||
| 258 | <P>Need a more up-to-date version ? | ||
| 259 | <P>Just use the Unix standard method (see "Nuts and bolts of installation") | ||
| 260 | <HR> | ||
| 261 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">Next</A> | ||
| 262 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 263 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4">Contents</A> | ||
| 264 | </BODY> | ||
| 265 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-5.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97d5f3f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-5.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Starting and quitting Sylpheed</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-6.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-4.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s5">5. Starting and quitting Sylpheed</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.1">5.1 Starting Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>Starting Sylpheed can be done by typing "sylpheed" on a prompt in a terminal and pressing Enter. You can also add Sylpheed to a menu in KDE or Gnome, or create a shortcut to it on the desktop, if your window manager allows that. | ||
| 21 | <P>When you first start Sylpheed, the program will ask you where you want to store the mails that you downloaded. You can accept the default ($HOME/Mail) or set up your own mail folder. | ||
| 22 | <P>Sylpheed will then load with it's default settings. The way to change these are written about further on in this manual. | ||
| 23 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.2">5.2 Quitting Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 24 | </H2> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>Ending Sylpheed can be done in several ways: | ||
| 27 | <UL> | ||
| 28 | <LI>Select "quit" from the File menu</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>Press Ctrl-Q</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>Click the "program close" button in the titlebar.</LI> | ||
| 31 | </UL> | ||
| 32 | <HR> | ||
| 33 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">Next</A> | ||
| 34 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 35 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5">Contents</A> | ||
| 36 | </BODY> | ||
| 37 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-6.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..983d0a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-6.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: The menu options of Sylpheed.</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-7.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-5.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s6">6. The menu options of Sylpheed.</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P>The menu in Sylpheed is the primary entry to all the things | ||
| 18 | you can do with Sylpheed. The menu structure gives you following | ||
| 19 | options: | ||
| 20 | <P> | ||
| 21 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.1">6.1 File menu</A> | ||
| 22 | </H2> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P> | ||
| 25 | <UL> | ||
| 26 | <LI><I>Add mailbox:</I> this option lets you add a new MH mail-directory. | ||
| 27 | It will generate IN, OUT, QUEUE, DRAFT and TRASH mailfolders | ||
| 28 | inside the new mailbox.</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI><I>Check for new messages in all folders:</I> rescans the entire tree | ||
| 30 | of existing mailboxes to reflect the correct state (usually | ||
| 31 | won't be necessary).</LI> | ||
| 32 | <LI><I>Folder:</I> lets you add, rename or delete a mailfolder. | ||
| 33 | <UL> | ||
| 34 | <LI><I>Create new folder:</I> to create a new folder. You must select | ||
| 35 | the top level node of the folder tree of a sub folder before | ||
| 36 | using this menu entry, in order to define the location of the | ||
| 37 | new folder to create.</LI> | ||
| 38 | <LI><I>Rename folder:</I> change the name of the selected folder.</LI> | ||
| 39 | <LI><I>Delete folder:</I> delete the selected folder (also delete the | ||
| 40 | messages contained in the selected folder).</LI> | ||
| 41 | </UL> | ||
| 42 | </LI> | ||
| 43 | <LI><I>Import mbox file...:</I> lets you import an mbox file | ||
| 44 | (like created by Pine) into an MH mailbox.</LI> | ||
| 45 | <LI><I>Export to mbox file:</I> lets you export an MH mailbox to an mbox file.</LI> | ||
| 46 | <LI><I>Empty trash:</I> obviously, this will empty the trash folder.</LI> | ||
| 47 | <LI><I>Save as:</I> lets you save the selected e-mail to a plain textfile | ||
| 48 | on disk.</LI> | ||
| 49 | <LI><I>Print:</I> lets you print the selected e-mail to a printer.</LI> | ||
| 50 | <LI><I>Exit:</I> ends Sylpheed.</LI> | ||
| 51 | </UL> | ||
| 52 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.2">6.2 Edit menu</A> | ||
| 53 | </H2> | ||
| 54 | |||
| 55 | <P> | ||
| 56 | <UL> | ||
| 57 | <LI><I>copy:</I> lets you copy the selected text to a buffer, | ||
| 58 | from where you can paste it into a different place. | ||
| 59 | Shortcut: Ctrl-C</LI> | ||
| 60 | <LI><I>select all:</I> selects all the text in the current window. | ||
| 61 | Shortcut: Ctrl-A</LI> | ||
| 62 | <LI><I>select thread:</I> selects all the messages of the current thread.</LI> | ||
| 63 | <LI><I>Find in current message:</I> searches a string in the current message. | ||
| 64 | Shortcut: Ctrl-F</LI> | ||
| 65 | <LI><I>search messages:</I> searches a message based on its To, From, Subject | ||
| 66 | header fields or body content. Start searching from the selected | ||
| 67 | message, in the selected folder. | ||
| 68 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-F</LI> | ||
| 69 | </UL> | ||
| 70 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.3">6.3 View menu</A> | ||
| 71 | </H2> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | <P>The view menu allows you to change the way that Sylpheed appears. | ||
| 74 | You can set different windows separately (folder view, messages etc.), | ||
| 75 | enable or disable the statusbar and so on. | ||
| 76 | It contains also the commands to toggle the display of some parts | ||
| 77 | of the current message, or sort the messsages in the selected folder | ||
| 78 | based on different attributes. | ||
| 79 | <P> | ||
| 80 | <UL> | ||
| 81 | <LI><I>Show or hide:</I> let you control the parts of the Sylpheed user interface | ||
| 82 | you want to display. | ||
| 83 | <UL> | ||
| 84 | <LI><I>Folder tree:</I> not implemented yet</LI> | ||
| 85 | <LI><I>Message view:</I> show or hide the message pane. When hidden, the | ||
| 86 | messages are displayed in a separate window. To read a message | ||
| 87 | double click in the summary pane. The message is then opened in | ||
| 88 | a new window. You can close this new window by pressing the escape | ||
| 89 | key.</LI> | ||
| 90 | <LI><I>Toolbar:</I> sets how you want to see the toolbar. Icons and text, | ||
| 91 | or one of these. | ||
| 92 | <UL> | ||
| 93 | <LI><I>Icon and Text:</I> show icons and text in the toolbar.</LI> | ||
| 94 | <LI><I>Icon:</I> only display the icons, do not display the text | ||
| 95 | below them.</LI> | ||
| 96 | <LI><I>Text:</I> only the text, hide the icons.</LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI><I>None:</I> hide the toolbar.</LI> | ||
| 98 | </UL> | ||
| 99 | </LI> | ||
| 100 | <LI><I>Status bar:</I> show it or hide it.</LI> | ||
| 101 | </UL> | ||
| 102 | </LI> | ||
| 103 | <LI><I>Separate folder tree:</I> selects between having the folder tree | ||
| 104 | attached to the main window, or floating separately.</LI> | ||
| 105 | <LI><I>Separate message view:</I> selects between having the selected | ||
| 106 | message in the summary pane attached to the main window, or | ||
| 107 | floating separately.</LI> | ||
| 108 | <LI><I>Sort:</I> controls the way the messages are sorted in the selected | ||
| 109 | folder. Each option sorts the messages in descending order (the | ||
| 110 | bigger one being on the top of the summary pane), and can be | ||
| 111 | reversed by selecting the same menu entry a second time (each | ||
| 112 | time you select the same menu entry the order is reversed). | ||
| 113 | <UL> | ||
| 114 | <LI><I>Sort by number:</I> sort the message based on their MH number.</LI> | ||
| 115 | <LI><I>Sort by size:</I> sort the message on their size.</LI> | ||
| 116 | <LI><I>Sort by date:</I> sort the messages based on their date.</LI> | ||
| 117 | <LI><I>Sort by from:</I> the messages are sorted by their sender address | ||
| 118 | (From field, sorted alphabetically).</LI> | ||
| 119 | <LI><I>Sort by recipient:</I> the messages are sorted by their recipient | ||
| 120 | (sorted alphabetically).</LI> | ||
| 121 | <LI><I>Sort by subject:</I> the messages are sorted by their subject | ||
| 122 | (sorted alphabetically).</LI> | ||
| 123 | <LI><I>Sort by color label:</I> sort the messages based on their color. | ||
| 124 | Read the context menu description below to find how to assign | ||
| 125 | colors to messages.</LI> | ||
| 126 | <LI><I>Sort by mark:</I> separate marked and unmarked messages. Read the | ||
| 127 | context menu description below to find how to mark messages.</LI> | ||
| 128 | <LI><I>Sort by unread:</I> separate read and unread messages.</LI> | ||
| 129 | <LI><I>Sort by attachment:</I> separate messages with and without attachment.</LI> | ||
| 130 | <LI><I>Don't sort:</I> do not sort the messages.</LI> | ||
| 131 | <LI><I>Ascending:</I> sort the messages in ascending order. If the field used | ||
| 132 | to sort the messages is displayed in the summary view, a little | ||
| 133 | arrow on the right side of the corresponding summay column header | ||
| 134 | reflects the sort order you select from the menu.</LI> | ||
| 135 | <LI><I>Descending:</I> sort the messages in descending order.</LI> | ||
| 136 | <LI><I>Attract by subject:</I> move close to each other the messages | ||
| 137 | having the same subject (or a close subject).</LI> | ||
| 138 | </UL> | ||
| 139 | </LI> | ||
| 140 | <LI><I>Thread view:</I> turn the threaded view on or off. When turned on the | ||
| 141 | messages of the same thread (the same discussion generated by replying | ||
| 142 | to each other mail) are grouped as a tree representing the discussion | ||
| 143 | flow. Each reply being linked to its orignal message. Each branch can | ||
| 144 | be open or closed by using the small plus or minus sign next to it. | ||
| 145 | The threads are based on the In-Reply-To and Reference fields of the | ||
| 146 | mail header, so never start a new conversation by replying to an | ||
| 147 | old message, this will add your new mail to the old unrelated thread. | ||
| 148 | Shortcut: Ctrl-T</LI> | ||
| 149 | <LI><I>Expand all threads:</I> if the threaded view is selected, expand all the | ||
| 150 | threads in the opened folder.</LI> | ||
| 151 | <LI><I>Collapse all threads:</I> if the threaded view is selected, collapse all the | ||
| 152 | threads in the opened folder.</LI> | ||
| 153 | <LI><I>Set display item:</I> use it to change the list of items to display | ||
| 154 | in the summary view. This setting can also be changed through | ||
| 155 | the common preferences.</LI> | ||
| 156 | <LI><I>Go to:</I> use it to navigate from message to message based on the | ||
| 157 | sub-menu criterias. | ||
| 158 | <UL> | ||
| 159 | <LI><I>Prev. message:</I> go to the previous message in the current | ||
| 160 | folder. | ||
| 161 | Shortcut: P</LI> | ||
| 162 | <LI><I>Next message:</I> go to the next message in the current | ||
| 163 | folder. | ||
| 164 | Shortcut: N</LI> | ||
| 165 | <LI><I>Prev. unread:</I> go to the previous unread message. | ||
| 166 | Shortcut: Shift-P</LI> | ||
| 167 | <LI><I>Next unread:</I> go to the next unread message. | ||
| 168 | Shortcut: Shift-N</LI> | ||
| 169 | <LI><I>Prev. new:</I> go to the previous new message.</LI> | ||
| 170 | <LI><I>Next new:</I> go to the next new message.</LI> | ||
| 171 | <LI><I>Prev. marked:</I> go to the previous marked message.</LI> | ||
| 172 | <LI><I>Next marked:</I> go to the next marked message.</LI> | ||
| 173 | <LI><I>Prev. labeled:</I> go to the previous labeled message.</LI> | ||
| 174 | <LI><I>Next labeled:</I> go to the next labeled message.</LI> | ||
| 175 | <LI><I>Other folder:</I> change the current folder. Opens a new window | ||
| 176 | with the folder tree, and open the selected folder.</LI> | ||
| 177 | </UL> | ||
| 178 | </LI> | ||
| 179 | <LI><I>Code set:</I> allows you to select what codeset you want to use | ||
| 180 | for your e-mails. This codeset will be used when sending | ||
| 181 | mails. Note Sylpheed will always try to use the more compatible | ||
| 182 | codeset based on the characters used in your message, so unless | ||
| 183 | you use special latin-1 characters in your mail, the encoding | ||
| 184 | will be defined as 7bits ASCII even if you have selected the | ||
| 185 | ISO-8859-1 character set. | ||
| 186 | The auto-detect option let Sylpheed automatically detect the | ||
| 187 | character set based on the content of the messages.</LI> | ||
| 188 | <LI><I>Open in new window:</I> open the selected message in a new window. | ||
| 189 | This new window can be closed by pressing the escape key. | ||
| 190 | Shortcut: Ctrl-Alt-N</LI> | ||
| 191 | <LI><I>Message source:</I> opens a new window and display the complete | ||
| 192 | source of the message in it (without any formatting and with | ||
| 193 | all the header fields). | ||
| 194 | Shortcut: Ctrl-U</LI> | ||
| 195 | <LI><I>Show all header:</I> toggles on and off the display of the complete | ||
| 196 | message header. | ||
| 197 | Shortcut: Ctrl-H</LI> | ||
| 198 | <LI><I>Update summary:</I> update the Sylpheed window. | ||
| 199 | Shortcut: Ctrl-Alt-U</LI> | ||
| 200 | </UL> | ||
| 201 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.4">6.4 Message menu</A> | ||
| 202 | </H2> | ||
| 203 | |||
| 204 | <P>Here you find the following options: | ||
| 205 | <P> | ||
| 206 | <UL> | ||
| 207 | <LI><I>Get new mail:</I> this will collect all new mail for your | ||
| 208 | default mail-identity. | ||
| 209 | Shortcut: Ctrl-I</LI> | ||
| 210 | <LI><I>Get from all accounts:</I> Sylpheed will poll all defined | ||
| 211 | mail-identities for new mail. | ||
| 212 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-I</LI> | ||
| 213 | <LI><I>Cancel receiving:</I> stop the new mails reception.</LI> | ||
| 214 | <LI><I>Send queued messages:</I> all the messages that you put into | ||
| 215 | the "Queue" folder will now be sent off.</LI> | ||
| 216 | <LI><I>Compose new message:</I> allows you to write a new e-mail | ||
| 217 | message. | ||
| 218 | Shortcut: Ctrl-M</LI> | ||
| 219 | <LI><I>Reply:</I> an e-mail message will be created with the sender | ||
| 220 | of the selected message in the summary pane as recipient. | ||
| 221 | Depending on the settings, your signature will be added | ||
| 222 | to the mail, and the original mail text will be quoted. | ||
| 223 | If a part of the original mail is selected, only this | ||
| 224 | part will be quoted in the reply. | ||
| 225 | Shortcut: Ctrl-R</LI> | ||
| 226 | <LI><I>Reply to</I> | ||
| 227 | <UL> | ||
| 228 | <LI><I>all:</I> as Reply, but the recipients will be all | ||
| 229 | e-mail addresses in the original messages (including | ||
| 230 | the ones in the cc: part). | ||
| 231 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-R</LI> | ||
| 232 | <LI><I>sender:</I> as Reply.</LI> | ||
| 233 | <LI><I>Mailing list:</I> reply to the mailing list. To use | ||
| 234 | when replying to a mailing list (unless you want to reply | ||
| 235 | only to the poster of the message). | ||
| 236 | Shortcut: Ctrl-L</LI> | ||
| 237 | </UL> | ||
| 238 | </LI> | ||
| 239 | <LI>Reply to sender: as Reply, but the recipient is the address | ||
| 240 | defined in the Sender header field (not the Reply-To address).</LI> | ||
| 241 | <LI><I>Forward:</I> a message will be created with the original | ||
| 242 | message in the summary pane as text. You can then | ||
| 243 | enter a recipient e-mail address, edit the text if | ||
| 244 | you want, and send it. | ||
| 245 | Shortcut: Ctrl-Alt-F</LI> | ||
| 246 | <LI><I>Forward as attachment:</I> as Forward, but the message | ||
| 247 | text will sent along as a separate textfile. | ||
| 248 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-Alt-F</LI> | ||
| 249 | <LI><I>Redirect:</I> re-send the selected message to someone else. Compared | ||
| 250 | to a forward, the message is not marked as forwarded, and the sender | ||
| 251 | is the original mail sender.</LI> | ||
| 252 | <LI><I>Re-edit:</I> lets you open all already sent message in | ||
| 253 | edition mode to re-send it.</LI> | ||
| 254 | <LI><I>Move:</I> lets you move the message to a different folder. | ||
| 255 | You can select the destination folder from a browse-window.</LI> | ||
| 256 | <LI><I>Copy:</I> as Move, only that the message is copied to the | ||
| 257 | new folder, instead of moved. | ||
| 258 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-O</LI> | ||
| 259 | <LI><I>Delete:</I> lets you delete the message that is selected | ||
| 260 | in the summary pane. | ||
| 261 | Shortcut: Ctrl-D</LI> | ||
| 262 | <LI><I>Mark:</I> Gives a submenu: <I>Mark/Unmark/Mark as read/Unmark | ||
| 263 | as read</I>. When you mark messages, you can do a specific | ||
| 264 | action (e.g. move, delete) on all of the marked messages. | ||
| 265 | You can unmark messages that you mistakenly marked. | ||
| 266 | The other options do as they say, they mark or unmark | ||
| 267 | a message as read, and mark all read, marks all the messages | ||
| 268 | of the current folder as read.</LI> | ||
| 269 | </UL> | ||
| 270 | <P>A note on functions like Move, Copy and Delete: if you did not | ||
| 271 | specify to execute the commands immediately (in the configuration), | ||
| 272 | you will have to select the <I>Execute</I> command. This is a button | ||
| 273 | in the toolbar, and can also be found in the Summary menu. | ||
| 274 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.5">6.5 Tool menu</A> | ||
| 275 | </H2> | ||
| 276 | |||
| 277 | <P>In the Tool menu are grouped the filters control, address book | ||
| 278 | access and log window control. | ||
| 279 | <P> | ||
| 280 | <UL> | ||
| 281 | <LI><I>Address book:</I> opens the address book window. | ||
| 282 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-A</LI> | ||
| 283 | <LI><I>Add sender to address book:</I> adds the sender of the selected | ||
| 284 | message to one of your address books. When selected a window | ||
| 285 | opens to let you select the target address book.</LI> | ||
| 286 | <LI><I>Filter messages:</I> apply the filter rules to the messages | ||
| 287 | of the inbox.</LI> | ||
| 288 | <LI><I>Create filter rule:</I> create a new filter rule based on the | ||
| 289 | selected message. | ||
| 290 | <UL> | ||
| 291 | <LI><I>Automatically:</I> open the filter rules creation window | ||
| 292 | to define a new rule.</LI> | ||
| 293 | <LI><I>By From:</I> opens the filter rules creation window and | ||
| 294 | fills the filter settings fields to build a filter based | ||
| 295 | on the sender of the selected message.</LI> | ||
| 296 | <LI><I>By To:</I> opens the filter rules creation window and | ||
| 297 | fills the filter settings fields to build a filter based | ||
| 298 | on the receiver of the selected message.</LI> | ||
| 299 | <LI><I>By Subject:</I> opens the filter rules creation window and | ||
| 300 | fills the filter settings fields to build a filter based | ||
| 301 | on the subject of the selected message.</LI> | ||
| 302 | </UL> | ||
| 303 | </LI> | ||
| 304 | <LI><I>Actions:</I> this menu is empty until you define some actions (see the | ||
| 305 | configuration menu description).</LI> | ||
| 306 | <LI><I>Delete duplicated messages:</I> This will remove messages from the | ||
| 307 | active folder that were sent twice to you. For example you | ||
| 308 | received a message directly and through a mailing list at | ||
| 309 | the same time.</LI> | ||
| 310 | <LI><I>Execute:</I> execute all the pending move, delete, and copy commands. | ||
| 311 | Only if execute immediately is off in the common preferences. | ||
| 312 | Shortcut: X</LI> | ||
| 313 | <LI><I>Log window:</I> opens the log window. In the log window, you | ||
| 314 | can see what Sylpheed is doing. Keeping track of things | ||
| 315 | in that way is very good when you suspect there is something | ||
| 316 | wrong. You can paste the info of the log window into an | ||
| 317 | e-mail and send it to the developer or the mailing list. | ||
| 318 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-L</LI> | ||
| 319 | </UL> | ||
| 320 | <P> | ||
| 321 | <P>In the log window, you can see what Sylpheed is doing. Keeping | ||
| 322 | track of things in that way is very good when you suspect there | ||
| 323 | is something wrong. You can paste the info of the log window | ||
| 324 | into an e-mail and send it to the developer or the mailing list. | ||
| 325 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.6">6.6 Configuration menu</A> | ||
| 326 | </H2> | ||
| 327 | |||
| 328 | <P>In the Configuration menu, clearly, you can set up Sylpheed | ||
| 329 | the way you want it to work and react. | ||
| 330 | <P> | ||
| 331 | <UL> | ||
| 332 | <LI><I>Common preferences:</I> in this option you will be | ||
| 333 | presented a dialog in which you can select a number | ||
| 334 | of tabs. Each tab represents a specific set of settings | ||
| 335 | in Sylpheed. In the next chapter, these dialog options | ||
| 336 | are explained in more detail.</LI> | ||
| 337 | <LI><I>Filter setting:</I> this option shows you a dialog in which you | ||
| 338 | can set up the filtering rules that you want Sylpheed | ||
| 339 | to process on receiving new e-mails. You first specify | ||
| 340 | on which part(s) of the e-mail Sylpheed has to check, | ||
| 341 | and then you tell Sylpheed what to do. You can move the | ||
| 342 | message to a different directory (including trash to get | ||
| 343 | rid of spam mail). Selecting the destination folder is | ||
| 344 | possible through a browser window that comes up when you | ||
| 345 | press "Select..." | ||
| 346 | <P>You can choose not to receive the e-mail. Note that | ||
| 347 | this will leave the message on the mailserver of your | ||
| 348 | provider, the message will not be removed! | ||
| 349 | <P>When you press the "Register" button, the filter | ||
| 350 | rule is added to the list of rules. Do you select | ||
| 351 | "Substitute", then the selected rule is replaced by the | ||
| 352 | information of the setting entered. "Delete" in the end | ||
| 353 | will delete the selected filtering rule. | ||
| 354 | <P>Please note that you can set up two selections for a rule, | ||
| 355 | which can be "OR'd" or "AND'd". OR means that one of the | ||
| 356 | two selections will have to match for the rule to be | ||
| 357 | executed. AND means that both selections have to match | ||
| 358 | before an action is performed. | ||
| 359 | <P>To the right of the selection rules you see buttons | ||
| 360 | called UP and DOWN. You can move rules up and down in | ||
| 361 | the list. This will often trigger different behaviour | ||
| 362 | in the selections, so consider the order in which | ||
| 363 | you set the rules. | ||
| 364 | </LI> | ||
| 365 | <LI><I>Template:</I> let your create a new message template. | ||
| 366 | When composing a new message you can then used one | ||
| 367 | of the defined templates and insert it (or use it to | ||
| 368 | completely replace the content of your mail). | ||
| 369 | The templates can contain some special characters | ||
| 370 | that are replaced when the template is used in order | ||
| 371 | to create a dynamic text. Use the symbols button on | ||
| 372 | the templates definition window to see the list of | ||
| 373 | the available symbols.</LI> | ||
| 374 | <LI><I>Actions:</I> let your create new commands to be added to the | ||
| 375 | 'Tools/Actions' menu. An action is a command that processes | ||
| 376 | the select part of a message, the message body or the complete | ||
| 377 | message file. It can be a background process, used as a filter | ||
| 378 | (reads, modifies and replaces a message),...</LI> | ||
| 379 | <LI><I>Preferences for current account:</I> here you can set the | ||
| 380 | specifics for the account you are currently using. | ||
| 381 | Should mail be deleted after fetching, what is the | ||
| 382 | server it comes from, etc. Basically it is the same | ||
| 383 | dialog form as shown in setting up a new account.</LI> | ||
| 384 | <LI><I>Create new account:</I> here you name the account (each | ||
| 385 | account has a recognizable name), you set up your name | ||
| 386 | and e-mail address etc. You set up the type of server | ||
| 387 | you access (POP4, IMAP4, local mailbox, newsserver) | ||
| 388 | and where the downloaded messages have to go (default | ||
| 389 | folder is the inbox). In the RECEIVE tab you select or | ||
| 390 | unselect options, in SEND you can set up how to send | ||
| 391 | your messages. In COMPOSE you can point to a specific | ||
| 392 | signature file, and in ADVANCED you can set up alternate | ||
| 393 | ports for the server, if these exist. (Do not mess | ||
| 394 | with these unless you are sure you have to!!)</LI> | ||
| 395 | <LI><I>Edit accounts:</I> here you can select one of the accounts | ||
| 396 | you created, from a list, and edit the information about | ||
| 397 | them. Note that you cannot edit an account for which | ||
| 398 | you are writing a message at the same time. This to | ||
| 399 | ensure data integrity.</LI> | ||
| 400 | <LI><I>Change current account:</I> here you can select what | ||
| 401 | account you want to use, to write a message. | ||
| 402 | If you have enabled the status bar (in the view menu), | ||
| 403 | the name of the current account is shown in the bottom | ||
| 404 | right corner of the Sylpheed window (in the status bar) | ||
| 405 | and can be changed by a click on it (then a menu appears | ||
| 406 | and lists all your accounts).</LI> | ||
| 407 | </UL> | ||
| 408 | <P> | ||
| 409 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.7">6.7 Help menu</A> | ||
| 410 | </H2> | ||
| 411 | |||
| 412 | <P>This menu lets you look at the manual and FAQ of Sylpheed, | ||
| 413 | and you can also see the "about" info, who wrote Sylpheed. | ||
| 414 | <P> | ||
| 415 | <P> | ||
| 416 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.8">6.8 Context menu</A> | ||
| 417 | </H2> | ||
| 418 | |||
| 419 | <P>You can pull up context menus (through clicking button2) for | ||
| 420 | the folder tree and the summary pane. (windows users: button2 | ||
| 421 | is the right mouse button.) | ||
| 422 | <P>In the folder view you can add, rename and remove folders | ||
| 423 | through the context menu. You can also set the folder | ||
| 424 | properties (define the selected folder as an inbox, outbox, | ||
| 425 | trash, ...). | ||
| 426 | <P>In the message summary you can do a host of things from the | ||
| 427 | context menu, like viewing message headers, opening a message | ||
| 428 | in a separate window (also possible by double clicking on a | ||
| 429 | message) etc... | ||
| 430 | <P> | ||
| 431 | <HR> | ||
| 432 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">Next</A> | ||
| 433 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 434 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6">Contents</A> | ||
| 435 | </BODY> | ||
| 436 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-7.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8c2e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-7.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Dialogs and views</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-8.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-6.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s7">7. Dialogs and views</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P> | ||
| 18 | <P> | ||
| 19 | <P> | ||
| 20 | <P> | ||
| 21 | <P> | ||
| 22 | <P>The appearance of the Sylpheed windows is controlled by | ||
| 23 | a Gtk+ theme (as Sylpheed is based on the Gtk+ toolkit). | ||
| 24 | Read the Gtk+ or your distribution documentation to find | ||
| 25 | how to change the Gtk+ theme. | ||
| 26 | <P> | ||
| 27 | <H2><A NAME="ss7.1">7.1 Folder view</A> | ||
| 28 | </H2> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <P>The folder view shows you all the mail folders that you have created, | ||
| 31 | in a tree-like structure. If you want to see the headers of the messages | ||
| 32 | in a specific folder, just click the name of the folder once, and in the | ||
| 33 | summary view (2) you can see the messages in the selected mail folder. | ||
| 34 | <P>When you see a + sign in front of a folder name, that means the folder | ||
| 35 | branch of that part of the tree is 'collapsed'. You can expand that | ||
| 36 | part by clicking the + sign. In that same manner you can also collapse | ||
| 37 | the - sign in front of an expanded branch of the folder tree. | ||
| 38 | <P>The folder pane can be resized be dragging (left mouse button down) | ||
| 39 | the handle found on the left of the folder view. | ||
| 40 | <P>The folder window can be detached from the main Sylpheed window | ||
| 41 | by selecting the menu action: <CODE>View -> Separate folder tree</CODE>. | ||
| 42 | When exiting the current state of the folder window (attached or | ||
| 43 | detached) is saved to be restored when re-starting Sylpheed. | ||
| 44 | To re-attach the folder window, de-select the menu entry. | ||
| 45 | <P> | ||
| 46 | <H3>Special folders:</H3> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P><I>Draft:</I> here you store messages that you want to send out more often, | ||
| 49 | or you want to work on some more. Using the 'reedit' option from the | ||
| 50 | message menu, you can edit the message further. | ||
| 51 | <P><I>Trash:</I> in here all your deleted messages go. Depending on the common | ||
| 52 | preferences setting, this box is or is not emptied when you end Sylpheed. | ||
| 53 | <P><I>Sent:</I> in here are saved the messages you send (enabled by a | ||
| 54 | common preference setting and the folder can be changed by an account | ||
| 55 | preference setting). | ||
| 56 | <P><I>Queue:</I> this folder contains the composed messaged waiting to | ||
| 57 | be sent (with Sylpheed message sending can be delayed). | ||
| 58 | <P> | ||
| 59 | <H2><A NAME="ss7.2">7.2 Summary view</A> | ||
| 60 | </H2> | ||
| 61 | |||
| 62 | <P>The summary pane can show you many things. You can select what you | ||
| 63 | want to see from the Summary menu, selecting the option | ||
| 64 | "Set display item". A list of all options is: | ||
| 65 | <UL> | ||
| 66 | <LI>Mark: shows if the message is marked.</LI> | ||
| 67 | <LI>Unread: shows if the message is read or not</LI> | ||
| 68 | <LI>MIME: shows MIME attachments</LI> | ||
| 69 | <LI>Number: shows the MH number of the message</LI> | ||
| 70 | <LI>Size: the size of the entire message including attachments</LI> | ||
| 71 | <LI>Date: the date of sending by the sender</LI> | ||
| 72 | <LI>From: who sent the message</LI> | ||
| 73 | <LI>Subject: what the message is about</LI> | ||
| 74 | </UL> | ||
| 75 | <P>You can sort the summary view in many ways, by clicking the button | ||
| 76 | that is above the column. Click once to sort going up (a-z), click | ||
| 77 | once more to sort going down (z-a). | ||
| 78 | <P>If you think the size of a column is not right, you can adjust that | ||
| 79 | by placing the mouse cursor next to the button of the column you | ||
| 80 | want to adjust, press mousebutton1 (left button) and drag the | ||
| 81 | column to the width you want it to have. | ||
| 82 | <P>Select a message by clicking on it with the mouse. Once the summary | ||
| 83 | pane has the focus of the program, you can also move up and down | ||
| 84 | in the list through the cursor keys, or pressing "p"(revious) and | ||
| 85 | "n"(ext) as in Pine. | ||
| 86 | <H2><A NAME="ss7.3">7.3 Message view</A> | ||
| 87 | </H2> | ||
| 88 | |||
| 89 | <P>In the message view you can read the message that you selected in | ||
| 90 | the summary pane. If you entered the summary pane without selecting | ||
| 91 | a message, the message view will be empty. At the top of the | ||
| 92 | message view some info is presented about the message you are | ||
| 93 | reading, as well as some statistics on the selected folder. | ||
| 94 | <P>You can scroll up and down in the message by using the arrow keys | ||
| 95 | (after clicking inside the message), or by using the scrollbar. | ||
| 96 | <P>The size of the message and summary views can be adjusted by dragging | ||
| 97 | (with the left mouse button down) the handle that appears between | ||
| 98 | the two panes. | ||
| 99 | <P>The small arrow located just below the summary pane scrollbar can | ||
| 100 | be used to detach the message view. When clicked, the summary view | ||
| 101 | is extended down to the bottom of the Sylpheed window, and the messages | ||
| 102 | are displayed is a separate window (when you double click them in the | ||
| 103 | summary pane). This state is not saved on exit, and the message window | ||
| 104 | can be restored below the summary one by clicking again the small arrow. | ||
| 105 | <P>When the current message contains attachments, two tabs | ||
| 106 | are displayed in the message window. Selecting the first one makes | ||
| 107 | the message window display the text body of the message, while selecting | ||
| 108 | the second tab makes the message window display the attachment part | ||
| 109 | of the message. In the latter case, the message window is splitted | ||
| 110 | in two parts, the top one contains the attachments as a tree | ||
| 111 | with the MIME type, size and file name of each part, while the bottom | ||
| 112 | part contains the content of the selected attachment (if the attachment | ||
| 113 | is an image and Sylpheed has been compiled with the gdk-pixbuf or | ||
| 114 | the imlib library). | ||
| 115 | <HR> | ||
| 116 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">Next</A> | ||
| 117 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 118 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7">Contents</A> | ||
| 119 | </BODY> | ||
| 120 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-8.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..564f5a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-8.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Sylpheed configuration</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-9.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-7.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s8">8. Sylpheed configuration</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <P>All the configuration settings of Sylpheed are accessible from | ||
| 18 | the <I>Configuration</I> menu and consist of common settings | ||
| 19 | (<I>Common preferences</I>, <I>Filter settings</I>, | ||
| 20 | <I>Template</I> and <I>actions</I>) and account specific | ||
| 21 | settings. | ||
| 22 | <P>With Sylpheed, there is no limit to the number of accounts | ||
| 23 | you can create. You can create new accounts for each of your | ||
| 24 | mail account, but also to change the default behaviour of | ||
| 25 | Sylpheed. As folders can be attached to accounts, the account | ||
| 26 | specific part of the configuration automatically change based | ||
| 27 | on the current folder (you can have a different signature when | ||
| 28 | replying to messages from different folders). | ||
| 29 | <P> | ||
| 30 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.1">8.1 Common preferences</A> | ||
| 31 | </H2> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>The Common Preferences, found in the Configuration menu, controls | ||
| 34 | the window layout and the different options of the graphical | ||
| 35 | interface of Sylpheed. Depending on some compile time switches | ||
| 36 | (and on the availability of some extra libraries), some tabs | ||
| 37 | may be included (or not) in your version of Sylpheed. These tabs | ||
| 38 | are not listed here but are described (or will be described) in | ||
| 39 | the sections covering the optional features they control (like the | ||
| 40 | <I>Privacy</I> tab for the GnuPG interface). | ||
| 41 | <P> | ||
| 42 | <H3>Receive tab</H3> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <P>In here you can set up how to receive messages. | ||
| 45 | <P> | ||
| 46 | <P> | ||
| 47 | <P> | ||
| 48 | <P> | ||
| 49 | <UL> | ||
| 50 | <LI>You can define a special program to pick up messages from | ||
| 51 | the default unix mailbox. Usually this is not used, but | ||
| 52 | you can use it. Actually, this information may be wrong. | ||
| 53 | If someone knows better, please let me know.</LI> | ||
| 54 | <LI><I>Local spool</I> lets you define where your local mailbox is | ||
| 55 | located. You can also tell Sylpheed whether or not to | ||
| 56 | filter the incoming messages from that mail spool file. | ||
| 57 | The spool directory defined here is used by all the accounts | ||
| 58 | of the <I>local</I> type, by default it is set to the | ||
| 59 | standard UNIX mailbox location.</LI> | ||
| 60 | <LI><I>Autocheck new mail</I>. When you check this option, Sylpheed | ||
| 61 | will check if there is new mail on the set interval.</LI> | ||
| 62 | <LI><I>Check new mail on startup</I> means that Sylpheed will | ||
| 63 | immediately look for new mail on all the selected accounts | ||
| 64 | when it loads.</LI> | ||
| 65 | <LI><I>Update all local folders after incorporation</I> | ||
| 66 | Well, if you know the use of this option, feel free to | ||
| 67 | write this part...</LI> | ||
| 68 | <LI>In the news section you can specify how many articles | ||
| 69 | should be downloaded when opening a newsgroup.</LI> | ||
| 70 | </UL> | ||
| 71 | <H3>Send tab</H3> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | <P>In here you can set up how to send messages. | ||
| 74 | <P> | ||
| 75 | <P> | ||
| 76 | <P> | ||
| 77 | <P> | ||
| 78 | <UL> | ||
| 79 | <LI>You can choose to use an external program (like sendmail) for | ||
| 80 | sending mail. By default no external program is necessary | ||
| 81 | and Sylpheed can directly send the outgoing messages to a | ||
| 82 | SMTP server.</LI> | ||
| 83 | <LI>The sent messages can be saved in the outbox (<I>Sent</I> | ||
| 84 | folder), the name of the outbox folder can be specified | ||
| 85 | for each account (see the account setting section).</LI> | ||
| 86 | <LI>The outgoing codeset selection can be changed to force | ||
| 87 | the definition of the character set used in sent mails. | ||
| 88 | The default and recommended value is <I>automatic</I>, | ||
| 89 | so Sylpheed determines the codeset when sending each | ||
| 90 | message.</LI> | ||
| 91 | </UL> | ||
| 92 | <H3>Compose tab</H3> | ||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | <P>Controls the composition window's behaviour.. | ||
| 95 | <P> | ||
| 96 | <P> | ||
| 97 | <P> | ||
| 98 | <P> | ||
| 99 | <UL> | ||
| 100 | <LI>You can change the signature separator and choose to insert | ||
| 101 | it automatically (unless your signature file already contains | ||
| 102 | this separator). Leave it as it is by default (unless you really | ||
| 103 | need to change it, and are ready to face a religion war), a lot | ||
| 104 | of mail clients rely on this separator to cut the signature when | ||
| 105 | quoting mails, and this one is accepted as the standard one.</LI> | ||
| 106 | <LI>If you hate the editor that comes with Sylpheed, you can choose | ||
| 107 | to automatically start an editor of your choice when composing | ||
| 108 | new messages (the editor can be defined in the <I>Other</I> tab).</LI> | ||
| 109 | <LI>The <I>wrap</I> settings defines how Sylpheed will wrap long | ||
| 110 | lines. You can choose to wrap quoted messages, wrap as you type, | ||
| 111 | or wrap when sending. You can also change the maximum line length.</LI> | ||
| 112 | <LI>The <I>reply</I> settings let you control the way you will reply | ||
| 113 | to mails. If <I>Automatically select account(...)</I> is set, | ||
| 114 | the account used when replying to a message is automatically | ||
| 115 | selected based on the folder the original message is in (as you | ||
| 116 | where already told, accounts can be attached to folders). | ||
| 117 | If <I>Quote message when replying</I> is selected, when hiting | ||
| 118 | the <I>Reply</I> button, the composition window pops up and is | ||
| 119 | filled with either the complete message you are replying to (if | ||
| 120 | nothing is selected in the body of this message) or the selected | ||
| 121 | part of its body. When this option is not selected, the composition | ||
| 122 | window is always empty, and you must cut-and-paste the parts of | ||
| 123 | the original message you want to quote manually.</LI> | ||
| 124 | </UL> | ||
| 125 | <H3>Quote tab</H3> | ||
| 126 | |||
| 127 | <P>In here you can control the quotation of your replies and forwarded | ||
| 128 | messages. | ||
| 129 | <P> | ||
| 130 | <P> | ||
| 131 | <P> | ||
| 132 | <P> | ||
| 133 | <UL> | ||
| 134 | <LI>You can individually define the quotation mark that appears | ||
| 135 | at the beginning of each quoted line when replying and forwarding | ||
| 136 | a message.</LI> | ||
| 137 | <LI>You can also define the text that appears before and after the | ||
| 138 | quotation. The format of the quotation contains placeholders for | ||
| 139 | parts of the original message that are explains in the window | ||
| 140 | that appears when hiting the <I>Description of symbols</I> | ||
| 141 | button.</LI> | ||
| 142 | </UL> | ||
| 143 | <H3>Display tab</H3> | ||
| 144 | |||
| 145 | <P>In here you can control the display options of Sylpheed. | ||
| 146 | <P> | ||
| 147 | <P> | ||
| 148 | <P> | ||
| 149 | <P> | ||
| 150 | <UL> | ||
| 151 | <LI>You can change the font used to display the messages. Pressing | ||
| 152 | the button next to the font name field will open the font selection | ||
| 153 | window, then you can select among all the available fonts.</LI> | ||
| 154 | <LI>Turning on the translation of the header fields will change the | ||
| 155 | content of the header summary (between the summary and the message | ||
| 156 | pane), and use the localized header fields name based on the | ||
| 157 | selected language (selected by the 'LANG' environment variable). | ||
| 158 | This setting will only take effect the next time you will start | ||
| 159 | Sylpheed.</LI> | ||
| 160 | <LI>Selecting <I>Display unread next to folder name</I> will add | ||
| 161 | the number of unread messages next to the folder name in the | ||
| 162 | folder pane (so you can minimize the width of the folder pane | ||
| 163 | and hide the unread column).</LI> | ||
| 164 | <LI>You can also control the content of the summary pane. If you choose | ||
| 165 | to display the recipient name for the mail you send, in the <I>From</I> | ||
| 166 | column, for any mail you have sent, the name of the recipient will | ||
| 167 | appear preceded by an arrow (the characters sequence: -->). | ||
| 168 | The <I>Expand threads</I> controls the initial state of the message | ||
| 169 | threads when opening a folder (expanded of collapsed). | ||
| 170 | The <I>Set display item of summary</I> button opens a selection | ||
| 171 | window that contains all the available items to display in the | ||
| 172 | left column, the currently selected items in the right column. | ||
| 173 | Items can be added or removed using the two arrows that appears | ||
| 174 | between the columns. Using the <I>up</I> and <I>down</I> buttons | ||
| 175 | on the right side of the window, you can change the display order | ||
| 176 | of the selected item in the summary window (from left to right).</LI> | ||
| 177 | </UL> | ||
| 178 | <H3>Message tab</H3> | ||
| 179 | |||
| 180 | <P>The message tab controls the message window options. | ||
| 181 | <P> | ||
| 182 | <P> | ||
| 183 | <P> | ||
| 184 | <P> | ||
| 185 | <UL> | ||
| 186 | <LI>The message text can use colours to highlight the different levels | ||
| 187 | of quotation and URIs. The colours can be changed by using the | ||
| 188 | colours selection dialog that pops up when pressing the <I>Edit</I> | ||
| 189 | button next to the <I>Enable coloration of messages</I> toggle.</LI> | ||
| 190 | <LI>The dispaly of the header summary between the summary and message | ||
| 191 | panes can also be turned on and off (<I>Display header pane above message | ||
| 192 | view</I> dialog).</LI> | ||
| 193 | <LI><I>Display short header on message view</I> and the <I>Edit</I> | ||
| 194 | button next to it, control the inclusion of some header fields | ||
| 195 | in the message view. If the message coloration has been turned on, | ||
| 196 | the addresses that appear in the header part of the message view | ||
| 197 | are highlighted as URIs.</LI> | ||
| 198 | <LI>The <I>Line space</I> setting controls the lines spacing of the | ||
| 199 | message view.</LI> | ||
| 200 | <LI><I>Leave space on head</I>. Checking this box will make the | ||
| 201 | start of new lines (unwrapped, where the writer has pressed | ||
| 202 | the Enter/Return key) indent a few pixels. This can be useful | ||
| 203 | to read larger e-mails.</LI> | ||
| 204 | <LI><I>Scroll half page</I>. When enabled, the text in the message | ||
| 205 | view will only scroll half a page instead of a whole page when | ||
| 206 | pressing the space bar.</LI> | ||
| 207 | <LI><I>Smooth scroll</I>. Enabling this box will make the text | ||
| 208 | in the message view scroll in a smooth, sliding way. For the | ||
| 209 | eye this can be pleasing, it is a personal preference.</LI> | ||
| 210 | <LI>Select the <I>Resize attached image</I> if you wnat all the | ||
| 211 | images (attachment) to be resized to fit in the message window.</LI> | ||
| 212 | </UL> | ||
| 213 | <H3>Interface tab</H3> | ||
| 214 | |||
| 215 | <P>The interface tab controls the Sylpheed's Graphical User Interface | ||
| 216 | behaviour. | ||
| 217 | <P> | ||
| 218 | <P> | ||
| 219 | <P> | ||
| 220 | <P> | ||
| 221 | <UL> | ||
| 222 | <LI>The <I>Open message when cursor keys are pressed</I> toggles controls | ||
| 223 | the opening of the messages while you go through them in the summary | ||
| 224 | pane using the cursor (up and down arrows) keys. If this toggle is on, | ||
| 225 | each time you press the <I>down</I> (or <I>up</I>) key in the the | ||
| 226 | summary window, the current message changes and the content of the | ||
| 227 | message view changes to the content of the newly selected message. | ||
| 228 | Otherwise, the content of the message view does not change unless you | ||
| 229 | press enter (then the message view contains the content of the selected | ||
| 230 | message). | ||
| 231 | This does not change the behaviour of the left mouse button (always selects | ||
| 232 | and open the pointed message).</LI> | ||
| 233 | <LI><I>Open first unread message when entering a folder</I> if selected, | ||
| 234 | when opening a folder, the message view will contain the first unread | ||
| 235 | message of this folder (or the latest message in the order the folder | ||
| 236 | uses for sorting messages). If not selected, the message view remains | ||
| 237 | empty until a message is selected (by changing the current message with | ||
| 238 | the cursor keys or with the left mouse button).</LI> | ||
| 239 | <LI><I>Only marks message read when open in new window</I> leaves the | ||
| 240 | selected message unread (but display it in the message view) until you | ||
| 241 | open it in a new window (double click the left mouse button).</LI> | ||
| 242 | <LI>If <I>Execute immediately when moving or deleting messages</I> is not | ||
| 243 | selected, a new button appears in the button bar marked <I>Execute</I>. | ||
| 244 | When deleting or moving messages, they are first marked as deleted or | ||
| 245 | moved but Sylpheed does not move or delete them until you press the | ||
| 246 | <I>Execute</I> button (or the <I>Execute</I> entry of the | ||
| 247 | <I>Tools</I> menu).</LI> | ||
| 248 | <LI>The <I>Receive dialog</I> settings controls the dialog that pops | ||
| 249 | up (if you have set <I>Show receive dialog</I> to <I>always</I>) | ||
| 250 | when receiving new mails. | ||
| 251 | The default is to open a pop up window upon reception error unless | ||
| 252 | you select the <I>Dont't pop up error dialog (...)</I> toggle.</LI> | ||
| 253 | <LI><I>The Set key bindings</I> button when pressed, opens a selection | ||
| 254 | window that contains a list of pre-defined key bindings (<I>Mew</I>, | ||
| 255 | <I>Mutt</I>, <I>Old Sylpheed</I>) to change all the key bindings | ||
| 256 | at once. The key bindings can also be changed one by one as described in</LI> | ||
| 257 | </UL> | ||
| 258 | <H3>Other tab</H3> | ||
| 259 | |||
| 260 | <P>The other tab contains the settings that does not fit the | ||
| 261 | previous categories. | ||
| 262 | <P> | ||
| 263 | <P> | ||
| 264 | <P> | ||
| 265 | <P> | ||
| 266 | <UL> | ||
| 267 | <LI><I>Web browser</I>. Here you can enter the name of your favorite | ||
| 268 | web browser (Netscape, Opera, Mozilla, Lynx etc.). Add the %s parameter | ||
| 269 | to the command so Sylpheed knows it has to provide the text you clicked | ||
| 270 | on as the URL that the browser has to visit. | ||
| 271 | The arrow next to the text field can be used to display a scrolling | ||
| 272 | list of predefined URL browsing command lines.</LI> | ||
| 273 | <LI><I>Printing</I>. Here you can define the program that should be used | ||
| 274 | to print. Default is lpr, and the %s is the name of the temporary file | ||
| 275 | that Sylpheed creates for lpr to print. | ||
| 276 | When using the <I>File->Print</I> menu entry to print the selected | ||
| 277 | message, a text window pops up to allow you to change the command | ||
| 278 | used to print.</LI> | ||
| 279 | <LI><I>External editor</I>. You can select an external editor to write | ||
| 280 | your e-mails with, for example vi, emacs or gedit. Note that for | ||
| 281 | text-based editors like vi, you need to define a terminal window, | ||
| 282 | e.g. <CODE>xterm -e vi %s</CODE>. Otherwise there is no place that the | ||
| 283 | editor will be able to show up. Here too, the %s parameter is the | ||
| 284 | name of a temporary file that is created by Sylpheed.</LI> | ||
| 285 | <LI><I>Add address to destination (...)</I> when selected, | ||
| 286 | double clicking an e-mail address (in the address book, | ||
| 287 | when the composition window is opened) can be used to add | ||
| 288 | this address to the <I>To:</I> field.</LI> | ||
| 289 | <LI>Confirming if you want to exit Sylpheed (or just exit quietly).</LI> | ||
| 290 | <LI>Cleaning the trashbox when exiting Sylpheed.</LI> | ||
| 291 | <LI>Have Sylpheed ask you to clean the trash before it is done.</LI> | ||
| 292 | <LI>Warn you when exiting Sylpheed when there are still messages | ||
| 293 | queued to be sent.</LI> | ||
| 294 | </UL> | ||
| 295 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.2">8.2 Setting up an account/changing an account</A> | ||
| 296 | </H2> | ||
| 297 | |||
| 298 | <P>In order to set up an account in Sylpheed, in the <I>Configuration</I> | ||
| 299 | menu you select <I>Create new account</I>. If you want to change the | ||
| 300 | settings of an existing account and this account is the current | ||
| 301 | one, in the <I>Configuration</I> menu select <I>Preferences for | ||
| 302 | current account</I>, otherwise select <I>Edit accounts...</I>. | ||
| 303 | There you select the account you want to change. After that you press | ||
| 304 | <I>edit</I>. Then a dialog appears in which you can enter or update | ||
| 305 | the following areas: | ||
| 306 | <P> | ||
| 307 | <P> | ||
| 308 | <H3><A NAME="Basic"></A> Basic tab</H3> | ||
| 309 | |||
| 310 | <P> | ||
| 311 | <P> | ||
| 312 | <P> | ||
| 313 | <P> | ||
| 314 | <P>In the "Basic" tab you name the account. This is to make identifying | ||
| 315 | the account easier. The name is then used in the <I>Change current account</I> | ||
| 316 | part of the <I>Configuration</I> menu, or in menu found in the lower | ||
| 317 | right corner of the main window (used to quickly switch to another account). | ||
| 318 | <P>Choose a name that tells something about the account, like the | ||
| 319 | name of the ISP, mailbox or news-server you are setting up. | ||
| 320 | You can select this account to be the default account ("Usually used"). | ||
| 321 | The default account can also be defined from the <I>Edit accounts</I> | ||
| 322 | window (toggle the <I>D</I> column next to the account name). | ||
| 323 | <P>Enter your name and e-mail address, and if you have one, the | ||
| 324 | organization that you use Sylpheed for. | ||
| 325 | In the Protocol box you select the type of service that this | ||
| 326 | account will be using. The flavors you can choose are: <I>POP3 normal</I>, | ||
| 327 | <I>POP3 APOP auth</I>, <I>IMAP4</I>, <I>NNTP news</I> or <I>None (local)</I>. | ||
| 328 | <P>For POP3 and IMAP services you can then specify the server where | ||
| 329 | your mail is stored. Details about this name, and also the name | ||
| 330 | that goes into the field for <I>SMTP server (send)</I> should be given | ||
| 331 | to you by your ISP. | ||
| 332 | <P>For a local unix mailbox, the <I>Server for receiving</I> is disabled, | ||
| 333 | since the mail will be received for you. | ||
| 334 | <P>The fields for <I>User ID</I> and <I>Password</I> will also be | ||
| 335 | disabled for accounts that do no deal with POP3 or IMAP services. | ||
| 336 | Otherwise you can enter the login name and password for the e-mail | ||
| 337 | server with your ISP here. Usually these are the same as your login | ||
| 338 | name and password to access the dial-in service, but this is | ||
| 339 | not standard. If in doubt, contact the helpdesk of your ISP. | ||
| 340 | <P> | ||
| 341 | <H3>Passwords:</H3> | ||
| 342 | |||
| 343 | <P>The password is not printed in the entry field (replaced by stars) but | ||
| 344 | is stored in plaintext in the Sylpheed configuration files. The Sylpheed | ||
| 345 | configuration directory ( /.sylpheed) is only readable by 'owner', and | ||
| 346 | not by 'group' and 'other', do not change these access rights. | ||
| 347 | <H3><A NAME="Receive"></A> Receive tab</H3> | ||
| 348 | |||
| 349 | <P> | ||
| 350 | <P> | ||
| 351 | <P> | ||
| 352 | <P> | ||
| 353 | <P>The <I>Receive</I> tab is only used for POP3 accounts. Here you | ||
| 354 | specify if the mails that were successfully retrieved should be removed | ||
| 355 | from the server. You can also tell Sylpheed to get all the | ||
| 356 | messages there, not only the ones you already received (in case | ||
| 357 | you leave your messages on the server). | ||
| 358 | You can choose to leave the messages on the server during a selectable | ||
| 359 | number of days (then remove them). | ||
| 360 | <P>You can also define a limit for the size of the messages to | ||
| 361 | download. Any message bigger than this limit will not be | ||
| 362 | downloaded. | ||
| 363 | <P>You can also choose to filter messages on receiving, if not | ||
| 364 | set, the messages are only filtered when you use the filter | ||
| 365 | entry of the Tools menu. | ||
| 366 | <P>The default inbox defines the folder that receives the incoming | ||
| 367 | (and not filtered) messages for this account. | ||
| 368 | You can define a different folder as inbox for each of your | ||
| 369 | accounts. | ||
| 370 | <P>If the <I>Get all checks for messages on this account</I> is turned | ||
| 371 | off, when using the <I>Get all</I> menu entry (or toolbar button) | ||
| 372 | this account will not be checked. To check for new mails for | ||
| 373 | this account, you must select the account, then use the <I>Get</I> | ||
| 374 | toolbar button (or menu entry). | ||
| 375 | <H3><A NAME="Send"></A> Send tab</H3> | ||
| 376 | |||
| 377 | <P> | ||
| 378 | <P> | ||
| 379 | <P> | ||
| 380 | <P> | ||
| 381 | <P>In the <I>Send</I> tab you can define the settings that apply | ||
| 382 | to sending mails. | ||
| 383 | <P>You can choose to add the date field to the messages you send, | ||
| 384 | generate a unique message identifier, or add custom header | ||
| 385 | fields. | ||
| 386 | <P> | ||
| 387 | <H3>X-face pictures:</H3> | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | <P>The user defined header field should be set up to contain your | ||
| 390 | X-face picture. | ||
| 391 | Thanks to Jeff Dairiki, you can have a complete online course in this. | ||
| 392 | Visit | ||
| 393 | <A HREF="http://www.dairiki.org/xface/">this page</A> for the details. | ||
| 394 | <P>If your SMTP server needs authentication, define the user ID and | ||
| 395 | password to use in this tab. You can also choose to first authenticate with | ||
| 396 | POP3 before sending. | ||
| 397 | <P> | ||
| 398 | <H3><A NAME="Compose"></A> Compose tab</H3> | ||
| 399 | |||
| 400 | <P> | ||
| 401 | <P> | ||
| 402 | <P> | ||
| 403 | <P> | ||
| 404 | <P>In the <I>Compose</I> tab you can define your signature file, | ||
| 405 | choose to always copy someone when sending mails (you can | ||
| 406 | choose to always copy your boss, or yourself), and define the | ||
| 407 | Reply-To field for the current account. | ||
| 408 | <H3><A NAME="Privacy"></A> Privacy tab</H3> | ||
| 409 | |||
| 410 | <P>This tab is only available when Sylpheed has been compiled | ||
| 411 | with GPGME and GNUPG (for signature and encryption). | ||
| 412 | <P> | ||
| 413 | <P>With this tab you can choose the keys to use when signing | ||
| 414 | or encrypting mails for this account. | ||
| 415 | <H3><A NAME="Advanced"></A> Advanced tab</H3> | ||
| 416 | |||
| 417 | <P>The Advanced tab contains some settings you normally do | ||
| 418 | not need to change (unless you really know what you are | ||
| 419 | doing). | ||
| 420 | <P> | ||
| 421 | <P> | ||
| 422 | <P> | ||
| 423 | <P> | ||
| 424 | <P>You can change the default SMTP or POP3 ports used when | ||
| 425 | connecting to your mail server, define a domain name to | ||
| 426 | use when sending a mail. Some ISP (or mail relays) reject | ||
| 427 | mails without a valid domain name. | ||
| 428 | <P>The default folders for the sent messages, drafts and | ||
| 429 | trash can be defined here. If not changed the current account | ||
| 430 | will use the default folders. | ||
| 431 | <H3>Attaching accounts to folders</H3> | ||
| 432 | |||
| 433 | <P>Pressing the right mouse button over a folder (in the folder pane), | ||
| 434 | and selecting the <I>Properties</I> entry will open the folder properties | ||
| 435 | form. In this form, in the <I>General</I> tab you can see (but not modify) | ||
| 436 | the folder name and the corresponding directory path (relative to the mail | ||
| 437 | directory). In the <I>Compose</I> tab: | ||
| 438 | <P> | ||
| 439 | <P> | ||
| 440 | <P> | ||
| 441 | <P>you can select the account, choose to apply this setting also to | ||
| 442 | the sub-folders. | ||
| 443 | You can also force the address used when sending mail (to force a mailing | ||
| 444 | list address, for example), choose to send a copy of the sent mails | ||
| 445 | to a list of addresses different from the default one defined for the | ||
| 446 | selected account. | ||
| 447 | <H3>Using accounts in the real life</H3> | ||
| 448 | |||
| 449 | <P>Accounts can, of course be used to retrieve mails from different ISPs, | ||
| 450 | separate your personal and professional messages, but also to make your | ||
| 451 | life easier. | ||
| 452 | You can define different accounts just to change your address (as sender), | ||
| 453 | your signature, change the sent folder, etc... | ||
| 454 | Here is a summary of the account specific settings, feel free to | ||
| 455 | find your own use for them: | ||
| 456 | <P> | ||
| 457 | <UL> | ||
| 458 | <LI>Sender name, address and organization. Signature, extra header | ||
| 459 | fields.</LI> | ||
| 460 | <LI>Leave or remove message from server (usefull for debug).</LI> | ||
| 461 | <LI>Incoming mails filtering and size limit.</LI> | ||
| 462 | <LI>Default field (<I>Reply-To</I>:, <I>Cc:</I>, <I>Bcc:</I>).</LI> | ||
| 463 | <LI><I>Draft</I>, <I>Trash</I> and <I>Sent</I> folders.</LI> | ||
| 464 | </UL> | ||
| 465 | <P>By attaching accounts to folders, you can control all these settings | ||
| 466 | on a folder basis, but you can also change the <I>To:</I>, <I>Cc:</I>, | ||
| 467 | <I>Bcc:</I>, and <I>Reply-To:</I> for each folder (overrides the account | ||
| 468 | settings). | ||
| 469 | <P> | ||
| 470 | <HR> | ||
| 471 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">Next</A> | ||
| 472 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 473 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8">Contents</A> | ||
| 474 | </BODY> | ||
| 475 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed-9.html b/manual/en/sylpheed-9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd43614 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed-9.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual: Viewing messages</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-10.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-8.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9">Contents</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s9">9. Viewing messages</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss9.1">9.1 Reading a message</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P>Reading a message is quite simple. If you have the message pane within view, all you need to do is once click the message you want to read and it already appears in the message view. When you double-click the message, a separate window will open, showing you the message. You can close the opened window by pressing ESCape or clicking the 'close' button. | ||
| 21 | <H2><A NAME="ss9.2">9.2 Viewing Multipart MIME (Attached Files)</A> | ||
| 22 | </H2> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P>When a message contains an attachment, you can have several options to view the information in that file. Sylpheed can be able, when compiled against the proper libraries, to display images "inline". This means you can click the name of the image and you can see it in the lower part of the message screen. | ||
| 25 | <P>How do you see an attachment is in an e- mail? | ||
| 26 | <P>This shows through an extra section that appears between the summary pane and the message view. In it you can see the separate parts of the e-mail. Sometimes you can't view the contents of an attachment directly. Then you can rightclick the name of the file and select "OPEN" from the appearing menu. If this does not work, it means that the extension of the file is not recognized through the directives in the mailcap file. In that case you can always use the "Save as..." option in the popup menu, save the file to disk and open the file with the proper program. | ||
| 27 | <H2><A NAME="ss9.3">9.3 Extending and Closing Threads</A> | ||
| 28 | </H2> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <P>Sylpheed offers the option to view messages in threads. Threads are no more than series of e-mails in a logical sequence. Suppose 15 people sent you a mail called "Re: bananas". You can't easily tell which one is the first and which one is the last in that sequence. | ||
| 31 | <P>By activating threads (summary menu), Sylpheed will attempt to show the sequence of mails as they were written/sent from first to last. | ||
| 32 | <P>To undo the threads view, you simply select the same menu option again and the e-mails are displayed in standard order again. | ||
| 33 | <H2><A NAME="ss9.4">9.4 Message Operations (Moving, Deleting, etc.)</A> | ||
| 34 | </H2> | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | <P>Sylpheed gives you many ways to manage your messages. You can move them to new mailboxes, or delete them. Through the message menu (see that section for more details) plenty of options are available to do with your e-mails what you want done. The advantage of moving messages to different mailboxes (also see Filtering for that, as described in the Configuration menu section) is that you keep an overview of your inbox. Suppose you are collecting e-mails in there of 8 different subjects. And you are looking for a specific one on a specific subject. That will give you a lot of work, trying to find the right message. Creating a new mail folder for each subject, and moving the messages to that new one, lifts a lot of work afterwards from your hands. | ||
| 37 | <H2><A NAME="ss9.5">9.5 URL in a Message</A> | ||
| 38 | </H2> | ||
| 39 | |||
| 40 | <P>At times you may find a URL in a message. A URL is a link to a website. Usually it is shown in the form "http://www.somewhere.something". | ||
| 41 | <P>If you want to visit that website, you only need to double-click the URL, and the default webbrowser you set up (usually Netscape) will activate and load the website. | ||
| 42 | <P>In the configuration options, Sylpheed has a color setting specific for URL's so you can spot a URL easily. | ||
| 43 | <HR> | ||
| 44 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">Next</A> | ||
| 45 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">Previous</A> | ||
| 46 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9">Contents</A> | ||
| 47 | </BODY> | ||
| 48 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed.html b/manual/en/sylpheed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22d7962 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.9"> | ||
| 5 | <TITLE>Sylpheed User's Manual</TITLE> | ||
| 6 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-1.html" REL=next> | ||
| 7 | |||
| 8 | |||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">Next</A> | ||
| 12 | Previous | ||
| 13 | Contents | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H1>Sylpheed User's Manual</H1> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2>Paul Kater (paul@nlpagan.net) | ||
| 19 | Nick Selby | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | <P><HR> | ||
| 22 | <EM> Sylpheed User's Manual for Sylpheed-0.8.10 | ||
| 23 | </EM> | ||
| 24 | <HR> | ||
| 25 | <P>Copyright (c) 2002 <I>The sylpheed documentation team</I>. | ||
| 26 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 27 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 28 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 29 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. | ||
| 30 | A copy of the license is included in the | ||
| 31 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#GNU Free Documentation License">section</A> entitled | ||
| 32 | "GNU Free Documentation License". | ||
| 33 | <P>The list of the members of <I>The sylpheed documentation team</I> is | ||
| 34 | detailed in the | ||
| 35 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html#The Sylpheed documentation team">appendix</A>. | ||
| 36 | <P> | ||
| 37 | <P> | ||
| 38 | <P> | ||
| 39 | <H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">What is Sylpheed?</A></H2> | ||
| 40 | |||
| 41 | <UL> | ||
| 42 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.1">1.1 Introduction to Sylpheed.</A> | ||
| 43 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.2">1.2 Interface</A> | ||
| 44 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.3">1.3 Main features</A> | ||
| 45 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.4">1.4 Methods for managing messages</A> | ||
| 46 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.5">1.5 Features for the future</A> | ||
| 47 | </UL> | ||
| 48 | <P> | ||
| 49 | <H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">Quick-guide to mail setup</A></H2> | ||
| 50 | |||
| 51 | <UL> | ||
| 52 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.1">2.1 Starting Sylpheed for the first time</A> | ||
| 53 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.2">2.2 Setup for reading your Unix mailbox in a hurry</A> | ||
| 54 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.3">2.3 Setup for reading POP3 mail in a hurry</A> | ||
| 55 | </UL> | ||
| 56 | <P> | ||
| 57 | <H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">Quick-guide for news setup</A></H2> | ||
| 58 | |||
| 59 | <UL> | ||
| 60 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-3.html#ss3.1">3.1 Getting news in a hurry.</A> | ||
| 61 | </UL> | ||
| 62 | <P> | ||
| 63 | <H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">Installation.</A></H2> | ||
| 64 | |||
| 65 | <UL> | ||
| 66 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.1">4.1 Required environment</A> | ||
| 67 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.2">4.2 Environments known as valid for Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 68 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.3">4.3 Nuts and bolts of installation</A> | ||
| 69 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.4">4.4 Installation on Linux using RPM</A> | ||
| 70 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.5">4.5 Installation on Debian Linux</A> | ||
| 71 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.6">4.6 Installation on FreeBSD</A> | ||
| 72 | </UL> | ||
| 73 | <P> | ||
| 74 | <H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">Starting and quitting Sylpheed</A></H2> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | <UL> | ||
| 77 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.1">5.1 Starting Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 78 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.2">5.2 Quitting Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 79 | </UL> | ||
| 80 | <P> | ||
| 81 | <H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">The menu options of Sylpheed.</A></H2> | ||
| 82 | |||
| 83 | <UL> | ||
| 84 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.1">6.1 File menu</A> | ||
| 85 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.2">6.2 Edit menu</A> | ||
| 86 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.3">6.3 View menu</A> | ||
| 87 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.4">6.4 Message menu</A> | ||
| 88 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.5">6.5 Tool menu</A> | ||
| 89 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.6">6.6 Configuration menu</A> | ||
| 90 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.7">6.7 Help menu</A> | ||
| 91 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.8">6.8 Context menu</A> | ||
| 92 | </UL> | ||
| 93 | <P> | ||
| 94 | <H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">Dialogs and views</A></H2> | ||
| 95 | |||
| 96 | <UL> | ||
| 97 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.1">7.1 Folder view</A> | ||
| 98 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.2">7.2 Summary view</A> | ||
| 99 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.3">7.3 Message view</A> | ||
| 100 | </UL> | ||
| 101 | <P> | ||
| 102 | <H2><A NAME="toc8">8.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">Sylpheed configuration</A></H2> | ||
| 103 | |||
| 104 | <UL> | ||
| 105 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.1">8.1 Common preferences</A> | ||
| 106 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.2">8.2 Setting up an account/changing an account</A> | ||
| 107 | </UL> | ||
| 108 | <P> | ||
| 109 | <H2><A NAME="toc9">9.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">Viewing messages</A></H2> | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | <UL> | ||
| 112 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.1">9.1 Reading a message</A> | ||
| 113 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.2">9.2 Viewing Multipart MIME (Attached Files)</A> | ||
| 114 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.3">9.3 Extending and Closing Threads</A> | ||
| 115 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.4">9.4 Message Operations (Moving, Deleting, etc.)</A> | ||
| 116 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.5">9.5 URL in a Message</A> | ||
| 117 | </UL> | ||
| 118 | <P> | ||
| 119 | <H2><A NAME="toc10">10.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">Recieving Messages</A></H2> | ||
| 120 | |||
| 121 | <UL> | ||
| 122 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-10.html#ss10.1">10.1 Using POP Reception Function in Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 123 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-10.html#ss10.2">10.2 Using Other Programs such as fetchmail</A> | ||
| 124 | </UL> | ||
| 125 | <P> | ||
| 126 | <H2><A NAME="toc11">11.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">Composing Messages</A></H2> | ||
| 127 | |||
| 128 | <UL> | ||
| 129 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.1">11.1 Composing a New Message</A> | ||
| 130 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.2">11.2 Replying to a Message</A> | ||
| 131 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.3">11.3 Replying to a Message with Quotation</A> | ||
| 132 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.4">11.4 Forwarding Messages</A> | ||
| 133 | </UL> | ||
| 134 | <P> | ||
| 135 | <H2><A NAME="toc12">12.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">Address Book</A></H2> | ||
| 136 | |||
| 137 | <UL> | ||
| 138 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.1">12.1 Adding and Deleting Addresses</A> | ||
| 139 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.2">12.2 Folders and Groups</A> | ||
| 140 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.3">12.3 Combination with Message Composition Window</A> | ||
| 141 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.4">12.4 Using your PDA addressbook (with Jpilot)</A> | ||
| 142 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.5">12.5 LDAP server connection</A> | ||
| 143 | </UL> | ||
| 144 | <P> | ||
| 145 | <H2><A NAME="toc13">13.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">Filters, actions and templates</A></H2> | ||
| 146 | |||
| 147 | <UL> | ||
| 148 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.1">13.1 Filters</A> | ||
| 149 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.2">13.2 How to Filter Messages</A> | ||
| 150 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.3">13.3 Filtering mail with Procmail</A> | ||
| 151 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.4">13.4 Actions</A> | ||
| 152 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.5">13.5 Templates</A> | ||
| 153 | </UL> | ||
| 154 | <P> | ||
| 155 | <H2><A NAME="toc14">14.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">Handling MIME types</A></H2> | ||
| 156 | |||
| 157 | <UL> | ||
| 158 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-14.html#ss14.1">14.1 How Sylpheed checks for Mime types</A> | ||
| 159 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-14.html#ss14.2">14.2 How Sylpheed handles attachments (reception)</A> | ||
| 160 | </UL> | ||
| 161 | <P> | ||
| 162 | <H2><A NAME="toc15">15.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">Conversion of Other Mail Format into Sylpheed (MH Format)</A></H2> | ||
| 163 | |||
| 164 | <UL> | ||
| 165 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.1">15.1 Importing Messages of mbox Format</A> | ||
| 166 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.2">15.2 Importing from Windows Mailers (Becky!, AL-Mail, Outlook Express4, etc.)</A> | ||
| 167 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.3">15.3 Importing dbx Format of Outlook Express 5</A> | ||
| 168 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.4">15.4 Exporting from Sylpheed MH format to mbox</A> | ||
| 169 | </UL> | ||
| 170 | <P> | ||
| 171 | <H2><A NAME="toc16">16.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">NetNews</A></H2> | ||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | <UL> | ||
| 174 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.1">16.1 Adding and Deleting Servers</A> | ||
| 175 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.2">16.2 Subscribing and Unsubscribing to NewsGroups</A> | ||
| 176 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.3">16.3 Reading News</A> | ||
| 177 | </UL> | ||
| 178 | <P> | ||
| 179 | <H2><A NAME="toc17">17.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">Reference</A></H2> | ||
| 180 | |||
| 181 | <UL> | ||
| 182 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#ss17.1">17.1 Short-Cut Key List</A> | ||
| 183 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#ss17.2">17.2 Data Format of Address Book</A> | ||
| 184 | </UL> | ||
| 185 | <P> | ||
| 186 | <H2><A NAME="toc18">18.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">FAQ</A></H2> | ||
| 187 | |||
| 188 | <UL> | ||
| 189 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.1">18.1 Unread News Messages</A> | ||
| 190 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.2">18.2 Using MSN Mail Accounts</A> | ||
| 191 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.3">18.3 Changing Fonts on Menu, etc.</A> | ||
| 192 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.4">18.4 Changing Key Binding of Short-Cut Key</A> | ||
| 193 | </UL> | ||
| 194 | <P> | ||
| 195 | <H2><A NAME="toc19">19.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">Information</A></H2> | ||
| 196 | |||
| 197 | <UL> | ||
| 198 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-19.html#ss19.1">19.1 Websites on Sylpheed</A> | ||
| 199 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-19.html#ss19.2">19.2 Mailing Lists</A> | ||
| 200 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-19.html#ss19.3">19.3 Anonymous CVS</A> | ||
| 201 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-19.html#ss19.4">19.4 How to tell another program to use Sylpheed as e-mail program</A> | ||
| 202 | </UL> | ||
| 203 | <P> | ||
| 204 | <H2><A NAME="toc20">20.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">About This Document</A></H2> | ||
| 205 | |||
| 206 | <UL> | ||
| 207 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.1">20.1 Copyright Notice</A> | ||
| 208 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.2">20.2 GNU General Public License</A> | ||
| 209 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.3">20.3 Where to Get the Latest Version of This Document</A> | ||
| 210 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.4">20.4 Ending Remark</A> | ||
| 211 | </UL> | ||
| 212 | <H2>Appendix</H2> | ||
| 213 | <P> | ||
| 214 | <H2><A NAME="toc21">21.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">The Sylpheed documentation team:</A></H2> | ||
| 215 | |||
| 216 | <P> | ||
| 217 | <H2><A NAME="toc22">22.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">GNU Free Documentation License</A></H2> | ||
| 218 | |||
| 219 | <UL> | ||
| 220 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.1">22.1 PREAMBLE</A> | ||
| 221 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.2">22.2 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</A> | ||
| 222 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.3">22.3 VERBATIM COPYING</A> | ||
| 223 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.4">22.4 COPYING IN QUANTITY</A> | ||
| 224 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.5">22.5 MODIFICATIONS</A> | ||
| 225 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.6">22.6 COMBINING DOCUMENTS</A> | ||
| 226 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.7">22.7 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</A> | ||
| 227 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.8">22.8 AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</A> | ||
| 228 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.9">22.9 TRANSLATION</A> | ||
| 229 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.10">22.10 TERMINATION</A> | ||
| 230 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.11">22.11 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</A> | ||
| 231 | <LI><A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.12">22.12 How to use this License for your documents</A> | ||
| 232 | </UL> | ||
| 233 | <HR> | ||
| 234 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">Next</A> | ||
| 235 | Previous | ||
| 236 | Contents | ||
| 237 | </BODY> | ||
| 238 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/en/sylpheed.sgml b/manual/en/sylpheed.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a8c276 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/en/sylpheed.sgml | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,3806 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!doctype linuxdoc system> | ||
| 2 | <article> | ||
| 3 | <title>Sylpheed User's Manual | ||
| 4 | <author>Paul Kater (paul@nlpagan.net) | ||
| 5 | Nick Selby | ||
| 6 | <abstract> | ||
| 7 | Sylpheed User's Manual for Sylpheed-0.8.10 | ||
| 8 | </abstract> | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | <toc> | ||
| 11 | |||
| 12 | <p> | ||
| 13 | Copyright (c) 2002 <it>The sylpheed documentation team</it>. | ||
| 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 15 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 16 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 17 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. | ||
| 18 | A copy of the license is included in the | ||
| 19 | <ref id="GNU Free Documentation License" name="section"> entitled | ||
| 20 | "GNU Free Documentation License". | ||
| 21 | </p> | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | <p> | ||
| 24 | The list of the members of <it>The sylpheed documentation team</it> is | ||
| 25 | detailed in the <ref id="The Sylpheed documentation team" name="appendix">. | ||
| 26 | |||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | <sect>What is Sylpheed? | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <p> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | |||
| 34 | <sect1>Introduction to Sylpheed. | ||
| 35 | <p> | ||
| 36 | Sylpheed is a fast e-mail and news client. It will run on just about any Linux or Unix compliant system. | ||
| 37 | <p> | ||
| 38 | The power of Sylpheed is that it is | ||
| 39 | <itemize> | ||
| 40 | <item>light on resources | ||
| 41 | <item>very fast | ||
| 42 | <item>intuitive for most people | ||
| 43 | <item>easy to work with | ||
| 44 | <item>loaded with features | ||
| 45 | <item>graceful and sophisticated in its interface | ||
| 46 | </itemize> | ||
| 47 | </sect1> | ||
| 48 | |||
| 49 | <sect1>Interface | ||
| 50 | <p> | ||
| 51 | The appearance and interface are similar to some popular e-mail clients for | ||
| 52 | Windows, such as Outlook Express, Becky!, and Datula. The interface is | ||
| 53 | also designed to emulate the mailers on Emacsen, and almost all commands | ||
| 54 | are accessible with the keyboard. | ||
| 55 | <p> | ||
| 56 | The messages are managed by MH format, and you'll be able to use it | ||
| 57 | together with another mailer based on MH format (like Mew). You can | ||
| 58 | also utilize fetchmail or/and procmail, and external programs for | ||
| 59 | receiving (like inc or imget). | ||
| 60 | </sect1> | ||
| 61 | |||
| 62 | <sect1>Main features | ||
| 63 | <p> | ||
| 64 | Currently implemented features are: | ||
| 65 | <itemize> | ||
| 66 | <item>Unlimited multiple account handling | ||
| 67 | <item>Thread display | ||
| 68 | <item>Filtering | ||
| 69 | <item>MIME (attachments) | ||
| 70 | <item>built-in image view | ||
| 71 | <item>X-Face support | ||
| 72 | <item>External editor support | ||
| 73 | <item>Message queueing | ||
| 74 | <item>Draft message function | ||
| 75 | <item>Template | ||
| 76 | <item>Line-wrapping | ||
| 77 | <item>Clickable URI | ||
| 78 | <item>XML-based addressbook | ||
| 79 | <item>LDAP addressbook | ||
| 80 | <item>Jpilot addressbook (for Palm types handhelds) | ||
| 81 | <item>Newly arrived and unread message management | ||
| 82 | <item>Multiple MH folder support | ||
| 83 | <item>Mew/Wanderlust compatible key bindings | ||
| 84 | <item>News reader function | ||
| 85 | <item>Printing | ||
| 86 | <item>UIDL support | ||
| 87 | <item>APOP authentication | ||
| 88 | <item>SMTP AUTH support | ||
| 89 | <item>IPv6 support | ||
| 90 | <item>GPG encryption and signature | ||
| 91 | <item>Autoconf, automake support | ||
| 92 | <item>Support of i18n of messages by gettext | ||
| 93 | <item>Supports many locales, including UTF-8 (Unicode), when using libjconv | ||
| 94 | <!-- added 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 95 | <item>IMAP4 compliant | ||
| 96 | </itemize> | ||
| 97 | This list is not complete, but this will at least show you the most common features in Sylpheed. | ||
| 98 | </sect1> | ||
| 99 | |||
| 100 | <sect1>Methods for managing messages<p> | ||
| 101 | <!-- added 2001/09/06 --> | ||
| 102 | There are several ways to manage messages. The best known is <tt>not at all.</tt><p> | ||
| 103 | Too many people receive lots of e-mails and just let them end up in the INBOX folder. Which after a while becomes unmanageable. Try to locate that one mail about an important event you got 5 days ago, in a mailbox that has over 5000 messages in it. Even when sorted on date, it might take you a tremendous time to locate it.<p> | ||
| 104 | For this there are <tt>mailfolders and mailboxes.</tt><p> | ||
| 105 | When you read on in this manual, you will learn about creating mailboxes and also folders that can contain more mailboxes. What are these good for?<p> | ||
| 106 | Overview. Simple as that. In different mailboxes you can store different kinds of mails. Suppose you are a member of a kiting club. And you get at least 30 e-mails per day from that club. The smart thing to do now is to create a separate mailbox for these mails. So when an e-mail comes in from the kiting club, you can move it to the kiting club mailbox. That way you know that you have all your kiting e-mails in one place.<p> | ||
| 107 | Tedious, you say? To move 30 mails a day to that box, when they come in at random moments? You bet that is a tedious job. You can be certain that you will miss that very important one about transport to the kiting ground where you will have the contest of biggest and most beautiful kite!<p> | ||
| 108 | Well, also for this there is a solution. Those are called <tt>filters</tt>.<p> | ||
| 109 | Filters can automate the process of moving e-mails to new locations. Further on in this manual you will also learn about setting up filters, so you do not have to move these kiting e-mails to the kiting club mailbox.<p> | ||
| 110 | <sect2>Okay, so what is the difference between a mailbox and a mailfolder?<p> | ||
| 111 | This is actually the exact same thing as you do on your harddisk. You create directories in which you can put files and more directories.<p> | ||
| 112 | In the case of Sylpheed, you can create a mailbox in which you can put more mailboxes that somehow belong together. For example, you could create a mailbox (folder) that contains the mailboxes for all the mailing lists you belong to.<p> | ||
| 113 | A word of clarification is perhaps in need here. In Sylpheed, a maillbox is nothing more than a directory. And in a directory you can create a new directory. But also files. And Sylpheed stores each e-mail in a separate file on disk. | ||
| 114 | An example of how a mailbox tree could look is<p> | ||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | |||
| 117 | |||
| 118 | |||
| 119 | As you can see, there is no real limit to the way you can set up your mailboxes. As long as you have diskspace available, you can create mailboxes and mailboxes within mailboxes.<p> | ||
| 120 | Of course, you should observe some common sense when you start creating mailboxes. To keep all mail in one place is not a good idea, but to create a maze of mailboxes is not a good idea either! | ||
| 121 | </sect2> | ||
| 122 | </sect1> | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | <sect1>Features for the future<p> | ||
| 125 | This is a special chapter. As with all open source programs, many features can be requested by you, the user of Sylpheed. The best way to join in on the talks is to join one of the mailing lists on Sylpheed. For this, you can turn to the Information section of this manual and read up on how to join a mailing list. | ||
| 126 | </sect1> | ||
| 127 | |||
| 128 | </sect> | ||
| 129 | |||
| 130 | <sect>Quick-guide to mail setup | ||
| 131 | |||
| 132 | <sect1>Starting Sylpheed for the first time | ||
| 133 | |||
| 134 | <p> | ||
| 135 | When starting Sylpheed for the first time, you will be | ||
| 136 | guided through the first basic steps of the setup. | ||
| 137 | First a pop-up window will show up and you will be asked | ||
| 138 | to define the directory Sylpheed will use to store your | ||
| 139 | messages and folders. This directory will be created under | ||
| 140 | your home directory (or under C:\windows\Application Data\Sylpheed | ||
| 141 | on windows). The default name for this directory is "Mail". | ||
| 142 | |||
| 143 | |||
| 144 | |||
| 145 | |||
| 146 | Then the account preferences window shows up. Based on | ||
| 147 | your configuration (local UNIX mailbox or POP account), | ||
| 148 | read one of the following sections for the next steps | ||
| 149 | of the configuration. | ||
| 150 | |||
| 151 | <sect1>Setup for reading your Unix mailbox in a hurry<p> | ||
| 152 | <itemize> | ||
| 153 | <item>In the configuration menu, select "Create new account". | ||
| 154 | <item>In the <ref id="Basic"> tab, name the account. You can select this account to be the default account ("Usually used"). | ||
| 155 | <item>Enter your name and e-mail address. | ||
| 156 | <item>To select your local unix mailbox, in the Protocol box you select "None (local)". | ||
| 157 | <item>When you select this option, the "Server for receiving" is greyed out, since this is not relevant. You can enter the server to send (SMTP) in this tab also. | ||
| 158 | </itemize> | ||
| 159 | Settings in the remaining tabs can usually be left at default values. | ||
| 160 | |||
| 161 | |||
| 162 | |||
| 163 | |||
| 164 | The <ref id="Receive"> tab is not used in this setup, since you are not polling a server, your mail is delivered to you. | ||
| 165 | |||
| 166 | In the <ref id="Send"> tab you can select headers and SMTP authentication. | ||
| 167 | |||
| 168 | |||
| 169 | |||
| 170 | |||
| 171 | In the <ref id="Compose"> tab you can define your signature file. | ||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | |||
| 174 | |||
| 175 | |||
| 176 | In the <ref id="Advanced"> tab you can edit the portnumbers for the servers you will be using. This normally will need no change. | ||
| 177 | |||
| 178 | This is basically everything you need to start using Sylpheed for local mailboxes. You can select "Message -> receive new mail" or press the <ref id="shortcut"> and see if there is new mail! | ||
| 179 | </sect1> | ||
| 180 | <sect1>Setup for reading POP3 mail in a hurry<p> | ||
| 181 | <itemize> | ||
| 182 | <item>In the configuration menu, select "Create new account". | ||
| 183 | <item>In the <ref id="Basic"> tab, name the account. You can select this account to be the default account ("Usually used"). | ||
| 184 | <item>Enter your name and e-mail address. | ||
| 185 | <item>To check your POP3 mail, in the Protocol box you select "POP3 (normal)". | ||
| 186 | <item>Enter the server information for "Server for receiving". You can then enter the server to send (SMTP) in this tab. | ||
| 187 | </itemize> | ||
| 188 | Settings in the remaining tabs can usually be left at default values. | ||
| 189 | |||
| 190 | |||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | |||
| 193 | The <ref id="Receive"> tab offers advanced POP3 options. | ||
| 194 | |||
| 195 | |||
| 196 | |||
| 197 | |||
| 198 | In the <ref id="Send"> tab you can select headers and SMTP authentication. | ||
| 199 | |||
| 200 | |||
| 201 | |||
| 202 | |||
| 203 | In the <ref id="Compose"> tab you can define your signature file. | ||
| 204 | |||
| 205 | |||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | |||
| 208 | In the <ref id="Advanced"> tab you can edit the portnumbers for the servers you will be using. This normally will need no change. | ||
| 209 | |||
| 210 | This is basically everything you need to start using Sylpheed for POP3 mailsystems. You select "Message -> receive new mail" or press the <ref id="shortcut"> and see if there is new mail! | ||
| 211 | </sect1> | ||
| 212 | </sect> | ||
| 213 | <!-- added 2001/07/20 --> | ||
| 214 | <sect>Quick-guide for news setup<p> | ||
| 215 | <sect1>Getting news in a hurry.<p> | ||
| 216 | <p> | ||
| 217 | In the configuration menu, select "Create new account" | ||
| 218 | <p> | ||
| 219 | In the "Basic" tab, enter the relevant data. You name the account, enter your name and e-mail address, etc. To connect to news, in the Protocol box you select "News (NNTP)". | ||
| 220 | |||
| 221 | |||
| 222 | |||
| 223 | |||
| 224 | <p> | ||
| 225 | Enter the newsserver information. | ||
| 226 | <p> | ||
| 227 | Skip the "Receive" tab. | ||
| 228 | <p> | ||
| 229 | In the "Send" tab you can set up some more settings. | ||
| 230 | <p> | ||
| 231 | In the "Compose" tab you can define your signature file. | ||
| 232 | |||
| 233 | |||
| 234 | |||
| 235 | |||
| 236 | <p> | ||
| 237 | In the "Advanced" tab you can edit the portnumbers for the servers you will be using. This normally will need no change. | ||
| 238 | <p> | ||
| 239 | Close the dialogs, right click the new News folder in the folder pane and select "Subscribe to newsgroups". If not done already, a list of groups will be downloaded from the server. From there you will find your way, so good luck! | ||
| 240 | <!-- end added 2001/07/20 --> | ||
| 241 | </sect1> | ||
| 242 | </sect> | ||
| 243 | |||
| 244 | <sect>Installation. | ||
| 245 | |||
| 246 | <sect1>Required environment | ||
| 247 | <p> | ||
| 248 | To succesfully compile Sylpheed, you need at least: | ||
| 249 | <itemize> | ||
| 250 | <item>Any POSIX compliant UNIX or similar OS eg. Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris | ||
| 251 | <item> | ||
| 252 | <url name="GTK+" url="http://www.gtk.org/"> | ||
| 253 | 1.2.6 or later | ||
| 254 | </item> | ||
| 255 | <item> | ||
| 256 | A recent ANSI C compiler | ||
| 257 | (<url name="gcc" url="http://gcc.gnu.org/"> 2.7.2.3 should also work) | ||
| 258 | Note: it is reported that Sun C will not compile Sylpheed. | ||
| 259 | </item> | ||
| 260 | </itemize> | ||
| 261 | Optionally you need:<label id="option_libraries"> | ||
| 262 | <itemize> | ||
| 263 | <item> | ||
| 264 | <url url="http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2" name="Imlib"> | ||
| 265 | or | ||
| 266 | <url url="http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/unstable/sources/gdk-pixbuf/" name="gdk-pixbuf"> | ||
| 267 | (for built-in image view) | ||
| 268 | </item> | ||
| 269 | <item> | ||
| 270 | <url name="libcompface" url="ftp://ftp.cs.indiana.edu/pub/faces/compface/"> | ||
| 271 | (for X-Face) | ||
| 272 | </item> | ||
| 273 | <item> | ||
| 274 | <url name="libjconv" url="http://www.kondara.org/libjconv/"> | ||
| 275 | (for non latin character sets) | ||
| 276 | </item> | ||
| 277 | <item> | ||
| 278 | <url name="GPGME" url="http://www.gnupg.org/gpgme.html"> | ||
| 279 | and | ||
| 280 | <url name="GNUPG" url="http://www.gnupg.org/"> | ||
| 281 | (for encryption and signature) | ||
| 282 | </item> | ||
| 283 | <item> | ||
| 284 | <url name="OpenSSL" url="http://www.openssl.org/"> | ||
| 285 | (for SSL support) | ||
| 286 | </item> | ||
| 287 | <item> | ||
| 288 | <url name="OpenLDAP" url="http://www.openldap.org/"> | ||
| 289 | (for LDAP connection) | ||
| 290 | </item> | ||
| 291 | <item> | ||
| 292 | IPv6 support can be turned on (if your system supports it) | ||
| 293 | </item> | ||
| 294 | <item> | ||
| 295 | <url name="Jpilot" url="http://www.jpilot.org/"> | ||
| 296 | (for Palm addressbook use) | ||
| 297 | </item> | ||
| 298 | <item>the equivalent of GTK+-devel and Xfree86-devel. (Otherwise ./configure will fail.) | ||
| 299 | </itemize> | ||
| 300 | <p> | ||
| 301 | Notice: Sylpheed may be unstable depending on the environment. Please use the newest version of libraries if possible. | ||
| 302 | </sect1> | ||
| 303 | |||
| 304 | <sect1>Environments known as valid for Sylpheed | ||
| 305 | <p> | ||
| 306 | <itemize> | ||
| 307 | <item>Debian GNU/Linux unstable (sid) (glibc 2.2.5) (development environment) | ||
| 308 | <item>Debian GNU/Linux testing (woody) (glibc 2.2.5) | ||
| 309 | <item>Debian GNU/Linux 2.2 (potato) (glibc 2.1.3) | ||
| 310 | <item>Kondara MNU/Linux (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 311 | <item>Kondara MNU/Linux 1.2 | ||
| 312 | <item>Kondara MNU/Linux 2.0 | ||
| 313 | <item>Vine Linux 1.1 (glibc 2.0.x + libwcsmbs) | ||
| 314 | <item>Vine Linux 2.0 (glibc 2.1.x) (Intel, PPC) | ||
| 315 | <item>Vine Linux 2.1 | ||
| 316 | <item>Vine Linux 2.1.5 | ||
| 317 | <item>Laser5 Linux 6.0 (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 318 | <item>Laser5 Linux 6.2 (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 319 | <item>Laser5 Linux 6.4 (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 320 | <item>TurboLinux 4.0 (glibc 2.0.7 + libwcsmbs) | ||
| 321 | <item>TurboLinux 6.0 (glibc 2.1.2) | ||
| 322 | <item>TurboLinux 7.0 (glibc 2.2.x) | ||
| 323 | <item>Miracle Linux Standard Edition Version1.0 | ||
| 324 | <item>Miracle Linux for PostgreSQL Version1.0 | ||
| 325 | <item>Miracle Linux for Samba Version1.0 | ||
| 326 | <item>RedHat Linux 5.2 (glibc 2.0.7) | ||
| 327 | <item>RedHat Linux 6.0 | ||
| 328 | <item>RedHat Linux 6.1 + Helix GNOME (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 329 | <item>RedHat Linux 6.2 / 6.2J (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 330 | <item>RedHat Linux 7.0 / 7.0J | ||
| 331 | <item>RedHat Linux 7.1 | ||
| 332 | <item>RedHat Linux 7.2 | ||
| 333 | <item>LinuxPPC2000 + Yukikaze(Japanization kit) | ||
| 334 | <item>Linux2000G (Intel, PowerPC) | ||
| 335 | <item>HOLON Linux 2.0 (Intel / PPC) | ||
| 336 | <item>Linux for PPC Japanese Edition 2.0 (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 337 | <item>Linux for PPC Japanese Edition 3.0 (glibc 2.1.x) | ||
| 338 | <item>Linux MLD4 | ||
| 339 | <item>Linux MLD5 | ||
| 340 | <item>Plamo Linux 2.0 | ||
| 341 | <item>Plamo Linux 2.1 | ||
| 342 | <item>Slackware 7.0 | ||
| 343 | <item>Slackware 7.1 | ||
| 344 | <item>Slackware 8.0 | ||
| 345 | <item>Linux Mandrake 7.0 | ||
| 346 | <item>Linux Mandrake 7.1 | ||
| 347 | <item>Linux Mandrake 7.2 | ||
| 348 | <item>Linux Mandrake 8.0 | ||
| 349 | <item>Linux Mandrake 8.1 | ||
| 350 | <item>SuSE Linux 6.3 (glibc 2.1.2) | ||
| 351 | <item>SuSE Linux 6.4 | ||
| 352 | <item>SuSE Linux 7.0 | ||
| 353 | <item>SuSE Linux 7.1 | ||
| 354 | <item>SuSE Linux 7.2 | ||
| 355 | <item>SuSE Linux 7.3 | ||
| 356 | <item>OpenLinux 2.3 (glibc 2.1.1 -> 2.1.3) | ||
| 357 | <item>Caldera OpenDesktop 2.4 | ||
| 358 | <item>Caldera Workstation 3.1 | ||
| 359 | <item>Conectiva Linux 4.0 | ||
| 360 | <item>Conectiva Linux 5.0 | ||
| 361 | <item>Conectiva Linux 7.0 | ||
| 362 | <item>Vector Linux 1.5 | ||
| 363 | <item>Yellow Dog Linux 2.0 (glibc 2.2.1) | ||
| 364 | <item>Yellow Dog Linux 2.1 (PowerPC) | ||
| 365 | <item>ASP Linux 7.2 (glibc 2.2.4) | ||
| 366 | <item>Redmond Linux (Lycoris) | ||
| 367 | </itemize> | ||
| 368 | |||
| 369 | <itemize> | ||
| 370 | <item>FreeBSD release 3.2 | ||
| 371 | <item>FreeBSD release 3.4 | ||
| 372 | <item>FreeBSD release 4.0 | ||
| 373 | <item>FreeBSD release 4.1 | ||
| 374 | <item>FreeBSD release 4.2 | ||
| 375 | <item>FreeBSD release 4.3 | ||
| 376 | <item>FreeBSD release 4.4 | ||
| 377 | <item>FreeBSD release 4.5 | ||
| 378 | <item>FreeBSD release 5.0 | ||
| 379 | <item>NetBSD 1.4.2 | ||
| 380 | <item>NetBSD 1.5 + XPG4DL | ||
| 381 | <item>NetBSD 1.5.1 | ||
| 382 | <item>NetBSD 1.5.2 | ||
| 383 | <item>OpenBSD 2.7 | ||
| 384 | <item>OpenBSD 2.8 (i386) | ||
| 385 | <item>OpenBSD 2.9 | ||
| 386 | <item>OpenBSD 3.0 | ||
| 387 | <item>BSD/OS 4.0.1 | ||
| 388 | </itemize> | ||
| 389 | |||
| 390 | <itemize> | ||
| 391 | <item>Solaris 2.5 | ||
| 392 | <item>Solaris 2.5.1 | ||
| 393 | <item>Solaris 2.6 | ||
| 394 | <item>Solaris 7 | ||
| 395 | <item>Solaris 8 | ||
| 396 | <item>IRIX 6.3 | ||
| 397 | <item>IRIX 6.4 | ||
| 398 | <item>IRIX 6.5, 6.5.8m | ||
| 399 | <item>HP-UX 10.20 | ||
| 400 | <item>HP-UX 11.00 | ||
| 401 | <item>HP-UX 11i | ||
| 402 | <item>Tru64 Unix 5.0 (OSF1 v5.0) | ||
| 403 | <item>SCO UnixWare 7 | ||
| 404 | <item>Mac OS X 10.1.3 (Darwin 5.3) + XDarwin (without XLocale support) + libxpg4 | ||
| 405 | </itemize> | ||
| 406 | |||
| 407 | <itemize> | ||
| 408 | <item>Windows (MSVC + GTK+ for win32), in progress | ||
| 409 | </itemize> | ||
| 410 | </sect1> | ||
| 411 | |||
| 412 | <sect1>Nuts and bolts of installation | ||
| 413 | <p> | ||
| 414 | <itemize> | ||
| 415 | <item>Download the latest version of the Sylpheed package from | ||
| 416 | <url url="http://sylpheed.good-day.net/" name="http://sylpheed.good-day.net/"> | ||
| 417 | </item> | ||
| 418 | <item>Untar the sourcefiles to a new directory | ||
| 419 | <item>tar -xvfz sylpheed-.tar.gz (for tar.gz) | ||
| 420 | <item>tar -xvfI sylpheed-.tar.bz2 (for tar.bz2) | ||
| 421 | <item>cd to the new sylpheed- directory | ||
| 422 | <item>Run ./configure to check your environment and create the installation make files | ||
| 423 | <item>Run the 'make' program which will compile the sources. Do not proceed with this step if there are fatal errors in the previous step. Fatal errors indicate that things are missing in order to compile Sylpheed properly. | ||
| 424 | </itemize> | ||
| 425 | <p> | ||
| 426 | If the make process has completed, run "make install" (as root), to install the program and the supportfiles | ||
| 427 | |||
| 428 | <sect2>Compiling Sylpheed with options<label id="compile_sylpheed"> | ||
| 429 | <p> | ||
| 430 | You can choose to compile Sylpheed with some optional features enabled. | ||
| 431 | Use <it>./configure --help</it> to list configuration syntax and options. | ||
| 432 | <p> | ||
| 433 | The following optional features can be enabled: | ||
| 434 | |||
| 435 | <itemize> | ||
| 436 | <item> | ||
| 437 | <it>Jpilot</it>: to use you PDA addressbook with Sylpheed. You will | ||
| 438 | need the <it>Jpilot</it> library (and <it>pilot-link</it>, too). | ||
| 439 | Enable this option with the <it>--enable-jpilot</it> configure switch. | ||
| 440 | </item> | ||
| 441 | <item> | ||
| 442 | <it>GnuPG</it>: Sylpheed can encrypt and sign your messages (also decrypt | ||
| 443 | and verify the signatures of the incoming messages) using GnuPG. | ||
| 444 | GnuPG follows the OpenPGP standard and is compatible with PGP. | ||
| 445 | To enable this feature, you need to install GnuPG and GPGME (interface | ||
| 446 | library to GnuPG). | ||
| 447 | Enable this option with the <it>--enable-gpgme</it> configure switch. | ||
| 448 | </item> | ||
| 449 | <item> | ||
| 450 | <it>LDAP</it>: Sylpheed can connect to a LDAP server in order to | ||
| 451 | query mail addresses. To enable this feature you will need the | ||
| 452 | OpenLDAP library. | ||
| 453 | Enable this option with the <it>--enable-ldap</it> configure switch. | ||
| 454 | </item> | ||
| 455 | <item> | ||
| 456 | <it>X-Faces</it>: you can create a small picture (of your face, or | ||
| 457 | of anything else) that will be sent in the header of your mails. | ||
| 458 | This option is enabled if the compface library is found and | ||
| 459 | can be disabled using the <it>--disable-compface</it> configure switch. | ||
| 460 | </item> | ||
| 461 | <item> | ||
| 462 | Images can appear "inline" (embedded in the message window, without | ||
| 463 | the need of an external viewer) if Sylpheed is compiled | ||
| 464 | with either the <it>gdk-pixbuf</it> or the <it>imlib</it> library. | ||
| 465 | You can choose the library (if both are installed) by using the | ||
| 466 | <it>--disable-gdk-pixbuf</it> or <it>--disable-imlib</it> configure switch. | ||
| 467 | </item> | ||
| 468 | </itemize> | ||
| 469 | |||
| 470 | All these features require additional libraries and tools that may not be part | ||
| 471 | of your distribution. You can find them at the addresses listed at the beginning | ||
| 472 | of this chapter, <ref id="option_libraries" name="here">. | ||
| 473 | |||
| 474 | </sect2> | ||
| 475 | |||
| 476 | </sect1> | ||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | <sect1>Installation on Linux using RPM | ||
| 479 | <p> | ||
| 480 | As root, run the "rpm -ivh " command on the RPM file you downloaded. As soon as this process is complete you can run Sylpheed as user. | ||
| 481 | </sect1> | ||
| 482 | |||
| 483 | <sect1>Installation on Debian Linux | ||
| 484 | <p> | ||
| 485 | With an internet connection : | ||
| 486 | <p> | ||
| 487 | apt-get install sylpheed (to install it with a internet connection) | ||
| 488 | <p> | ||
| 489 | Without internet connection, fetch the debian package for example on | ||
| 490 | <url url="http://packages.debian.org/unstable/mail/sylpheed.html" name="http://packages.debian.org/unstable/mail/sylpheed.html"> | ||
| 491 | <p> | ||
| 492 | dpkg -i sylpheedx.x.x-1i386.deb | ||
| 493 | <p> | ||
| 494 | dpkg --install sylpheedx.x.x-1i386.deb | ||
| 495 | </sect1> | ||
| 496 | |||
| 497 | <sect1>Installation on FreeBSD | ||
| 498 | <p> | ||
| 499 | using the /stand/sysinstall tool (it is a menu-based interface) : | ||
| 500 | <p> | ||
| 501 | run "/stand/sysinstall" as root | ||
| 502 | <p> | ||
| 503 | in the main menu choose "Configure" -> "Packages" -> "mail", then "sylpheed" then, back to the "Packages" list, choose "Install" | ||
| 504 | <p> | ||
| 505 | Using the ports | ||
| 506 | <p> | ||
| 507 | Get the sylpheed port on : | ||
| 508 | <p> | ||
| 509 | <url url="ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/i386/packages-4.3-release/mail" name="ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/i386/packages-4.3-release/mail"> | ||
| 510 | <p> | ||
| 511 | then, as root: pkg-add sylpheed-0.x.x.tgz | ||
| 512 | <p> | ||
| 513 | using the ports with compiling: | ||
| 514 | <p> | ||
| 515 | first, update your port, fetch it on | ||
| 516 | <url url="http://www.freebsd.org/ports/mail.html" name ="http://www.freebsd.org/ports/mail.html"> | ||
| 517 | <p> | ||
| 518 | cd /usr/ports/mail/sylpheed | ||
| 519 | <p> | ||
| 520 | make | ||
| 521 | <p> | ||
| 522 | If it succeeds, type "make install" | ||
| 523 | <p> | ||
| 524 | In case it fails, fetch the required package if necessary | ||
| 525 | (on the same page), put the package file in /usr/ports/distfiles/ | ||
| 526 | then : | ||
| 527 | <itemize> | ||
| 528 | <item>cd /usr/ports/mail/sylpheed | ||
| 529 | <item>make | ||
| 530 | <item>make install | ||
| 531 | </itemize> | ||
| 532 | <p> | ||
| 533 | Need a more up-to-date version ? | ||
| 534 | <p> | ||
| 535 | Just use the Unix standard method (see "Nuts and bolts of installation") | ||
| 536 | </sect1> | ||
| 537 | |||
| 538 | </sect> | ||
| 539 | |||
| 540 | <sect>Starting and quitting Sylpheed | ||
| 541 | |||
| 542 | <sect1>Starting Sylpheed | ||
| 543 | <p> | ||
| 544 | Starting Sylpheed can be done by typing "sylpheed" on a prompt in a terminal and pressing Enter. You can also add Sylpheed to a menu in KDE or Gnome, or create a shortcut to it on the desktop, if your window manager allows that. | ||
| 545 | <p> | ||
| 546 | When you first start Sylpheed, the program will ask you where you want to store the mails that you downloaded. You can accept the default ($HOME/Mail) or set up your own mail folder. | ||
| 547 | <p> | ||
| 548 | Sylpheed will then load with it's default settings. The way to change these are written about further on in this manual. | ||
| 549 | </sect1> | ||
| 550 | |||
| 551 | <sect1>Quitting Sylpheed | ||
| 552 | <p> | ||
| 553 | Ending Sylpheed can be done in several ways: | ||
| 554 | <itemize> | ||
| 555 | <item>Select "quit" from the File menu | ||
| 556 | <item>Press Ctrl-Q | ||
| 557 | <item>Click the "program close" button in the titlebar. | ||
| 558 | </itemize> | ||
| 559 | </sect1> | ||
| 560 | |||
| 561 | </sect> | ||
| 562 | |||
| 563 | <sect>The menu options of Sylpheed. | ||
| 564 | <p> | ||
| 565 | The menu in Sylpheed is the primary entry to all the things | ||
| 566 | you can do with Sylpheed. The menu structure gives you following | ||
| 567 | options: | ||
| 568 | |||
| 569 | <sect1>File menu | ||
| 570 | <p> | ||
| 571 | <itemize> | ||
| 572 | <item> | ||
| 573 | <it>Add mailbox:</it> this option lets you add a new MH mail-directory. | ||
| 574 | It will generate IN, OUT, QUEUE, DRAFT and TRASH mailfolders | ||
| 575 | inside the new mailbox. | ||
| 576 | </item> | ||
| 577 | <item> | ||
| 578 | <it>Check for new messages in all folders:</it> rescans the entire tree | ||
| 579 | of existing mailboxes to reflect the correct state (usually | ||
| 580 | won't be necessary). | ||
| 581 | </item> | ||
| 582 | <item> | ||
| 583 | <it>Folder:</it> lets you add, rename or delete a mailfolder. | ||
| 584 | <itemize> | ||
| 585 | <item> | ||
| 586 | <it>Create new folder:</it> to create a new folder. You must select | ||
| 587 | the top level node of the folder tree of a sub folder before | ||
| 588 | using this menu entry, in order to define the location of the | ||
| 589 | new folder to create. | ||
| 590 | </item> | ||
| 591 | <item> | ||
| 592 | <it>Rename folder:</it> change the name of the selected folder. | ||
| 593 | </item> | ||
| 594 | <item> | ||
| 595 | <it>Delete folder:</it> delete the selected folder (also delete the | ||
| 596 | messages contained in the selected folder). | ||
| 597 | </item> | ||
| 598 | </itemize> | ||
| 599 | </item> | ||
| 600 | <item> | ||
| 601 | <it>Import mbox file...:</it> lets you import an mbox file | ||
| 602 | (like created by Pine) into an MH mailbox. | ||
| 603 | </item> | ||
| 604 | <item> | ||
| 605 | <it>Export to mbox file:</it> lets you export an MH mailbox to an mbox file. | ||
| 606 | </item> | ||
| 607 | <item> | ||
| 608 | <it>Empty trash:</it> obviously, this will empty the trash folder. | ||
| 609 | </item> | ||
| 610 | <item> | ||
| 611 | <it>Save as:</it> lets you save the selected e-mail to a plain textfile | ||
| 612 | on disk. | ||
| 613 | </item> | ||
| 614 | <item> | ||
| 615 | <it>Print:</it> lets you print the selected e-mail to a printer. | ||
| 616 | </item> | ||
| 617 | <item> | ||
| 618 | <it>Exit:</it> ends Sylpheed. | ||
| 619 | </item> | ||
| 620 | </itemize> | ||
| 621 | </sect1> | ||
| 622 | |||
| 623 | <sect1>Edit menu | ||
| 624 | <p> | ||
| 625 | <itemize> | ||
| 626 | <item> | ||
| 627 | <it>copy:</it> lets you copy the selected text to a buffer, | ||
| 628 | from where you can paste it into a different place. | ||
| 629 | Shortcut: Ctrl-C | ||
| 630 | </item> | ||
| 631 | <item> | ||
| 632 | <it>select all:</it> selects all the text in the current window. | ||
| 633 | Shortcut: Ctrl-A | ||
| 634 | </item> | ||
| 635 | <item> | ||
| 636 | <it>select thread:</it> selects all the messages of the current thread. | ||
| 637 | </item> | ||
| 638 | <item> | ||
| 639 | <it>Find in current message:</it> searches a string in the current message. | ||
| 640 | Shortcut: Ctrl-F | ||
| 641 | </item> | ||
| 642 | <item> | ||
| 643 | <it>search messages:</it> searches a message based on its To, From, Subject | ||
| 644 | header fields or body content. Start searching from the selected | ||
| 645 | message, in the selected folder. | ||
| 646 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-F | ||
| 647 | </item> | ||
| 648 | </itemize> | ||
| 649 | </sect1> | ||
| 650 | |||
| 651 | <sect1>View menu | ||
| 652 | <p> | ||
| 653 | The view menu allows you to change the way that Sylpheed appears. | ||
| 654 | You can set different windows separately (folder view, messages etc.), | ||
| 655 | enable or disable the statusbar and so on. | ||
| 656 | It contains also the commands to toggle the display of some parts | ||
| 657 | of the current message, or sort the messsages in the selected folder | ||
| 658 | based on different attributes. | ||
| 659 | <p> | ||
| 660 | <itemize> | ||
| 661 | <item> | ||
| 662 | <it>Show or hide:</it> let you control the parts of the Sylpheed user interface | ||
| 663 | you want to display. | ||
| 664 | <itemize> | ||
| 665 | <item> | ||
| 666 | <it>Folder tree:</it> not implemented yet | ||
| 667 | </item> | ||
| 668 | <item> | ||
| 669 | <it>Message view:</it> show or hide the message pane. When hidden, the | ||
| 670 | messages are displayed in a separate window. To read a message | ||
| 671 | double click in the summary pane. The message is then opened in | ||
| 672 | a new window. You can close this new window by pressing the escape | ||
| 673 | key. | ||
| 674 | </item> | ||
| 675 | <item> | ||
| 676 | <it>Toolbar:</it> sets how you want to see the toolbar. Icons and text, | ||
| 677 | or one of these. | ||
| 678 | <itemize> | ||
| 679 | <item> | ||
| 680 | <it>Icon and Text:</it> show icons and text in the toolbar. | ||
| 681 | </item> | ||
| 682 | <item> | ||
| 683 | <it>Icon:</it> only display the icons, do not display the text | ||
| 684 | below them. | ||
| 685 | </item> | ||
| 686 | <item> | ||
| 687 | <it>Text:</it> only the text, hide the icons. | ||
| 688 | </item> | ||
| 689 | <item> | ||
| 690 | <it>None:</it> hide the toolbar. | ||
| 691 | </item> | ||
| 692 | </itemize> | ||
| 693 | </item> | ||
| 694 | <item> | ||
| 695 | <it>Status bar:</it> show it or hide it. | ||
| 696 | </item> | ||
| 697 | </itemize> | ||
| 698 | </item> | ||
| 699 | <item> | ||
| 700 | <it>Separate folder tree:</it> selects between having the folder tree | ||
| 701 | attached to the main window, or floating separately. | ||
| 702 | </item> | ||
| 703 | <item> | ||
| 704 | <it>Separate message view:</it> selects between having the selected | ||
| 705 | message in the summary pane attached to the main window, or | ||
| 706 | floating separately. | ||
| 707 | </item> | ||
| 708 | <item> | ||
| 709 | <it>Sort:</it> controls the way the messages are sorted in the selected | ||
| 710 | folder. Each option sorts the messages in descending order (the | ||
| 711 | bigger one being on the top of the summary pane), and can be | ||
| 712 | reversed by selecting the same menu entry a second time (each | ||
| 713 | time you select the same menu entry the order is reversed). | ||
| 714 | <itemize> | ||
| 715 | <item> | ||
| 716 | <it>Sort by number:</it> sort the message based on their MH number. | ||
| 717 | </item> | ||
| 718 | <item> | ||
| 719 | <it>Sort by size:</it> sort the message on their size. | ||
| 720 | </item> | ||
| 721 | <item> | ||
| 722 | <it>Sort by date:</it> sort the messages based on their date. | ||
| 723 | </item> | ||
| 724 | <item> | ||
| 725 | <it>Sort by from:</it> the messages are sorted by their sender address | ||
| 726 | (From field, sorted alphabetically). | ||
| 727 | </item> | ||
| 728 | <item> | ||
| 729 | <it>Sort by recipient:</it> the messages are sorted by their recipient | ||
| 730 | (sorted alphabetically). | ||
| 731 | </item> | ||
| 732 | <item> | ||
| 733 | <it>Sort by subject:</it> the messages are sorted by their subject | ||
| 734 | (sorted alphabetically). | ||
| 735 | </item> | ||
| 736 | <item> | ||
| 737 | <it>Sort by color label:</it> sort the messages based on their color. | ||
| 738 | Read the context menu description below to find how to assign | ||
| 739 | colors to messages. | ||
| 740 | </item> | ||
| 741 | <item> | ||
| 742 | <it>Sort by mark:</it> separate marked and unmarked messages. Read the | ||
| 743 | context menu description below to find how to mark messages. | ||
| 744 | </item> | ||
| 745 | <item> | ||
| 746 | <it>Sort by unread:</it> separate read and unread messages. | ||
| 747 | </item> | ||
| 748 | <item> | ||
| 749 | <it>Sort by attachment:</it> separate messages with and without attachment. | ||
| 750 | </item> | ||
| 751 | <item> | ||
| 752 | <it>Don't sort:</it> do not sort the messages. | ||
| 753 | </item> | ||
| 754 | <item> | ||
| 755 | <it>Ascending:</it> sort the messages in ascending order. If the field used | ||
| 756 | to sort the messages is displayed in the summary view, a little | ||
| 757 | arrow on the right side of the corresponding summay column header | ||
| 758 | reflects the sort order you select from the menu. | ||
| 759 | </item> | ||
| 760 | <item> | ||
| 761 | <it>Descending:</it> sort the messages in descending order. | ||
| 762 | </item> | ||
| 763 | <item> | ||
| 764 | <it>Attract by subject:</it> move close to each other the messages | ||
| 765 | having the same subject (or a close subject). | ||
| 766 | </item> | ||
| 767 | </itemize> | ||
| 768 | </item> | ||
| 769 | <item> | ||
| 770 | <it>Thread view:</it> turn the threaded view on or off. When turned on the | ||
| 771 | messages of the same thread (the same discussion generated by replying | ||
| 772 | to each other mail) are grouped as a tree representing the discussion | ||
| 773 | flow. Each reply being linked to its orignal message. Each branch can | ||
| 774 | be open or closed by using the small plus or minus sign next to it. | ||
| 775 | The threads are based on the In-Reply-To and Reference fields of the | ||
| 776 | mail header, so never start a new conversation by replying to an | ||
| 777 | old message, this will add your new mail to the old unrelated thread. | ||
| 778 | Shortcut: Ctrl-T | ||
| 779 | </item> | ||
| 780 | <item> | ||
| 781 | <it>Expand all threads:</it> if the threaded view is selected, expand all the | ||
| 782 | threads in the opened folder. | ||
| 783 | </item> | ||
| 784 | <item> | ||
| 785 | <it>Collapse all threads:</it> if the threaded view is selected, collapse all the | ||
| 786 | threads in the opened folder. | ||
| 787 | </item> | ||
| 788 | <item> | ||
| 789 | <it>Set display item:</it> use it to change the list of items to display | ||
| 790 | in the summary view. This setting can also be changed through | ||
| 791 | the common preferences. | ||
| 792 | </item> | ||
| 793 | <item> | ||
| 794 | <it>Go to:</it> use it to navigate from message to message based on the | ||
| 795 | sub-menu criterias. | ||
| 796 | <itemize> | ||
| 797 | <item> | ||
| 798 | <it>Prev. message:</it> go to the previous message in the current | ||
| 799 | folder. | ||
| 800 | Shortcut: P | ||
| 801 | </item> | ||
| 802 | <item> | ||
| 803 | <it>Next message:</it> go to the next message in the current | ||
| 804 | folder. | ||
| 805 | Shortcut: N | ||
| 806 | </item> | ||
| 807 | <item> | ||
| 808 | <it>Prev. unread:</it> go to the previous unread message. | ||
| 809 | Shortcut: Shift-P | ||
| 810 | </item> | ||
| 811 | <item> | ||
| 812 | <it>Next unread:</it> go to the next unread message. | ||
| 813 | Shortcut: Shift-N | ||
| 814 | </item> | ||
| 815 | <item> | ||
| 816 | <it>Prev. new:</it> go to the previous new message. | ||
| 817 | </item> | ||
| 818 | <item> | ||
| 819 | <it>Next new:</it> go to the next new message. | ||
| 820 | </item> | ||
| 821 | <item> | ||
| 822 | <it>Prev. marked:</it> go to the previous marked message. | ||
| 823 | </item> | ||
| 824 | <item> | ||
| 825 | <it>Next marked:</it> go to the next marked message. | ||
| 826 | </item> | ||
| 827 | <item> | ||
| 828 | <it>Prev. labeled:</it> go to the previous labeled message. | ||
| 829 | </item> | ||
| 830 | <item> | ||
| 831 | <it>Next labeled:</it> go to the next labeled message. | ||
| 832 | </item> | ||
| 833 | <item> | ||
| 834 | <it>Other folder:</it> change the current folder. Opens a new window | ||
| 835 | with the folder tree, and open the selected folder. | ||
| 836 | </item> | ||
| 837 | </itemize> | ||
| 838 | </item> | ||
| 839 | <item> | ||
| 840 | <it>Code set:</it> allows you to select what codeset you want to use | ||
| 841 | for your e-mails. This codeset will be used when sending | ||
| 842 | mails. Note Sylpheed will always try to use the more compatible | ||
| 843 | codeset based on the characters used in your message, so unless | ||
| 844 | you use special latin-1 characters in your mail, the encoding | ||
| 845 | will be defined as 7bits ASCII even if you have selected the | ||
| 846 | ISO-8859-1 character set. | ||
| 847 | The auto-detect option let Sylpheed automatically detect the | ||
| 848 | character set based on the content of the messages. | ||
| 849 | </item> | ||
| 850 | <item> | ||
| 851 | <it>Open in new window:</it> open the selected message in a new window. | ||
| 852 | This new window can be closed by pressing the escape key. | ||
| 853 | Shortcut: Ctrl-Alt-N | ||
| 854 | </item> | ||
| 855 | <item> | ||
| 856 | <it>Message source:</it> opens a new window and display the complete | ||
| 857 | source of the message in it (without any formatting and with | ||
| 858 | all the header fields). | ||
| 859 | Shortcut: Ctrl-U | ||
| 860 | </item> | ||
| 861 | <item> | ||
| 862 | <it>Show all header:</it> toggles on and off the display of the complete | ||
| 863 | message header. | ||
| 864 | Shortcut: Ctrl-H | ||
| 865 | </item> | ||
| 866 | <item> | ||
| 867 | <it>Update summary:</it> update the Sylpheed window. | ||
| 868 | Shortcut: Ctrl-Alt-U | ||
| 869 | </item> | ||
| 870 | </itemize> | ||
| 871 | </sect1> | ||
| 872 | |||
| 873 | <sect1>Message menu | ||
| 874 | <p> | ||
| 875 | Here you find the following options: | ||
| 876 | |||
| 877 | <itemize> | ||
| 878 | <item> | ||
| 879 | <it>Get new mail:</it> this will collect all new mail for your | ||
| 880 | default mail-identity. | ||
| 881 | Shortcut: Ctrl-I | ||
| 882 | </item> | ||
| 883 | <item> | ||
| 884 | <it>Get from all accounts:</it> Sylpheed will poll all defined | ||
| 885 | mail-identities for new mail. | ||
| 886 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-I | ||
| 887 | </item> | ||
| 888 | <item> | ||
| 889 | <it>Cancel receiving:</it> stop the new mails reception. | ||
| 890 | </item> | ||
| 891 | <item> | ||
| 892 | <it>Send queued messages:</it> all the messages that you put into | ||
| 893 | the "Queue" folder will now be sent off. | ||
| 894 | </item> | ||
| 895 | <item> | ||
| 896 | <it>Compose new message:</it> allows you to write a new e-mail | ||
| 897 | message. | ||
| 898 | Shortcut: Ctrl-M | ||
| 899 | </item> | ||
| 900 | <item> | ||
| 901 | <it>Reply:</it> an e-mail message will be created with the sender | ||
| 902 | of the selected message in the summary pane as recipient. | ||
| 903 | Depending on the settings, your signature will be added | ||
| 904 | to the mail, and the original mail text will be quoted. | ||
| 905 | If a part of the original mail is selected, only this | ||
| 906 | part will be quoted in the reply. | ||
| 907 | Shortcut: Ctrl-R | ||
| 908 | </item> | ||
| 909 | <item> | ||
| 910 | <it>Reply to</it> | ||
| 911 | <itemize> | ||
| 912 | <item> | ||
| 913 | <it>all:</it> as Reply, but the recipients will be all | ||
| 914 | e-mail addresses in the original messages (including | ||
| 915 | the ones in the cc: part). | ||
| 916 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-R | ||
| 917 | </item> | ||
| 918 | <item> | ||
| 919 | <it>sender:</it> as Reply. | ||
| 920 | </item> | ||
| 921 | <item> | ||
| 922 | <it>Mailing list:</it> reply to the mailing list. To use | ||
| 923 | when replying to a mailing list (unless you want to reply | ||
| 924 | only to the poster of the message). | ||
| 925 | Shortcut: Ctrl-L | ||
| 926 | </item> | ||
| 927 | </itemize> | ||
| 928 | </item> | ||
| 929 | <item> | ||
| 930 | Reply to sender: as Reply, but the recipient is the address | ||
| 931 | defined in the Sender header field (not the Reply-To address). | ||
| 932 | </item> | ||
| 933 | <item> | ||
| 934 | <it>Forward:</it> a message will be created with the original | ||
| 935 | message in the summary pane as text. You can then | ||
| 936 | enter a recipient e-mail address, edit the text if | ||
| 937 | you want, and send it. | ||
| 938 | Shortcut: Ctrl-Alt-F | ||
| 939 | </item> | ||
| 940 | <item> | ||
| 941 | <it>Forward as attachment:</it> as Forward, but the message | ||
| 942 | text will sent along as a separate textfile. | ||
| 943 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-Alt-F | ||
| 944 | </item> | ||
| 945 | <item> | ||
| 946 | <it>Redirect:</it> re-send the selected message to someone else. Compared | ||
| 947 | to a forward, the message is not marked as forwarded, and the sender | ||
| 948 | is the original mail sender. | ||
| 949 | </item> | ||
| 950 | <item> | ||
| 951 | <it>Re-edit:</it> lets you open all already sent message in | ||
| 952 | edition mode to re-send it. | ||
| 953 | </item> | ||
| 954 | <item> | ||
| 955 | <it>Move:</it> lets you move the message to a different folder. | ||
| 956 | You can select the destination folder from a browse-window. | ||
| 957 | </item> | ||
| 958 | <item> | ||
| 959 | <it>Copy:</it> as Move, only that the message is copied to the | ||
| 960 | new folder, instead of moved. | ||
| 961 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-O | ||
| 962 | </item> | ||
| 963 | <item> | ||
| 964 | <it>Delete:</it> lets you delete the message that is selected | ||
| 965 | in the summary pane. | ||
| 966 | Shortcut: Ctrl-D | ||
| 967 | </item> | ||
| 968 | <item> | ||
| 969 | <it>Mark:</it> Gives a submenu: <it>Mark/Unmark/Mark as read/Unmark | ||
| 970 | as read</it>. When you mark messages, you can do a specific | ||
| 971 | action (e.g. move, delete) on all of the marked messages. | ||
| 972 | You can unmark messages that you mistakenly marked. | ||
| 973 | The other options do as they say, they mark or unmark | ||
| 974 | a message as read, and mark all read, marks all the messages | ||
| 975 | of the current folder as read. | ||
| 976 | </item> | ||
| 977 | </itemize> | ||
| 978 | |||
| 979 | A note on functions like Move, Copy and Delete: if you did not | ||
| 980 | specify to execute the commands immediately (in the configuration), | ||
| 981 | you will have to select the <it>Execute</it> command. This is a button | ||
| 982 | in the toolbar, and can also be found in the Summary menu. | ||
| 983 | </sect1> | ||
| 984 | |||
| 985 | <sect1>Tool menu | ||
| 986 | <p> | ||
| 987 | In the Tool menu are grouped the filters control, address book | ||
| 988 | access and log window control. | ||
| 989 | |||
| 990 | <itemize> | ||
| 991 | <item> | ||
| 992 | <it>Address book:</it> opens the address book window. | ||
| 993 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-A | ||
| 994 | </item> | ||
| 995 | <item> | ||
| 996 | <it>Add sender to address book:</it> adds the sender of the selected | ||
| 997 | message to one of your address books. When selected a window | ||
| 998 | opens to let you select the target address book. | ||
| 999 | </item> | ||
| 1000 | <item> | ||
| 1001 | <it>Filter messages:</it> apply the filter rules to the messages | ||
| 1002 | of the inbox. | ||
| 1003 | </item> | ||
| 1004 | <item> | ||
| 1005 | <it>Create filter rule:</it> create a new filter rule based on the | ||
| 1006 | selected message. | ||
| 1007 | <itemize> | ||
| 1008 | <item> | ||
| 1009 | <it>Automatically:</it> open the filter rules creation window | ||
| 1010 | to define a new rule. | ||
| 1011 | </item> | ||
| 1012 | <item> | ||
| 1013 | <it>By From:</it> opens the filter rules creation window and | ||
| 1014 | fills the filter settings fields to build a filter based | ||
| 1015 | on the sender of the selected message. | ||
| 1016 | </item> | ||
| 1017 | <item> | ||
| 1018 | <it>By To:</it> opens the filter rules creation window and | ||
| 1019 | fills the filter settings fields to build a filter based | ||
| 1020 | on the receiver of the selected message. | ||
| 1021 | </item> | ||
| 1022 | <item> | ||
| 1023 | <it>By Subject:</it> opens the filter rules creation window and | ||
| 1024 | fills the filter settings fields to build a filter based | ||
| 1025 | on the subject of the selected message. | ||
| 1026 | </item> | ||
| 1027 | </itemize> | ||
| 1028 | </item> | ||
| 1029 | <item> | ||
| 1030 | <it>Actions:</it> this menu is empty until you define some actions (see the | ||
| 1031 | configuration menu description). | ||
| 1032 | </item> | ||
| 1033 | <item> | ||
| 1034 | <it>Delete duplicated messages:</it> This will remove messages from the | ||
| 1035 | active folder that were sent twice to you. For example you | ||
| 1036 | received a message directly and through a mailing list at | ||
| 1037 | the same time. | ||
| 1038 | </item> | ||
| 1039 | <item> | ||
| 1040 | <it>Execute:</it> execute all the pending move, delete, and copy commands. | ||
| 1041 | Only if execute immediately is off in the common preferences. | ||
| 1042 | Shortcut: X | ||
| 1043 | </item> | ||
| 1044 | <item> | ||
| 1045 | <it>Log window:</it> opens the log window. In the log window, you | ||
| 1046 | can see what Sylpheed is doing. Keeping track of things | ||
| 1047 | in that way is very good when you suspect there is something | ||
| 1048 | wrong. You can paste the info of the log window into an | ||
| 1049 | e-mail and send it to the developer or the mailing list. | ||
| 1050 | Shortcut: Shift-Ctrl-L | ||
| 1051 | </item> | ||
| 1052 | </itemize> | ||
| 1053 | |||
| 1054 | |||
| 1055 | In the log window, you can see what Sylpheed is doing. Keeping | ||
| 1056 | track of things in that way is very good when you suspect there | ||
| 1057 | is something wrong. You can paste the info of the log window | ||
| 1058 | into an e-mail and send it to the developer or the mailing list. | ||
| 1059 | </sect1> | ||
| 1060 | |||
| 1061 | <sect1>Configuration menu | ||
| 1062 | <p> | ||
| 1063 | In the Configuration menu, clearly, you can set up Sylpheed | ||
| 1064 | the way you want it to work and react. | ||
| 1065 | |||
| 1066 | <itemize> | ||
| 1067 | <item> | ||
| 1068 | <it>Common preferences:</it> in this option you will be | ||
| 1069 | presented a dialog in which you can select a number | ||
| 1070 | of tabs. Each tab represents a specific set of settings | ||
| 1071 | in Sylpheed. In the next chapter, these dialog options | ||
| 1072 | are explained in more detail. | ||
| 1073 | </item> | ||
| 1074 | <item> | ||
| 1075 | <it>Filter setting:</it> this option shows you a dialog in which you | ||
| 1076 | can set up the filtering rules that you want Sylpheed | ||
| 1077 | to process on receiving new e-mails. You first specify | ||
| 1078 | on which part(s) of the e-mail Sylpheed has to check, | ||
| 1079 | and then you tell Sylpheed what to do. You can move the | ||
| 1080 | message to a different directory (including trash to get | ||
| 1081 | rid of spam mail). Selecting the destination folder is | ||
| 1082 | possible through a browser window that comes up when you | ||
| 1083 | press "Select..." | ||
| 1084 | <p> | ||
| 1085 | You can choose not to receive the e-mail. Note that | ||
| 1086 | this will leave the message on the mailserver of your | ||
| 1087 | provider, the message will not be removed! | ||
| 1088 | <p> | ||
| 1089 | When you press the "Register" button, the filter | ||
| 1090 | rule is added to the list of rules. Do you select | ||
| 1091 | "Substitute", then the selected rule is replaced by the | ||
| 1092 | information of the setting entered. "Delete" in the end | ||
| 1093 | will delete the selected filtering rule. | ||
| 1094 | <p> | ||
| 1095 | Please note that you can set up two selections for a rule, | ||
| 1096 | which can be "OR'd" or "AND'd". OR means that one of the | ||
| 1097 | two selections will have to match for the rule to be | ||
| 1098 | executed. AND means that both selections have to match | ||
| 1099 | before an action is performed. | ||
| 1100 | <p> | ||
| 1101 | To the right of the selection rules you see buttons | ||
| 1102 | called UP and DOWN. You can move rules up and down in | ||
| 1103 | the list. This will often trigger different behaviour | ||
| 1104 | in the selections, so consider the order in which | ||
| 1105 | you set the rules. | ||
| 1106 | </item> | ||
| 1107 | <item> | ||
| 1108 | <it>Template:</it> let your create a new message template. | ||
| 1109 | When composing a new message you can then used one | ||
| 1110 | of the defined templates and insert it (or use it to | ||
| 1111 | completely replace the content of your mail). | ||
| 1112 | The templates can contain some special characters | ||
| 1113 | that are replaced when the template is used in order | ||
| 1114 | to create a dynamic text. Use the symbols button on | ||
| 1115 | the templates definition window to see the list of | ||
| 1116 | the available symbols. | ||
| 1117 | </item> | ||
| 1118 | <item> | ||
| 1119 | <it>Actions:</it> let your create new commands to be added to the | ||
| 1120 | 'Tools/Actions' menu. An action is a command that processes | ||
| 1121 | the select part of a message, the message body or the complete | ||
| 1122 | message file. It can be a background process, used as a filter | ||
| 1123 | (reads, modifies and replaces a message),... | ||
| 1124 | </item> | ||
| 1125 | <item> | ||
| 1126 | <it>Preferences for current account:</it> here you can set the | ||
| 1127 | specifics for the account you are currently using. | ||
| 1128 | Should mail be deleted after fetching, what is the | ||
| 1129 | server it comes from, etc. Basically it is the same | ||
| 1130 | dialog form as shown in setting up a new account. | ||
| 1131 | </item> | ||
| 1132 | <item> | ||
| 1133 | <it>Create new account:</it> here you name the account (each | ||
| 1134 | account has a recognizable name), you set up your name | ||
| 1135 | and e-mail address etc. You set up the type of server | ||
| 1136 | you access (POP4, IMAP4, local mailbox, newsserver) | ||
| 1137 | and where the downloaded messages have to go (default | ||
| 1138 | folder is the inbox). In the RECEIVE tab you select or | ||
| 1139 | unselect options, in SEND you can set up how to send | ||
| 1140 | your messages. In COMPOSE you can point to a specific | ||
| 1141 | signature file, and in ADVANCED you can set up alternate | ||
| 1142 | ports for the server, if these exist. (Do not mess | ||
| 1143 | with these unless you are sure you have to!!) | ||
| 1144 | </item> | ||
| 1145 | <item> | ||
| 1146 | <it>Edit accounts:</it> here you can select one of the accounts | ||
| 1147 | you created, from a list, and edit the information about | ||
| 1148 | them. Note that you cannot edit an account for which | ||
| 1149 | you are writing a message at the same time. This to | ||
| 1150 | ensure data integrity. | ||
| 1151 | </item> | ||
| 1152 | <item> | ||
| 1153 | <it>Change current account:</it> here you can select what | ||
| 1154 | account you want to use, to write a message. | ||
| 1155 | If you have enabled the status bar (in the view menu), | ||
| 1156 | the name of the current account is shown in the bottom | ||
| 1157 | right corner of the Sylpheed window (in the status bar) | ||
| 1158 | and can be changed by a click on it (then a menu appears | ||
| 1159 | and lists all your accounts). | ||
| 1160 | </item> | ||
| 1161 | </itemize> | ||
| 1162 | |||
| 1163 | </sect1> | ||
| 1164 | |||
| 1165 | <sect1>Help menu | ||
| 1166 | <p> | ||
| 1167 | This menu lets you look at the manual and FAQ of Sylpheed, | ||
| 1168 | and you can also see the "about" info, who wrote Sylpheed. | ||
| 1169 | <p> | ||
| 1170 | |||
| 1171 | </sect1> | ||
| 1172 | |||
| 1173 | <sect1>Context menu | ||
| 1174 | <p> | ||
| 1175 | You can pull up context menus (through clicking button2) for | ||
| 1176 | the folder tree and the summary pane. (windows users: button2 | ||
| 1177 | is the right mouse button.) | ||
| 1178 | <p> | ||
| 1179 | In the folder view you can add, rename and remove folders | ||
| 1180 | through the context menu. You can also set the folder | ||
| 1181 | properties (define the selected folder as an inbox, outbox, | ||
| 1182 | trash, ...). | ||
| 1183 | <p> | ||
| 1184 | In the message summary you can do a host of things from the | ||
| 1185 | context menu, like viewing message headers, opening a message | ||
| 1186 | in a separate window (also possible by double clicking on a | ||
| 1187 | message) etc... | ||
| 1188 | |||
| 1189 | </sect1> | ||
| 1190 | <sect>Dialogs and views<p> | ||
| 1191 | |||
| 1192 | |||
| 1193 | |||
| 1194 | |||
| 1195 | <p> | ||
| 1196 | The appearance of the Sylpheed windows is controlled by | ||
| 1197 | a Gtk+ theme (as Sylpheed is based on the Gtk+ toolkit). | ||
| 1198 | Read the Gtk+ or your distribution documentation to find | ||
| 1199 | how to change the Gtk+ theme. | ||
| 1200 | |||
| 1201 | <sect1>Folder view | ||
| 1202 | <p> | ||
| 1203 | The folder view shows you all the mail folders that you have created, | ||
| 1204 | in a tree-like structure. If you want to see the headers of the messages | ||
| 1205 | in a specific folder, just click the name of the folder once, and in the | ||
| 1206 | summary view (2) you can see the messages in the selected mail folder. | ||
| 1207 | <p> | ||
| 1208 | When you see a + sign in front of a folder name, that means the folder | ||
| 1209 | branch of that part of the tree is 'collapsed'. You can expand that | ||
| 1210 | part by clicking the + sign. In that same manner you can also collapse | ||
| 1211 | the - sign in front of an expanded branch of the folder tree. | ||
| 1212 | <p> | ||
| 1213 | The folder pane can be resized be dragging (left mouse button down) | ||
| 1214 | the handle found on the left of the folder view. | ||
| 1215 | <p> | ||
| 1216 | The folder window can be detached from the main Sylpheed window | ||
| 1217 | by selecting the menu action: <tt>View -> Separate folder tree</tt>. | ||
| 1218 | When exiting the current state of the folder window (attached or | ||
| 1219 | detached) is saved to be restored when re-starting Sylpheed. | ||
| 1220 | To re-attach the folder window, de-select the menu entry. | ||
| 1221 | <p> | ||
| 1222 | <sect2>Special folders: | ||
| 1223 | <p> | ||
| 1224 | <it>Draft:</it> here you store messages that you want to send out more often, | ||
| 1225 | or you want to work on some more. Using the 'reedit' option from the | ||
| 1226 | message menu, you can edit the message further. | ||
| 1227 | <p> | ||
| 1228 | <it>Trash:</it> in here all your deleted messages go. Depending on the common | ||
| 1229 | preferences setting, this box is or is not emptied when you end Sylpheed. | ||
| 1230 | <p> | ||
| 1231 | <it>Sent:</it> in here are saved the messages you send (enabled by a | ||
| 1232 | common preference setting and the folder can be changed by an account | ||
| 1233 | preference setting). | ||
| 1234 | <p> | ||
| 1235 | <it>Queue:</it> this folder contains the composed messaged waiting to | ||
| 1236 | be sent (with Sylpheed message sending can be delayed). | ||
| 1237 | |||
| 1238 | </sect2> | ||
| 1239 | </sect1> | ||
| 1240 | |||
| 1241 | <sect1>Summary view | ||
| 1242 | <p> | ||
| 1243 | The summary pane can show you many things. You can select what you | ||
| 1244 | want to see from the Summary menu, selecting the option | ||
| 1245 | "Set display item". A list of all options is: | ||
| 1246 | <itemize> | ||
| 1247 | <item>Mark: shows if the message is marked. | ||
| 1248 | <item>Unread: shows if the message is read or not | ||
| 1249 | <item>MIME: shows MIME attachments | ||
| 1250 | <item>Number: shows the MH number of the message | ||
| 1251 | <item>Size: the size of the entire message including attachments | ||
| 1252 | <item>Date: the date of sending by the sender | ||
| 1253 | <item>From: who sent the message | ||
| 1254 | <item>Subject: what the message is about | ||
| 1255 | </itemize> | ||
| 1256 | |||
| 1257 | You can sort the summary view in many ways, by clicking the button | ||
| 1258 | that is above the column. Click once to sort going up (a-z), click | ||
| 1259 | once more to sort going down (z-a). | ||
| 1260 | <p> | ||
| 1261 | If you think the size of a column is not right, you can adjust that | ||
| 1262 | by placing the mouse cursor next to the button of the column you | ||
| 1263 | want to adjust, press mousebutton1 (left button) and drag the | ||
| 1264 | column to the width you want it to have. | ||
| 1265 | <p> | ||
| 1266 | Select a message by clicking on it with the mouse. Once the summary | ||
| 1267 | pane has the focus of the program, you can also move up and down | ||
| 1268 | in the list through the cursor keys, or pressing "p"(revious) and | ||
| 1269 | "n"(ext) as in Pine. | ||
| 1270 | </sect1> | ||
| 1271 | |||
| 1272 | <sect1>Message view | ||
| 1273 | <p> | ||
| 1274 | In the message view you can read the message that you selected in | ||
| 1275 | the summary pane. If you entered the summary pane without selecting | ||
| 1276 | a message, the message view will be empty. At the top of the | ||
| 1277 | message view some info is presented about the message you are | ||
| 1278 | reading, as well as some statistics on the selected folder. | ||
| 1279 | <p> | ||
| 1280 | You can scroll up and down in the message by using the arrow keys | ||
| 1281 | (after clicking inside the message), or by using the scrollbar. | ||
| 1282 | <p> | ||
| 1283 | The size of the message and summary views can be adjusted by dragging | ||
| 1284 | (with the left mouse button down) the handle that appears between | ||
| 1285 | the two panes. | ||
| 1286 | <p> | ||
| 1287 | The small arrow located just below the summary pane scrollbar can | ||
| 1288 | be used to detach the message view. When clicked, the summary view | ||
| 1289 | is extended down to the bottom of the Sylpheed window, and the messages | ||
| 1290 | are displayed is a separate window (when you double click them in the | ||
| 1291 | summary pane). This state is not saved on exit, and the message window | ||
| 1292 | can be restored below the summary one by clicking again the small arrow. | ||
| 1293 | <p> | ||
| 1294 | When the current message contains attachments, two tabs | ||
| 1295 | are displayed in the message window. Selecting the first one makes | ||
| 1296 | the message window display the text body of the message, while selecting | ||
| 1297 | the second tab makes the message window display the attachment part | ||
| 1298 | of the message. In the latter case, the message window is splitted | ||
| 1299 | in two parts, the top one contains the attachments as a tree | ||
| 1300 | with the MIME type, size and file name of each part, while the bottom | ||
| 1301 | part contains the content of the selected attachment (if the attachment | ||
| 1302 | is an image and Sylpheed has been compiled with the gdk-pixbuf or | ||
| 1303 | the imlib library). | ||
| 1304 | </sect1> | ||
| 1305 | |||
| 1306 | </sect> | ||
| 1307 | <sect>Sylpheed configuration | ||
| 1308 | <p> | ||
| 1309 | All the configuration settings of Sylpheed are accessible from | ||
| 1310 | the <it>Configuration</it> menu and consist of common settings | ||
| 1311 | (<it>Common preferences</it>, <it>Filter settings</it>, | ||
| 1312 | <it>Template</it> and <it>actions</it>) and account specific | ||
| 1313 | settings. | ||
| 1314 | <p> | ||
| 1315 | With Sylpheed, there is no limit to the number of accounts | ||
| 1316 | you can create. You can create new accounts for each of your | ||
| 1317 | mail account, but also to change the default behaviour of | ||
| 1318 | Sylpheed. As folders can be attached to accounts, the account | ||
| 1319 | specific part of the configuration automatically change based | ||
| 1320 | on the current folder (you can have a different signature when | ||
| 1321 | replying to messages from different folders). | ||
| 1322 | |||
| 1323 | <sect1>Common preferences | ||
| 1324 | <p> | ||
| 1325 | The Common Preferences, found in the Configuration menu, controls | ||
| 1326 | the window layout and the different options of the graphical | ||
| 1327 | interface of Sylpheed. Depending on some compile time switches | ||
| 1328 | (and on the availability of some extra libraries), some tabs | ||
| 1329 | may be included (or not) in your version of Sylpheed. These tabs | ||
| 1330 | are not listed here but are described (or will be described) in | ||
| 1331 | the sections covering the optional features they control (like the | ||
| 1332 | <it>Privacy</it> tab for the GnuPG interface). | ||
| 1333 | |||
| 1334 | <sect2>Receive tab | ||
| 1335 | <p> | ||
| 1336 | In here you can set up how to receive messages. | ||
| 1337 | |||
| 1338 | |||
| 1339 | |||
| 1340 | |||
| 1341 | <itemize> | ||
| 1342 | <item> | ||
| 1343 | You can define a special program to pick up messages from | ||
| 1344 | the default unix mailbox. Usually this is not used, but | ||
| 1345 | you can use it. Actually, this information may be wrong. | ||
| 1346 | If someone knows better, please let me know. | ||
| 1347 | </item> | ||
| 1348 | <item> | ||
| 1349 | <it>Local spool</it> lets you define where your local mailbox is | ||
| 1350 | located. You can also tell Sylpheed whether or not to | ||
| 1351 | filter the incoming messages from that mail spool file. | ||
| 1352 | The spool directory defined here is used by all the accounts | ||
| 1353 | of the <it>local</it> type, by default it is set to the | ||
| 1354 | standard UNIX mailbox location. | ||
| 1355 | </item> | ||
| 1356 | <item> | ||
| 1357 | <it>Autocheck new mail</it>. When you check this option, Sylpheed | ||
| 1358 | will check if there is new mail on the set interval. | ||
| 1359 | </item> | ||
| 1360 | <item> | ||
| 1361 | <it>Check new mail on startup</it> means that Sylpheed will | ||
| 1362 | immediately look for new mail on all the selected accounts | ||
| 1363 | when it loads. | ||
| 1364 | </item> | ||
| 1365 | <item> | ||
| 1366 | <it>Update all local folders after incorporation</it> | ||
| 1367 | Well, if you know the use of this option, feel free to | ||
| 1368 | write this part... | ||
| 1369 | </item> | ||
| 1370 | <item> | ||
| 1371 | In the news section you can specify how many articles | ||
| 1372 | should be downloaded when opening a newsgroup. | ||
| 1373 | </item> | ||
| 1374 | </itemize> | ||
| 1375 | </sect2> | ||
| 1376 | |||
| 1377 | <sect2>Send tab | ||
| 1378 | <p> | ||
| 1379 | In here you can set up how to send messages. | ||
| 1380 | |||
| 1381 | |||
| 1382 | |||
| 1383 | |||
| 1384 | <itemize> | ||
| 1385 | <item> | ||
| 1386 | You can choose to use an external program (like sendmail) for | ||
| 1387 | sending mail. By default no external program is necessary | ||
| 1388 | and Sylpheed can directly send the outgoing messages to a | ||
| 1389 | SMTP server. | ||
| 1390 | </item> | ||
| 1391 | <item> | ||
| 1392 | The sent messages can be saved in the outbox (<it>Sent</it> | ||
| 1393 | folder), the name of the outbox folder can be specified | ||
| 1394 | for each account (see the account setting section). | ||
| 1395 | </item> | ||
| 1396 | <item> | ||
| 1397 | The outgoing codeset selection can be changed to force | ||
| 1398 | the definition of the character set used in sent mails. | ||
| 1399 | The default and recommended value is <it>automatic</it>, | ||
| 1400 | so Sylpheed determines the codeset when sending each | ||
| 1401 | message. | ||
| 1402 | </item> | ||
| 1403 | </itemize> | ||
| 1404 | </sect2> | ||
| 1405 | |||
| 1406 | <sect2>Compose tab | ||
| 1407 | <p> | ||
| 1408 | Controls the composition window's behaviour.. | ||
| 1409 | |||
| 1410 | |||
| 1411 | |||
| 1412 | |||
| 1413 | <itemize> | ||
| 1414 | <item> | ||
| 1415 | You can change the signature separator and choose to insert | ||
| 1416 | it automatically (unless your signature file already contains | ||
| 1417 | this separator). Leave it as it is by default (unless you really | ||
| 1418 | need to change it, and are ready to face a religion war), a lot | ||
| 1419 | of mail clients rely on this separator to cut the signature when | ||
| 1420 | quoting mails, and this one is accepted as the standard one. | ||
| 1421 | </item> | ||
| 1422 | <item> | ||
| 1423 | If you hate the editor that comes with Sylpheed, you can choose | ||
| 1424 | to automatically start an editor of your choice when composing | ||
| 1425 | new messages (the editor can be defined in the <it>Other</it> tab). | ||
| 1426 | </item> | ||
| 1427 | <item> | ||
| 1428 | The <it>wrap</it> settings defines how Sylpheed will wrap long | ||
| 1429 | lines. You can choose to wrap quoted messages, wrap as you type, | ||
| 1430 | or wrap when sending. You can also change the maximum line length. | ||
| 1431 | </item> | ||
| 1432 | <item> | ||
| 1433 | The <it>reply</it> settings let you control the way you will reply | ||
| 1434 | to mails. If <it>Automatically select account(...)</it> is set, | ||
| 1435 | the account used when replying to a message is automatically | ||
| 1436 | selected based on the folder the original message is in (as you | ||
| 1437 | where already told, accounts can be attached to folders). | ||
| 1438 | If <it>Quote message when replying</it> is selected, when hiting | ||
| 1439 | the <it>Reply</it> button, the composition window pops up and is | ||
| 1440 | filled with either the complete message you are replying to (if | ||
| 1441 | nothing is selected in the body of this message) or the selected | ||
| 1442 | part of its body. When this option is not selected, the composition | ||
| 1443 | window is always empty, and you must cut-and-paste the parts of | ||
| 1444 | the original message you want to quote manually. | ||
| 1445 | </item> | ||
| 1446 | </itemize> | ||
| 1447 | </sect2> | ||
| 1448 | |||
| 1449 | <sect2>Quote tab | ||
| 1450 | <p> | ||
| 1451 | In here you can control the quotation of your replies and forwarded | ||
| 1452 | messages. | ||
| 1453 | |||
| 1454 | |||
| 1455 | |||
| 1456 | |||
| 1457 | <itemize> | ||
| 1458 | <item> | ||
| 1459 | You can individually define the quotation mark that appears | ||
| 1460 | at the beginning of each quoted line when replying and forwarding | ||
| 1461 | a message. | ||
| 1462 | </item> | ||
| 1463 | <item> | ||
| 1464 | You can also define the text that appears before and after the | ||
| 1465 | quotation. The format of the quotation contains placeholders for | ||
| 1466 | parts of the original message that are explains in the window | ||
| 1467 | that appears when hiting the <it>Description of symbols</it> | ||
| 1468 | button. | ||
| 1469 | </item> | ||
| 1470 | </itemize> | ||
| 1471 | </sect2> | ||
| 1472 | |||
| 1473 | <sect2>Display tab | ||
| 1474 | <p> | ||
| 1475 | In here you can control the display options of Sylpheed. | ||
| 1476 | |||
| 1477 | |||
| 1478 | |||
| 1479 | |||
| 1480 | <itemize> | ||
| 1481 | <item> | ||
| 1482 | You can change the font used to display the messages. Pressing | ||
| 1483 | the button next to the font name field will open the font selection | ||
| 1484 | window, then you can select among all the available fonts. | ||
| 1485 | </item> | ||
| 1486 | <item> | ||
| 1487 | Turning on the translation of the header fields will change the | ||
| 1488 | content of the header summary (between the summary and the message | ||
| 1489 | pane), and use the localized header fields name based on the | ||
| 1490 | selected language (selected by the 'LANG' environment variable). | ||
| 1491 | This setting will only take effect the next time you will start | ||
| 1492 | Sylpheed. | ||
| 1493 | </item> | ||
| 1494 | <item> | ||
| 1495 | Selecting <it>Display unread next to folder name</it> will add | ||
| 1496 | the number of unread messages next to the folder name in the | ||
| 1497 | folder pane (so you can minimize the width of the folder pane | ||
| 1498 | and hide the unread column). | ||
| 1499 | </item> | ||
| 1500 | <item> | ||
| 1501 | You can also control the content of the summary pane. If you choose | ||
| 1502 | to display the recipient name for the mail you send, in the <it>From</it> | ||
| 1503 | column, for any mail you have sent, the name of the recipient will | ||
| 1504 | appear preceded by an arrow (the characters sequence: -->). | ||
| 1505 | The <it>Expand threads</it> controls the initial state of the message | ||
| 1506 | threads when opening a folder (expanded of collapsed). | ||
| 1507 | The <it>Set display item of summary</it> button opens a selection | ||
| 1508 | window that contains all the available items to display in the | ||
| 1509 | left column, the currently selected items in the right column. | ||
| 1510 | Items can be added or removed using the two arrows that appears | ||
| 1511 | between the columns. Using the <it>up</it> and <it>down</it> buttons | ||
| 1512 | on the right side of the window, you can change the display order | ||
| 1513 | of the selected item in the summary window (from left to right). | ||
| 1514 | </item> | ||
| 1515 | </itemize> | ||
| 1516 | </sect2> | ||
| 1517 | |||
| 1518 | <sect2>Message tab | ||
| 1519 | <p> | ||
| 1520 | The message tab controls the message window options. | ||
| 1521 | |||
| 1522 | |||
| 1523 | |||
| 1524 | |||
| 1525 | <itemize> | ||
| 1526 | <item> | ||
| 1527 | The message text can use colours to highlight the different levels | ||
| 1528 | of quotation and URIs. The colours can be changed by using the | ||
| 1529 | colours selection dialog that pops up when pressing the <it>Edit</it> | ||
| 1530 | button next to the <it>Enable coloration of messages</it> toggle. | ||
| 1531 | </item> | ||
| 1532 | <item> | ||
| 1533 | The dispaly of the header summary between the summary and message | ||
| 1534 | panes can also be turned on and off (<it>Display header pane above message | ||
| 1535 | view</it> dialog). | ||
| 1536 | </item> | ||
| 1537 | <item> | ||
| 1538 | <it>Display short header on message view</it> and the <it>Edit</it> | ||
| 1539 | button next to it, control the inclusion of some header fields | ||
| 1540 | in the message view. If the message coloration has been turned on, | ||
| 1541 | the addresses that appear in the header part of the message view | ||
| 1542 | are highlighted as URIs. | ||
| 1543 | </item> | ||
| 1544 | <item> | ||
| 1545 | The <it>Line space</it> setting controls the lines spacing of the | ||
| 1546 | message view. | ||
| 1547 | </item> | ||
| 1548 | <item> | ||
| 1549 | <it>Leave space on head</it>. Checking this box will make the | ||
| 1550 | start of new lines (unwrapped, where the writer has pressed | ||
| 1551 | the Enter/Return key) indent a few pixels. This can be useful | ||
| 1552 | to read larger e-mails. | ||
| 1553 | </item> | ||
| 1554 | <item> | ||
| 1555 | <it>Scroll half page</it>. When enabled, the text in the message | ||
| 1556 | view will only scroll half a page instead of a whole page when | ||
| 1557 | pressing the space bar. | ||
| 1558 | </item> | ||
| 1559 | <item> | ||
| 1560 | <it>Smooth scroll</it>. Enabling this box will make the text | ||
| 1561 | in the message view scroll in a smooth, sliding way. For the | ||
| 1562 | eye this can be pleasing, it is a personal preference. | ||
| 1563 | </item> | ||
| 1564 | <item> | ||
| 1565 | Select the <it>Resize attached image</it> if you wnat all the | ||
| 1566 | images (attachment) to be resized to fit in the message window. | ||
| 1567 | </item> | ||
| 1568 | </itemize> | ||
| 1569 | </sect2> | ||
| 1570 | |||
| 1571 | <sect2>Interface tab | ||
| 1572 | <p> | ||
| 1573 | The interface tab controls the Sylpheed's Graphical User Interface | ||
| 1574 | behaviour. | ||
| 1575 | |||
| 1576 | |||
| 1577 | |||
| 1578 | |||
| 1579 | <itemize> | ||
| 1580 | <item> | ||
| 1581 | The <it>Open message when cursor keys are pressed</it> toggles controls | ||
| 1582 | the opening of the messages while you go through them in the summary | ||
| 1583 | pane using the cursor (up and down arrows) keys. If this toggle is on, | ||
| 1584 | each time you press the <it>down</it> (or <it>up</it>) key in the the | ||
| 1585 | summary window, the current message changes and the content of the | ||
| 1586 | message view changes to the content of the newly selected message. | ||
| 1587 | Otherwise, the content of the message view does not change unless you | ||
| 1588 | press enter (then the message view contains the content of the selected | ||
| 1589 | message). | ||
| 1590 | This does not change the behaviour of the left mouse button (always selects | ||
| 1591 | and open the pointed message). | ||
| 1592 | </item> | ||
| 1593 | <item> | ||
| 1594 | <it>Open first unread message when entering a folder</it> if selected, | ||
| 1595 | when opening a folder, the message view will contain the first unread | ||
| 1596 | message of this folder (or the latest message in the order the folder | ||
| 1597 | uses for sorting messages). If not selected, the message view remains | ||
| 1598 | empty until a message is selected (by changing the current message with | ||
| 1599 | the cursor keys or with the left mouse button). | ||
| 1600 | </item> | ||
| 1601 | <item> | ||
| 1602 | <it>Only marks message read when open in new window</it> leaves the | ||
| 1603 | selected message unread (but display it in the message view) until you | ||
| 1604 | open it in a new window (double click the left mouse button). | ||
| 1605 | </item> | ||
| 1606 | <item> | ||
| 1607 | If <it>Execute immediately when moving or deleting messages</it> is not | ||
| 1608 | selected, a new button appears in the button bar marked <it>Execute</it>. | ||
| 1609 | When deleting or moving messages, they are first marked as deleted or | ||
| 1610 | moved but Sylpheed does not move or delete them until you press the | ||
| 1611 | <it>Execute</it> button (or the <it>Execute</it> entry of the | ||
| 1612 | <it>Tools</it> menu). | ||
| 1613 | </item> | ||
| 1614 | <item> | ||
| 1615 | The <it>Receive dialog</it> settings controls the dialog that pops | ||
| 1616 | up (if you have set <it>Show receive dialog</it> to <it>always</it>) | ||
| 1617 | when receiving new mails. | ||
| 1618 | The default is to open a pop up window upon reception error unless | ||
| 1619 | you select the <it>Dont't pop up error dialog (...)</it> toggle. | ||
| 1620 | </item> | ||
| 1621 | <item> | ||
| 1622 | <it>The Set key bindings</it> button when pressed, opens a selection | ||
| 1623 | window that contains a list of pre-defined key bindings (<it>Mew</it>, | ||
| 1624 | <it>Mutt</it>, <it>Old Sylpheed</it>) to change all the key bindings | ||
| 1625 | at once. The key bindings can also be changed one by one as described in | ||
| 1626 | </item> | ||
| 1627 | </itemize> | ||
| 1628 | </sect2> | ||
| 1629 | |||
| 1630 | <sect2>Other tab | ||
| 1631 | <p> | ||
| 1632 | The other tab contains the settings that does not fit the | ||
| 1633 | previous categories. | ||
| 1634 | |||
| 1635 | |||
| 1636 | |||
| 1637 | |||
| 1638 | <itemize> | ||
| 1639 | <item> | ||
| 1640 | <it>Web browser</it>. Here you can enter the name of your favorite | ||
| 1641 | web browser (Netscape, Opera, Mozilla, Lynx etc.). Add the %s parameter | ||
| 1642 | to the command so Sylpheed knows it has to provide the text you clicked | ||
| 1643 | on as the URL that the browser has to visit. | ||
| 1644 | The arrow next to the text field can be used to display a scrolling | ||
| 1645 | list of predefined URL browsing command lines. | ||
| 1646 | </item> | ||
| 1647 | <item> | ||
| 1648 | <it>Printing</it>. Here you can define the program that should be used | ||
| 1649 | to print. Default is lpr, and the %s is the name of the temporary file | ||
| 1650 | that Sylpheed creates for lpr to print. | ||
| 1651 | When using the <it>File->Print</it> menu entry to print the selected | ||
| 1652 | message, a text window pops up to allow you to change the command | ||
| 1653 | used to print. | ||
| 1654 | </item> | ||
| 1655 | <item> | ||
| 1656 | <it>External editor</it>. You can select an external editor to write | ||
| 1657 | your e-mails with, for example vi, emacs or gedit. Note that for | ||
| 1658 | text-based editors like vi, you need to define a terminal window, | ||
| 1659 | e.g. <tt>xterm -e vi %s</tt>. Otherwise there is no place that the | ||
| 1660 | editor will be able to show up. Here too, the %s parameter is the | ||
| 1661 | name of a temporary file that is created by Sylpheed. | ||
| 1662 | </item> | ||
| 1663 | <item> | ||
| 1664 | <it>Add address to destination (...)</it> when selected, | ||
| 1665 | double clicking an e-mail address (in the address book, | ||
| 1666 | when the composition window is opened) can be used to add | ||
| 1667 | this address to the <it>To:</it> field. | ||
| 1668 | </item> | ||
| 1669 | <item> | ||
| 1670 | Confirming if you want to exit Sylpheed (or just exit quietly). | ||
| 1671 | </item> | ||
| 1672 | <item> | ||
| 1673 | Cleaning the trashbox when exiting Sylpheed. | ||
| 1674 | </item> | ||
| 1675 | <item> | ||
| 1676 | Have Sylpheed ask you to clean the trash before it is done. | ||
| 1677 | </item> | ||
| 1678 | <item> | ||
| 1679 | Warn you when exiting Sylpheed when there are still messages | ||
| 1680 | queued to be sent. | ||
| 1681 | </item> | ||
| 1682 | </itemize> | ||
| 1683 | </sect2> | ||
| 1684 | |||
| 1685 | </sect1> | ||
| 1686 | |||
| 1687 | <sect1>Setting up an account/changing an account | ||
| 1688 | <p> | ||
| 1689 | In order to set up an account in Sylpheed, in the <it>Configuration</it> | ||
| 1690 | menu you select <it>Create new account</it>. If you want to change the | ||
| 1691 | settings of an existing account and this account is the current | ||
| 1692 | one, in the <it>Configuration</it> menu select <it>Preferences for | ||
| 1693 | current account</it>, otherwise select <it>Edit accounts...</it>. | ||
| 1694 | There you select the account you want to change. After that you press | ||
| 1695 | <it>edit</it>. Then a dialog appears in which you can enter or update | ||
| 1696 | the following areas: | ||
| 1697 | <p> | ||
| 1698 | |||
| 1699 | <sect2>Basic tab<label id="Basic"> | ||
| 1700 | <p> | ||
| 1701 | |||
| 1702 | |||
| 1703 | |||
| 1704 | |||
| 1705 | In the "Basic" tab you name the account. This is to make identifying | ||
| 1706 | the account easier. The name is then used in the <it>Change current account</it> | ||
| 1707 | part of the <it>Configuration</it> menu, or in menu found in the lower | ||
| 1708 | right corner of the main window (used to quickly switch to another account). | ||
| 1709 | <p> | ||
| 1710 | Choose a name that tells something about the account, like the | ||
| 1711 | name of the ISP, mailbox or news-server you are setting up. | ||
| 1712 | You can select this account to be the default account ("Usually used"). | ||
| 1713 | The default account can also be defined from the <it>Edit accounts</it> | ||
| 1714 | window (toggle the <it>D</it> column next to the account name). | ||
| 1715 | <p> | ||
| 1716 | Enter your name and e-mail address, and if you have one, the | ||
| 1717 | organization that you use Sylpheed for. | ||
| 1718 | In the Protocol box you select the type of service that this | ||
| 1719 | account will be using. The flavors you can choose are: <it>POP3 normal</it>, | ||
| 1720 | <it>POP3 APOP auth</it>, <it>IMAP4</it>, <it>NNTP news</it> or <it>None (local)</it>. | ||
| 1721 | <p> | ||
| 1722 | For POP3 and IMAP services you can then specify the server where | ||
| 1723 | your mail is stored. Details about this name, and also the name | ||
| 1724 | that goes into the field for <it>SMTP server (send)</it> should be given | ||
| 1725 | to you by your ISP. | ||
| 1726 | <p> | ||
| 1727 | For a local unix mailbox, the <it>Server for receiving</it> is disabled, | ||
| 1728 | since the mail will be received for you. | ||
| 1729 | <p> | ||
| 1730 | The fields for <it>User ID</it> and <it>Password</it> will also be | ||
| 1731 | disabled for accounts that do no deal with POP3 or IMAP services. | ||
| 1732 | Otherwise you can enter the login name and password for the e-mail | ||
| 1733 | server with your ISP here. Usually these are the same as your login | ||
| 1734 | name and password to access the dial-in service, but this is | ||
| 1735 | not standard. If in doubt, contact the helpdesk of your ISP. | ||
| 1736 | |||
| 1737 | <sect3>Passwords: | ||
| 1738 | <p> | ||
| 1739 | The password is not printed in the entry field (replaced by stars) but | ||
| 1740 | is stored in plaintext in the Sylpheed configuration files. The Sylpheed | ||
| 1741 | configuration directory (~/.sylpheed) is only readable by 'owner', and | ||
| 1742 | not by 'group' and 'other', do not change these access rights. | ||
| 1743 | </sect3> | ||
| 1744 | |||
| 1745 | </sect2> | ||
| 1746 | |||
| 1747 | <sect2>Receive tab<label id="Receive"> | ||
| 1748 | <p> | ||
| 1749 | |||
| 1750 | |||
| 1751 | |||
| 1752 | |||
| 1753 | The <it>Receive</it> tab is only used for POP3 accounts. Here you | ||
| 1754 | specify if the mails that were successfully retrieved should be removed | ||
| 1755 | from the server. You can also tell Sylpheed to get all the | ||
| 1756 | messages there, not only the ones you already received (in case | ||
| 1757 | you leave your messages on the server). | ||
| 1758 | You can choose to leave the messages on the server during a selectable | ||
| 1759 | number of days (then remove them). | ||
| 1760 | <p> | ||
| 1761 | You can also define a limit for the size of the messages to | ||
| 1762 | download. Any message bigger than this limit will not be | ||
| 1763 | downloaded. | ||
| 1764 | <p> | ||
| 1765 | You can also choose to filter messages on receiving, if not | ||
| 1766 | set, the messages are only filtered when you use the filter | ||
| 1767 | entry of the Tools menu. | ||
| 1768 | <p> | ||
| 1769 | The default inbox defines the folder that receives the incoming | ||
| 1770 | (and not filtered) messages for this account. | ||
| 1771 | You can define a different folder as inbox for each of your | ||
| 1772 | accounts. | ||
| 1773 | <p> | ||
| 1774 | If the <it>Get all checks for messages on this account</it> is turned | ||
| 1775 | off, when using the <it>Get all</it> menu entry (or toolbar button) | ||
| 1776 | this account will not be checked. To check for new mails for | ||
| 1777 | this account, you must select the account, then use the <it>Get</it> | ||
| 1778 | toolbar button (or menu entry). | ||
| 1779 | </sect2> | ||
| 1780 | |||
| 1781 | <sect2>Send tab<label id="Send"> | ||
| 1782 | <p> | ||
| 1783 | |||
| 1784 | |||
| 1785 | |||
| 1786 | |||
| 1787 | In the <it>Send</it> tab you can define the settings that apply | ||
| 1788 | to sending mails. | ||
| 1789 | <p> | ||
| 1790 | You can choose to add the date field to the messages you send, | ||
| 1791 | generate a unique message identifier, or add custom header | ||
| 1792 | fields. | ||
| 1793 | |||
| 1794 | <sect3>X-face pictures: | ||
| 1795 | <p> | ||
| 1796 | The user defined header field should be set up to contain your | ||
| 1797 | X-face picture. | ||
| 1798 | Thanks to Jeff Dairiki, you can have a complete online course in this. | ||
| 1799 | Visit <url url="http://www.dairiki.org/xface/" name="this page"> for the details. | ||
| 1800 | </sect3> | ||
| 1801 | |||
| 1802 | <p> | ||
| 1803 | If your SMTP server needs authentication, define the user ID and | ||
| 1804 | password to use in this tab. You can also choose to first authenticate with | ||
| 1805 | POP3 before sending. | ||
| 1806 | |||
| 1807 | </sect2> | ||
| 1808 | |||
| 1809 | <sect2>Compose tab<label id="Compose"><p> | ||
| 1810 | |||
| 1811 | |||
| 1812 | |||
| 1813 | |||
| 1814 | In the <it>Compose</it> tab you can define your signature file, | ||
| 1815 | choose to always copy someone when sending mails (you can | ||
| 1816 | choose to always copy your boss, or yourself), and define the | ||
| 1817 | Reply-To field for the current account. | ||
| 1818 | </sect2> | ||
| 1819 | |||
| 1820 | <sect2>Privacy tab<label id="Privacy"> | ||
| 1821 | <p> | ||
| 1822 | This tab is only available when Sylpheed has been compiled | ||
| 1823 | with GPGME and GNUPG (for signature and encryption). | ||
| 1824 | |||
| 1825 | <p> | ||
| 1826 | With this tab you can choose the keys to use when signing | ||
| 1827 | or encrypting mails for this account. | ||
| 1828 | </sect2> | ||
| 1829 | |||
| 1830 | <sect2>Advanced tab<label id="Advanced"> | ||
| 1831 | |||
| 1832 | <p> | ||
| 1833 | The Advanced tab contains some settings you normally do | ||
| 1834 | not need to change (unless you really know what you are | ||
| 1835 | doing). | ||
| 1836 | |||
| 1837 | |||
| 1838 | |||
| 1839 | |||
| 1840 | <p> | ||
| 1841 | You can change the default SMTP or POP3 ports used when | ||
| 1842 | connecting to your mail server, define a domain name to | ||
| 1843 | use when sending a mail. Some ISP (or mail relays) reject | ||
| 1844 | mails without a valid domain name. | ||
| 1845 | <p> | ||
| 1846 | The default folders for the sent messages, drafts and | ||
| 1847 | trash can be defined here. If not changed the current account | ||
| 1848 | will use the default folders. | ||
| 1849 | </sect2> | ||
| 1850 | |||
| 1851 | <sect2>Attaching accounts to folders | ||
| 1852 | <p> | ||
| 1853 | Pressing the right mouse button over a folder (in the folder pane), | ||
| 1854 | and selecting the <it>Properties</it> entry will open the folder properties | ||
| 1855 | form. In this form, in the <it>General</it> tab you can see (but not modify) | ||
| 1856 | the folder name and the corresponding directory path (relative to the mail | ||
| 1857 | directory). In the <it>Compose</it> tab: | ||
| 1858 | |||
| 1859 | |||
| 1860 | |||
| 1861 | |||
| 1862 | you can select the account, choose to apply this setting also to | ||
| 1863 | the sub-folders. | ||
| 1864 | You can also force the address used when sending mail (to force a mailing | ||
| 1865 | list address, for example), choose to send a copy of the sent mails | ||
| 1866 | to a list of addresses different from the default one defined for the | ||
| 1867 | selected account. | ||
| 1868 | </sect2> | ||
| 1869 | |||
| 1870 | <sect2>Using accounts in the real life | ||
| 1871 | <p> | ||
| 1872 | Accounts can, of course be used to retrieve mails from different ISPs, | ||
| 1873 | separate your personal and professional messages, but also to make your | ||
| 1874 | life easier. | ||
| 1875 | You can define different accounts just to change your address (as sender), | ||
| 1876 | your signature, change the sent folder, etc... | ||
| 1877 | Here is a summary of the account specific settings, feel free to | ||
| 1878 | find your own use for them: | ||
| 1879 | |||
| 1880 | <itemize> | ||
| 1881 | <item> | ||
| 1882 | Sender name, address and organization. Signature, extra header | ||
| 1883 | fields. | ||
| 1884 | </item> | ||
| 1885 | <item> | ||
| 1886 | Leave or remove message from server (usefull for debug). | ||
| 1887 | </item> | ||
| 1888 | <item> | ||
| 1889 | Incoming mails filtering and size limit. | ||
| 1890 | </item> | ||
| 1891 | <item> | ||
| 1892 | Default field (<it>Reply-To</it>:, <it>Cc:</it>, <it>Bcc:</it>). | ||
| 1893 | </item> | ||
| 1894 | <item> | ||
| 1895 | <it>Draft</it>, <it>Trash</it> and <it>Sent</it> folders. | ||
| 1896 | </item> | ||
| 1897 | </itemize> | ||
| 1898 | |||
| 1899 | By attaching accounts to folders, you can control all these settings | ||
| 1900 | on a folder basis, but you can also change the <it>To:</it>, <it>Cc:</it>, | ||
| 1901 | <it>Bcc:</it>, and <it>Reply-To:</it> for each folder (overrides the account | ||
| 1902 | settings). | ||
| 1903 | |||
| 1904 | </sect2> | ||
| 1905 | |||
| 1906 | </sect1> | ||
| 1907 | </sect> | ||
| 1908 | |||
| 1909 | <sect>Viewing messages | ||
| 1910 | <sect1>Reading a message<p> | ||
| 1911 | Reading a message is quite simple. If you have the message pane within view, all you need to do is once click the message you want to read and it already appears in the message view. When you double-click the message, a separate window will open, showing you the message. You can close the opened window by pressing ESCape or clicking the 'close' button. | ||
| 1912 | </sect1> | ||
| 1913 | <sect1>Viewing Multipart MIME (Attached Files)<p> | ||
| 1914 | When a message contains an attachment, you can have several options to view the information in that file. Sylpheed can be able, when compiled against the proper libraries, to display images "inline". This means you can click the name of the image and you can see it in the lower part of the message screen.<p> | ||
| 1915 | How do you see an attachment is in an e- mail?<p> | ||
| 1916 | This shows through an extra section that appears between the summary pane and the message view. In it you can see the separate parts of the e-mail. Sometimes you can't view the contents of an attachment directly. Then you can rightclick the name of the file and select "OPEN" from the appearing menu. If this does not work, it means that the extension of the file is not recognized through the directives in the mailcap file. In that case you can always use the "Save as..." option in the popup menu, save the file to disk and open the file with the proper program. | ||
| 1917 | </sect1> | ||
| 1918 | <sect1>Extending and Closing Threads | ||
| 1919 | <p> | ||
| 1920 | Sylpheed offers the option to view messages in threads. Threads are no more than series of e-mails in a logical sequence. Suppose 15 people sent you a mail called "Re: bananas". You can't easily tell which one is the first and which one is the last in that sequence.<p> | ||
| 1921 | By activating threads (summary menu), Sylpheed will attempt to show the sequence of mails as they were written/sent from first to last.<p> | ||
| 1922 | To undo the threads view, you simply select the same menu option again and the e-mails are displayed in standard order again. | ||
| 1923 | </sect1> | ||
| 1924 | <sect1>Message Operations (Moving, Deleting, etc.) | ||
| 1925 | <p> | ||
| 1926 | Sylpheed gives you many ways to manage your messages. You can move them to new mailboxes, or delete them. Through the message menu (see that section for more details) plenty of options are available to do with your e-mails what you want done. The advantage of moving messages to different mailboxes (also see Filtering for that, as described in the Configuration menu section) is that you keep an overview of your inbox. Suppose you are collecting e-mails in there of 8 different subjects. And you are looking for a specific one on a specific subject. That will give you a lot of work, trying to find the right message. Creating a new mail folder for each subject, and moving the messages to that new one, lifts a lot of work afterwards from your hands. | ||
| 1927 | </sect1> | ||
| 1928 | <sect1>URL in a Message | ||
| 1929 | <p> | ||
| 1930 | At times you may find a URL in a message. A URL is a link to a website. Usually it is shown in the form "http://www.somewhere.something".<p> | ||
| 1931 | If you want to visit that website, you only need to double-click the URL, and the default webbrowser you set up (usually Netscape) will activate and load the website.<p> | ||
| 1932 | In the configuration options, Sylpheed has a color setting specific for URL's so you can spot a URL easily. | ||
| 1933 | </sect1> | ||
| 1934 | </sect> | ||
| 1935 | |||
| 1936 | <sect>Recieving Messages | ||
| 1937 | |||
| 1938 | <sect1>Using POP Reception Function in Sylpheed<p> | ||
| 1939 | <!-- added 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1940 | Receiving messages from a POP server is very easy, once you set up Sylpheed the proper way. You can refer to the section "Setting up an account" on how to do this.<p> | ||
| 1941 | Once you are connected to the internet, or by another network that gives you access to the POP server, simply press the "Get new mail" button (or press Alt-I) and Sylpheed will connect to the server to fetch your new mail. Once this is retrieved, any filters you may have set up will be executed and then the folder pane will show you, marked in bold, which folder/mailbox contains new messages. | ||
| 1942 | <!-- end addition 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1943 | </sect1> | ||
| 1944 | <sect1>Using Other Programs such as fetchmail<p> | ||
| 1945 | <!-- added 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1946 | Although it is not within the scope of this manual, a bit of information on fetchmail or getmail.<p> | ||
| 1947 | You need to have either of these programs installed, and configured correctly. See the man pages/README files of the appropriate program on doing this.<p> | ||
| 1948 | After setting the program up, you can invoke it, either by hand or through CRON, to get your mail. The mail will usually be downloaded into /var/spool/mail/your_user_id. You can then tell Sylpheed, through an account that looks in your local unix mailbox, to get mail from there. For this you press the "Get mail" button, or press "Alt-I". | ||
| 1949 | <!-- end addition 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1950 | </sect1> | ||
| 1951 | |||
| 1952 | </sect> | ||
| 1953 | |||
| 1954 | <sect>Composing Messages | ||
| 1955 | |||
| 1956 | <sect1>Composing a New Message<p> | ||
| 1957 | When you start writing a new message, you are presented a nice dialog in which you can enter all kinds of information. In the From: line you find a dropdown list. In there you can select the e-mail account you want to use as the sending account.<p> | ||
| 1958 | In the To: / Cc: / Bcc: part, you write the e-mail address of the receiver. You can enter several e-mail addresses, as long as they are separated by commas. An important utility here is the button "Address". When you click that, you see the address book. You can point at an address, click the "To:", "Cc:" or "Bcc:" button, and Sylpheed will place the address in the selected line. The Bcc: may be greyed out. In order to make that accessible, you need to add the Bcc: line to the message. You do that through the Message menu, and checking the Bcc option.<p> | ||
| 1959 | In the Subject line you enter a short descriptive text what your message will be about.<p> | ||
| 1960 | You can move between these lines by pressing TAB (to skip to the next line) and SHIFT-TAB (to go back up). When you press TAB in the last line, you will be moved to the message body.<p> | ||
| 1961 | Did you select a signature file in the settings for the active account, it will be in the message text already. You can now write your message. When you are done, you can click Send, Send later or Draft in the toolbar. Send attempts to send the message immediately. Send later will place it in the Send folder, and Draft will place it in the Draft folder. | ||
| 1962 | </sect1> | ||
| 1963 | <sect1>Replying to a Message<p> | ||
| 1964 | <!-- added 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1965 | To reply to a message, you use the "reply" function. In Sylpheed you activate this through either the "Reply" button, or by pressing Alt-R.<p> | ||
| 1966 | A new message window will be created, with the e-mail address of the recipient and the subject already set for you. Most of the things described in Composing a new message are also applicable to this window. | ||
| 1967 | <!-- end add 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1968 | </sect1> | ||
| 1969 | <sect1>Replying to a Message with Quotation<p> | ||
| 1970 | <!-- added 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1971 | If you want to have Sylpheed quote the text you are replying to, you need to go into the Configuration menu. There you select Common preferences, go to the Compose tab, and check the "Quote message when replying" box. There you can also edit the quotation mark (the mark put in front of each quoted line in the reply mail) and the reply attribution (which is placed in front of the reply text). | ||
| 1972 | <!-- end add 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1973 | </sect1> | ||
| 1974 | <sect1>Forwarding Messages<p> | ||
| 1975 | <!-- added 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1976 | Forwarding a message means: you send the entire message, including headers (Sender address, date sent etc.) on to someone else. For this you press the "Forward" button, or you press Ctrl-F. A new message window is created, containing the text of the selected message. You can then supply the name(s) of the recipient(s) of the message as in composing a new message, perhaps add a few lines of text to the message and send it on its way. | ||
| 1977 | <!-- end add 2001/07/19 --> | ||
| 1978 | </sect1> | ||
| 1979 | </sect> | ||
| 1980 | |||
| 1981 | <sect>Address Book | ||
| 1982 | <p> | ||
| 1983 | |||
| 1984 | |||
| 1985 | |||
| 1986 | |||
| 1987 | <p> | ||
| 1988 | In the address book, accessible through Shift-Ctrl-A, | ||
| 1989 | the Addressbook button, or through the "Tools" menu, you | ||
| 1990 | store e-mail addresses of the people and places you want | ||
| 1991 | to write more often. | ||
| 1992 | <p> | ||
| 1993 | If the options have been compiled into Sylpheed, the | ||
| 1994 | address book can connect to a LDAP server for address | ||
| 1995 | lookup, and you can use the address book stored on your | ||
| 1996 | Palm PDA. | ||
| 1997 | |||
| 1998 | <sect1>Adding and Deleting Addresses | ||
| 1999 | |||
| 2000 | <p> | ||
| 2001 | Adding an address to the address book is quite easy too. | ||
| 2002 | Rightclick the folder or group you want to add the address | ||
| 2003 | to, select "new address" and fill in the dialog that comes | ||
| 2004 | up. You can also directly click the Add button in the | ||
| 2005 | address book window, and the dialog comes up. In this | ||
| 2006 | case the address is moved into the folder/group that is | ||
| 2007 | selected at the moment of adding. | ||
| 2008 | |||
| 2009 | <p> | ||
| 2010 | |||
| 2011 | |||
| 2012 | <p> | ||
| 2013 | In the "Basic data" tab, you can fill the first | ||
| 2014 | and last name and provide a nickname. The "Display name" | ||
| 2015 | will be used by the "Name" column of the address book | ||
| 2016 | window. | ||
| 2017 | |||
| 2018 | <p> | ||
| 2019 | <p> | ||
| 2020 | |||
| 2021 | |||
| 2022 | <p> | ||
| 2023 | In the "E-Mail address" tab, fill the address field | ||
| 2024 | and use the "Add" button to add the address to the list. | ||
| 2025 | An alias can also be assigned to this address and used | ||
| 2026 | when searching for an address. | ||
| 2027 | Several addresses can be assigned to the same person | ||
| 2028 | in your address book by repeating the sequence described | ||
| 2029 | above. The addresses can then be sorted by using the | ||
| 2030 | "Move up" and "Move down" buttons. The address on the top | ||
| 2031 | will be the first one listed in the address book main window. | ||
| 2032 | |||
| 2033 | <p> | ||
| 2034 | Deleting an address is equally simple. Find the address, | ||
| 2035 | click it once, and press the Delete button. | ||
| 2036 | |||
| 2037 | </sect1> | ||
| 2038 | |||
| 2039 | <sect1>Folders and Groups | ||
| 2040 | <p> | ||
| 2041 | You can use groups and folders to organize your address | ||
| 2042 | book into categories, hierarchies and aliases. | ||
| 2043 | The folders are used to generate a hierarchical organization | ||
| 2044 | and contain the actual addresses, while the groups are | ||
| 2045 | used to group together addresses that lives in separate | ||
| 2046 | folders. | ||
| 2047 | <p> | ||
| 2048 | Sounds complicated, so let's see an example: consider | ||
| 2049 | your workmates, they are arnaud (arnaud@company.com), | ||
| 2050 | sandra (sandra@company.com), xavier (xavier@company.com) | ||
| 2051 | and the chief, helene (helene@company.com). You can | ||
| 2052 | create a folder named <tt>myGroup</tt>, create the entries | ||
| 2053 | for all your workmates in this folder. Now you can create one | ||
| 2054 | groupe named <tt>jokes</tt> that includes all but the boss | ||
| 2055 | to use when sending your daily jokes, another one named | ||
| 2056 | <tt>team</tt> that includes everybody for the usual group | ||
| 2057 | (serious) communication, and a third group named | ||
| 2058 | <tt>reports</tt> that includes the boss, and the one working | ||
| 2059 | with you on some projects for the weekly reports. | ||
| 2060 | <p> | ||
| 2061 | To generate this kind of addresses organization | ||
| 2062 | you only need to create the entries once, then when | ||
| 2063 | creating groups you can select among the existing entries | ||
| 2064 | to fill the groups. | ||
| 2065 | <p> | ||
| 2066 | The address book, like the mail folders, can be expanded | ||
| 2067 | into an entire tree of sections. For this you right-click | ||
| 2068 | on the folder where you want to add a new folder, and | ||
| 2069 | select "new folder". Then you can enter a descriptive | ||
| 2070 | name for the folder, click Ok, and your folder is created. | ||
| 2071 | <p> | ||
| 2072 | In this same way you can create a new group in a folder. | ||
| 2073 | Right-click on the folder, select "new group", enter a name | ||
| 2074 | for it, and that's it. | ||
| 2075 | <p> | ||
| 2076 | The group settings window pops up in order to fill the group | ||
| 2077 | with addresses. Use the two arrows to add to or remove from | ||
| 2078 | the group the selected address. | ||
| 2079 | Once the group contains the list of addresses you want it to | ||
| 2080 | contain, click the "OK" button to close the window. | ||
| 2081 | <p> | ||
| 2082 | |||
| 2083 | |||
| 2084 | |||
| 2085 | </sect1> | ||
| 2086 | |||
| 2087 | <sect1>Combination with Message Composition Window | ||
| 2088 | <p> | ||
| 2089 | You can either enter the first letters of an address | ||
| 2090 | (or alias) in the <tt>To:</tt> or <tt>Cc:</tt> field | ||
| 2091 | of the composition window and press the TAB key to | ||
| 2092 | let Sylpheed do the completion or open the address book, | ||
| 2093 | select addresses from there and use the <tt>To:</tt> | ||
| 2094 | and <tt>Cc:</tt> buttons to copy the selected addresses | ||
| 2095 | into the corresponding fields of the composition window. | ||
| 2096 | <p> | ||
| 2097 | When using the completion mode, when one or more address | ||
| 2098 | matches the start you have entered, a dropdown list appears. | ||
| 2099 | Select the correct address from this list and press enter | ||
| 2100 | to complete the composition window's field. | ||
| 2101 | <p> | ||
| 2102 | In completion mode, the search is made on the E-mail | ||
| 2103 | address and on the alias. The other fields of the | ||
| 2104 | address book entry are not used (name, nickname,...). | ||
| 2105 | <p> | ||
| 2106 | When the address book is opened, if you select a group, | ||
| 2107 | using the <tt>To:</tt> or <tt>Cc:</tt> buttons will | ||
| 2108 | copy all the addresses of the selected group into the | ||
| 2109 | corresponding field of the composition window. | ||
| 2110 | <p> | ||
| 2111 | Using our previous example, you can select the <tt>jokes</tt> | ||
| 2112 | group when sending you morning jokes, and the <tt>reports</tt> | ||
| 2113 | one when sending your weekly reports... | ||
| 2114 | |||
| 2115 | </sect1> | ||
| 2116 | |||
| 2117 | <sect1>Using your PDA addressbook (with Jpilot) | ||
| 2118 | <p> | ||
| 2119 | Sylpheed can optionally use your PDA addressbook. This option is | ||
| 2120 | available if you have compiled Sylpheed with the support of Jpilot. | ||
| 2121 | For more details regarding the compilation of Sylpheed with (or without) | ||
| 2122 | optional features, see the | ||
| 2123 | <ref id="compile_sylpheed" name="compilation section">. | ||
| 2124 | |||
| 2125 | <p> | ||
| 2126 | Sylpheed uses the Jpilot side copy of your address book, so you do | ||
| 2127 | not need to put your PDA on the craddle to find an address (but do | ||
| 2128 | not forget to synchronize). | ||
| 2129 | |||
| 2130 | <p> | ||
| 2131 | In order to use your PDA's addressbook in Sylpheed, open the addressbook | ||
| 2132 | window, select the <it>JPilot</it> icon in the left tree view, | ||
| 2133 | use the <it>File -> New Jpilot</it> menu entry and choose a name for | ||
| 2134 | this addressbook. | ||
| 2135 | Define the name of the Jpilot addressbook file (usually in: | ||
| 2136 | <tt>~/.jpilot/AddressDB.pdb</tt>) and press <it>OK</it>. | ||
| 2137 | You can use one (or more) of the custom fields to store alternate | ||
| 2138 | Email addresses for the same person. | ||
| 2139 | |||
| 2140 | <p> | ||
| 2141 | Now you can browse your PDA addressbook. Sylpheed only has read | ||
| 2142 | access to this addressbook, so you can't modify your PDA addressbook | ||
| 2143 | from Sylpheed. | ||
| 2144 | |||
| 2145 | </sect1> | ||
| 2146 | |||
| 2147 | <sect1>LDAP server connection | ||
| 2148 | <p> | ||
| 2149 | |||
| 2150 | ### FIXME: write this part. | ||
| 2151 | |||
| 2152 | </sect1> | ||
| 2153 | |||
| 2154 | </sect> | ||
| 2155 | |||
| 2156 | <sect>Filters, actions and templates | ||
| 2157 | <p> | ||
| 2158 | Sylpheed offers three powerfull tools to help you automatically | ||
| 2159 | and efficently manage you mails. These tools are: | ||
| 2160 | |||
| 2161 | <itemize> | ||
| 2162 | <item> | ||
| 2163 | The <it>filters</it>, that let you sort you incoming messages and move | ||
| 2164 | them into your folders based on their sender, their content, | ||
| 2165 | using regular expressions. | ||
| 2166 | </item> | ||
| 2167 | <item> | ||
| 2168 | The <it>actions</it> feature is a convenient way for the user to launch | ||
| 2169 | external commands to process a complete message file including | ||
| 2170 | headers and body or just one of its parts. | ||
| 2171 | It allows also the use of an external command to filter the whole | ||
| 2172 | text or just a selected part in the message window or in the | ||
| 2173 | compose window. | ||
| 2174 | </item> | ||
| 2175 | <item> | ||
| 2176 | The <it>templates</it> that let you pre-define complete messages | ||
| 2177 | leaving placeholders in the text to be filled at composition time. | ||
| 2178 | </item> | ||
| 2179 | </itemize> | ||
| 2180 | |||
| 2181 | |||
| 2182 | |||
| 2183 | <sect1>Filters | ||
| 2184 | <p> | ||
| 2185 | Written by Nick Selby (sylpheed@nickselby.com) | ||
| 2186 | <p> | ||
| 2187 | Sylpheed provides powerful filters to allow users to automatically | ||
| 2188 | pre-sort incoming mail based on a set of rules that the user defines. | ||
| 2189 | As a most simple example, let's say you work at the Acme Grommet Company, | ||
| 2190 | and you want all e-mail from your co-workers to be placed in one mailbox. | ||
| 2191 | To accomplish this, you would set up a filter that would place all mail | ||
| 2192 | whose "From" header includes the phrase "acmegrommet.com" into a specific | ||
| 2193 | mailbox. | ||
| 2194 | <p> | ||
| 2195 | Sylpheed allows you much more control than just that simple setup; | ||
| 2196 | you may create filters based on several variables, including an | ||
| 2197 | "If this AND that" or "If the message contains this OR does NOT contain that" | ||
| 2198 | etc. It's very cool. | ||
| 2199 | |||
| 2200 | <sect2>Finding The Filter Setting Dialog | ||
| 2201 | <p> | ||
| 2202 | The filter settings dialog is located in the <it>Configuration</it> menu, | ||
| 2203 | under the title "Filter Setting" or from the <it>Tools</it> menu, under in | ||
| 2204 | the <it>Create filter rules</it> sub menu. You may also use establish a | ||
| 2205 | keyboard shortcut (see Keyboard Shortcuts). | ||
| 2206 | |||
| 2207 | |||
| 2208 | |||
| 2209 | |||
| 2210 | </sect2> | ||
| 2211 | <sect2>Setting Up Filters<p> | ||
| 2212 | Operator(s) and Processing instructions combine to create a Filter Rule. | ||
| 2213 | |||
| 2214 | * Operators | ||
| 2215 | The dialog's first setting option establishes the Operator, the variable | ||
| 2216 | that will tell the filter what specific text to look for to trigger a | ||
| 2217 | filter. Each Filter Rule may have up to two operator sets. | ||
| 2218 | <p> | ||
| 2219 | Each Operator variable contains three sections: <it>Header</it>, | ||
| 2220 | <it>Keyword</it> and <it>Predicate</it>. | ||
| 2221 | <p> | ||
| 2222 | Header is a drop-down box which defines in which message header | ||
| 2223 | Sylpheed's filter will search. Choices range from <it>Subject</it> | ||
| 2224 | to <it>X-Mailer</it>. | ||
| 2225 | |||
| 2226 | <it>Keyword</it> is a a text box in which you may enter the text | ||
| 2227 | for which the filter will search. | ||
| 2228 | |||
| 2229 | Predicate allows you to choose to filter based on whether the operator | ||
| 2230 | contains, or does not contain, the text you enter in the Keyword field. | ||
| 2231 | <p> | ||
| 2232 | Example: Create an Operator in which the X-Mailer field of an incoming | ||
| 2233 | message contains the word 'Eudora'. | ||
| 2234 | |||
| 2235 | <itemize> | ||
| 2236 | <item> | ||
| 2237 | Step 1. Under the <it>Header</it> drop-down box, select | ||
| 2238 | <it>X-Mailer</it>. | ||
| 2239 | </item> | ||
| 2240 | <item> | ||
| 2241 | Step 2. In the <it>Keyword</it> text box, type 'eudora' | ||
| 2242 | (case insensitive) | ||
| 2243 | </item> | ||
| 2244 | <item> | ||
| 2245 | Step 3. Determine appropriate Predicate setting. Default | ||
| 2246 | is <it>Contains</it>. | ||
| 2247 | </item> | ||
| 2248 | </itemize> | ||
| 2249 | |||
| 2250 | The second Operator setting, which is set identically to the | ||
| 2251 | first, also allows the user to select an AND/OR setting | ||
| 2252 | declaring the relationship between the two operators. | ||
| 2253 | <p> | ||
| 2254 | Example: Create an Operator set which will process mail with | ||
| 2255 | a <it>From</it> header of bob@acmegrommet.com AND a subject | ||
| 2256 | of "2001 Spring Grommet Collection" | ||
| 2257 | |||
| 2258 | <itemize> | ||
| 2259 | <item> | ||
| 2260 | Step 1. Under the first Operator set's Header drop-down | ||
| 2261 | box, select <it>From</it>. | ||
| 2262 | </item> | ||
| 2263 | <item> | ||
| 2264 | Step 2. In the <it>Keyword</it> text box, type | ||
| 2265 | 'bob@acmegrommet.com' (case insensitive). | ||
| 2266 | </item> | ||
| 2267 | <item> | ||
| 2268 | Step 3. Leave <it>Predicate</it> setting on default, | ||
| 2269 | <it>Contains</it> | ||
| 2270 | </item> | ||
| 2271 | <item> | ||
| 2272 | Step 4. Leave <it>AND/OR</it> box on default setting, <it>and</it>. | ||
| 2273 | </item> | ||
| 2274 | <item> | ||
| 2275 | Step 5. Under the second Operator set's <it>Header</it> | ||
| 2276 | drop-down box, select <it>Subject</it>. | ||
| 2277 | </item> | ||
| 2278 | <item> | ||
| 2279 | Step 6. In the <it>Keyword</it> text box, type | ||
| 2280 | '2001 spring grommet collection' (case insensitive). | ||
| 2281 | </item> | ||
| 2282 | <item> | ||
| 2283 | Step 7. Leave <it>Predicate</it> setting on default, | ||
| 2284 | <it>Contains</it>. | ||
| 2285 | </item> | ||
| 2286 | </itemize> | ||
| 2287 | |||
| 2288 | </sect2> | ||
| 2289 | |||
| 2290 | <sect2>Message Processing | ||
| 2291 | <p> | ||
| 2292 | Once you've established the Operator(s) that will define | ||
| 2293 | which messages will be processed, it's time to tell | ||
| 2294 | Sylpheed what to do with messages that match the operator(s). | ||
| 2295 | You may choose between two radio button-selected settings: | ||
| 2296 | <it>Destination</it> and <it>Don't Receive</it>. | ||
| 2297 | <p> | ||
| 2298 | Selecting <it>Destinations</it> will enable you to route | ||
| 2299 | the mail into a mailbox which you specify. | ||
| 2300 | <p> | ||
| 2301 | Selecting <it>Don't Receive</it> will instruct Sylpheed | ||
| 2302 | to not download messages with that operator. Note that with | ||
| 2303 | <it>Don't Receive</it>, Sylpheed merely leaves the message | ||
| 2304 | on your mailserver - it does not delete it. | ||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | To specify a mailbox to which you want the message transfered, | ||
| 2307 | click on the radio button to the left of the word <it>Destination</it> | ||
| 2308 | in the dialog. (Currently, in order to specify a mailbox you | ||
| 2309 | must have created that mailbox prior to activating the Filter | ||
| 2310 | Setting dialog.) Clicking the <it>Select</it> button will open | ||
| 2311 | a pop-up window containing all mail folders currently active | ||
| 2312 | in your copy of Sylpheed. Select the mailbox you wish by either | ||
| 2313 | |||
| 2314 | <itemize> | ||
| 2315 | <item> | ||
| 2316 | (a) double clicking on the mail folder name or | ||
| 2317 | </item> | ||
| 2318 | <item> | ||
| 2319 | (b) clicking the mail folder name and then clicking <it>OK</it>. | ||
| 2320 | </item> | ||
| 2321 | </itemize> | ||
| 2322 | |||
| 2323 | <p> | ||
| 2324 | To specify that the message not be retrieved, and left | ||
| 2325 | on your mail server, click the radio button to the left | ||
| 2326 | of the words <it>Don't Receive</it>. | ||
| 2327 | |||
| 2328 | </sect2> | ||
| 2329 | |||
| 2330 | <sect2>Filter Registration | ||
| 2331 | <p> | ||
| 2332 | Now that you have set the Operator and the Processing Rule, | ||
| 2333 | all that's left to do is tell Sylpheed to save the entire | ||
| 2334 | Filter Rule. <bf>If you skip this step, the filter won't work</bf>. | ||
| 2335 | <p> | ||
| 2336 | The <it>Register Rules</it> configuration has three options: | ||
| 2337 | <it>Register</it>, <it>Substitute</it> and <it>Delete</it>. | ||
| 2338 | |||
| 2339 | <itemize> | ||
| 2340 | <item> | ||
| 2341 | <it>Register</it> saves the Filter Rule. | ||
| 2342 | </item> | ||
| 2343 | <item> | ||
| 2344 | <it>Substitute</it> modifies an existing registered | ||
| 2345 | Filter Rule. | ||
| 2346 | </item> | ||
| 2347 | <item> | ||
| 2348 | <it>Delete</it> will remove a previously registered | ||
| 2349 | Filter Rule. | ||
| 2350 | </item> | ||
| 2351 | </itemize> | ||
| 2352 | |||
| 2353 | Example of Registering A Filter Rule: Create a Filter Rule | ||
| 2354 | that moves all mail with the subject of "Sylpheed Manual" | ||
| 2355 | into the (previously created) mail folder "Sylpheed Manual Mail". | ||
| 2356 | |||
| 2357 | <itemize> | ||
| 2358 | <item> | ||
| 2359 | Step 1. Under the first Operator set's <it>Header</it> | ||
| 2360 | drop-down box, select <it>Subject</it>. | ||
| 2361 | </item> | ||
| 2362 | <item> | ||
| 2363 | Step 2. In the <it>Keyword</it> text box, type | ||
| 2364 | 'sylpheed manual' (case insensitive). | ||
| 2365 | </item> | ||
| 2366 | <item> | ||
| 2367 | Step 3. Leave <it>Predicate</it> setting on default, | ||
| 2368 | <it>Contains</it>. Leave second Operator set empty. | ||
| 2369 | </item> | ||
| 2370 | <item> | ||
| 2371 | Step 4. Click <it>Destinations</it> radio button; | ||
| 2372 | select "Sylpheed Manual Mail" folder. | ||
| 2373 | </item> | ||
| 2374 | <item> | ||
| 2375 | Step 5. Click <it>Register</it>. | ||
| 2376 | </item> | ||
| 2377 | <item> | ||
| 2378 | Step 6. Click <it>OK</it>. | ||
| 2379 | </item> | ||
| 2380 | </itemize> | ||
| 2381 | |||
| 2382 | Example of Substituting A Filter Rule: Modify a previously | ||
| 2383 | created Filter Rule that moves all mail with the subject | ||
| 2384 | of "Sylpheed Manual" to sort mail not to the mail folder | ||
| 2385 | "Sylpheed Manual Mail" but rather the mail folder "Sylpheed Questions" | ||
| 2386 | |||
| 2387 | <itemize> | ||
| 2388 | <item> | ||
| 2389 | Step 1. Under the first Operator set's <it>Header</it> | ||
| 2390 | drop-down box, select <it>Subject</it>. | ||
| 2391 | </item> | ||
| 2392 | <item> | ||
| 2393 | Step 2. In the <it>Keyword</it> text box, type | ||
| 2394 | 'sylpheed manual' (case insensitive). | ||
| 2395 | </item> | ||
| 2396 | <item> | ||
| 2397 | Step 3. Leave <it>Predicate</it> setting on default, | ||
| 2398 | <it>Contains</it>. Leave second Operator set empty. | ||
| 2399 | </item> | ||
| 2400 | <item> | ||
| 2401 | Step 4. Click <it>Destinations</it> radio button; | ||
| 2402 | select "Sylpheed Questions" folder. | ||
| 2403 | </item> | ||
| 2404 | <item> | ||
| 2405 | Step 5. Click <it>Substitute</it>. | ||
| 2406 | </item> | ||
| 2407 | <item> | ||
| 2408 | Step 6. Click <it>OK</it>. | ||
| 2409 | </item> | ||
| 2410 | </itemize> | ||
| 2411 | |||
| 2412 | Example of Deleting a Filter Rule: Remove the previously | ||
| 2413 | created Filter Rule which refers to Subject:Sylpheed Questions. | ||
| 2414 | |||
| 2415 | <itemize> | ||
| 2416 | <item> | ||
| 2417 | Step 1. In the <it>Registered Rules</it> select box, | ||
| 2418 | highlight the filter entitled | ||
| 2419 | "<it>Subject:Sylpheed Manual: :::Sylpheed Questions:1:1:m</it>" | ||
| 2420 | </item> | ||
| 2421 | <item> | ||
| 2422 | Step 2. Click the <it>Delete</it> Button. | ||
| 2423 | </item> | ||
| 2424 | <item> | ||
| 2425 | Step 3. Confirm the deletion by clicking <it>Yes</it> in the | ||
| 2426 | confirmation pop-up that asks, | ||
| 2427 | <it>Do you really want to delete this rule?</it> | ||
| 2428 | </item> | ||
| 2429 | <item> | ||
| 2430 | Step 4. Click <it>OK</it>. | ||
| 2431 | </item> | ||
| 2432 | </itemize> | ||
| 2433 | |||
| 2434 | </sect2> | ||
| 2435 | |||
| 2436 | <sect2>Registered Rule Order | ||
| 2437 | <p> | ||
| 2438 | One caveat about all this: the order in which Filter Rules | ||
| 2439 | are created could adversely affect your intended message sorting, | ||
| 2440 | and one needs to consider this when creating or updating Filter Rules. | ||
| 2441 | <p> | ||
| 2442 | For example, a Filter Rule saying, "Move anything containing 'ABC' | ||
| 2443 | to Mailbox X" listed above another Filter Rule saying "Move anything | ||
| 2444 | containing 'ABCDEF' to Mailbox Y" will cause the latter of these | ||
| 2445 | filters not to process. | ||
| 2446 | <p> | ||
| 2447 | Think about the way Sylpheed goes down its list: first, it would say.. | ||
| 2448 | "Hmm, any messages with ABC? Ah, there's one! Move it". | ||
| 2449 | Then it would think, "Okay, any messages with ABCDEF?" | ||
| 2450 | To which the answer would be "no" - that ABCDEF was already | ||
| 2451 | filtered because it contained "ABC". | ||
| 2452 | <p> | ||
| 2453 | Bummer. | ||
| 2454 | <p> | ||
| 2455 | In order to avoid this, you must ensure that the more complex | ||
| 2456 | Filter Rule is processed first, by placing it higher than a | ||
| 2457 | similar, conflicting Filter Rule. | ||
| 2458 | <p> | ||
| 2459 | To move a Registered Rule higher or lower within the Registered | ||
| 2460 | Rule box, select the rule you would like to move, and click on | ||
| 2461 | the <it>Up</it> or <it>Down</it> buttons. This will "move" the | ||
| 2462 | rule up or down, above or below a potentially conflicting Filter Rule. | ||
| 2463 | |||
| 2464 | </sect2> | ||
| 2465 | </sect1> | ||
| 2466 | |||
| 2467 | <sect1>How to Filter Messages | ||
| 2468 | <p> | ||
| 2469 | Filtering messages can be done in several ways: | ||
| 2470 | |||
| 2471 | <itemize> | ||
| 2472 | <item> | ||
| 2473 | Sylpheed automatically filters incoming mail from | ||
| 2474 | POP servers. | ||
| 2475 | </item> | ||
| 2476 | <item> | ||
| 2477 | If you incorporate mail from a unix mailbox, then | ||
| 2478 | in the <it>Common preferences</it> (<it>Configuration</it> menu), | ||
| 2479 | you need to check the box called <it>Filter on incorporation</it>. | ||
| 2480 | You find this box in the <it>Receive</it> tab in the space | ||
| 2481 | <it>Local spool</it>. | ||
| 2482 | </item> | ||
| 2483 | <item> | ||
| 2484 | You can also select the option <it>Filter messages</it> | ||
| 2485 | from the Summary menu. | ||
| 2486 | </item> | ||
| 2487 | </itemize> | ||
| 2488 | |||
| 2489 | Please note that, at time of writing, Sylpheed does -NOT YET- | ||
| 2490 | has filtering of IMAP messages enabled. | ||
| 2491 | |||
| 2492 | </sect1> | ||
| 2493 | |||
| 2494 | <sect1>Filtering mail with Procmail | ||
| 2495 | <p> | ||
| 2496 | If you feel that Sylpheed has not enough options to perform | ||
| 2497 | filtering for you, then you can look at Sylpheed Claws which | ||
| 2498 | has more options for filtering. You can find the Claws version | ||
| 2499 | (the cutting edge, experimental version of Sylpheed) | ||
| 2500 | sylpheed-claws.sourceforge.net. | ||
| 2501 | <p> | ||
| 2502 | Another option, if you do not want to work with an experimental | ||
| 2503 | version of Sylpheed, is Procmail. Procmail is a powerful mail | ||
| 2504 | filtering program that is triggered from the Mail Transport | ||
| 2505 | Agent (i.e. Sendmail, Postfix, Qmail). Procmail is called by | ||
| 2506 | default from these programs after receiving e-mail. | ||
| 2507 | <p> | ||
| 2508 | The trick to procmail is to tell it that mail has to be filtered | ||
| 2509 | into MH mail folders. This is not difficult though. | ||
| 2510 | <p> | ||
| 2511 | Normally procmail moves mail into MBOX format, this is one large | ||
| 2512 | file containing all mails in a folder. MH uses separate files | ||
| 2513 | for each e-mail. All you need to do is point the destination | ||
| 2514 | of a procmail rule to <destination folder>/. | ||
| 2515 | It is the "slash dot" that does the trick. | ||
| 2516 | |||
| 2517 | |||
| 2518 | <sect1>Actions | ||
| 2519 | <p> | ||
| 2520 | The following section is a copy of | ||
| 2521 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/index.html" name="Melvin's page">. | ||
| 2522 | |||
| 2523 | <p> | ||
| 2524 | The "actions" feature is a convenient way for the user to | ||
| 2525 | launch external commands to process a complete message file | ||
| 2526 | including headers and body or just one of its parts. | ||
| 2527 | It allows also the use of an external command to filter the | ||
| 2528 | whole text or just a selected part in the message window or | ||
| 2529 | in the compose window. This is a generic tool that allows | ||
| 2530 | to do any uncommon actions on the messages, and thus extends | ||
| 2531 | the possibilities of Sylpheed. For example, Sylpheed does not | ||
| 2532 | include the rot13 cyphering algorithm popular in some | ||
| 2533 | newsgroups. It does not support natively armored encryption | ||
| 2534 | or clear signing. It does not support uuencoded messages. | ||
| 2535 | As all these features can be handled by external programs, | ||
| 2536 | the actions provide a convenient way to use them from the menu bar. | ||
| 2537 | |||
| 2538 | <sect2>Usage | ||
| 2539 | <p> | ||
| 2540 | To create a new action, go to the <it>Configuration</it> menu, | ||
| 2541 | select the <it>Actions...</it> entry. The <it>Actions setting</it> | ||
| 2542 | dialog offers to enter the Menu name that will trigger the command. | ||
| 2543 | The created menu will be found in the <it>Tools -> Actions</it> submenu. | ||
| 2544 | By inserting a slash / in the menu name, you create a submenu. | ||
| 2545 | |||
| 2546 | The command is entered in the Command line entry. Note that | ||
| 2547 | Sylpheed stores every single email in a separate file. This allows | ||
| 2548 | to use the following syntax for the command: | ||
| 2549 | |||
| 2550 | <itemize> | ||
| 2551 | <item> | ||
| 2552 | <it>%f</it> denotes the file name of the selected message. | ||
| 2553 | If you selected more than one, then the command will be | ||
| 2554 | launched for each message with the appropriate file name. | ||
| 2555 | </item> | ||
| 2556 | <item> | ||
| 2557 | <it>%F</it> denotes the list of the file names of the | ||
| 2558 | selected message. If only one message is selected, | ||
| 2559 | this amounts to <it>%f</it>, but if more messages are | ||
| 2560 | selected, then the command will be launched only once | ||
| 2561 | with the list of the file names. (You can use both | ||
| 2562 | <it>%f</it> and <it>%F</it> in one command: then the | ||
| 2563 | command will be launched for each selected message | ||
| 2564 | with the name of this message and with the list of | ||
| 2565 | all selected messages. I did not find a practical | ||
| 2566 | example for this.). | ||
| 2567 | </item> | ||
| 2568 | <item> | ||
| 2569 | <it>%p</it> denotes the current selected message part | ||
| 2570 | of a multipart message. The part is decoded accordingly. | ||
| 2571 | If the message is not a multipart message, it denotes | ||
| 2572 | the message body. | ||
| 2573 | </item> | ||
| 2574 | <item> | ||
| 2575 | Prepending <it>></it>: this will allow you to send | ||
| 2576 | to the command's standard input a text that you will | ||
| 2577 | enter in a dialog window. | ||
| 2578 | </item> | ||
| 2579 | <item> | ||
| 2580 | Prepending <it>*</it>: this will allow you to send to | ||
| 2581 | the command's standard input a text that you will enter | ||
| 2582 | in a dialog window. But in contrast to prepending | ||
| 2583 | <it>></it>, the entered text is hidden | ||
| 2584 | (useful when entering passwords). | ||
| 2585 | </item> | ||
| 2586 | <item> | ||
| 2587 | Appending an ampersand <it>&</it>: this will run | ||
| 2588 | the command asynchronously. That means "fire and forget". | ||
| 2589 | Sylpheed won't wait for the command to finish, nor will | ||
| 2590 | it catch its output or its error messages. | ||
| 2591 | </item> | ||
| 2592 | <item> | ||
| 2593 | Prepending the vertical bar <it>|</it> (pipe-in): | ||
| 2594 | this will send the current displayed text or the current | ||
| 2595 | selected text from the message view or the compose | ||
| 2596 | window to the command standard input. The command will | ||
| 2597 | silently fail if more than one message is selected. | ||
| 2598 | </item> | ||
| 2599 | <item> | ||
| 2600 | Appending the vertical bar <it>|</it> (pipe-out): this | ||
| 2601 | will replace the current displayed text or the current | ||
| 2602 | selected text from the message window or the compose | ||
| 2603 | window with the command standard output. The command | ||
| 2604 | will silently fail if more than one message is selected. | ||
| 2605 | </item> | ||
| 2606 | <item> | ||
| 2607 | Appending the "greater than" sign <it>></it> will | ||
| 2608 | insert the command output in the message. The difference | ||
| 2609 | between the trailing <it>|</it> is that no text will be | ||
| 2610 | deleted or replaced. Most used when composing mails to | ||
| 2611 | insert text. | ||
| 2612 | </item> | ||
| 2613 | </itemize> | ||
| 2614 | |||
| 2615 | <bf>Note</bf>: It is not possible to use actions containing | ||
| 2616 | <it>%f</it>, <it>%F</it> or <it>%p</it> from the compose window. | ||
| 2617 | <p> | ||
| 2618 | When a command is run, and unless it is run asynchronously, | ||
| 2619 | Sylpheed will be insensitive to any interaction and it will wait | ||
| 2620 | for the command to finish. If the command takes too long | ||
| 2621 | (5 seconds), it will popup a dialog window allowing to stop it. | ||
| 2622 | This dialog will also be displayed as soon as the command has | ||
| 2623 | some output: error messages or even its standard output when | ||
| 2624 | the command is not a "pipe-out" command. When multiple commands | ||
| 2625 | are being run, they are run in parallel and each command output | ||
| 2626 | is separated from the outputs of the others. | ||
| 2627 | <p> | ||
| 2628 | <sect3>Examples | ||
| 2629 | <p> | ||
| 2630 | Here are some examples that are listed in the same syntax | ||
| 2631 | as used for storing the actions list. You can copy and past | ||
| 2632 | the definition in your <it>~/.sylpheed/actionsrc</it> file | ||
| 2633 | (exit Sylpheed before). The syntax is very simple: one line | ||
| 2634 | per action, each action contains the menu name and the command | ||
| 2635 | line separated by a colon and a space ": ". | ||
| 2636 | Alternatively, you can use <it>Configuration -> Actions...</it> | ||
| 2637 | and for each example enter a menu name and copy&paste the | ||
| 2638 | text after the colon and space ": " in the command definition. | ||
| 2639 | |||
| 2640 | |||
| 2641 | <table> | ||
| 2642 | <tabular ca="lll"> | ||
| 2643 | <bf>Purpose</bf> | ||
| 2644 | <colsep> | ||
| 2645 | <bf>Definition</bf> | ||
| 2646 | <colsep> | ||
| 2647 | <bf>Details</bf> | ||
| 2648 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2649 | |||
| 2650 | Decoding uuencoded messages | ||
| 2651 | <colsep> | ||
| 2652 | UUdeview: xdeview %F& | ||
| 2653 | <colsep> | ||
| 2654 | xdeview comes with uudeview. If an encoded file is split | ||
| 2655 | in multiple messages, just select them all and run the command. | ||
| 2656 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2657 | |||
| 2658 | Display uuencoded image | ||
| 2659 | <colsep> | ||
| 2660 | Display uuencoded: uudec %f& | ||
| 2661 | <colsep> | ||
| 2662 | Displays uuencoded files. The uudec script is to be found here. | ||
| 2663 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2664 | |||
| 2665 | rot13 cyphering | ||
| 2666 | <colsep> | ||
| 2667 | Rot13: |tr a-zA-Z n-za-mN-ZA-M| | ||
| 2668 | <colsep> | ||
| 2669 | This will apply the rot13 cyphering algorithm to the (selected) | ||
| 2670 | text in the message/compose view. | ||
| 2671 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2672 | |||
| 2673 | Save MS TNEF parts | ||
| 2674 | <colsep> | ||
| 2675 | Save TNEF part: xterm -e tnef-claws %p | ||
| 2676 | <colsep> | ||
| 2677 | Select the TNEF message part then use this action to extract | ||
| 2678 | the attachment. | ||
| 2679 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2680 | |||
| 2681 | Alter messages | ||
| 2682 | <colsep> | ||
| 2683 | Edit message: gvim -f %F | ||
| 2684 | <colsep> | ||
| 2685 | Allows to edit any received message. Can be used to remove | ||
| 2686 | unneeded message parts etc. | ||
| 2687 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2688 | |||
| 2689 | Pretty format | ||
| 2690 | <colsep> | ||
| 2691 | Par: |par 72Tbgjqw74bEe B=._A_a 72bgi| | ||
| 2692 | <colsep> | ||
| 2693 | par is a utility that can pretty format any text. It does a | ||
| 2694 | very good job in indenting quoted messages, and justify text. | ||
| 2695 | Used when composing a message | ||
| 2696 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2697 | |||
| 2698 | Browse | ||
| 2699 | <colsep> | ||
| 2700 | Part/Dillo: dillo %p& | ||
| 2701 | <colsep> | ||
| 2702 | Browse the selected message part in Dillo. | ||
| 2703 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2704 | |||
| 2705 | Clear Sign | ||
| 2706 | <colsep> | ||
| 2707 | GnuPG/Clear Sign: |gpg-sign-syl| | ||
| 2708 | <colsep> | ||
| 2709 | Clear sign a message. The gpg-sign-syl script is responsible | ||
| 2710 | for asking the passphrase and for running gnupg. Make sure | ||
| 2711 | that you wrap your message correctly before signing, and that | ||
| 2712 | the resultant text will not be wrapped when sent (by disabling | ||
| 2713 | 'wrap on send') | ||
| 2714 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2715 | |||
| 2716 | Verify Clear Signed | ||
| 2717 | <colsep> | ||
| 2718 | GnuPG/Verify: |gpg --no-tty --verify | ||
| 2719 | <colsep> | ||
| 2720 | Verify clear signed messages. The result is displayed in the | ||
| 2721 | actions output dialog. | ||
| 2722 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2723 | |||
| 2724 | Encrypt ASCII Armored | ||
| 2725 | <colsep> | ||
| 2726 | GnuPG/Encrypt: | gpg-enc-syl| | ||
| 2727 | <colsep> | ||
| 2728 | Encrypt message to ASCII armored. The recipient will be asked | ||
| 2729 | in a xterm. | ||
| 2730 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2731 | |||
| 2732 | Decrypt ASCII Armored | ||
| 2733 | <colsep> | ||
| 2734 | GnuPG/Decrypt: *gpg --no-tty --command-fd 0 --passphrase-fd 0 --decrypt %f| | ||
| 2735 | <colsep> | ||
| 2736 | Decrypt ASCII armored messages. The passphrase is to be entered | ||
| 2737 | in the opened action's input dialog. | ||
| 2738 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2739 | |||
| 2740 | Receive key from server | ||
| 2741 | <colsep> | ||
| 2742 | GnuPG/Receive Selected Key: |gpg --recv-key `cat` | ||
| 2743 | <colsep> | ||
| 2744 | Select a key ID in the message view then call this action to | ||
| 2745 | import it from a key server. GnuPG option file must contain a | ||
| 2746 | reference to a keyserver. (Suggested by Bob Forsman) | ||
| 2747 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2748 | |||
| 2749 | Import key from mail | ||
| 2750 | <colsep> | ||
| 2751 | GnuPG/Import Key From Mail: gpg --import %p | ||
| 2752 | <colsep> | ||
| 2753 | Select the message part where the public key is then import | ||
| 2754 | it with this action. | ||
| 2755 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2756 | |||
| 2757 | Insert public key in message | ||
| 2758 | <colsep> | ||
| 2759 | GnuPG/Insert My Public Key: gpg --export -a MYKEYID> | ||
| 2760 | <colsep> | ||
| 2761 | Insert your public key in the message your are composing. | ||
| 2762 | Replace MYKEYID with your key id. Needs 0.8.6claws66 or newer. | ||
| 2763 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2764 | |||
| 2765 | Reporting SPAM | ||
| 2766 | <colsep> | ||
| 2767 | Report as SPAM: spamassassin -r > %f | ||
| 2768 | <colsep> | ||
| 2769 | Use spamassassin to report mail as spam. Redirection (>) | ||
| 2770 | is possible only with version 0.7.7. | ||
| 2771 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2772 | |||
| 2773 | Check spelling | ||
| 2774 | <colsep> | ||
| 2775 | Check spelling: |T=`mktemp $HOME/.sXXXXXX`; cat - > $T;xterm -e ispell $T;cat $T;rm $T| | ||
| 2776 | <colsep> | ||
| 2777 | Open a terminal and check the spelling with ispell | ||
| 2778 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2779 | |||
| 2780 | Google for message id | ||
| 2781 | <colsep> | ||
| 2782 | Google Msg ID: |google_msgid.pl | ||
| 2783 | <colsep> | ||
| 2784 | Search the web for the selected message ID. Needs the | ||
| 2785 | google_msgid.pl script. | ||
| 2786 | <rowsep> | ||
| 2787 | |||
| 2788 | </tabular> | ||
| 2789 | </table> | ||
| 2790 | |||
| 2791 | |||
| 2792 | The gpg-enc-syl script is to be found | ||
| 2793 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/gpg-enc-syl" name="here (gpg-enc-syl)">. | ||
| 2794 | It calls gpg with the --yes command line option that you may want | ||
| 2795 | to remove it. See gpg manual page for info. | ||
| 2796 | |||
| 2797 | The gpg-sign-syl script is to be found | ||
| 2798 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/gpg-sign-syl" name="here (gpg-sign-syl)">. | ||
| 2799 | It needs the ssh-askpass utility found in OpenSSH. It can be | ||
| 2800 | replaced by any X11 tool that asks some (hidden) text which | ||
| 2801 | is then sent to standard output. Another version that uses | ||
| 2802 | an xterm is to be found | ||
| 2803 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/gpg-sign-syl-xterm" name="here (gpg-sign-syl-xterm)">. | ||
| 2804 | |||
| 2805 | The uudec script is to be found | ||
| 2806 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/uudec" name="here (uudec)">. | ||
| 2807 | It needs uudecode and ImageMagick's display. The latter can be | ||
| 2808 | replaced by any image viewer that can get input from standard | ||
| 2809 | input. The script could also be modified to use temporary | ||
| 2810 | files instead of standard input. | ||
| 2811 | |||
| 2812 | The google_msgid.pl script is to be found | ||
| 2813 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/google_msgid.pl" name="here (google_msgid.pl)">. | ||
| 2814 | Example and script by Thorsten Maerz. Edit the script to change | ||
| 2815 | the browser (default is mozilla). | ||
| 2816 | |||
| 2817 | The tnef-claws bash script was written by Shawn Lamson and is | ||
| 2818 | to be found | ||
| 2819 | <url url="http://melvin.hadasht.free.fr/home/sylpheed/actions/tnef-claws" name="here">. | ||
| 2820 | The script is well commented. You need to have the tnef package | ||
| 2821 | already installed. | ||
| 2822 | |||
| 2823 | </sect1> | ||
| 2824 | |||
| 2825 | <sect1>Templates | ||
| 2826 | <p> | ||
| 2827 | With Sylpheed you can define mail templates to use when replying | ||
| 2828 | to messages. A template can contain raw text (that will be inserted | ||
| 2829 | in the composed mail without any change), and placeholders that are | ||
| 2830 | replaced at composition time by the actual value of the selected | ||
| 2831 | fields from the original message. | ||
| 2832 | <p> | ||
| 2833 | A typical use of the template could be to define the legal notice | ||
| 2834 | to be appended to your messages (the usual notice that contains a | ||
| 2835 | text like: "here are my own words and not those of my company, my | ||
| 2836 | boss is not liable for them, bla, bla, bla"). | ||
| 2837 | <p> | ||
| 2838 | To define a new template, in the <it>Configuration</it> menu select | ||
| 2839 | the <it>Templates</it> entry and fill the form: | ||
| 2840 | |||
| 2841 | |||
| 2842 | |||
| 2843 | |||
| 2844 | <p> | ||
| 2845 | The name parameter is used to identify each template, this name | ||
| 2846 | will then appear in the <it>Tools/Templates</it> menu in the | ||
| 2847 | composition window. | ||
| 2848 | The content of the <it>To</it> field will be appended to the original | ||
| 2849 | content of the corresponding field in the message you are composing. | ||
| 2850 | The content of the <it>Subject</it> field will replace the orignal subject | ||
| 2851 | of the message you are composing. | ||
| 2852 | <p> | ||
| 2853 | In the upper pane, type in the text you want to put in the template, | ||
| 2854 | use the <it>Symbols</it> button to open a help window that contains | ||
| 2855 | the description of all the placeholders you can use in a template | ||
| 2856 | (there is one for the sender, one for the date, one for the message | ||
| 2857 | ID, ...), then use the <it>Register</it> button to validate the | ||
| 2858 | template. If you do not register the template, when leaving the form | ||
| 2859 | the template will be canceled. To modify an existing template, select | ||
| 2860 | it in the lower pane, modify its text, then use the <it>Substitute</it> | ||
| 2861 | button. As you may guess, the <it>Delete</it> button removes the selected | ||
| 2862 | template. Finally validate your changes with the <it>OK</it> button. | ||
| 2863 | If you use the <it>Cancel</it> button, the form is closed and your changes | ||
| 2864 | are lost (deleted templates are back, added templates are lost). | ||
| 2865 | |||
| 2866 | <p> | ||
| 2867 | To use a template, open the composition window and select the template | ||
| 2868 | from the <it>Tools/Templates</it> menu. You can then choose to insert | ||
| 2869 | the template into your message or to completely replace the text of the | ||
| 2870 | message by the template. This only affects the body of the message. | ||
| 2871 | If you choose to insert the template, its text will be inserted at the | ||
| 2872 | cursor location. | ||
| 2873 | <p> | ||
| 2874 | The placeholders are taken from the source message when replying, so | ||
| 2875 | they have no meaning when composing a new message. | ||
| 2876 | |||
| 2877 | </sect1> | ||
| 2878 | |||
| 2879 | </sect> | ||
| 2880 | <sect>Handling MIME types | ||
| 2881 | |||
| 2882 | <sect1>How Sylpheed checks for Mime types | ||
| 2883 | |||
| 2884 | <p> | ||
| 2885 | When attaching a file to a message (composing a new message), the | ||
| 2886 | MIME type of the attached file is choosen based on the file extension | ||
| 2887 | from the mapping list defined in the <it>mime.types</it> file(s). | ||
| 2888 | Sylpheed defines its MIME type mapping table by loading the | ||
| 2889 | system wide MIME types file, then the user file. | ||
| 2890 | The systeme file is <it>SYSCONFDIR/mime.types</it> (SYSCONFDIR can | ||
| 2891 | be defined a compile time), or if it does not exist, <it>/etc/mime.types</it>. | ||
| 2892 | The user file is <it>$HOME/.sylpheed/mime.types</it>. | ||
| 2893 | <p> | ||
| 2894 | A <it>mime.types</it> file consist of one MIME type definition per line, | ||
| 2895 | each definition line starting with the name of the MIME type, followed by | ||
| 2896 | a space separated list of the corresponding file extensions. | ||
| 2897 | The file can contain empty lines, and comments start with the <tt>#</tt> | ||
| 2898 | character and close at line's end. | ||
| 2899 | <p> | ||
| 2900 | Following is a typical <it>mime.types</it> file (an extract of mine): | ||
| 2901 | |||
| 2902 | <verb> | ||
| 2903 | # This file controls what Internet media types are sent to the client for | ||
| 2904 | # given file extension(s). Sending the correct media type to the client | ||
| 2905 | # is important so they know how to handle the content of the file. | ||
| 2906 | # The Internet media type registry is at | ||
| 2907 | # <ftp://ftp.iana.org/in-notes/iana/assignments/media-types/>. | ||
| 2908 | |||
| 2909 | # MIME type Extension | ||
| 2910 | application/mac-binhex40 hqx | ||
| 2911 | application/mac-compactpro cpt | ||
| 2912 | application/msword doc | ||
| 2913 | application/pdf pdf | ||
| 2914 | application/postscript ai eps ps | ||
| 2915 | application/rtf rtf | ||
| 2916 | application/x-bcpio bcpio | ||
| 2917 | application/x-bzip2 bz2 | ||
| 2918 | application/x-csh csh | ||
| 2919 | application/x-gtar gtar | ||
| 2920 | application/x-gzip gz tgz | ||
| 2921 | application/x-kword kwd kwt | ||
| 2922 | application/x-kspread ksp | ||
| 2923 | application/x-kpresenter kpr kpt | ||
| 2924 | application/x-kchart chrt | ||
| 2925 | application/x-latex latex | ||
| 2926 | application/x-sh sh | ||
| 2927 | application/x-shar shar | ||
| 2928 | application/x-shockwave-flash swf | ||
| 2929 | application/x-tar tar | ||
| 2930 | application/x-tcl tcl | ||
| 2931 | application/x-tex tex | ||
| 2932 | application/x-texinfo texinfo texi | ||
| 2933 | application/x-troff t tr roff | ||
| 2934 | application/x-troff-man man | ||
| 2935 | application/zip zip | ||
| 2936 | audio/mpeg mpga mp2 mp3 | ||
| 2937 | audio/x-aiff aif aiff aifc | ||
| 2938 | audio/x-wav wav | ||
| 2939 | image/gif gif | ||
| 2940 | image/ief ief | ||
| 2941 | image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe | ||
| 2942 | image/png png | ||
| 2943 | image/tiff tiff tif | ||
| 2944 | text/plain asc txt | ||
| 2945 | text/rtf rtf | ||
| 2946 | text/sgml sgml sgm | ||
| 2947 | text/xml xml | ||
| 2948 | video/mpeg mpeg mpg mpe | ||
| 2949 | video/x-msvideo avi | ||
| 2950 | text/html html htm | ||
| 2951 | |||
| 2952 | </verb> | ||
| 2953 | |||
| 2954 | <p> | ||
| 2955 | If the file can be found or has the wrong format, Sylpheed will assume | ||
| 2956 | the default MIME type for all the attachments: <it>application/octet-stream</it>. | ||
| 2957 | In such a case, the recipients mail client may not know what application | ||
| 2958 | to use to view the attachment. | ||
| 2959 | |||
| 2960 | </sect1> | ||
| 2961 | |||
| 2962 | <sect1>How Sylpheed handles attachments (reception) | ||
| 2963 | <p> | ||
| 2964 | When opening an attachment (select the attachment, right click and select | ||
| 2965 | <it>Open</it>) Sylpheed uses one of the following methods to determine | ||
| 2966 | the application to launch: | ||
| 2967 | |||
| 2968 | <itemize> | ||
| 2969 | <item> | ||
| 2970 | The attachment is an image: the application is the one defined by the | ||
| 2971 | <it>mime_image_viewer</it> variable of the common preferences configuration | ||
| 2972 | file (<it>$HOME/.sylpheed/sylpheedrc</it>). If no application is defined, or | ||
| 2973 | if the format of the definition is not valid, the default application | ||
| 2974 | command is <it>display</it> (ImageMagick viewer). | ||
| 2975 | </item> | ||
| 2976 | <item> | ||
| 2977 | The attachment is a sound file: the application is the one defined by the | ||
| 2978 | <it>mime_audio_player</it> variable of the common preferences configuration | ||
| 2979 | file (<it>$HOME/.sylpheed/sylpheedrc</it>). If no application is defined, or | ||
| 2980 | if the format of the definition is not valid, the default application | ||
| 2981 | command is <it>play</it>. | ||
| 2982 | </item> | ||
| 2983 | <item> | ||
| 2984 | The attachment is a HTML file: the application is the one defined by the | ||
| 2985 | <it>uri_cmd</it> variable of the common preferences configuration | ||
| 2986 | file (<it>$HOME/.sylpheed/sylpheedrc</it>). This can also be changed in the | ||
| 2987 | <it>Common preferences</it>, by changing the <it>Web browser</it> defined | ||
| 2988 | in the <it>Other</it> tab. | ||
| 2989 | </item> | ||
| 2990 | <item> | ||
| 2991 | Any other attachment type: Sylpheed relies on <it>metamail</it> to use | ||
| 2992 | the correct application (Sylpheed starts <it>metamail</it> giving it | ||
| 2993 | the attachment file and the MIME type taken from the mail). | ||
| 2994 | </item> | ||
| 2995 | </itemize> | ||
| 2996 | |||
| 2997 | <p> | ||
| 2998 | The binding of the applications to each MIME type is defined in the | ||
| 2999 | <it>mailcap</it> file. The systeme wide file is <it>/etc/mailcap</it>, | ||
| 3000 | while the user file is <it>$HOME/.mailcap</it>. | ||
| 3001 | |||
| 3002 | <p> | ||
| 3003 | In the mailcap file, there is one definition per line, big lines | ||
| 3004 | can be broken by escaping the newline with a <it>\</it> character, | ||
| 3005 | the first element of the line is the MIME type, then a semi-colon, | ||
| 3006 | (<it>;</it>), and finally the application to launch. | ||
| 3007 | The application part (right side of the semi-colon) can contain several | ||
| 3008 | shell commands separated by an escaped semi-colon (<it>\;</it>) and | ||
| 3009 | the <it>%s</it> string is replaced by the name of the file when | ||
| 3010 | launching the command. | ||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 | <p> | ||
| 3013 | Following is a typical <it>mailcap</it> file (an extract of mine): | ||
| 3014 | |||
| 3015 | <verb> | ||
| 3016 | |||
| 3017 | image/*; ee %s | ||
| 3018 | |||
| 3019 | video/mpeg; gtv %s | ||
| 3020 | video/*; xanim %s | ||
| 3021 | |||
| 3022 | application/pdf; xpdf %s | ||
| 3023 | |||
| 3024 | text/html; dillo %s | ||
| 3025 | |||
| 3026 | </verb> | ||
| 3027 | |||
| 3028 | |||
| 3029 | </sect1> | ||
| 3030 | </sect> | ||
| 3031 | |||
| 3032 | <sect>Conversion of Other Mail Format into Sylpheed (MH Format) | ||
| 3033 | |||
| 3034 | <sect1>Importing Messages of mbox Format<p> | ||
| 3035 | <!-- added 2001/07/20 --> | ||
| 3036 | Sylpheed lets you import messages of the Mbox format from the File menu. First you create | ||
| 3037 | the mail folder where you want the messages to end up in, then you select File->import | ||
| 3038 | Mbox file. Use the browse function to select the Mbox file and the Sylpheed mail folder, | ||
| 3039 | and press Ok. And voila, there is your mail, imported. | ||
| 3040 | <p> | ||
| 3041 | That was easy, wasn't it? | ||
| 3042 | </sect1> | ||
| 3043 | |||
| 3044 | <sect1>Importing from Windows Mailers (Becky!, AL-Mail, Outlook Express4, etc.) | ||
| 3045 | <p> | ||
| 3046 | For import possibilities of the mail folders of these and more mail programs you | ||
| 3047 | can download the program mbx2mbox at sourceforge.net. The project is located at | ||
| 3048 | <url url="http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net" name ="http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net."> | ||
| 3049 | </sect1> | ||
| 3050 | <sect1>Importing dbx Format of Outlook Express 5<p> | ||
| 3051 | For import possibilities of the mail folders of these and more mail programs you | ||
| 3052 | can download the program mbx2mbox at sourceforge.net. The project is located at | ||
| 3053 | <url url="http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net" name="http://mbx2mbox.sourceforge.net."> | ||
| 3054 | </sect1> | ||
| 3055 | <!-- End added 2001/07/21 --> | ||
| 3056 | <!-- start add 2001/09/04 --> | ||
| 3057 | <sect1>Exporting from Sylpheed MH format to mbox<p> | ||
| 3058 | Sylpheed offers a way to export a mailbox to the standard mbox format through the | ||
| 3059 | File menu. Just select the "Export to mbox file..." option and you can select the | ||
| 3060 | folder to export (assisted by a browse dialog) and also select or enter the name | ||
| 3061 | of the mbox file you wish to generate. | ||
| 3062 | <!-- end add 2001/09/04 --> | ||
| 3063 | </sect> | ||
| 3064 | |||
| 3065 | <sect>NetNews<p> | ||
| 3066 | What is netnews?<p> | ||
| 3067 | Netnews, also called Usenet, is a collection of "news servers" that contain a great deal of information. News, as it is called in short, can be about anything. About making your own wine, about old cars or radios. You name it, and there probably is a newsgroup about it.<p> | ||
| 3068 | This is what we will set up here. Accessing newsgroups. Note that this is different from e-mails. You can almost compare it to a mailing list, but yet the concept is a bit different. | ||
| 3069 | <!-- added 2001/07/20 --> | ||
| 3070 | <sect1>Adding and Deleting Servers<p> | ||
| 3071 | <sect2> | ||
| 3072 | Adding a news server<p> | ||
| 3073 | To add a news server, go to the configuration menu and select the "create new account" option. | ||
| 3074 | There you can name the news-account to anything of your liking. This is important, so you can identify the account later.<p> | ||
| 3075 | In the BASIC tab, in the block 'personal information' you also can enter your own name, your e-mail address (so you can reply to news message by e-mail), optionally your organization (if you are organized at all).<p> | ||
| 3076 | In the block 'Server information' you select the "News (NNTP)" protocol. Forget about "Inbox", that does not matter in this setup. Next you enter the name of the newsserver you want to connect to. You can get that name from your ISP, if you don't already have that.<p> | ||
| 3077 | If you need to log into the news server, check the box next to "This server requires authentication", and then fill the fields for User ID and Password.<p> | ||
| 3078 | Next step is to go to the Send tab. Since Receive is only there for e-mail, there is no need to do anything there. You can't even do anything in the Receive tab, for that matter. So, in Send you can select a few options: | ||
| 3079 | <itemize> | ||
| 3080 | <item>If you want a date header field added to posts | ||
| 3081 | <item>If Sylpheed should generate a Message-ID | ||
| 3082 | <item>If you want to add user-defined headers | ||
| 3083 | </itemize> | ||
| 3084 | The next items only apply to when you reply to a news message through e-mail. You can set an automatic CC, BCC or Reply-To address here. In case your ISP requires SMTP authentication, you can select the checkbox here below.<p> | ||
| 3085 | The next tab, Compose, allows you to select a default signature file. This will be added to each post to the newsgroups you do.<p> | ||
| 3086 | Finally, in the "Advanced" tab, you can specify the port on which Sylpheed has to connect to the news server. The default is 119, and only in rare cases you should have to do something about that.<p> | ||
| 3087 | Now you click "OK" and the account is created! You can verify this by checking the folder pane in Sylpheed. There you will see a new folder created with the name of the account you entered, and (news) behind it.<p> | ||
| 3088 | </sect2> | ||
| 3089 | <sect2> | ||
| 3090 | Deleting a news-server.<p> | ||
| 3091 | If you want to delete a news-account, right-click the news-folder and select "Remove news account". After confirming that you want this to be done, the account and all files related will be removed. | ||
| 3092 | </sect2> | ||
| 3093 | </sect1> | ||
| 3094 | <sect1>Subscribing and Unsubscribing to NewsGroups<p> | ||
| 3095 | Okay. Here the real stuff begins. First you have to let Sylpheed load the list of news groups that is on the news system. Right-click the new NEWS folder and select "Subscribe to newsgroups". Sylpheed will tell you that the groups need to be downloaded, so sit back and wait a while. Of course, during time, new groups are added, and dead groups are removed. For this you can click the "refresh" button in the newsgroup dialog, so a new list is downloaded and you are up to date<p> | ||
| 3096 | After a while the groups are loaded and displayed in a window. Now you can look up a group that is interesting, for example comp.os.linux.networking. Click the name once and then select OK. The group will be added to the news folder as a subfolder. When you now click the name of the new subfolder, Sylpheed will connect to the news server and download the headers (subject lines, in e-mail talk), to your computer. Some groups have -large- amounts of articles, so this may take a while!!<p> | ||
| 3097 | </sect1> | ||
| 3098 | <sect1>Reading News<p> | ||
| 3099 | When the articles are displayed, in the summary view, you can click one of them to be downloaded so you can read it. This will usually go very quickly on discussion groups.<p> | ||
| 3100 | If you want to respond to a message, press Alt-R (or press "Reply") and a message window will pop up, with the name of the newsgroup already in the "To" field. Depending on whether or not you selected quoting of the message, the original message will be in the body of the message already. Write away, then send, and soon the entire world will be able to read what you wrote on the subject.<p> | ||
| 3101 | Starting a new message in a newsgroup is equally simple: press Alt-N (or click "New"), the name of the newsgroup is in the "To" field, and you can write your question or reply. | ||
| 3102 | <sect2>A note about binary files<p> | ||
| 3103 | In newsgroups you can download binary files. These are programs, images etc. Often these are posted as so called UUencoded files. Sylpheed will as upto version 0.5.1 not decode UUencoded files. You need to save these articles to disk as separate files, and use a separate decoder program, like juju, to decode the garble of text. A UUencoded file usually looks something like this:<p> | ||
| 3104 | begin 666 sundown.jpg<p> | ||
| 3105 | after which you will find nicely formatted blocks of characters that don't seem to mean anything. | ||
| 3106 | </sect2> | ||
| 3107 | </sect1> | ||
| 3108 | <!-- end add 2001/07/20 --> | ||
| 3109 | </sect> | ||
| 3110 | |||
| 3111 | <sect>Reference<p> | ||
| 3112 | <!-- Added 2001/07/21 --> | ||
| 3113 | In this section you will find a few pieces of information that might be handy in making Sylpheed more clear for you in respect to the used shortcut keys, and a layout of the format of the address book. | ||
| 3114 | <sect1>Short-Cut Key List<label id="shortcut"><p> | ||
| 3115 | <sect2>One-key shortcuts:<p> | ||
| 3116 | <itemize> | ||
| 3117 | <item>a: create a new message | ||
| 3118 | <item>d: delete the selected message | ||
| 3119 | <item>f: forward the selected message# | ||
| 3120 | <item>g: go to a specific folder through a browsing dialog | ||
| 3121 | <item>n: jump to the next message/next part of a multipart message | ||
| 3122 | <item>p: jump to the previous message/previous part of a multipart message | ||
| 3123 | <item>v: switch on/off the message view | ||
| 3124 | <item>w: same as a | ||
| 3125 | <item>y: Opens save as... dialog | ||
| 3126 | </itemize> | ||
| 3127 | </sect2> | ||
| 3128 | <sect2>Shortcuts to the File menu:<p> | ||
| 3129 | <itemize> | ||
| 3130 | <item>Alt-F: open FILE menu | ||
| 3131 | <item>Alt-P: print | ||
| 3132 | <item>Alt-W: close | ||
| 3133 | <item>Alt-Q: exit | ||
| 3134 | </itemize> | ||
| 3135 | </sect2> | ||
| 3136 | <sect2>Shortcuts to the Edit menu<p> | ||
| 3137 | <itemize> | ||
| 3138 | <item>Alt-E: open EDIT menu | ||
| 3139 | <item>Ctrl-C: copy | ||
| 3140 | <item>Ctrl-A: select all | ||
| 3141 | <item>Ctrl-S: search | ||
| 3142 | </itemize> | ||
| 3143 | </sect2> | ||
| 3144 | <sect2>Shortcuts to the View menu<p> | ||
| 3145 | <itemize> | ||
| 3146 | <item>Alt-V: open VIEW menu | ||
| 3147 | </itemize> | ||
| 3148 | <sect2>Shortcuts to the Message menu<p> | ||
| 3149 | <itemize> | ||
| 3150 | <item>Alt-M: open MESSAGE menu | ||
| 3151 | <item>Alt-I: check mail for current account | ||
| 3152 | <item>Shift-Alt-I: Check mail for all accounts | ||
| 3153 | <item>Alt-N: compose new message | ||
| 3154 | <item>Alt-R: reply to message | ||
| 3155 | <item>Ctrl-Alt-R: reply to sender (contrary to reply to e.g. mailing list) | ||
| 3156 | <item>Shift-Alt-R: reply to all (includes all addresses in To: and Cc:) | ||
| 3157 | <item>Ctrl-F: forward message | ||
| 3158 | <item>Shift-Ctrl-F: forward message as attachment | ||
| 3159 | <item>Alt-O: move message | ||
| 3160 | <item>Alt-D: delete message | ||
| 3161 | <item>Shift-Ctrl-N: open message in new window | ||
| 3162 | <item>Ctrl-U: view message source | ||
| 3163 | <item>Ctrl-H: show all message headers | ||
| 3164 | </itemize> | ||
| 3165 | </sect2> | ||
| 3166 | <sect2>Shortcuts to the Summary menu<p> | ||
| 3167 | <itemize> | ||
| 3168 | <item>Alt-S: open SUMMARY menu<p> | ||
| 3169 | <item>Alt-X: execute (pending commands, only useful when commands are not executed immediately) | ||
| 3170 | <item>Alt-U: update view | ||
| 3171 | <item>Alt-G: go to other folder | ||
| 3172 | <item>Ctrl-T: thread view | ||
| 3173 | <item>Shift-Ctrl-T: unthread view | ||
| 3174 | </itemize> | ||
| 3175 | </sect2> | ||
| 3176 | <sect2>Shortcuts to the Tool menu<p> | ||
| 3177 | <itemize> | ||
| 3178 | <item>Alt-T: open tool menu | ||
| 3179 | <item>Alt-A: open addressbook | ||
| 3180 | <item>Alt-L: open logfile | ||
| 3181 | </itemize> | ||
| 3182 | </sect2> | ||
| 3183 | </sect1> | ||
| 3184 | |||
| 3185 | <sect1>Data Format of Address Book<p> | ||
| 3186 | The addressbook is located in ~/.sylpheed. It is named addressbook.xml. | ||
| 3187 | The general format of the addressbook is:<p> | ||
| 3188 | |||
| 3189 | <code> | ||
| 3190 | < addressbook ><p> | ||
| 3191 | < common_address ><p> | ||
| 3192 | < group name="Common addresses" ><p> | ||
| 3193 | < item ><p> | ||
| 3194 | < name > Paul < /name ><p> | ||
| 3195 | < address > paul@nlpagan.net < /address ><p> | ||
| 3196 | < remarks > Writes Sylph. manual < /remarks ><p> | ||
| 3197 | < /item ><p> | ||
| 3198 | < /group ><p> | ||
| 3199 | < /common_address ><p> | ||
| 3200 | < /addressbook > | ||
| 3201 | </code> | ||
| 3202 | |||
| 3203 | </sect1> | ||
| 3204 | <!-- end add 2001/07/21 --> | ||
| 3205 | </sect> | ||
| 3206 | <sect>FAQ<p> | ||
| 3207 | You can find the latest, updated, FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions list) at | ||
| 3208 | <url url="http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net" name="http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net"> | ||
| 3209 | |||
| 3210 | <sect1>Unread News Messages | ||
| 3211 | </sect1> | ||
| 3212 | <sect1>Using MSN Mail Accounts | ||
| 3213 | </sect1> | ||
| 3214 | <sect1>Changing Fonts on Menu, etc.<p> | ||
| 3215 | If you want to change the font that shows the menu of Sylpheed, this is controlled by the window manager that you are using. You have to go into the setup of the window manager (KDE, Gnome, XFCE) and change the font to your desired one.<p> | ||
| 3216 | Changing the font of the views of Sylpheed is done by selecting "Common preferences" in the Configuration menu. There you select the "Display" tab, and in the first section of the window you can browse the fonts available on your computer. | ||
| 3217 | </sect1> | ||
| 3218 | <sect1>Changing Key Binding of Short-Cut Key<p> | ||
| 3219 | Sylpheed's graphical interface is based on GTK. This means that it is very simple to change the key binding (shortcut key, hotkey) for menu items. If you are used to a certain key combination from another program, you can tell Sylpheed to use that same key combination.<p> | ||
| 3220 | The procedure is very simple. Suppose you want to change the key binding for getting new mail (message menu) from Alt-I to Ctrl-M.<p> | ||
| 3221 | <itemize> | ||
| 3222 | <item>Open the message menu with the mouse or by pressing Alt-M | ||
| 3223 | <item>Select the "get new mail" option (do not click it, this will activate the function!). If you use the mouse, just move the mouse cursor over the option. | ||
| 3224 | <item>Now you press Ctrl-M. You will immediately see the new key combination appear on the menu. | ||
| 3225 | </itemize> | ||
| 3226 | Congratulations, you have just changed a key binding. This way you can change all the options that you want. Do note that it is best to use just the alt, shift and ctrl key combinations. Several functions within Sylpheed are called up by one-key actions which are programmed in. | ||
| 3227 | </sect1> | ||
| 3228 | |||
| 3229 | </sect> | ||
| 3230 | <sect>Information | ||
| 3231 | |||
| 3232 | <sect1>Websites on Sylpheed<p> | ||
| 3233 | Here are some links to the Sylpheed FAQ in other languages:<p> | ||
| 3234 | <itemize> | ||
| 3235 | <item><url url="http://sylpheeddoc.sourceforge.net/fr/faq/sylpheed-faq.html" name="http://sylpheeddoc.sourceforge.net/fr/faq/sylpheed-faq.html">, courtesy of francois Barri�re | ||
| 3236 | <item><url url="http://silver.lacmhacarh.gr.jp/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq-ja.htm" name="http://silver.lacmhacarh.gr.jp/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq-ja.htm">, SYLPHEED FAQ in Japanese, courtesy of WAKAI "SilverRain" Kazunao | ||
| 3237 | <item><url url="http://beatles.cselt.it/~mau/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq.html" name="http://beatles.cselt.it/~mau/sylpheed/sylpheedfaq.html">, SYLPHEED FAQ in Italian, courtesy of Maurizio Codogno | ||
| 3238 | <item><url url="http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.html" name="http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.html">, SYLPHEED FAQ in German (HTML-Version) | ||
| 3239 | <item><url url="http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.txt" name="http://www.synconet.de/privhome/rs/sylpheed_faq.txt">, the german text-only version, both courtesy of Ralf Schiffers. | ||
| 3240 | <item><url url="http://www.cs.uoi.gr/~csst9910/el_sylfaq.html" name="http://www.cs.uoi.gr/~csst9910/el_sylfaq.html">, SYLPHEED FAQ in Greek courtesy of Theofilos Intzoglou. | ||
| 3241 | <item><url url="http://sylpheed.republika.pl" name="http://sylpheed.republika.pl">, SYLPHEED FAQ in Polish courtesy of Przemyslaw Sulek. | ||
| 3242 | <item>A spanish version of the FAQ is written by Marcelo Ramos: | ||
| 3243 | <url url="http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.html" name="http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.html">, HTML version, | ||
| 3244 | <url url="http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.txt" name="http://www.geocities.com/hackpando/sylpheedfaq.txt">, Text version | ||
| 3245 | <item>In addition, the spanish FAQ is also available from Ricardo Mones Lastra: | ||
| 3246 | <url url="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es/" name="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es/">, Linked HTML | ||
| 3247 | <url url="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.dvi" name="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.dvi">, (Device independent) | ||
| 3248 | <url url="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.ps" name="http://www.aic.uniovi.es/mones/sylpheed/faq-es.ps">, the Spanish FAQ as a Postscript file. | ||
| 3249 | <item><url url="http://linux.fisek.com.tr/dfisek/sylpheed-sss.html" name="http://linux.fisek.com.tr/dfisek/sylpheed-sss.html">, the turkish FAQ for Sylpheed is available, thanks to the translating of Doruk Fisek. | ||
| 3250 | <item><url url="http://hem.passagen.se/webplats/sylpheed-faq-se.html" name="http://hem.passagen.se/webplats/sylpheed-faq-se.html">, the Swedish FAQ, courtesy of Mattias Stergren | ||
| 3251 | </itemize> | ||
| 3252 | </sect1> | ||
| 3253 | <sect1>Mailing Lists<p> | ||
| 3254 | If you want to stay up to date on Sylpheed, and want to talk about the program with other users, you can join the mailing list.<p> | ||
| 3255 | Send a mail to sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net that says<p> | ||
| 3256 | <tt>subscribe Your Name</tt><p> | ||
| 3257 | in the body.<p> | ||
| 3258 | The server returns the mail once for the first registration request that asks the confirmation: "May I put you on this mailing list?" that includes the following phrase (this number is merely an example).<p> | ||
| 3259 | <tt>confirm 84682771 Anne Shirley</tt><p> | ||
| 3260 | This is a precaution for mischief like subscribing you to the list against your wish.<p> | ||
| 3261 | If you received the entry confirmation mail, send a mail that includes the phrase:<p> | ||
| 3262 | <tt>confirm Password(a number) Your Name</tt><p> | ||
| 3263 | to the address for registration: sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net again. Then, it is considered that you have confirmed the registration and you are registered to the server.<p> | ||
| 3264 | The address for posting to the list is sylpheed@good-day.net.<p> | ||
| 3265 | Notice: If you lost the mail that says<p> | ||
| 3266 | confirm Password(a number) Your Name<p> | ||
| 3267 | or you became confused and want to do from start, do them over from the start, in other words, send<p> | ||
| 3268 | <tt>subscribe Anne Shirley</tt><p> | ||
| 3269 | to sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net again.<p> | ||
| 3270 | <sect2>How to unsubscribe.<p> | ||
| 3271 | Send a mail to sylpheed-ctl@good-day.net that says<p> | ||
| 3272 | <tt>unsubscribe</tt><p> | ||
| 3273 | in the body.<p> | ||
| 3274 | </sect2> | ||
| 3275 | <!-- added aug. 13, 2001 --> | ||
| 3276 | </sect1> | ||
| 3277 | <sect1>Anonymous CVS<p> | ||
| 3278 | This section has not been written yet. | ||
| 3279 | </sect1> | ||
| 3280 | |||
| 3281 | <!-- added 2001/09/05 --> | ||
| 3282 | <sect1>How to tell another program to use Sylpheed as e-mail program<p> | ||
| 3283 | If you wish to use Sylpheed from within for example Netscape or Opera, then you need to go to the `preferences` section, then choose `applications` and in the email client part, you need to enter <tt>sylpheed --compose</tt>. | ||
| 3284 | </sect1> | ||
| 3285 | </sect> | ||
| 3286 | <sect>About This Document | ||
| 3287 | |||
| 3288 | <sect1>Copyright Notice<p> | ||
| 3289 | Copyright (C) 2001 Hiroyuki Yamamoto<p> | ||
| 3290 | This program has been placed in the GPL. | ||
| 3291 | </sect1> | ||
| 3292 | <sect1>GNU General Public License<p> | ||
| 3293 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or | ||
| 3294 | modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 3295 | as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 | ||
| 3296 | of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 3297 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 3298 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 3299 | GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 3300 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | ||
| 3301 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | ||
| 3302 | </sect1> | ||
| 3303 | <!-- add 2001/07/21 --> | ||
| 3304 | <sect1>Where to Get the Latest Version of This Document<p> | ||
| 3305 | You can find the latest version of this document on the site of the Sylpheed documentation project at | ||
| 3306 | |||
| 3307 | <url url="http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net" name="http://sylpheeddoc.sf.net"> | ||
| 3308 | |||
| 3309 | Here FAQ and manual are uploaded as HTML pages, and in form of SGML files within the CVS repository. | ||
| 3310 | </sect1> | ||
| 3311 | <sect1>Ending Remark<p> | ||
| 3312 | I wish to thank everyone involved in the Sylpheed project.<p> | ||
| 3313 | Hiroyuki Yamamoto and all the other developers for the fabulous program they have created.<p> | ||
| 3314 | Francois Barriere who helped me become friends with the CVS system.<p> | ||
| 3315 | All the help I received from everyone on the Sylpheed mailing list while writing the FAQ and this manual.<p> | ||
| 3316 | Nick Selby, for offering his well appreciated assistance in writing along in this manual.<p> | ||
| 3317 | All the people around the world who work hard on keeping the manual and FAQ up to date<p> | ||
| 3318 | And Linus Torvald, who got us a great operating system! ;-) | ||
| 3319 | <!-- end add 2001/07/21 --> | ||
| 3320 | </sect1> | ||
| 3321 | </sect> | ||
| 3322 | |||
| 3323 | <appendix> | ||
| 3324 | |||
| 3325 | <sect> | ||
| 3326 | The Sylpheed documentation team:<label id="The Sylpheed documentation team"/> | ||
| 3327 | |||
| 3328 | <p> | ||
| 3329 | <verb> | ||
| 3330 | Francois Barriere fbarriere@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3331 | Martin Bretschneider furbour@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3332 | Olivier Delhomme dup@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3333 | Doruk Fisek dobidik@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3334 | Melvin Hadasht mhadasht@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3335 | Nicolas Kaiser nikai@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3336 | Paul Kater pkater@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3337 | Ricardo Mones Lastra mones@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3338 | Jens Oberender jobi@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3339 | Marcelo Ramos hackpando@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3340 | Guido Rudolphi malatesta@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3341 | Frank Weng fweng@users.sourceforge.net | ||
| 3342 | </verb> | ||
| 3343 | |||
| 3344 | <!-- - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF) --> | ||
| 3345 | <!-- LINK REV="made" HREF="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org" --> | ||
| 3346 | |||
| 3347 | |||
| 3348 | <sect> | ||
| 3349 | GNU Free Documentation License<label id="GNU Free Documentation License"/> | ||
| 3350 | |||
| 3351 | |||
| 3352 | <p>Version 1.1, March 2000</p> | ||
| 3353 | |||
| 3354 | <p>Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 3355 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
| 3356 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
| 3357 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
| 3358 | </p> | ||
| 3359 | |||
| 3360 | <sect1> | ||
| 3361 | PREAMBLE | ||
| 3362 | |||
| 3363 | <p>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, | ||
| 3364 | or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to | ||
| 3365 | assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, | ||
| 3366 | with or without modifying it, either commercially or | ||
| 3367 | noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the | ||
| 3368 | author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not | ||
| 3369 | being considered responsible for modifications made by | ||
| 3370 | others.</p> | ||
| 3371 | |||
| 3372 | <p>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that | ||
| 3373 | derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the | ||
| 3374 | same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which | ||
| 3375 | is a copyleft license designed for free software.</p> | ||
| 3376 | |||
| 3377 | <p>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals | ||
| 3378 | for free software, because free software needs free documentation: | ||
| 3379 | a free program should come with manuals providing the same | ||
| 3380 | freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited | ||
| 3381 | to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, | ||
| 3382 | regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a | ||
| 3383 | printed book. We recommend this License principally for works | ||
| 3384 | whose purpose is instruction or reference.</p> | ||
| 3385 | </sect1> | ||
| 3386 | |||
| 3387 | <sect1> | ||
| 3388 | APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS | ||
| 3389 | |||
| 3390 | <p>This License applies to any manual or other work that | ||
| 3391 | contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be | ||
| 3392 | distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", | ||
| 3393 | below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the | ||
| 3394 | public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".</p> | ||
| 3395 | |||
| 3396 | <p>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work | ||
| 3397 | containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied | ||
| 3398 | verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another | ||
| 3399 | language.</p> | ||
| 3400 | |||
| 3401 | <p>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter | ||
| 3402 | section of the Document that deals exclusively with the | ||
| 3403 | relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the | ||
| 3404 | Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains | ||
| 3405 | nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. | ||
| 3406 | (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of | ||
| 3407 | mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) | ||
| 3408 | The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with | ||
| 3409 | the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, | ||
| 3410 | philosophical, ethical or political position regarding | ||
| 3411 | them.</p> | ||
| 3412 | |||
| 3413 | <p>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections | ||
| 3414 | whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, | ||
| 3415 | in the notice that says that the Document is released under this | ||
| 3416 | License.</p> | ||
| 3417 | |||
| 3418 | <p>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that | ||
| 3419 | are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the | ||
| 3420 | notice that says that the Document is released under this | ||
| 3421 | License.</p> | ||
| 3422 | |||
| 3423 | <p>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a | ||
| 3424 | machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification | ||
| 3425 | is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed | ||
| 3426 | and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text | ||
| 3427 | editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs | ||
| 3428 | or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that | ||
| 3429 | is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic | ||
| 3430 | translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text | ||
| 3431 | formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format | ||
| 3432 | whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent | ||
| 3433 | modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not | ||
| 3434 | "Transparent" is called "Opaque".</p> | ||
| 3435 | |||
| 3436 | <p>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include | ||
| 3437 | plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input | ||
| 3438 | format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and | ||
| 3439 | standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. | ||
| 3440 | Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that | ||
| 3441 | can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML | ||
| 3442 | or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally | ||
| 3443 | available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word | ||
| 3444 | processors for output purposes only.</p> | ||
| 3445 | |||
| 3446 | <p>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page | ||
| 3447 | itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, | ||
| 3448 | the material this License requires to appear in the title page. | ||
| 3449 | For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, | ||
| 3450 | "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of | ||
| 3451 | the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the | ||
| 3452 | text.</p> | ||
| 3453 | </sect1> | ||
| 3454 | |||
| 3455 | <sect1> | ||
| 3456 | VERBATIM COPYING | ||
| 3457 | |||
| 3458 | <p>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, | ||
| 3459 | either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this | ||
| 3460 | License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this | ||
| 3461 | License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and | ||
| 3462 | that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this | ||
| 3463 | License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or | ||
| 3464 | control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or | ||
| 3465 | distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for | ||
| 3466 | copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you | ||
| 3467 | must also follow the conditions in section 3.</p> | ||
| 3468 | |||
| 3469 | <p>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated | ||
| 3470 | above, and you may publicly display copies.</p> | ||
| 3471 | </sect1> | ||
| 3472 | |||
| 3473 | <sect1> | ||
| 3474 | COPYING IN QUANTITY | ||
| 3475 | |||
| 3476 | <p>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more | ||
| 3477 | than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, | ||
| 3478 | you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and | ||
| 3479 | legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front | ||
| 3480 | cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must | ||
| 3481 | also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these | ||
| 3482 | copies. The front cover must present the full title with all | ||
| 3483 | words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add | ||
| 3484 | other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes | ||
| 3485 | limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the | ||
| 3486 | Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim | ||
| 3487 | copying in other respects.</p> | ||
| 3488 | |||
| 3489 | <p>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to | ||
| 3490 | fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit | ||
| 3491 | reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto | ||
| 3492 | adjacent pages.</p> | ||
| 3493 | |||
| 3494 | <p>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document | ||
| 3495 | numbering more than 100, you must either include a | ||
| 3496 | machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or | ||
| 3497 | state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible | ||
| 3498 | computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy | ||
| 3499 | of the Document, free of added material, which the general | ||
| 3500 | network-using public has access to download anonymously at no | ||
| 3501 | charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the | ||
| 3502 | latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you | ||
| 3503 | begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that | ||
| 3504 | this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated | ||
| 3505 | location until at least one year after the last time you | ||
| 3506 | distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or | ||
| 3507 | retailers) of that edition to the public.</p> | ||
| 3508 | |||
| 3509 | <p>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the | ||
| 3510 | authors of the Document well before redistributing any large | ||
| 3511 | number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an | ||
| 3512 | updated version of the Document.</p> | ||
| 3513 | </sect1> | ||
| 3514 | |||
| 3515 | <sect1> | ||
| 3516 | MODIFICATIONS | ||
| 3517 | |||
| 3518 | <p>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the | ||
| 3519 | Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided | ||
| 3520 | that you release the Modified Version under precisely this | ||
| 3521 | License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the | ||
| 3522 | Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the | ||
| 3523 | Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, | ||
| 3524 | you must do these things in the Modified Version:</p> | ||
| 3525 | |||
| 3526 | <p><itemize> | ||
| 3527 | <item>Use in the Title Page | ||
| 3528 | (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the | ||
| 3529 | Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if | ||
| 3530 | there were any, be listed in the History section of the | ||
| 3531 | Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if | ||
| 3532 | the original publisher of that version gives permission. | ||
| 3533 | </item> | ||
| 3534 | |||
| 3535 | <item>List on the Title Page, | ||
| 3536 | as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for | ||
| 3537 | authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, | ||
| 3538 | together with at least five of the principal authors of the | ||
| 3539 | Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than | ||
| 3540 | five). | ||
| 3541 | </item> | ||
| 3542 | |||
| 3543 | <item>State on the Title page | ||
| 3544 | the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the | ||
| 3545 | publisher. | ||
| 3546 | </item> | ||
| 3547 | |||
| 3548 | <item>Preserve all the | ||
| 3549 | copyright notices of the Document. | ||
| 3550 | </item> | ||
| 3551 | |||
| 3552 | <item>Add an appropriate | ||
| 3553 | copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other | ||
| 3554 | copyright notices. | ||
| 3555 | </item> | ||
| 3556 | |||
| 3557 | <item>Include, immediately | ||
| 3558 | after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public | ||
| 3559 | permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this | ||
| 3560 | License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. | ||
| 3561 | </item> | ||
| 3562 | |||
| 3563 | <item>Preserve in that license | ||
| 3564 | notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover | ||
| 3565 | Texts given in the Document's license notice. | ||
| 3566 | </item> | ||
| 3567 | |||
| 3568 | <item>Include an unaltered | ||
| 3569 | copy of this License. | ||
| 3570 | </item> | ||
| 3571 | |||
| 3572 | <item>Preserve the section | ||
| 3573 | entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating | ||
| 3574 | at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the | ||
| 3575 | Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no | ||
| 3576 | section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating | ||
| 3577 | the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given | ||
| 3578 | on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified | ||
| 3579 | Version as stated in the previous sentence. | ||
| 3580 | </item> | ||
| 3581 | |||
| 3582 | <item>Preserve the network | ||
| 3583 | location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a | ||
| 3584 | Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network | ||
| 3585 | locations given in the Document for previous versions it was | ||
| 3586 | based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You | ||
| 3587 | may omit a network location for a work that was published at | ||
| 3588 | least four years before the Document itself, or if the original | ||
| 3589 | publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. | ||
| 3590 | </item> | ||
| 3591 | |||
| 3592 | <item>In any section entitled | ||
| 3593 | "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's | ||
| 3594 | title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of | ||
| 3595 | each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications | ||
| 3596 | given therein. | ||
| 3597 | </item> | ||
| 3598 | |||
| 3599 | <item>Preserve all the | ||
| 3600 | Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and | ||
| 3601 | in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not | ||
| 3602 | considered part of the section titles. | ||
| 3603 | </item> | ||
| 3604 | |||
| 3605 | <item>Delete any section | ||
| 3606 | entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in | ||
| 3607 | the Modified Version. | ||
| 3608 | </item> | ||
| 3609 | |||
| 3610 | <item>Do not retitle any | ||
| 3611 | existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with | ||
| 3612 | any Invariant Section. | ||
| 3613 | </item> | ||
| 3614 | </itemize> | ||
| 3615 | |||
| 3616 | <p>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections | ||
| 3617 | or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no | ||
| 3618 | material copied from the Document, you may at your option | ||
| 3619 | designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, | ||
| 3620 | add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified | ||
| 3621 | Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any | ||
| 3622 | other section titles.</p> | ||
| 3623 | |||
| 3624 | <p>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it | ||
| 3625 | contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by | ||
| 3626 | various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that | ||
| 3627 | the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative | ||
| 3628 | definition of a standard.</p> | ||
| 3629 | |||
| 3630 | <p>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover | ||
| 3631 | Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the | ||
| 3632 | end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one | ||
| 3633 | passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be | ||
| 3634 | added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the | ||
| 3635 | Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, | ||
| 3636 | previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity | ||
| 3637 | you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may | ||
| 3638 | replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous | ||
| 3639 | publisher that added the old one.</p> | ||
| 3640 | |||
| 3641 | <p>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by | ||
| 3642 | this License give permission to use their names for publicity for | ||
| 3643 | or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.</p> | ||
| 3644 | </sect1> | ||
| 3645 | |||
| 3646 | <sect1> | ||
| 3647 | COMBINING DOCUMENTS | ||
| 3648 | |||
| 3649 | <p>You may combine the Document with other documents released | ||
| 3650 | under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for | ||
| 3651 | modified versions, provided that you include in the combination | ||
| 3652 | all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, | ||
| 3653 | unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your | ||
| 3654 | combined work in its license notice.</p> | ||
| 3655 | |||
| 3656 | <p>The combined work need only contain one copy of this | ||
| 3657 | License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced | ||
| 3658 | with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with | ||
| 3659 | the same name but different contents, make the title of each such | ||
| 3660 | section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the | ||
| 3661 | name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, | ||
| 3662 | or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section | ||
| 3663 | titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of | ||
| 3664 | the combined work.</p> | ||
| 3665 | |||
| 3666 | <p>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled | ||
| 3667 | "History" in the various original documents, forming one section | ||
| 3668 | entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled | ||
| 3669 | "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You | ||
| 3670 | must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements."</p> | ||
| 3671 | </sect1> | ||
| 3672 | |||
| 3673 | <sect1> | ||
| 3674 | COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS | ||
| 3675 | |||
| 3676 | <p>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and | ||
| 3677 | other documents released under this License, and replace the | ||
| 3678 | individual copies of this License in the various documents with a | ||
| 3679 | single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you | ||
| 3680 | follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of | ||
| 3681 | the documents in all other respects.</p> | ||
| 3682 | |||
| 3683 | <p>You may extract a single document from such a collection, | ||
| 3684 | and distribute it individually under this License, provided you | ||
| 3685 | insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and | ||
| 3686 | follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim | ||
| 3687 | copying of that document.</p> | ||
| 3688 | </sect1> | ||
| 3689 | |||
| 3690 | <sect1> | ||
| 3691 | AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS | ||
| 3692 | |||
| 3693 | <p>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other | ||
| 3694 | separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of | ||
| 3695 | a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a | ||
| 3696 | Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation | ||
| 3697 | copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is | ||
| 3698 | called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the | ||
| 3699 | other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on | ||
| 3700 | account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves | ||
| 3701 | derivative works of the Document.</p> | ||
| 3702 | |||
| 3703 | <p>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to | ||
| 3704 | these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than | ||
| 3705 | one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts | ||
| 3706 | may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the | ||
| 3707 | aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole | ||
| 3708 | aggregate.</p> | ||
| 3709 | </sect1> | ||
| 3710 | |||
| 3711 | <sect1> | ||
| 3712 | TRANSLATION | ||
| 3713 | |||
| 3714 | <p>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may | ||
| 3715 | distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section | ||
| 3716 | 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires | ||
| 3717 | special permission from their copyright holders, but you may | ||
| 3718 | include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition | ||
| 3719 | to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may | ||
| 3720 | include a translation of this License provided that you also | ||
| 3721 | include the original English version of this License. In case of | ||
| 3722 | a disagreement between the translation and the original English | ||
| 3723 | version of this License, the original English version will | ||
| 3724 | prevail.</p> | ||
| 3725 | </sect1> | ||
| 3726 | |||
| 3727 | <sect1> | ||
| 3728 | TERMINATION | ||
| 3729 | |||
| 3730 | <p>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the | ||
| 3731 | Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any | ||
| 3732 | other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the | ||
| 3733 | Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights | ||
| 3734 | under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or | ||
| 3735 | rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses | ||
| 3736 | terminated so long as such parties remain in full | ||
| 3737 | compliance.</p> | ||
| 3738 | </sect1> | ||
| 3739 | |||
| 3740 | <sect1> | ||
| 3741 | FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE | ||
| 3742 | |||
| 3743 | <p>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised | ||
| 3744 | versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. | ||
| 3745 | Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present | ||
| 3746 | version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or | ||
| 3747 | concerns. See <url url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" name="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">.</p> | ||
| 3748 | |||
| 3749 | <p>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing | ||
| 3750 | version number. If the Document specifies that a particular | ||
| 3751 | numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to | ||
| 3752 | it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions | ||
| 3753 | either of that specified version or of any later version that has | ||
| 3754 | been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. | ||
| 3755 | If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, | ||
| 3756 | you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the | ||
| 3757 | Free Software Foundation.</p> | ||
| 3758 | </sect1> | ||
| 3759 | |||
| 3760 | <sect1> | ||
| 3761 | How to use this License for your documents | ||
| 3762 | |||
| 3763 | <p>To use this License in a document you have written, include | ||
| 3764 | a copy of the License in the document and put the following | ||
| 3765 | copyright and license notices just after the title page:</p> | ||
| 3766 | |||
| 3767 | <p><tt> | ||
| 3768 | Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. | ||
| 3769 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 3770 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 3771 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 3772 | with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the | ||
| 3773 | Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. | ||
| 3774 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU | ||
| 3775 | Free Documentation License". | ||
| 3776 | </tt></p> | ||
| 3777 | |||
| 3778 | <p>If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant | ||
| 3779 | Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have | ||
| 3780 | no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of | ||
| 3781 | "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover | ||
| 3782 | Texts.</p> | ||
| 3783 | |||
| 3784 | <p>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program | ||
| 3785 | code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your | ||
| 3786 | choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public | ||
| 3787 | License, to permit their use in free software.</p> | ||
| 3788 | </sect1> | ||
| 3789 | |||
| 3790 | <!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file | ||
| 3791 | Local variables: | ||
| 3792 | mode: sgml | ||
| 3793 | sgml-omittag:nil | ||
| 3794 | sgml-shorttag:t | ||
| 3795 | sgml-minimize-attributes:nil | ||
| 3796 | sgml-always-quote-attributes:t | ||
| 3797 | sgml-indent-step:2 | ||
| 3798 | sgml-parent-document: ("referenz.sgml" "appendix") | ||
| 3799 | sgml-exposed-tags:nil | ||
| 3800 | sgml-local-ecat-files:nil | ||
| 3801 | sgml-local-catalogs: CATALOG | ||
| 3802 | sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -s referenz.sgml" | ||
| 3803 | ispell-skip-sgml: t | ||
| 3804 | End: | ||
| 3805 | --> | ||
| 3806 | </article> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/Makefile.am b/manual/ja/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e910a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/Makefile.am | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ | |||
| 1 | manualdatadir = $(manualdir)/ja | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | manualdata_DATA = \ | ||
| 4 | sylpheed-1.html \ | ||
| 5 | sylpheed-10.html \ | ||
| 6 | sylpheed-11.html \ | ||
| 7 | sylpheed-12.html \ | ||
| 8 | sylpheed-13.html \ | ||
| 9 | sylpheed-14.html \ | ||
| 10 | sylpheed-15.html \ | ||
| 11 | sylpheed-16.html \ | ||
| 12 | sylpheed-17.html \ | ||
| 13 | sylpheed-18.html \ | ||
| 14 | sylpheed-19.html \ | ||
| 15 | sylpheed-20.html \ | ||
| 16 | sylpheed-21.html \ | ||
| 17 | sylpheed-22.html \ | ||
| 18 | sylpheed-23.html \ | ||
| 19 | sylpheed-24.html \ | ||
| 20 | sylpheed-25.html \ | ||
| 21 | sylpheed-26.html \ | ||
| 22 | sylpheed-27.html \ | ||
| 23 | sylpheed-2.html \ | ||
| 24 | sylpheed-3.html \ | ||
| 25 | sylpheed-4.html \ | ||
| 26 | sylpheed-5.html \ | ||
| 27 | sylpheed-6.html \ | ||
| 28 | sylpheed-7.html \ | ||
| 29 | sylpheed-8.html \ | ||
| 30 | sylpheed-9.html \ | ||
| 31 | sylpheed.html | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | # generated by `ls -1 | grep -v Makefile | sed -e 's/\(.*\)/ \1 /'` | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | EXTRA_DIST = $(manualdata_DATA) \ | ||
| 36 | sylpheed.sgml \ | ||
| 37 | header.txt | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | update-html: | ||
| 40 | sgml2html --language=ja --charset=nippon --header=header.txt sylpheed.sgml | ||
| 41 | for i in *.html; do \ | ||
| 42 | iconv -f EUC-JP -t UTF-8 $$i > $$i.tmp && mv $$i.tmp $$i; \ | ||
| 43 | done | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/Makefile.in b/manual/ja/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1308841 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/Makefile.in | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,585 @@ | |||
| 1 | # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am. | ||
| 2 | # @configure_input@ | ||
| 3 | |||
| 4 | # Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 5 | |||
| 6 | # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation | ||
| 7 | # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, | ||
| 8 | # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 11 | # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without | ||
| 12 | # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A | ||
| 13 | # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | ||
| 14 | |||
| 15 | @SET_MAKE@ | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | VPATH = @srcdir@ | ||
| 18 | am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)' | ||
| 19 | am__make_running_with_option = \ | ||
| 20 | case $${target_option-} in \ | ||
| 21 | ?) ;; \ | ||
| 22 | *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ | ||
| 23 | "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ | ||
| 24 | exit 1;; \ | ||
| 25 | esac; \ | ||
| 26 | has_opt=no; \ | ||
| 27 | sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ | ||
| 28 | if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ | ||
| 29 | sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ | ||
| 30 | else \ | ||
| 31 | case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ | ||
| 32 | *\\[\ \ ]*) \ | ||
| 33 | bs=\\; \ | ||
| 34 | sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | ||
| 35 | | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ | ||
| 36 | esac; \ | ||
| 37 | fi; \ | ||
| 38 | skip_next=no; \ | ||
| 39 | strip_trailopt () \ | ||
| 40 | { \ | ||
| 41 | flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ | ||
| 42 | }; \ | ||
| 43 | for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ | ||
| 44 | test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ | ||
| 45 | case $$flg in \ | ||
| 46 | *=*|--*) continue;; \ | ||
| 47 | -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 48 | -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ | ||
| 49 | -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 50 | -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ | ||
| 51 | -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 52 | -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ | ||
| 53 | -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 54 | -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ | ||
| 55 | esac; \ | ||
| 56 | case $$flg in \ | ||
| 57 | *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ | ||
| 58 | esac; \ | ||
| 59 | done; \ | ||
| 60 | test $$has_opt = yes | ||
| 61 | am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) | ||
| 62 | am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) | ||
| 63 | pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 64 | pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 65 | pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 66 | pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ | ||
| 67 | am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd | ||
| 68 | install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 | ||
| 69 | install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c | ||
| 70 | install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c | ||
| 71 | INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) | ||
| 72 | transform = $(program_transform_name) | ||
| 73 | NORMAL_INSTALL = : | ||
| 74 | PRE_INSTALL = : | ||
| 75 | POST_INSTALL = : | ||
| 76 | NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 77 | PRE_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 78 | POST_UNINSTALL = : | ||
| 79 | build_triplet = @build@ | ||
| 80 | host_triplet = @host@ | ||
| 81 | target_triplet = @target@ | ||
| 82 | subdir = manual/ja | ||
| 83 | DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ | ||
| 84 | $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs | ||
| 85 | ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 | ||
| 86 | am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/ac/aclocal-include.m4 \ | ||
| 87 | $(top_srcdir)/ac/gnupg-check-typedef.m4 \ | ||
| 88 | $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac | ||
| 89 | am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ | ||
| 90 | $(ACLOCAL_M4) | ||
| 91 | mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs | ||
| 92 | CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h | ||
| 93 | CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = | ||
| 94 | CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = | ||
| 95 | AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) | ||
| 96 | am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 97 | am__v_P_0 = false | ||
| 98 | am__v_P_1 = : | ||
| 99 | AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) | ||
| 100 | am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 101 | am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; | ||
| 102 | am__v_GEN_1 = | ||
| 103 | AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) | ||
| 104 | am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) | ||
| 105 | am__v_at_0 = @ | ||
| 106 | am__v_at_1 = | ||
| 107 | SOURCES = | ||
| 108 | DIST_SOURCES = | ||
| 109 | am__can_run_installinfo = \ | ||
| 110 | case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ | ||
| 111 | n|no|NO) false;; \ | ||
| 112 | *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ | ||
| 113 | esac | ||
| 114 | am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; | ||
| 115 | am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ | ||
| 116 | $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ | ||
| 117 | *) f=$$p;; \ | ||
| 118 | esac; | ||
| 119 | am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; | ||
| 120 | am__install_max = 40 | ||
| 121 | am__nobase_strip_setup = \ | ||
| 122 | srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` | ||
| 123 | am__nobase_strip = \ | ||
| 124 | for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" | ||
| 125 | am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ | ||
| 126 | for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ | ||
| 127 | sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ | ||
| 128 | $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ | ||
| 129 | if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ | ||
| 130 | { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ | ||
| 131 | END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' | ||
| 132 | am__base_list = \ | ||
| 133 | sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ | ||
| 134 | sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | ||
| 135 | am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ | ||
| 136 | test -z "$$files" \ | ||
| 137 | || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ | ||
| 138 | || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ | ||
| 139 | $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ | ||
| 140 | } | ||
| 141 | am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)" | ||
| 142 | DATA = $(manualdata_DATA) | ||
| 143 | am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) | ||
| 144 | DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) | ||
| 145 | ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ | ||
| 146 | ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ | ||
| 147 | AMTAR = @AMTAR@ | ||
| 148 | AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ | ||
| 149 | AR = @AR@ | ||
| 150 | AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ | ||
| 151 | AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ | ||
| 152 | AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ | ||
| 153 | AWK = @AWK@ | ||
| 154 | BUILD_REVISION = @BUILD_REVISION@ | ||
| 155 | CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ | ||
| 156 | CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ | ||
| 157 | CC = @CC@ | ||
| 158 | CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ | ||
| 159 | CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ | ||
| 160 | CPP = @CPP@ | ||
| 161 | CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ | ||
| 162 | CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ | ||
| 163 | DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ | ||
| 164 | DEFS = @DEFS@ | ||
| 165 | DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ | ||
| 166 | DEVEL_VERSION = @DEVEL_VERSION@ | ||
| 167 | DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ | ||
| 168 | DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ | ||
| 169 | DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ | ||
| 170 | ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ | ||
| 171 | ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ | ||
| 172 | ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ | ||
| 173 | EGREP = @EGREP@ | ||
| 174 | EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ | ||
| 175 | EXTRA_VERSION = @EXTRA_VERSION@ | ||
| 176 | FGREP = @FGREP@ | ||
| 177 | GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ | ||
| 178 | GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 179 | GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES = @GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES@ | ||
| 180 | GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ | ||
| 181 | GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ | ||
| 182 | GLIB_MKENUMS = @GLIB_MKENUMS@ | ||
| 183 | GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ | ||
| 184 | GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ | ||
| 185 | GOBJECT_QUERY = @GOBJECT_QUERY@ | ||
| 186 | GPGME_CFLAGS = @GPGME_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 187 | GPGME_CONFIG = @GPGME_CONFIG@ | ||
| 188 | GPGME_LIBS = @GPGME_LIBS@ | ||
| 189 | GREP = @GREP@ | ||
| 190 | GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 191 | GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@ | ||
| 192 | INSTALL = @INSTALL@ | ||
| 193 | INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ | ||
| 194 | INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ | ||
| 195 | INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ | ||
| 196 | INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ | ||
| 197 | INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ | ||
| 198 | INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ | ||
| 199 | LD = @LD@ | ||
| 200 | LDAP_LIBS = @LDAP_LIBS@ | ||
| 201 | LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ | ||
| 202 | LEX = @LEX@ | ||
| 203 | LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ | ||
| 204 | LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ | ||
| 205 | LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ | ||
| 206 | LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ | ||
| 207 | LIBS = @LIBS@ | ||
| 208 | LIBSYLPH_CFLAGS = @LIBSYLPH_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 209 | LIBSYLPH_LIBS = @LIBSYLPH_LIBS@ | ||
| 210 | LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ | ||
| 211 | LIPO = @LIPO@ | ||
| 212 | LN_S = @LN_S@ | ||
| 213 | LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ | ||
| 214 | LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ | ||
| 215 | LT_AGE = @LT_AGE@ | ||
| 216 | LT_CURRENT = @LT_CURRENT@ | ||
| 217 | LT_RELEASE = @LT_RELEASE@ | ||
| 218 | LT_REVISION = @LT_REVISION@ | ||
| 219 | MAINT = @MAINT@ | ||
| 220 | MAJOR_VERSION = @MAJOR_VERSION@ | ||
| 221 | MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ | ||
| 222 | MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ | ||
| 223 | MICRO_VERSION = @MICRO_VERSION@ | ||
| 224 | MINOR_VERSION = @MINOR_VERSION@ | ||
| 225 | MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ | ||
| 226 | MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ | ||
| 227 | MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ | ||
| 228 | MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ | ||
| 229 | NM = @NM@ | ||
| 230 | NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ | ||
| 231 | OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ | ||
| 232 | OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ | ||
| 233 | OPENSSL_CFLAGS = @OPENSSL_CFLAGS@ | ||
| 234 | OPENSSL_LIBS = @OPENSSL_LIBS@ | ||
| 235 | OTOOL = @OTOOL@ | ||
| 236 | OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ | ||
| 237 | PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ | ||
| 238 | PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ | ||
| 239 | PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ | ||
| 240 | PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ | ||
| 241 | PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ | ||
| 242 | PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ | ||
| 243 | PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ | ||
| 244 | PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ | ||
| 245 | PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ | ||
| 246 | PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ | ||
| 247 | PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ | ||
| 248 | POFILES = @POFILES@ | ||
| 249 | POSUB = @POSUB@ | ||
| 250 | PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ | ||
| 251 | PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ | ||
| 252 | RANLIB = @RANLIB@ | ||
| 253 | SED = @SED@ | ||
| 254 | SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ | ||
| 255 | SHELL = @SHELL@ | ||
| 256 | STRIP = @STRIP@ | ||
| 257 | SYLPHEED_LIBS = @SYLPHEED_LIBS@ | ||
| 258 | USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ | ||
| 259 | VERSION = @VERSION@ | ||
| 260 | WINDRES = @WINDRES@ | ||
| 261 | XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ | ||
| 262 | YACC = @YACC@ | ||
| 263 | YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ | ||
| 264 | abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ | ||
| 265 | abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ | ||
| 266 | abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ | ||
| 267 | abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ | ||
| 268 | ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ | ||
| 269 | ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ | ||
| 270 | ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ | ||
| 271 | am__include = @am__include@ | ||
| 272 | am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ | ||
| 273 | am__quote = @am__quote@ | ||
| 274 | am__tar = @am__tar@ | ||
| 275 | am__untar = @am__untar@ | ||
| 276 | bindir = @bindir@ | ||
| 277 | build = @build@ | ||
| 278 | build_alias = @build_alias@ | ||
| 279 | build_cpu = @build_cpu@ | ||
| 280 | build_os = @build_os@ | ||
| 281 | build_vendor = @build_vendor@ | ||
| 282 | builddir = @builddir@ | ||
| 283 | datadir = @datadir@ | ||
| 284 | datarootdir = @datarootdir@ | ||
| 285 | docdir = @docdir@ | ||
| 286 | dvidir = @dvidir@ | ||
| 287 | exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ | ||
| 288 | faqdir = @faqdir@ | ||
| 289 | host = @host@ | ||
| 290 | host_alias = @host_alias@ | ||
| 291 | host_cpu = @host_cpu@ | ||
| 292 | host_os = @host_os@ | ||
| 293 | host_vendor = @host_vendor@ | ||
| 294 | htmldir = @htmldir@ | ||
| 295 | includedir = @includedir@ | ||
| 296 | infodir = @infodir@ | ||
| 297 | install_sh = @install_sh@ | ||
| 298 | libdir = @libdir@ | ||
| 299 | libexecdir = @libexecdir@ | ||
| 300 | localedir = @localedir@ | ||
| 301 | localstatedir = @localstatedir@ | ||
| 302 | mandir = @mandir@ | ||
| 303 | manualdir = @manualdir@ | ||
| 304 | mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ | ||
| 305 | oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ | ||
| 306 | pdfdir = @pdfdir@ | ||
| 307 | plugindir = @plugindir@ | ||
| 308 | prefix = @prefix@ | ||
| 309 | program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ | ||
| 310 | psdir = @psdir@ | ||
| 311 | sbindir = @sbindir@ | ||
| 312 | sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ | ||
| 313 | srcdir = @srcdir@ | ||
| 314 | sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ | ||
| 315 | target = @target@ | ||
| 316 | target_alias = @target_alias@ | ||
| 317 | target_cpu = @target_cpu@ | ||
| 318 | target_os = @target_os@ | ||
| 319 | target_vendor = @target_vendor@ | ||
| 320 | themedir = @themedir@ | ||
| 321 | top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ | ||
| 322 | top_builddir = @top_builddir@ | ||
| 323 | top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ | ||
| 324 | manualdatadir = $(manualdir)/ja | ||
| 325 | manualdata_DATA = \ | ||
| 326 | sylpheed-1.html \ | ||
| 327 | sylpheed-10.html \ | ||
| 328 | sylpheed-11.html \ | ||
| 329 | sylpheed-12.html \ | ||
| 330 | sylpheed-13.html \ | ||
| 331 | sylpheed-14.html \ | ||
| 332 | sylpheed-15.html \ | ||
| 333 | sylpheed-16.html \ | ||
| 334 | sylpheed-17.html \ | ||
| 335 | sylpheed-18.html \ | ||
| 336 | sylpheed-19.html \ | ||
| 337 | sylpheed-20.html \ | ||
| 338 | sylpheed-21.html \ | ||
| 339 | sylpheed-22.html \ | ||
| 340 | sylpheed-23.html \ | ||
| 341 | sylpheed-24.html \ | ||
| 342 | sylpheed-25.html \ | ||
| 343 | sylpheed-26.html \ | ||
| 344 | sylpheed-27.html \ | ||
| 345 | sylpheed-2.html \ | ||
| 346 | sylpheed-3.html \ | ||
| 347 | sylpheed-4.html \ | ||
| 348 | sylpheed-5.html \ | ||
| 349 | sylpheed-6.html \ | ||
| 350 | sylpheed-7.html \ | ||
| 351 | sylpheed-8.html \ | ||
| 352 | sylpheed-9.html \ | ||
| 353 | sylpheed.html | ||
| 354 | |||
| 355 | |||
| 356 | # generated by `ls -1 | grep -v Makefile | sed -e 's/\(.*\)/ \1 /'` | ||
| 357 | EXTRA_DIST = $(manualdata_DATA) \ | ||
| 358 | sylpheed.sgml \ | ||
| 359 | header.txt | ||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | all: all-am | ||
| 362 | |||
| 363 | .SUFFIXES: | ||
| 364 | $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) | ||
| 365 | @for dep in $?; do \ | ||
| 366 | case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ | ||
| 367 | *$$dep*) \ | ||
| 368 | ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ | ||
| 369 | && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ | ||
| 370 | exit 1;; \ | ||
| 371 | esac; \ | ||
| 372 | done; \ | ||
| 373 | echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign manual/ja/Makefile'; \ | ||
| 374 | $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ | ||
| 375 | $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign manual/ja/Makefile | ||
| 376 | .PRECIOUS: Makefile | ||
| 377 | Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status | ||
| 378 | @case '$?' in \ | ||
| 379 | *config.status*) \ | ||
| 380 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ | ||
| 381 | *) \ | ||
| 382 | echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ | ||
| 383 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ | ||
| 384 | esac; | ||
| 385 | |||
| 386 | $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) | ||
| 387 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) | ||
| 390 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 391 | $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) | ||
| 392 | cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh | ||
| 393 | $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): | ||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | mostlyclean-libtool: | ||
| 396 | -rm -f *.lo | ||
| 397 | |||
| 398 | clean-libtool: | ||
| 399 | -rm -rf .libs _libs | ||
| 400 | install-manualdataDATA: $(manualdata_DATA) | ||
| 401 | @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) | ||
| 402 | @list='$(manualdata_DATA)'; test -n "$(manualdatadir)" || list=; \ | ||
| 403 | if test -n "$$list"; then \ | ||
| 404 | echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)'"; \ | ||
| 405 | $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 406 | fi; \ | ||
| 407 | for p in $$list; do \ | ||
| 408 | if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ | ||
| 409 | echo "$$d$$p"; \ | ||
| 410 | done | $(am__base_list) | \ | ||
| 411 | while read files; do \ | ||
| 412 | echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)'"; \ | ||
| 413 | $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)" || exit $$?; \ | ||
| 414 | done | ||
| 415 | |||
| 416 | uninstall-manualdataDATA: | ||
| 417 | @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) | ||
| 418 | @list='$(manualdata_DATA)'; test -n "$(manualdatadir)" || list=; \ | ||
| 419 | files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ | ||
| 420 | dir='$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) | ||
| 421 | tags TAGS: | ||
| 422 | |||
| 423 | ctags CTAGS: | ||
| 424 | |||
| 425 | cscope cscopelist: | ||
| 426 | |||
| 427 | |||
| 428 | distdir: $(DISTFILES) | ||
| 429 | @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ | ||
| 430 | topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ | ||
| 431 | list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ | ||
| 432 | dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ | ||
| 433 | sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ | ||
| 434 | -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ | ||
| 435 | case $$dist_files in \ | ||
| 436 | */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ | ||
| 437 | sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ | ||
| 438 | sort -u` ;; \ | ||
| 439 | esac; \ | ||
| 440 | for file in $$dist_files; do \ | ||
| 441 | if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ | ||
| 442 | if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ | ||
| 443 | dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ | ||
| 444 | if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ | ||
| 445 | find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ | ||
| 446 | fi; \ | ||
| 447 | if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ | ||
| 448 | cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 449 | find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ | ||
| 450 | fi; \ | ||
| 451 | cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ | ||
| 452 | else \ | ||
| 453 | test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ | ||
| 454 | || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ | ||
| 455 | || exit 1; \ | ||
| 456 | fi; \ | ||
| 457 | done | ||
| 458 | check-am: all-am | ||
| 459 | check: check-am | ||
| 460 | all-am: Makefile $(DATA) | ||
| 461 | installdirs: | ||
| 462 | for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(manualdatadir)"; do \ | ||
| 463 | test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ | ||
| 464 | done | ||
| 465 | install: install-am | ||
| 466 | install-exec: install-exec-am | ||
| 467 | install-data: install-data-am | ||
| 468 | uninstall: uninstall-am | ||
| 469 | |||
| 470 | install-am: all-am | ||
| 471 | @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am | ||
| 472 | |||
| 473 | installcheck: installcheck-am | ||
| 474 | install-strip: | ||
| 475 | if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ | ||
| 476 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ | ||
| 477 | install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ | ||
| 478 | install; \ | ||
| 479 | else \ | ||
| 480 | $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ | ||
| 481 | install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ | ||
| 482 | "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ | ||
| 483 | fi | ||
| 484 | mostlyclean-generic: | ||
| 485 | |||
| 486 | clean-generic: | ||
| 487 | |||
| 488 | distclean-generic: | ||
| 489 | -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) | ||
| 490 | -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) | ||
| 491 | |||
| 492 | maintainer-clean-generic: | ||
| 493 | @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" | ||
| 494 | @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." | ||
| 495 | clean: clean-am | ||
| 496 | |||
| 497 | clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am | ||
| 498 | |||
| 499 | distclean: distclean-am | ||
| 500 | -rm -f Makefile | ||
| 501 | distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic | ||
| 502 | |||
| 503 | dvi: dvi-am | ||
| 504 | |||
| 505 | dvi-am: | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | html: html-am | ||
| 508 | |||
| 509 | html-am: | ||
| 510 | |||
| 511 | info: info-am | ||
| 512 | |||
| 513 | info-am: | ||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | install-data-am: install-manualdataDATA | ||
| 516 | |||
| 517 | install-dvi: install-dvi-am | ||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | install-dvi-am: | ||
| 520 | |||
| 521 | install-exec-am: | ||
| 522 | |||
| 523 | install-html: install-html-am | ||
| 524 | |||
| 525 | install-html-am: | ||
| 526 | |||
| 527 | install-info: install-info-am | ||
| 528 | |||
| 529 | install-info-am: | ||
| 530 | |||
| 531 | install-man: | ||
| 532 | |||
| 533 | install-pdf: install-pdf-am | ||
| 534 | |||
| 535 | install-pdf-am: | ||
| 536 | |||
| 537 | install-ps: install-ps-am | ||
| 538 | |||
| 539 | install-ps-am: | ||
| 540 | |||
| 541 | installcheck-am: | ||
| 542 | |||
| 543 | maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am | ||
| 544 | -rm -f Makefile | ||
| 545 | maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic | ||
| 546 | |||
| 547 | mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am | ||
| 548 | |||
| 549 | mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool | ||
| 550 | |||
| 551 | pdf: pdf-am | ||
| 552 | |||
| 553 | pdf-am: | ||
| 554 | |||
| 555 | ps: ps-am | ||
| 556 | |||
| 557 | ps-am: | ||
| 558 | |||
| 559 | uninstall-am: uninstall-manualdataDATA | ||
| 560 | |||
| 561 | .MAKE: install-am install-strip | ||
| 562 | |||
| 563 | .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ | ||
| 564 | cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \ | ||
| 565 | distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ | ||
| 566 | install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ | ||
| 567 | install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ | ||
| 568 | install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ | ||
| 569 | install-manualdataDATA install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ | ||
| 570 | install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ | ||
| 571 | installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ | ||
| 572 | mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \ | ||
| 573 | ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \ | ||
| 574 | uninstall-manualdataDATA | ||
| 575 | |||
| 576 | |||
| 577 | update-html: | ||
| 578 | sgml2html --language=ja --charset=nippon --header=header.txt sylpheed.sgml | ||
| 579 | for i in *.html; do \ | ||
| 580 | iconv -f EUC-JP -t UTF-8 $$i > $$i.tmp && mv $$i.tmp $$i; \ | ||
| 581 | done | ||
| 582 | |||
| 583 | # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. | ||
| 584 | # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. | ||
| 585 | .NOEXPORT: | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/header.txt b/manual/ja/header.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fc5063 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/header.txt | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-1.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c486d81 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-1.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��������������ャ�≪�������ゃ�����</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-2.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | |||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | �����������若�� | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s1">1.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1">��������������ャ�≪�������ゃ�����</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1.1">�����������吾����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>������������Sylpheed������篏���号�������ゃ�������吾�������������吾�с����� | ||
| 22 | 絨����Sylpheed��������若�吾�с�潟��筝������c�����������篁�罕����紊���眼�������������醇�с����������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1.2">絲乗院���������荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 24 | </H2> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>茯���������堺��������������荐�絎������倶����ц�������障����� | ||
| 27 | �����若����若��������������篏����������������������������������������������������罔�羣������������若����ゃ�潟�����篏帥�c����������������������障����� | ||
| 28 | ������篁ュ����������若����ゃ�潟�������ゃ�������������<����ャ�守���������勀�眼��茵�腓冴�������������������取;腓冴�����������������������������</P> | ||
| 29 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1.3">�����ゃ�祉�潟��</A> | ||
| 30 | </H2> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | <P>Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com></P> | ||
| 33 | <P>Copyright (c) 2004-2017 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp></P> | ||
| 34 | <P>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 35 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 36 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 37 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, | ||
| 38 | and with no Back-Cover Texts. | ||
| 39 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html#gfdl">"GNU Free Documentation License"</A>.</P> | ||
| 41 | <P>GNU Free Documentation License���������荐潟����� | ||
| 42 | <A HREF="http://www.opensource.jp/fdl/fdl.ja.html">http://www.opensource.jp/fdl/fdl.ja.html</A>��������ユ�������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 43 | <H2><A NAME="ss1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1.4">��������������ャ�<�潟����������亥�������ユ�����</A> | ||
| 44 | </H2> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <P>�����亥�������������ャ�≪�����Sylpheed��������亥��������罌宴�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 47 | <HR> | ||
| 48 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 49 | �����������若�� | ||
| 50 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc1">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 51 | </BODY> | ||
| 52 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-10.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49a0d10 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-10.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-11.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-9.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="receive-message"></A> <A NAME="s10">10.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10">��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss10.1">10.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10.1">POP3�����翫��</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | <H3>�憜�������≪�������潟��������篆�</H3> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <P> | ||
| 26 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#Account-Config">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A>���茵���c��緇���� | ||
| 27 | <UL> | ||
| 28 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐�����篆¥���憜�������≪�������潟�����������篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>�����若�������若��������篆<�������帥�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 30 | </UL> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | ������������������茵������� | ||
| 33 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#current-account">�憜�������≪�������潟��</A>�����<�若��������篆<�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 34 | <H3>�����������≪�������潟��������篆�</H3> | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | <P> | ||
| 37 | <UL> | ||
| 38 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐�����篆¥�������≪�������潟�����������篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 39 | <LI>�����若�������若�����������篆<�����������������</LI> | ||
| 40 | </UL> | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | ������������������茵������������� | ||
| 43 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#Account-Config">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A>��ц┃絎���������������鴻�������≪�������潟�������<�若��������篆<�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 44 | <H3>��≪�������潟�������御�����������篆�</H3> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <P>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐�����篆¥��(��≪�������潟�����)��������御����������������с�������≪�������潟�������<�若��������篆<�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 47 | <H3>�����≪�若����<�若�������������号�����</H3> | ||
| 48 | |||
| 49 | <P>POP3�����≪�若����<�若�������������号����純��篏睡����������������������c�����POP3��泣�若��筝������<�若�������贋・��画Η�����������潟����若����������ゃ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 50 | <P>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐�����篆¥�������≪�若����<�若��������������...��������御�������������������≪�若����<�若�������������鴻����c�潟������������������憜����御�����������������POP3��≪�������潟�������泣�若��筝������<����祉�若�吾��筝�荀с��茵�腓冴����障����� | ||
| 51 | 筝�荀с�����緇����絎�篋���������障�с��������篆<����������������������ゃ�����������篏������с����障��������</P> | ||
| 52 | <P>������篆<�������帥�潟����若���������憜����御��筝������<����祉�若�吾�������若�����������篆∞�宴����������潟����若�������障�����</P> | ||
| 53 | <P>�����������������帥�潟����若���������憜����御��筝������<����祉�若�吾����違����������c�潟�������ч�������障�������������潟����若�����茵���������障��������</P> | ||
| 54 | <P>��������ゃ�������帥�潟����若���������憜����御��筝������<����祉�若�吾����泣�若�������������ゃ����障��������������篏����������羔���������������с����障����������ф絵������������������������</P> | ||
| 55 | <P>��<����祉�若�娯��荀с�����緇�筝����������罩≪�������帥�潟����若��������筝�荀с�����緇����筝�罩≪����障�����茵�腓冴����������������<����祉�若�吾��絲障�����������篏���������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 56 | <P>��������������������帥�潟����障����������c�潟����������������������帥�潟����若����������泣�若�������������違�≪����������������≪�若����<�若�������������鴻��腟�篋������障�����</P> | ||
| 57 | <H2><A NAME="ss10.2">10.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10.2">IMAP4�����翫��</A> | ||
| 58 | </H2> | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | <P>IMAP4��≪�������潟�������翫�������������������������御����������������ц�������������<����祉�若�吾�����������������緇�������茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 61 | <P>IMAP4��≪�������潟����с�����篆<�����茵���c����翫����������������������������亥����<����祉�若�御�違�������с�������������������������������ャ�若����贋�違����障�����</P> | ||
| 62 | <P> | ||
| 63 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>��с�<����祉�若�吾����御�������������<����祉�若�吾����������潟����若��������茵�腓冴����障����� | ||
| 64 | 筝�綺���������潟����若����������<����祉�若�吾�������c����激�ャ��������2������篁ラ�����蕭�������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <P>��������������� | ||
| 66 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������������潟����若����������御����������違�������������������������������������鴻�������<����祉�若�吾����������潟����若�������������������с����障����������������ゃ�潟�ч�画Η��������翫�����������箴水����с�����</P> | ||
| 67 | <HR> | ||
| 68 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 69 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 70 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc10">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 71 | </BODY> | ||
| 72 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-11.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-11.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b4a530 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-11.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��<����祉�若�吾��篏����</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-12.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-10.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="send-message"></A> <A NAME="s11">11.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11">��<����祉�若�吾��篏����</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="message-create"></A> <A NAME="ss11.1">11.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.1">��<����祉�若�吾����域�鋎����</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>�����若�������若�����篏������������帥�潟����若�������障�������<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐����域����<����祉�若�吾��篏������� (Ctrl+m������) �����御����������違����<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 22 | <P>���絎����������絎���������≪�������鴻�����Cc�����������<����祉�若�吾����潟����若�����篁���������≪�������鴻�����篁九�������������<����祉�若�吾����帥�ゃ����������ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�吾�����������Bcc���������菴�篆≦��������絎����膈������御����������������с�����絽梧;腓冴����������������������c�若�������с����ュ����с����������������������障����� | ||
| 24 | ���Bcc��������<����祉�若�吾����潟����若�����篁���������≪�������鴻�����絎������障��(�����������c����御����������≪�������鴻��茵�腓冴�������障�����)��� | ||
| 25 | ���菴�篆≦��������絎�(Reply-To)�����������御�����菴�篆<�������������������<�����綏���坂査��≪�������剛札紊������≪�������鴻�����篆<�������祉�������翫�����篏睡�������障�����</P> | ||
| 26 | <P>���綏���坂査:�����<����ャ�若�����������������������������篆<��篏睡����������≪�������潟�����紊���眼����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.2">11.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.2">臀峨�������水��</A> | ||
| 29 | </H2> | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | <P>��� | ||
| 32 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#common-prefs-signature">���������荐�絎�鐚�篏����鐚�筝����鐚�臀峨��</A>鐚���������������水�ャ����������������鴻����翫�������<����祉�若�娯�����������������������緇����������������臀峨�������水�ャ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 33 | <P>��������<�ゃ��鐚�臀峨�����菴遵����������障����������若�������若�����臀峨����������帥�潟�с��荐�絎�������臀峨�����������������緇������水�ャ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 34 | <P>��������<�ゃ��鐚�臀峨�������水�ャ����с�����臀峨������憜����������若�純�����篏�臀������水�ャ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 35 | <P>���臀峨��:�����<����ャ�若����������������������������� | ||
| 36 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#account-prefs-signature">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�鐚�篏����鐚�臀峨��</A>�����ц┃絎�������10腮�蕁����臀峨�������������帥����������������с����障��(��贋・��ュ�������翫��������)���</P> | ||
| 37 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.3">11.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.3">��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</A> | ||
| 38 | </H2> | ||
| 39 | |||
| 40 | <P>��������<�ゃ��鐚����篆<�������障����������若�������若��������篆<�������御��������������篏������������<����祉�若�吾�������������泣�若����檎��篆<����障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <P>��������<�ゃ��鐚�緇���ч��篆<����障����������若�������若�����緇���ч��篆<�������御��������������篏������������<����祉�若�吾�����篆≦����<����������������ャ�����緇�罘���倶�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 42 | <P>緇�罘���������������<����祉�若�吾��絎����������篆<�������������� | ||
| 43 | ��<�ゃ�潟����c�潟�������������<����祉�若�醐�����篆≦��罘�筝������<����祉�若�吾�����篆<����障����������若�������若��������篆<�������帥�潟�ч��篆<�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 44 | |||
| 45 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.4">11.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.4">���腮�</A> | ||
| 46 | </H2> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P>��������<�ゃ��鐚����腮帥��������������篆�絖���������障����������若�������若��������腮帥����с���憜��篏����筝������<����祉�若�吾�����腮帥��������������篆�絖���с����障�����</P> | ||
| 49 | <P>��障�������������<�ゃ��鐚�篆�絖�������膩�������膓������������ц��腮帥��篆�絖�������緇���������障�丞隈������膓������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 50 | <P>��g�����������腮帥�吾��篆�絖����茵���c����翫�����篁ュ�����篆�絖���������<����祉�若�吾��筝���吾����������障�����</P> | ||
| 51 | <P>���腮帥��篆�絖���������<����祉�若�吾��������腮帥����������������ャ�c����������<����祉�若�吾����御�������� | ||
| 52 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>������������膩������������御�������������� | ||
| 53 | �����������������������������医����括隈�����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 54 | |||
| 55 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.5">11.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.5">羞私�������<�ゃ��</A> | ||
| 56 | </H2> | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | <P>�����<�ゃ�������<����祉�若�吾��羞私����������������� | ||
| 59 | ��������<�ゃ��鐚������<�ゃ�����羞私����������御�������障����������若�������若�����羞私����������帥�潟����若����障�����</P> | ||
| 60 | <P>�����<�ゃ����御�������ゃ�≪����違���憗����������с��羞私����������������<�ゃ�������御�������������������������帥�潟����若��������������������羞私�������������<�ゃ�����筝�荀ц;腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 61 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ�����筝�荀с�у�������<�ゃ�������御�������� | ||
| 62 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>������ | ||
| 63 | <UL> | ||
| 64 | <LI>菴遵�������御����������井兄篁������<�ゃ�����菴遵��</LI> | ||
| 65 | <LI>�����ゃ����御����������違����������<�ゃ����������鴻��������������</LI> | ||
| 66 | <LI>���������������(��障��������������������������)��с�����羞私�������<�ゃ�����MIME��帥�ゃ��/�����潟�潟�若����劫��/�����<�ゃ�������贋��/�����<�ゃ��������膩����</LI> | ||
| 67 | </UL> | ||
| 68 | |||
| 69 | �����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 70 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.6">11.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.6">�����<�ゃ�������水��</A> | ||
| 71 | </H2> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | <P>�����水�ャ�������帥�潟�障�������<����ャ�若����������<�ゃ��鐚������<�ゃ�������水�ャ����с�<����祉�若�御�������� | ||
| 74 | ���絎������������<�ゃ�������水�ャ�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.7">11.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.7">��≪�������劫験���������</A> | ||
| 77 | </H2> | ||
| 78 | |||
| 79 | <P>�����≪�������鴻�������帥�潟�障�������<����ャ�若�с�������若��鐚���≪�������劫験��������御����������違�� | ||
| 80 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#address-combo">��≪�������劫験�����d��</A>��с����障�����</P> | ||
| 81 | <P>��障�����絎�������Cc���Bcc���Reply-To�����ュ��罨���с����≪�������鴻�����������羂�������������������絖������ュ����������������≪�������劫験��������障�������≪�������鴻��������������茖�絎���������障�����茖�絎�������紮���号�����紊���眼����障�������≦�鴻��������������������������荐�絎������� | ||
| 82 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#address-completion">������茖�絎�</A>�����ц┃絎����������������������</P> | ||
| 83 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.8">11.8</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.8">���絨�腆肴�����荀�羆�</A> | ||
| 84 | </H2> | ||
| 85 | |||
| 86 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������若��鐚����絨�腆肴�����荀�羆������������������с����������ャ��������������篆<�������御�����絲障�������<����祉�若�吾�����絨�腆肴�����荀�羆������������������с����障�������������������御�������医�����箴�絖����������������綽�������������絨�腆肴�����菴���������������������������������障�����������������Sylpheed������絨�腆肴�����菴����������絲上�������������障��������</P> | ||
| 87 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.9">11.9</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.9">紊������������c�帥��������</A> | ||
| 88 | </H2> | ||
| 89 | |||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | <P>紊������������c�帥����������������������� | ||
| 92 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ext-editor-config">紊������������c�帥��荐�絎�</A>��������������� | ||
| 93 | ��<����ャ�若�с�������若��鐚�紊������������c�帥�х隈�����������御�������障����������若�������若�������������c�帥�������帥�潟����若����障�����</P> | ||
| 94 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾��紊������������c�帥�х隈������������篆�絖�������腟�篋���������違����<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 95 | |||
| 96 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.10">11.10</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.10">��翫就</A> | ||
| 97 | </H2> | ||
| 98 | |||
| 99 | |||
| 100 | <P> | ||
| 101 | <UL> | ||
| 102 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�����������膩����鐚������鴻�������激��茵����������菴������������御��������</LI> | ||
| 103 | <LI>�����若�������若�������翫就��������御��</LI> | ||
| 104 | </UL> | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | ������������������茵������違��荐�絎���������������c�����絖���違�с�������鴻�����������菴������障�����</P> | ||
| 107 | <P>���膩����鐚��憜�����罧笈�純����翫就�����������х憜����������若�純��篏�臀����������罧笈�純����帥����翫就��с����障�����</P> | ||
| 108 | <P>���膩����鐚���������翫就�����������с����������ャ�������������������ュ��筝������������������翫就��������障�����</P> | ||
| 109 | <P>��糸����<�若����с�����茹�74���絖�(���茹�37���絖�)腮�綺���ф�壕�������������������������若�������c�������障�������с��羈���������障�����������</P> | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.11">11.11</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.11">��<����祉�若�吾��菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 112 | </H2> | ||
| 113 | |||
| 114 | <P>��障����� | ||
| 115 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#read-message">��<����祉�若�吾����画Η</A>�����吾����������������号�����篏帥�c����<����祉�若�吾����御�������障����� | ||
| 116 | ������緇���� | ||
| 117 | <UL> | ||
| 118 | <LI> | ||
| 119 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 120 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 121 | <LI>�����若�������若�����菴�篆<�������帥�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 122 | </UL> | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | ������������������茵������������с����c�潟�������������������с����<����祉�若�吾����域�鋎����������罕����膩������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 125 | <P>綣����������������������������������荐�絎�������篏����鐚�筝����鐚�菴�篆¥�� | ||
| 126 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#quote-when-reply">菴�篆≧�������<����祉�若�吾��綣����������</A>������������荐�絎���у�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 127 | <P>(菴�篆<�������<����祉�若�吾�����菴�篆<�������������������宴��篁������������������������≪�������鴻����ュ����������������������������������宴�с����≫��������荐�篋����菴�篆<��������篆<����������с��������������)</P> | ||
| 128 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.12">11.12</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.12">��<����祉�若�吾�������<��菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 129 | </H2> | ||
| 130 | |||
| 131 | <P>���������菴�篆<�с��綏���坂査(From:)���������菴�篆<�������障����������� | ||
| 132 | �����<����с��Cc: ������絎������������������≪�������鴻�����菴�篆<�������障�����</P> | ||
| 133 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�������<��菴�篆<�������������� | ||
| 134 | <UL> | ||
| 135 | <LI> | ||
| 136 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������菴�篆<��絎����鐚������<��菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 137 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��菴�篆<��絎����鐚������<��菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 138 | <LI>�����若�������若�����菴�篆<�������帥�潟����√�違����帥�潟����若�������冴����������<����ャ�若�������������<��菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 139 | </UL> | ||
| 140 | |||
| 141 | ������������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 142 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.13">11.13</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.13">��<����祉�若�吾��綏���坂査���菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 143 | </H2> | ||
| 144 | |||
| 145 | <P>筝�荀�������������������菴�篆<�����������荀������障�������� | ||
| 146 | ��<�若����潟�違����鴻��膈���т��������������Reply-To:�����∴����������� | ||
| 147 | 綏���坂査�����贋・���篆<�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 148 | <P>���������茵������������� | ||
| 149 | <UL> | ||
| 150 | <LI> | ||
| 151 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������菴�篆<��絎����鐚�綏���坂査���菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 152 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��菴�篆<��絎����鐚�綏���坂査���菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 153 | <LI>�����若�������若�����菴�篆<�������帥�潟����√�違����帥�潟����若�������冴����������<����ャ�若��������綏���坂査���菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 154 | </UL> | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | ������������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 157 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.14">11.14</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.14">��<����祉�若�吾����<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 158 | </H2> | ||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | <P>��<�若����潟�違����鴻��������������(List-Post:膈�)��������с�������������������≪�������鴻��菴�篆<����障�������<�若����潟�違����鴻����с�������翫��������絽吾��菴�篆<�����罕�������篏������障����� | ||
| 161 | <UL> | ||
| 162 | <LI> | ||
| 163 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������菴�篆<��絎����鐚���<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 164 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��菴�篆<��絎����鐚���<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 165 | <LI>�����若�������若�����菴�篆<�������帥�潟����√�違����帥�潟����若�������冴����������<����ャ�若����������<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<�������御��</LI> | ||
| 166 | </UL> | ||
| 167 | |||
| 168 | ������������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 169 | <P>���������荐�絎�������篏����鐚�筝����鐚�菴�篆¥��菴�篆<����帥�潟�с�<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<����������������с����������ャ�������������違�������若�������若�с��菴�篆<�������帥�潟����若����������������<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 170 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.15">11.15</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.15">��<����祉�若�吾��荵∫��������</A> | ||
| 171 | </H2> | ||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | <P> | ||
| 174 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#read-message">��<����祉�若�吾����画Η</A>�����吾����������������号�����篏帥�c����<����祉�若�吾����御�������障����� | ||
| 175 | ������緇���� | ||
| 176 | <UL> | ||
| 177 | <LI> | ||
| 178 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>������"荵∫��"�����御��</LI> | ||
| 179 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 180 | <LI>�����若�������若�����荵∫����������帥�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 181 | </UL> | ||
| 182 | |||
| 183 | ������������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 184 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.16">11.16</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.16">��<����祉�若�吾��羞私�������<�ゃ�����������荵∫��������</A> | ||
| 185 | </H2> | ||
| 186 | |||
| 187 | <P> | ||
| 188 | <UL> | ||
| 189 | <LI> | ||
| 190 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������羞私�����������荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 191 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��羞私�����������荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 192 | <LI>�����若�������若�����荵∫����������帥�潟����√�違����帥�潟����若�������冴����������<����ャ�若��������羞私�����������荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 193 | </UL> | ||
| 194 | |||
| 195 | ������������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 196 | <H2><A NAME="ss11.17">11.17</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11.17">��<����祉�若�吾��������������������荵∫��������</A> | ||
| 197 | </H2> | ||
| 198 | |||
| 199 | <P>������������絎鴻��綏���坂査�����������������������������������障�乗拶��������障����� | ||
| 200 | <UL> | ||
| 201 | <LI> | ||
| 202 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������������������������荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 203 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�醐��������������������荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 204 | <LI>�����若�������若�����荵∫����������帥�潟����√�違����帥�潟����若�������冴����������<����ャ�若��������������������������荵∫����������御��</LI> | ||
| 205 | </UL> | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | ������������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 208 | <HR> | ||
| 209 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 210 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 211 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc11">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 212 | </BODY> | ||
| 213 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-12.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-12.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cfc517 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-12.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��医��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-13.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-11.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s12">12.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12">��医��</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>GTK+ 2.10篁ラ�����篏睡����������������翫�������������泣����医�傑����純����������с����障�����GTK+���2.10���羣������翫�������障�������医�激��紊������潟����潟�����篏睡��������荐�絎������������������翫�����紊������潟����潟�������������������医�激��茵������障��(�����若�梧┃絎������������潟�帥����御�����������茵������障�����)���</P> | ||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.1">12.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12.1">�����若�梧┃絎�</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������<�ゃ��鐚������若�梧┃絎�...��������御����������������с����若�梧┃絎����茵������障�������������с�����膣������泣�ゃ�冴����������������若�吾�潟����������御�������������������с����障��(��御�������純�������������������������������若����������c����違�������障��)���</P> | ||
| 23 | <H2><A NAME="ss12.2">12.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12.2">��医��</A> | ||
| 24 | </H2> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������<�ゃ��鐚���医��...��������障�������泣����������ャ�若�� | ||
| 27 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������医��...��������御����������������с�<����祉�若�吾����医�激����������������с����障�������障�������<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若��������筝����羞私�������<�ゃ�������������������<����ャ�若��������������羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若�������������鴻�����羞私�������<�ゃ����� | ||
| 28 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������医��...��������御����������������с��羞私�������<�ゃ�������医�激����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 29 | <P>��医�激����ゃ�≪����違�с�������阪����������������潟�帥����医�激����������若�吾�����絎����������茵������障��(��御�������純�������������������������������若����������c����違�������障��)���</P> | ||
| 30 | <P>��医�激��篏睡����������������潟�������������泣�ゃ�冴����ゃ��������茵�腓冴��篏睡�����������������������篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 31 | <HR> | ||
| 32 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 33 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 34 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc12">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 35 | </BODY> | ||
| 36 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-13.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-13.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a330db --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-13.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��≪�������劫験</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-14.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-12.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s13">13.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13">��≪�������劫験</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>Sylpheed�����≪�������劫験��с�������≪�������鴻�������宴�����篋榊��(�����若�純��)���������������篏���х�∞�������障�����1��ゃ��篋榊�����絲障�����茲���違����≪�������鴻����脂�蚊����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 19 | <P>��≪�������劫験��������<����ャ�若����������若��鐚���≪�������劫験�����������若�������若�������≪�������鴻�������帥�潟�������������c��莎桁����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.1">13.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.1">��≪�������鴻����脂�蚊�糸�����</A> | ||
| 22 | </H2> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P>��≪�������劫験������������緇������≪�������鴻����脂�蚊����������������������������掩����≪�������鴻����� | ||
| 25 | ������篋榊����≪�������鴻�������������吾�������������鴻�����筝���������御�������障����� | ||
| 26 | ������緇���� | ||
| 27 | <UL> | ||
| 28 | <LI>��<����ャ�若����������≪�������刻����域����≪�������鴻��</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>菴遵�������帥�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>��≪�������壕;腓咲�������� | ||
| 31 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������域����≪�������鴻��</LI> | ||
| 32 | </UL> | ||
| 33 | |||
| 34 | ������������������茵������������ц申��� | ||
| 35 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#dialog">�����ゃ�≪�����</A>���茵�腓冴����������������������������������ュ��������緇�OK�����若����亥�脂�蚊�������障�����</P> | ||
| 36 | <P>��障����脂�蚊����������≪�������鴻����御��緇���� | ||
| 37 | <UL> | ||
| 38 | <LI>��<����ャ�若����������≪�������刻��膩�������</LI> | ||
| 39 | <LI> | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������膩�������</LI> | ||
| 41 | <LI>膩���������帥�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 42 | </UL> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | ������������������茵������亥隈��������ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴��������OK�����若����井�贋�違�������障�����</P> | ||
| 45 | <P>�����������脂�蚊����������≪�������鴻����御��緇���� | ||
| 46 | <UL> | ||
| 47 | <LI>��<����ャ�若����������≪�������刻�������ゃ��</LI> | ||
| 48 | <LI> | ||
| 49 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>��������������ゃ��</LI> | ||
| 50 | <LI>�����ゃ����帥�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 51 | </UL> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | ������������������茵������違�≪�������劫験��������������≪�������鴻�������ゃ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 54 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.2">13.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.2">筝���号�帥�����罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 55 | </H2> | ||
| 56 | |||
| 57 | <P>�勀�眼�������鴻����������������帥�ゃ����������������������������������������������с����鴻�����筝���号�帥�����茵���������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 58 | <P>���罎�膣�:�����ュ��罨�������絖���������ュ��������Enter�����若�������������������≪�������鴻����������х�����莨若�炊��膣≪��茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.3">13.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.3">�����宴��腱糸����祉�潟�����</A> | ||
| 61 | </H2> | ||
| 62 | |||
| 63 | <P>�����������������ф����宴��腱糸�����茵��������������勀�眼�������鴻����у�乗院���1��ゃ�障�����茲���育�御��������綏����腱糸�����������������������������������&�����������������障�������潟����若�������翫����� Ctrl �����若����若��������������������������������������������</P> | ||
| 64 | <P>�����������������<����ャ�若�����膩���������������������潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若����������潟����若�������御�������障�����������緇������潟����弱����������������������御����������<����ャ�若�������������潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若�������������若�鴻����������御����������������с�������宴����潟����若����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.4">13.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.4">�����������������違����若��</A> | ||
| 66 | </H2> | ||
| 67 | |||
| 68 | <P>��違����若����������������������脂�蚊��������茲���違����≪�������鴻����ャ����������������с�������号�������������������с����� | ||
| 69 | ���������������筝���������������������違����若�����篏������������������������純�с����������違����若�����筝���������������������違����若�����篏���������������������с����障�������� | ||
| 70 | <UL> | ||
| 71 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�����"��≪�������刻����域����違����若��"</LI> | ||
| 72 | <LI>��≪�������壕;腓咲�������� | ||
| 73 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������域����違����若�����</LI> | ||
| 74 | </UL> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | ������������������茵������違�違����若�����篏���������������������с����障����� | ||
| 77 | ��√�違����帥�潟�с�������������純����≪�������鴻����������違����若�������≪�������鴻�������с�≪�������鴻��腱糸����������脂�蚊����障�����茲���育�御��������筝�綺����茲���違����≪�������鴻��腱糸�������������������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 78 | <H2><A NAME="address-combo"></A> <A NAME="ss13.5">13.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.5">��<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟�������������f��</A> | ||
| 79 | </H2> | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | <P> | ||
| 82 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#message-create">��<����祉�若�吾��篏����</A>��脂�≪�с�� | ||
| 83 | <UL> | ||
| 84 | <LI>��<����ャ�若�с�������若��鐚���≪�������劫験���</LI> | ||
| 85 | <LI>�����若�������若�������≪�������鴻�������帥�潟��������������</LI> | ||
| 86 | </UL> | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | ��������������с�≪�������劫験��脂�≪����冴�������������с����� | ||
| 89 | ��������с�≪�������鴻����違����若�������御�����������絎����:���, ���Cc:���, ���Bcc:��������帥�潟����若����� | ||
| 90 | ��������������<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟��������絎����, Cc, Bcc�����≪�������鴻��菴遵����������障�����</P> | ||
| 91 | <P>茲���育�御�������������帥�潟����若��������������������������菴遵����������������������純�с�������� | ||
| 92 | 筝�綺���≪�������鴻����ュ��������緇������障����ャ����≪�������鴻����御�������������帥�潟����若����� | ||
| 93 | ������菴遵����������≪�������鴻��罨<����御����������≪�������鴻��菴遵����������障�����</P> | ||
| 94 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.6">13.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.6">��≪�������劫験�����ゃ�潟����若��</A> | ||
| 95 | </H2> | ||
| 96 | |||
| 97 | <P>Sylpheed���CSV���LDIF綵√�������������鴻�������<�ゃ�������≪�������劫験�����ゃ�潟����若�������������������с����障����� | ||
| 98 | <UL> | ||
| 99 | <LI>��������若��鐚�LDIF�����<�ゃ�������ゃ�潟����若�������障�������������若��鐚�CSV�����<�ゃ�������ゃ�潟����若����������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 100 | <LI>��ゃ�潟����若��緇������≪�������劫験��������������ゃ�潟����若�������������<�ゃ��������絎������障�����</LI> | ||
| 101 | <LI>CSV�����<�ゃ�������翫����������潟����阪����������帥����阪�������������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 102 | <LI>���罨<�吾�������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 103 | <LI>綽�荀����綽���������ゃ�潟����若�������������c�若�������������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 104 | </UL> | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | 篁ヤ�������������с�≪�������劫験�����ゃ�潟����若�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 107 | <P>�����<�ゃ��������絖���潟�若����������宴�若�������潟�潟�若����c�潟�違�障�����UTF-8������������������莨若����障�����</P> | ||
| 108 | <P>��障����� Windows ��с��������莎桁�������� Windows ��≪�������劫験(WAB)綵√�������≪�������劫験���������������������莨若�障����障�����</P> | ||
| 109 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.7">13.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.7">��≪�������劫験�����������鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 110 | </H2> | ||
| 111 | |||
| 112 | <P>��≪�������劫験���CSV綵√����с�������鴻����若����������������с����≪�������劫験�����ャ��PC���腱肢��������������篁���������若�吟����掩�������������������с����障����� | ||
| 113 | <UL> | ||
| 114 | <LI>綏������������若�с�������鴻����若�������������≪�������劫験�����������������障�������違����若�������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 115 | <LI>��������若��鐚�CSV�����<�ゃ�������������鴻����若����������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 116 | <LI>��������鴻����若�������������<�ゃ�����������絎������障�����</LI> | ||
| 117 | <LI>�����潟����阪����������帥����阪�������������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 118 | <LI>���罨<�吾�������御�������障�����</LI> | ||
| 119 | </UL> | ||
| 120 | |||
| 121 | 篁ヤ�������������с�≪�������劫験�����������鴻����若�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 122 | <P>�����<�ゃ��������絖���潟�若�����UTF-8�����������障�����</P> | ||
| 123 | <P>���������������������������絮ゆ����������������鴻����若����������������泣����������������������≪�������鴻�������鴻�������������������阪����������障����� | ||
| 124 | 1��ゃ��篋榊�����茲���違����≪�������鴻��絖������������翫����������≪�������鴻�������������ャ�������若�帥����������阪����������障�����</P> | ||
| 125 | |||
| 126 | <H2><A NAME="ss13.8">13.8</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13.8">��������脂�蚊�≪��������</A> | ||
| 127 | </H2> | ||
| 128 | |||
| 129 | <P>�����������脂�蚊�≪�������鴻����≪�������劫験�����������≪�������劫験�����脂�蚊�����������������絎���������<�若����≪�������鴻����������������脂�蚊�������障��������������������������荐�絎�������������篆¥��筝����鐚�絎���������≪�������鴻����≪�������劫験�����������脂�蚊����������ц┃絎���с����障�����</P> | ||
| 130 | <HR> | ||
| 131 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 132 | <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 133 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc13">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 134 | </BODY> | ||
| 135 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-14.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-14.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a5b1a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-14.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��<����祉�若�吾��������������</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-15.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-13.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s14">14.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14">��<����祉�若�吾��������������</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>Sylpheed������綣桁����������c����帥����潟�井����純�����莠����������������������篆<�������<����祉�若�吾��絲障�������������������������������������������������������障����障�����������茵���������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="filtering-config"></A> <A NAME="ss14.1">14.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14.1">���������������荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>��<����ャ�若�����������荐�絎�鐚����������������荐�絎�...��������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <H3>�����c����帥����若�������脂��</H3> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>���菴遵����������帥�潟����若����������c����帥����若��荐�絎������ゃ�≪����違����������障�����</P> | ||
| 27 | <P>���������:���罨���������若�����絲障����������������������������������ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 28 | <P>������筝������������������������������潟�<����ャ�若�с��茲���違����>散�����������翫����������������������������������������������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <H3>��>散���荐�絎�</H3> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | <P>筝����������������From������茵�腓冴����������������������������������潟�<����ャ�若�с�����������������絲乗院������������������������������篁������>散�����御�������障�������御����≪�����������������������������������膩����...�����ц申��������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 33 | |||
| 34 | <P> | ||
| 35 | <DL> | ||
| 36 | <DT><B>���������������(From, To膈�):</B><DD> | ||
| 37 | <P>絲乗院������������������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 38 | <DT><B>To ��障����� Cc:</B><DD> | ||
| 39 | <P>To ��障����� Cc ���筝≧�鴻��������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 40 | <DT><B>������������������������:</B><DD> | ||
| 41 | <P>�����鴻�����������������絲乗院�����������障�����</P> | ||
| 42 | <DT><B>������������膩����...:</B><DD> | ||
| 43 | <P>��������������������潟�<����ャ�若��茵�腓冴��������������������菴遵����障����������ゃ��茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 44 | <DT><B>��<����祉�若�御�����:</B><DD> | ||
| 45 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�����������絲乗院��������障�����</P> | ||
| 46 | <DT><B>��潟����潟�����絎�茵�腟����:</B><DD> | ||
| 47 | <P>紊������潟����潟�����絎�茵���������������祉����ゃ�������c�����������������茵������障�������祉����ゃ��0��с�������違��������������0篁ュ����с�������違�������������障����������潟����潟�������ゃ�潟�����絨障����<����祉�若�吾�������<�ゃ��������篁������������障�������������ゃ�������������������激�с��罘���純��篏睡����с�������������с����������翫����������������若�鴻��������������篏����������綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 48 | <DT><B>��泣�ゃ��:</B><DD> | ||
| 49 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����<�ゃ�������泣�ゃ�冴�����絎���������ゃ��罸�莠������障�����</P> | ||
| 50 | <DT><B>腟������ユ��:</B><DD> | ||
| 51 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�����篆≧�ユ�����������篆<�������ユ����障�с��腟������ユ�違�����絎���������ゃ��罸�莠������障�����</P> | ||
| 52 | <DT><B>���茯�:</B><DD> | ||
| 53 | <P>���茯���������違��腴���c�������������������������ゅ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 54 | <DT><B>�����若��篁����:</B><DD> | ||
| 55 | <P>�����若�����篁������������������������������������ゅ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 56 | <DT><B>��������若��������篁����:</B><DD> | ||
| 57 | <P>��������若�����������篁������������������������������������ゅ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 58 | <DT><B>羞私�������<�ゃ��篁����:</B><DD> | ||
| 59 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ�����篁������������������������������������ゅ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 60 | </DL> | ||
| 61 | </P> | ||
| 62 | <P>罨<������劻����������������������潟�<����ャ�若�ф�>散��������若����若�������������������������号�������御�������障�������≪�������<�����������紊у�����絖������阪�ャ����障��������罩h�頫��憗�������≦宍罩h�頫��憗��篏睡����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 63 | <P> | ||
| 64 | <UL> | ||
| 65 | <LI>�����������紙����� | ||
| 66 | <P> | ||
| 67 | <DL> | ||
| 68 | <DT><B>������罨<��������:</B><DD> | ||
| 69 | <P>������������������������絎鴻�������若����若�������������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 70 | <DT><B>������罨<�������障�����:</B><DD> | ||
| 71 | <P>������������������������絎鴻�������若����若����������障�������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 72 | <DT><B>������罨<��筝����:</B><DD> | ||
| 73 | <P>������������������筝����1茵���������若����若�����筝���眼�������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 74 | <DT><B>������罨<��筝���眼��������:</B><DD> | ||
| 75 | <P>������������������筝����1茵���������若����若�����筝���眼����������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 76 | <DT><B>������罨<��罩h�頫��憗�����������:</B><DD> | ||
| 77 | <P>������������������������絎鴻��罩h�頫��憗�������������������翫�������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 78 | <DT><B>������罨<��罩h�頫��憗��������������������:</B><DD> | ||
| 79 | <P>������������������������絎鴻��罩h�頫��憗����������������������翫�������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 80 | <DT><B>��������≪�������劫験���������:</B><DD> | ||
| 81 | <P>�����������������障�������≪�������鴻����≪�������劫験�����脂�蚊����������������翫�������������������障�����茲���違����≪�������鴻����翫����������������������鴻�������脂�蚊����������������翫�������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 82 | <DT><B>��������≪�������劫験���������:</B><DD> | ||
| 83 | <P>�����������������障�������≪�������鴻����≪�������劫験�����脂�蚊�������������������翫�������������������障�����茲���違����≪�������鴻����翫����������������������������������脂�蚊�������������������翫�������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 84 | </DL> | ||
| 85 | </P> | ||
| 86 | </LI> | ||
| 87 | <LI>��泣�ゃ�� | ||
| 88 | <P> | ||
| 89 | <DL> | ||
| 90 | <DT><B>(��泣�ゃ��)���罨<�����紊с�����:</B><DD> | ||
| 91 | <P>��泣�ゃ�冴�����絎���������ゃ�����紊с�������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 92 | <DT><B>(��泣�ゃ��)���罨<�����絨�������:</B><DD> | ||
| 93 | <P>��泣�ゃ�冴�����絎���������ゃ�����絨���������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 94 | </DL> | ||
| 95 | </P> | ||
| 96 | </LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI>腟������ユ�� | ||
| 98 | <P> | ||
| 99 | <DL> | ||
| 100 | <DT><B>(腟������ユ��)���罨<�������激��:</B><DD> | ||
| 101 | <P>���篆≧�ユ�����������腟������ユ�違�����絎���������ゃ�������激����翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 102 | <DT><B>(腟������ユ��)���罨<�����������:</B><DD> | ||
| 103 | <P>���篆≧�ユ�����������腟������ユ�違�����絎���������ゃ�������������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 104 | </DL> | ||
| 105 | </P> | ||
| 106 | </LI> | ||
| 107 | <LI>��倶��(���茯���������若�������������若�����������羞私��) | ||
| 108 | <P> | ||
| 109 | <DL> | ||
| 110 | <DT><B>��������倶�����筝����:</B><DD> | ||
| 111 | <P>���茯����������������羞私�������<�ゃ�������������倶����������違��腴���c����������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 112 | <DT><B>��������倶�����筝���眼��������:</B><DD> | ||
| 113 | <P>���茯����������������羞私�������<�ゃ�������������倶����������違��腴���c�������������翫����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 114 | </DL> | ||
| 115 | </P> | ||
| 116 | </LI> | ||
| 117 | </UL> | ||
| 118 | </P> | ||
| 119 | <P>���������������絲乗院��������������������������御����������翫�������������若����若�������ュ�������障����������若����若�����腥冴����������翫��������������������絖������������医幻�����������������������������������障����� | ||
| 120 | ��泣�ゃ�冴��腟������ユ�違����御����������翫����������医�ゃ����ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 121 | <P>��>散���菴遵�������������翫��������"+"�����帥�潟����御�������������違�����茵����菴遵����������������с�����罕����筝�荐����篏�罐����膵違��菴������障�������障�����"-"�����帥�潟����御�������������������>散��������ゃ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 122 | <H3>��≪����激�с�潟��荐�絎�</H3> | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | <P>罨<�������≪����激�с�潟����御�������障�������>散������罕����篁紙�����菴遵����с����障�����������腱糸��������������篆<�������������������泣�若�������������ゃ�����筝�綺�������絎�茵���с�������������������御�������������������с����障��������腱糸����������潟����弱��������絎���������翫�������������������≪�ゃ�潟�潟�������帥�潟�ч�御����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 125 | |||
| 126 | <P> | ||
| 127 | <DL> | ||
| 128 | <DT><B>腱糸��:</B><DD> | ||
| 129 | <P>���絎������������������������<����祉�若�吾��腱糸�������障��(篁ラ����������若�����荅�箴<�������障�����)���</P> | ||
| 130 | <DT><B>��潟�����:</B><DD> | ||
| 131 | <P>���絎������������������������<����祉�若�吾����潟����若����障�����篏�綺���с��絎�茵������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 132 | <DT><B>���篆<��������:</B><DD> | ||
| 133 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����泣�若�����罧������障��(篁ラ����������若�����荅�箴<�������障�����)���</P> | ||
| 134 | <DT><B>��泣�若��������������:</B><DD> | ||
| 135 | <P>���篆≧�������泣�若�������<����祉�若�吾��罧����荐�絎������������������翫����с�����綣桁�句�������泣�若�������������ゃ����障��(篁ラ����������若�����荅�箴<�������障�����)���</P> | ||
| 136 | <DT><B>�����若��:</B><DD> | ||
| 137 | <P>�����若�����篁������障�����</P> | ||
| 138 | <DT><B>��������若��������������絎�:</B><DD> | ||
| 139 | <P>��������若�����������篁������障�����</P> | ||
| 140 | <DT><B>茯����������������������:</B><DD> | ||
| 141 | <P>���茯������若�����紊������障�����</P> | ||
| 142 | <DT><B>��潟����潟�����絎�茵�:</B><DD> | ||
| 143 | <P>篁紙�������潟����潟�����絎�茵������障�������潟����潟�������ゃ�潟�����絨障����<����祉�若�吾�������<�ゃ��������������������篁������������障�����</P> | ||
| 144 | <DT><B>�����若�����荅�箴<�����罩�:</B><DD> | ||
| 145 | <P>綵�荅蚊����若��篁ラ����������若�����荅�箴<����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 146 | </DL> | ||
| 147 | </P> | ||
| 148 | <P>荐�絎����絎�篋����������������OK��������帥�恰�若�������脂�蚊��絎�篋������障�������������c�潟�祉����������若�����荐�絎������贋����������障�����</P> | ||
| 149 | <H3>�����������������若�����箴�</H3> | ||
| 150 | |||
| 151 | <P>Subject�����������粋�上����������障�������������粋��綺���������������障�������翫����������睡��(trash)��������������������������翫�����箴���������障�����</P> | ||
| 152 | <P>��障��������罨<����>散������������������荅峨����������翫����������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 153 | <P>������������1��ゃ�������>散��с��Subject��������御�������������������号�����������������罨<����������������御�������������若����若�������������粋�上�������������ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 154 | <P>"+"�����帥�潟����若�����2��ゃ�������>散���菴遵�������障�����</P> | ||
| 155 | <P>������������Subject��������吾�潟��������罨<����������������御�������������若����若�������������粋��綺������������ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 156 | <P>��������������≪����激�с�潟�с��腱糸����������御�������������������������御�������帥�潟����若����������睡��(trash)�����御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 157 | <P>������緇�������OK��������帥�潟����若����������若�����菴遵�����絎�篋���с�����</P> | ||
| 158 | <H3>�����������������若�����膩����</H3> | ||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | <P>��脂�我����帥����若����������鴻��������膩������������������若�������御��������������膩������������帥�潟����若����障�����</P> | ||
| 161 | <H3>�����������������若�������潟�����</H3> | ||
| 162 | |||
| 163 | <P>��脂�我����帥����若����������鴻����������潟����若�������������若�������御����������������潟����若�������帥�潟����若����障�����</P> | ||
| 164 | <H3>�����������������若�����������</H3> | ||
| 165 | |||
| 166 | <P>��脂�我����帥����若����������鴻�������������ゃ�������������若�������御�������������������ゃ�������帥�潟����若����障�����</P> | ||
| 167 | <H3>�����������������若�����������������</H3> | ||
| 168 | |||
| 169 | <P> | ||
| 170 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>��с�<����祉�若�吾�� | ||
| 171 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#select-operation">��御��</A>��������������� | ||
| 172 | ��<����ャ�若����������若��鐚������������������若�����篏������������障����� | ||
| 173 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������������������若�����篏����������絎�茵���������������с�������若�������蚊��������������������篏���������障�����������緇����荐�絎���号�����筝�荐�������罕���с�����</P> | ||
| 174 | <P>��������������������潟�<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�吾�������障�����������������菴遵�������������<����ャ�若����御����������������若����若�������������������ュ����������障�����</P> | ||
| 175 | <H2><A NAME="ss14.2">14.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14.2">���������������絎�茵�������������</A> | ||
| 176 | </H2> | ||
| 177 | |||
| 178 | |||
| 179 | <H3>���篆≧��������������������������������絎�茵�������������</H3> | ||
| 180 | |||
| 181 | <P>���篆≧��������������������������������絎�茵������������≪�������潟����� | ||
| 182 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#Account-Config">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A>��с�� | ||
| 183 | ���篆<�帥�����筝����������������篆≧�������<����祉�若�吾����������������������������с����������ャ����障�����</P> | ||
| 184 | <H3>���篆≧����帥����<����祉�若�吾�������c����帥����若�����������������������</H3> | ||
| 185 | |||
| 186 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������若��鐚�������������筝���������鴻�������<����祉�若�吾�������������������障�������������若��鐚���御��筝������<����祉�若�吾����������������������御����������������с��荐�絎���������������若�����������������������������絎�茵���������障�����</P> | ||
| 187 | <HR> | ||
| 188 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 189 | <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 190 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc14">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 191 | </BODY> | ||
| 192 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-15.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-15.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4d2bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-15.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: 菴傑����<�若��絲丞��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-16.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-14.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="junk-control"></A> <A NAME="s15">15.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>Sylpheed���紊������潟����潟�������f�冴�������������с��������������菴傑����<�若����������c����帥����潟�違����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.1">15.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15.1">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘���純��篁�腟����</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>������������菴傑����<�若����������c����帥����潟�違����������������������障��絖�膺�������菴傑����<�若����ゅ����������違��������綽�荀���с����� | ||
| 23 | Sylpheed����憜�����Sylpheed�����������違����������冴�������� | ||
| 24 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/sylfilter/">SylFilter</A>������ | ||
| 25 | <A HREF="http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/">bogofilter</A>��� | ||
| 26 | <A HREF="http://sourceforge.jp/projects/bsfilter/">bsfilter</A>���絲上�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 27 | <P>Sylpheed������������菴傑����<�若��������菴傑����<�若�������������������������違��������羝<�����絖�膺���������障�����絖�膺����膵違��菴������������с�������������������違����������������������ゅ��膕上墾������筝���������������障�����</P> | ||
| 28 | <P>菴傑����<�若��������菴傑����<�若�����筝≧�鴻����ゃ��������������絖�膺����羝����������(������������50���100���腮�綺�絖�膺������������医�馹���������с��������)������篆<�������<�若�������������������������違��������羝<�����������������菴傑����<�若����с�����������������腆肴�������障����� | ||
| 29 | 菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�������������翫����������������������吾��腱糸�������泣�若����������������ゃ�����������絎���������≪����激�с�潟��絎�茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 30 | <P>������茯ゅ�ゅ����������c����翫����������������<�若�����絖�膺������������������у�ゅ��膕上墾���������������筝���������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 31 | <P>���������菴傑����<�若��������菴傑����<�若����������∞����鴻�����絖�膺���������������������倶����с����ゅ�����茵���������障����������ф絵������������������������</P> | ||
| 32 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.2">15.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15.2">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘���純�������鴻��������</A> | ||
| 33 | </H2> | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | <P>���������荐�絎�������菴傑����<�若�������帥��������菴傑����<�若��絲丞����������鴻�������������������с����������障�����</P> | ||
| 36 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.3">15.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15.3">絖�膺���潟����潟�����荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 37 | </H2> | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | <P>菴傑����<�若�����絖�膺������������������潟����潟��������絎������障��������������������bogofilter���篏睡����с��������������荐�絎���������������障�����Windows��������翫�����sylfilter���荐�絎���������������障��(Windows��с��SylFilter���篏睡������ィ絅������������障��)���</P> | ||
| 40 | <P>���(��������祉����������御��)��������吾����������������激�с�潟�<����ャ�若�с��sylfilter���bogofilter���bsfilter�����√�����荐�絎������御�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | <H3>Windows������bsfilter���篏睡����������翫�����羈����</H3> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <P>Windows�����х�∞�����罔������������������若�吟��Sylpheed���絎�茵���������翫�����bsfilter�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������������c�������������������<�ゃ�������吾��莨若����������������������������<�ゃ�������吾��莨若����������������若����������障�������������翫��篁ヤ����������������������号�����茵���c����������������� | ||
| 45 | <UL> | ||
| 46 | <LI>膊∞�����罔������������ゃ����若�吟��Sylpheed���絎�茵�������</LI> | ||
| 47 | <LI>��医��紊���� BSFILTERHOME �����吾��莨若�水����純�������c�����������������絎������� | ||
| 48 | <P> | ||
| 49 | <UL> | ||
| 50 | <LI>�����潟�潟�������若����������� - ��激�鴻����������<�潟�������潟�� - ��激�鴻����� - ��激�鴻��������荅括完荐�絎� - ��医��紊���� - (�����若�九��) ��������若�吟�主�医��紊���違����с����域����������若��</LI> | ||
| 51 | <LI>���紊���医�����������BSFILTERHOME���������紊���医�ゃ��������C:\Users\(�����若�九��)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed��������ュ�����������OK��������若��</LI> | ||
| 52 | </UL> | ||
| 53 | </P> | ||
| 54 | </LI> | ||
| 55 | <LI>������������荐�絎� - 菴傑����<�若�� - 絖�膺���潟����潟�������������潟����潟����� | ||
| 56 | --homedir "�����c�����������" ���菴遵�������� | ||
| 57 | <P>箴�) bsfilterw.exe --homedir "C:\Users\(�����若�九��)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed" -C -s -u</P> | ||
| 58 | </LI> | ||
| 59 | </UL> | ||
| 60 | </P> | ||
| 61 | <P>���������罔�羣����Program Files�����������������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������翫�����������������������C:\Users\(�����若�九��)\AppData\Local\VirtualStore\Program Files\Sylpheed���篁ヤ�������������ゃ��������������������������筝�荐����絲丞�������鴻��綽�荀���������障��������</P> | ||
| 62 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.4">15.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15.4">��≪����激�с�潟��荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 63 | </H2> | ||
| 64 | |||
| 65 | <P>菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�������������翫�����������������������篏����絎�茵����������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 66 | |||
| 67 | <H3>菴傑����<�若��������������</H3> | ||
| 68 | |||
| 69 | <P>菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�������������<����祉�若�吾����������ф��絎������������������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 70 | |||
| 71 | <H3>���篆≧�����菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�������������<����祉�若�吾�����������������</H3> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | <P>���篆≧�����������������菴傑����<�若�������������������������翫����������������������с����������障��������������������������������絽吾�������c����帥����潟�違��緇����絎�茵���������障�����</P> | ||
| 74 | <H3>���絽吾�����������������������菴傑����<�若��������������������</H3> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | <P>��������������с����������ャ��������������絽吾�����������������������菴傑����<�若��������������������茵���������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 77 | <H3>���篆≧�����菴傑����<�若�������泣�若�������������ゃ�����</H3> | ||
| 78 | |||
| 79 | <P>��<�若�������泣�若�����罧����荐�絎������������������翫����с�����綣桁�句�����菴傑����<�若�������泣�若�������������ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 80 | <H3>綏���坂査�����≪�������劫験��������障�������翫�����菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�����������</H3> | ||
| 81 | |||
| 82 | <P>綏���坂査�����≪�������劫験��������障�������翫�������∝�ャ��綏���坂査�����������宴�����菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�������障��������</P> | ||
| 83 | <H3>���������������菴傑����<�若�������∵�����������</H3> | ||
| 84 | |||
| 85 | <P>���������������菴傑����<�若��������茯���������違��茹i�ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 86 | <H2><A NAME="ss15.5">15.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15.5">絖�膺�腟����������������������</A> | ||
| 87 | </H2> | ||
| 88 | |||
| 89 | <P>絖�膺����膵違��菴����������罩c�������ゅ�������������������c��������菴傑����<�若�������ゅ�������馹���������������翫��������筝�綺�絖�膺�腟����������������������絖�膺������������眼����������цВ羆冴�с�������翫�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | <H3>SylFilter</H3> | ||
| 92 | |||
| 93 | <P>Windows��с�� %APPDATA%\SylFilter 篁ヤ����������<�ゃ����������鴻�������ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 94 | <P>Unix/Linux��医����с�����~/.sylfilter 篁ヤ����������<�ゃ����������鴻�������ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 95 | <H3>bogofilter</H3> | ||
| 96 | |||
| 97 | <P>Unix/Linux��医����с�����~/.bogofilter 篁ヤ����������<�ゃ����������鴻�������ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 98 | <H3>bsfilter</H3> | ||
| 99 | |||
| 100 | <P>Unix/Linux��医����с�����~/.bsfilter 篁ヤ����������<�ゃ����������鴻�������ゃ����障����� | ||
| 101 | Windows��с�����Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������������������������障�����筝�荐���ц┃絎�������������������������篁ヤ����������<�ゃ����������鴻�������ゃ����障����� | ||
| 102 | <UL> | ||
| 103 | <LI>C.clean.sdbm.*</LI> | ||
| 104 | <LI>C.prob.sdbm.*</LI> | ||
| 105 | <LI>C.spam.sdbm.*</LI> | ||
| 106 | <LI>ja.clean.sdbm.*</LI> | ||
| 107 | <LI>ja.prob.sdbm.*</LI> | ||
| 108 | <LI>ja.spam.sdbm.*</LI> | ||
| 109 | </UL> | ||
| 110 | </P> | ||
| 111 | <HR> | ||
| 112 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 113 | <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 114 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc15">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 115 | </BODY> | ||
| 116 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-16.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-16.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bb0936 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-16.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: 罎�膣�</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-17.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-15.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s16">16.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16">罎�膣�</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.1">16.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16.1">������������������絎鴻��罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <H3>罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪�����</H3> | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | <P>������������������絎鴻��罎�膣≪��������������罎�膣≪�������������������������御����������倶����с�<����ャ�若��������膩����鐚���<����祉�若�吾��罎�膣�...��������御��������罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴����障�������障����������������������ャ�若�у�乗院������������������������ | ||
| 24 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������<����祉�若�吾��罎�膣�...��������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 25 | <H3>罎�膣∽�>散�����ュ��</H3> | ||
| 26 | |||
| 27 | <P>罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違��罎�膣∽�>散�����ュ�������障�������>散������絎���号�������堺�������������������������翫��������罕���с�����</P> | ||
| 28 | <P>罎�膣√�乗院��������������������������������������御�����������������������������������絎���������������障�����絲乗院���������������紊���眼����������翫�������ュ��罨�����劻�����...��������帥�潟����若�������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 29 | <P>�����泣�����������������罎�膣≪����������с����������ャ��������������絎����������������������筝�篏���������������������������障��������罎�膣≪����障����� | ||
| 30 | ���紊ф��絖�/絨����絖������阪�ャ����������с����������ャ�������������≪�������<�����������紊у�����絖������阪�ャ�����罎�膣≪����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 31 | <H3>罎�膣≪��絎�茵�</H3> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>���罎�膣≪�������帥�潟����若�����罎�膣≪�����紮������障�������障�������>散��������若����若�������ュ��罨����Enter�����若����若����������с��罎�膣≪�����紮������障����������������≪�������帥�潟����若�������ュ����������>散���罎�膣∝����������������≪�������������倶�������祉����障�����</P> | ||
| 34 | <P>罎�膣∝��������筝���������鴻�������ャ�若��筝�荀ц;腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 35 | <P>筝�荀с����<����祉�若�吾�������������������������������������������<����祉�若�吾�������������������������泣����������ャ�若�ц;腓冴�������������翫�������泣����������ャ�寂����ч�御�������障�����������篁ュ�������翫�������ャ����c�潟�������ц;腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 36 | <P>筝�荀с����<����祉�若�吾���劻�������������������������泣����������ャ�若�����罕������潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若��茵�腓冴�������障�������������<����ャ�若�������<����祉�若�吾�吾��菴�篆<��荵∫�����腱糸�������潟����主��������篏���������純�с����������������泣����������ャ�若����潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若�������<����������若����������������若�������������������ゃ�����菴傑����<�若��������絎�������菴傑����<�若����с��������������罎�膣∝��������������篏睡����с����障��������</P> | ||
| 37 | <P>��������������������帥�潟����若�����罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違����������障�����</P> | ||
| 38 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.2">16.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16.2">罎�膣≪�����������</A> | ||
| 39 | </H2> | ||
| 40 | |||
| 41 | <H3>罎�膣≪�����������������</H3> | ||
| 42 | |||
| 43 | <P>罎�膣∽�>散���罎�膣≪��������������������篆�絖���������������с��罎�膣∝��������緇�������膂≦����������с����������������с����障�������違�������<����祉�若�吾��菴遵�������������翫����������������<����祉�若�吾��������������罎�膣√�乗院��������障����障����� | ||
| 44 | 罎�膣∝�������������c����激�ャ�����������������2������篁ラ�����蕭�������茵�腓冴����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 45 | <H3>罎�膣≪��������������篏����</H3> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | <P>罎�膣≪��������������篏�������������������罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違�ф�>散���荐�絎����茵���c��緇����罎�膣≪��������������������篆�絖���������帥�潟����若����障����� | ||
| 48 | �����贋��:�����ф��絎����������������������筝����������������������:�����ф��絎����������������罎�膣≪��������������篏������������障��������������������篏������������贋�������������倶����с��罎�膣√�乗院���������������筝���������c�������障����������贋�������ュ��罨�����劻�����...��������帥�潟�у����眼����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 49 | <P>�����������������ャ�若�ф��膣≪����������������御��������������罎�膣∝����������泣����������ャ�若��茵�腓冴����障�����罎�膣≪�������������с�����絽吾��������������������罕������<����祉�若�吾����画Η�����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 50 | <H3>罎�膣∽�>散���膩����</H3> | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | <P>緇�������罎�膣≪��������������罎�膣∽�>散���紊���眼����������������с����障�����罎�膣≪�������������� | ||
| 53 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������罎�膣∽�>散���膩����...��������御�������障����� | ||
| 54 | 罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違�����罕������������>散���荐�絎�������緇�������OK��������御�������障�������������c�潟�祉����������御�����������紊���眼����贋����������障�����</P> | ||
| 55 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.3">16.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16.3">��<����祉�若�後�����罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 56 | </H2> | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | <P>�憜��茵�腓冴�������������<����祉�若�後��������絖�������罎�膣≪����������������<����ャ�若��������膩����鐚��憜�������<����祉�若�後�����罎�膣�...��������御��������罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 59 | <P>罎�膣≪����ゃ�≪����違�����罎�膣∽��絖����:�����ュ��罨����罎�膣≪�����������絖���������ュ�������障����� | ||
| 60 | ���紊ф��絖�/絨����絖������阪�ャ����������с����������ャ�������������≪�������<�����������紊у�����絖������阪�ャ�����罎�膣≪����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 61 | <P>�����蚊����������帥�潟����若�������障�������ュ��罨����Enter�����若�����������������������罎�膣≪�����紮������障����� | ||
| 62 | ��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�弱�������������������������翫����������������贋��������罎�膣≪�����紮������障����� | ||
| 63 | �����祉����������帥�潟����若����������劫�����罎�膣≪����障�����</P> | ||
| 64 | <P>��������������������帥�潟����若����������ゃ�≪����違����������障�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <H2><A NAME="ss16.4">16.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16.4">�����ゃ�����罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 66 | </H2> | ||
| 67 | |||
| 68 | <P> | ||
| 69 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>���筝����������������罎�膣≪����若�����篏帥����������<����祉�若�娯��荀с��腟���������炊��膣≪�������違����頫���������������堺�ャ�障�������������������ゃ�����罎�膣≪����若�潟�障�����</P> | ||
| 70 | <P>綏������������������������潟�<����ャ�若�с�������������違����>散�����御�������������������с����障�����箴������違��������茯���������御��������������茯���<����祉�若�吾����帥��茵�腓冴�������障�����篁ヤ�������>散��������御�������障����� | ||
| 71 | <UL> | ||
| 72 | <LI>�����鴻��</LI> | ||
| 73 | <LI>���茯�</LI> | ||
| 74 | <LI>�����若��篁����</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>��������若��������篁����</LI> | ||
| 76 | <LI>羞私�������<�ゃ��篁����</LI> | ||
| 77 | <LI>1��ヤ札��� (Date�����ヤ�����)</LI> | ||
| 78 | <LI>���菴�5��ラ�� (Date�����ヤ�����)</LI> | ||
| 79 | <LI>���菴�1��演�� (Date�����ヤ�����)</LI> | ||
| 80 | <LI>��≪�������劫験��������� (From�����≪�������鴻��)</LI> | ||
| 81 | </UL> | ||
| 82 | </P> | ||
| 83 | <P>�劻�����罎�膣�:�����ュ��罨����罎�膣≪����若����若�������ュ��������Enter�����若��������篁九����障�����綏���坂査���罎�膣≪�������������������������������帥����泣����������ャ�若��茵�腓冴����障�������������違����>散���������������絎������������������с����障�����茲���違�������若����若�����腥榊�遵�阪�������т研��鴻����ュ����������������������若����若�����AND罎�膣≪����������障�����</P> | ||
| 84 | <P>腟����莨若�帥��茵������������������翫��������罎�膣∽������劻��������������筝����������茵�腓冴�����茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 85 | <P>��>散�����������≪����������翫�������ュ�����������絖������������ゃ�����Enter�����若���������������������帥�潟����若��������������������</P> | ||
| 86 | <HR> | ||
| 87 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 88 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 89 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc16">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 90 | </BODY> | ||
| 91 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-17.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-17.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be40df7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-17.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��祉����ャ�������f�����</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-18.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-16.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s17">17.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17">��祉����ャ�������f�����</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ssl-communication"></A> <A NAME="ss17.1">17.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17.1">SSL������������篆�</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>Sylpheed���SSL������������篆<��絲上�����������������絎����������篆<��茵���������������с����障����� | ||
| 22 | POP3(SSL/TLSv1)���IMAP4(SSL/TLSv1)���NNTP(SSL)���絲上�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>SSL������������篆<�с�����������Sylpheed������罌宴�����������(��障�������激�鴻����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����������������)荐惹����吾�������������泣�若�����荐惹����吾��罎�荐若����障�����罎�荐若����������������翫�������������障�冗��篆<��膓�茵������障�����荐惹����吾��罎�荐若�с����������c����翫�����茘���������ゃ�≪����違����冴����������若�吟��荐惹����吾����������ャ��������������膓�茵�������������������������筝����������������腆肴�������障��������������膓�茵������御����������翫�������祉����激�с�潟��腟�篋���������障�с�����������������荐惹����吾����������ャ����障�����</P> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <H3>��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�(SSL��帥��)</H3> | ||
| 26 | |||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | <H3>POP3 - SSL���篏睡�����������</H3> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <P>����垸�����������������������絽吾���・膓����茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 31 | <H3>POP3 - POP3����・膓����SSL���篏睡��</H3> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>��������������泣�若�����SSL��ч��篆<����障��������蕭�綺����荐�絎� - POP3�����若��������絎������������с�������������������������翫�����������������POP3/SSL�����������若�����篏睡�������障�����</P> | ||
| 34 | <H3>POP3 - SSL��祉����激�с�潟�����紮����STARTTLS��潟����潟�����篏睡��</H3> | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | <P>�������������垸�����������������������絽吾���・膓����茵����������筝����STARTTLS(STLS)��潟����潟�������肴��������TLSv1����������・膓������������帥����障�����</P> | ||
| 37 | <H3>���篆�(SMTP) - SSL���篏睡�����������</H3> | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | <P>����垸�����������������������絽吾���・膓����茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 40 | <H3>���篆�(SMTP) - SMTP����・膓����SSL���篏睡��</H3> | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | <P>��������������泣�若�����SSL��ч��篆<����障��������蕭�綺����荐�絎� - SMTP�����若��������絎������������с�������������������������翫�����������������SMTP/SSL�����������若�����篏睡�������障�����</P> | ||
| 43 | <H3>���篆�(SMTP) - SSL��祉����激�с�潟�����紮����STARTTLS��潟����潟�����篏睡��</H3> | ||
| 44 | |||
| 45 | <P>�������������垸�����������������������絽吾���・膓����茵����������筝����STARTTLS��潟����潟�������肴��������TLSv1����������・膓������������帥����障�����</P> | ||
| 46 | <H3>�����������������潟�違�純�宴��������篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P>���絽吾��SSL������篆<�������������������潟�違�純�宴��������篏睡�������障����������馹������榊����������翫�����������������������������������</P> | ||
| 49 | <H2><A NAME="pgp-privacy"></A> <A NAME="ss17.2">17.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17.2">PGP�����������糸��臀峨���������垸��</A> | ||
| 50 | </H2> | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | <P>Sylpheed���GnuPG�����f�冴�����PGP�����������糸����後���������垸�����茵���������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 53 | <P>��糸��臀峨�������<����祉�若�吾�����篆∴��������������腱�絲���泣�с�<����祉�若�吾��臀峨�������障��������篆∴��������篆∴�������������泣�с�����臀峨�����罎�荐若�������������с����������<����祉�若�吾�����綵�������篋冴�������������������������с��������������荐惹����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 54 | <P>����垸�������<����祉�若�吾�����篆∴��������篆∴�������������泣�с�<����祉�若�吾������垸�������障���������垸����������<����祉�若�吾�����篆∴�����腱�絲���泣�с����水奨�垩����������������с����������������<����祉�若�吾�������粋����������������醇�с����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | <H3>���������荐�絎�(���篋堺����宴�帥��)</H3> | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | |||
| 59 | <H3>臀峨�����������������罎�荐若�����</H3> | ||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | <P>PGP��х讐��������������������<����祉�若�吾��������������������������������臀峨�����罎�荐若����障�����</P> | ||
| 62 | <H3>臀峨�����罎�荐主�������������������≪����������c�潟�������ц;腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 63 | |||
| 64 | <P>���絽吾����<����祉�若�吾����ャ�弱�����臀峨�����罎�荐主��������茵�腓冴����障�������������������≪����������c�潟�������ц;腓冴����������翫�������������������激�с�潟�������с����������障�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <H3>�����鴻�������若�冴����<�≪��筝����筝����������荐���吟�����</H3> | ||
| 66 | |||
| 67 | <P>腱�絲���泣�������鴻�������若�冴����<�≪��筝����筝����������荐���吟�������������с�������鴻�������若�冴����ュ�����筝�絎������������ャ����������������с����障����������号��������������篏���ф��絎������障�����0������絎������������祉����激�с�潟��腟�篋���������障�с����鴻�������若�冴��荐���吟����障�����</P> | ||
| 68 | <H3>GnuPG������篏������������翫��莎桁��������茘�������茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | <P>莎桁��������GnuPG���篏睡�������純��������������茯帥�鴻����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������������������������������������若�吾�с�潟����ゃ����������������������宴�у�������с����������翫�����莎桁��������茘�������茵�腓冴�������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 71 | <H3>��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�(���篋堺����宴�帥��)</H3> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | |||
| 74 | <H3>罔�羣���с�<����祉�若�吾��PGP臀峨��������</H3> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾��篏����������������罔�羣����PGP臀峨�����茵������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 77 | <H3>罔�羣���с�<����祉�若�吾��PGP����垸��������</H3> | ||
| 78 | |||
| 79 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾��篏����������������罔�羣����PGP����垸�����茵������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 80 | <H3>����垸�������������<����祉�若�吾��菴�篆<�������翫���������垸��������</H3> | ||
| 81 | |||
| 82 | <P>����垸�������������<����祉�若�吾��菴�篆<�������翫���������垸�����茵������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 83 | <H3>����垸�������������������泣�����篆∴�������鴻�����菴遵��������</H3> | ||
| 84 | |||
| 85 | <P>����垸����������<����祉�若�吾�����篆∴����������с�����������(���篆∴��)���緇��垩�с�������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 86 | <H3>����垸�����ASCII���茖�綵√�����篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | <P>����垸�����PGP/MIME��с��������ASCII���茖�綵√�����篏睡�������障�������������劫������ィ絅���������������障��������</P> | ||
| 89 | <H3>��������≪�������鴻��臀峨�����篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | <P>臀峨�����PGP/MIME��с�������������������������≪�������鴻�����綵≪�ц�������障�����MIME���US-ASCII篁ュ��������絖���潟�若�������御�с������������������ィ絅���������������障����������御�������<�若����純��������PGP/MIME���絲上�������������������翫�������推戎������������������������</P> | ||
| 92 | <H3>臀峨�� / ����垸����� - 罔�羣����GnuPG��泣��篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | <P>臀峨�����茵������翫�����GnuPG��ф��羣�������絎������������������泣��篏睡�������障����� | ||
| 95 | ����垸�������翫����������鴻����������������純����泣��筝�荀с�������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 96 | <H3>臀峨�� / ����垸����� - �����������糸����<�若����ч�泣����御��������</H3> | ||
| 97 | |||
| 98 | <P>臀峨���������垸�����茵������翫����������������糸����<�若�����荅峨����������泣��篏睡�������障�����</P> | ||
| 99 | <H3>臀峨�� / ����垸����� - ��泣����������ф��絎�������</H3> | ||
| 100 | |||
| 101 | <P>臀峨���������垸����泣�������若�九����障��������ID��х�贋・���絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 102 | <HR> | ||
| 103 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 104 | <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 105 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc17">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 106 | </BODY> | ||
| 107 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-18.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-18.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8599e66 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-18.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��������������ャ�若�鴻��莖取��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-19.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-17.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s18">18.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18">��������������ャ�若�鴻��莖取��</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.1">18.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18.1">��泣�若�����菴遵����糸�����</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <H3><A NAME="append-news-serv"></A> ��泣�若�����菴遵��</H3> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>��障����� | ||
| 27 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#append-account">��≪�������潟��</A>���菴遵�����茵������障����� | ||
| 28 | ��������с����泣�若�������宴�������������潟����с�������ャ�若�� (NNTP)��������御�������� | ||
| 29 | �����ャ�若�鴻�泣�若��������荐���ャ��������������������</P> | ||
| 30 | <P>茯�荐若��綽�荀������翫����������������������泣�若�����茯�荐若��綽�荀������������с����������������鴻�������潟����������� | ||
| 31 | �����若��ID��������鴻����若�������ュ�����������������������</P> | ||
| 32 | <P>��ュ�����絎�篋�������������OK�����若����違����������������ャ�若�������ャ�若�鴻�泣�若���������憗�������障�����</P> | ||
| 33 | <H3>��泣�若�����������</H3> | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | <P> | ||
| 36 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#edit-account">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A>��ц�峨����������≪�������潟�������御����������������ゃ�������帥�潟����若��������������������</P> | ||
| 37 | <P>�����c����激�ユ����宴��緇������с�������������ф絵������������������������</P> | ||
| 38 | <H3>�����ャ�若�鴻�泣�若�������≪�����Tips</H3> | ||
| 39 | |||
| 40 | <P>�憜�����Sylpheed��������ャ�若�鴻�泣�若�����1���1��ゃ�<����祉�若�吾��������絲�������茵������障����� | ||
| 41 | ��������������������ゃ�ゃ����≪�������医����с����������������ャ����障��������</P> | ||
| 42 | <P>���������leafnode+ �����������������������ゃ�潟����ャ�若�鴻�泣�若�����篏帥�������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 43 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.2">18.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18.2">�����ャ�若�鴻�違����若�����莖取����肢骸茯�茹i��</A> | ||
| 44 | </H2> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <H3>�����ャ�若�鴻�違����若�����莖取��</H3> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P> | ||
| 49 | <A HREF="#append-news-serv">��泣�若�����菴遵��</A>��ц申��������������ャ�若�鴻�泣�若����� | ||
| 50 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#folderview">�����������������ャ��</A>��� | ||
| 51 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����冴����� | ||
| 52 | ��������ャ�若�鴻�違����若�����莖取����������御�����������������������</P> | ||
| 53 | <P>���������罎�膣≪�����莖取�������������違����若�������御��������緇�OK�����若����域��茯���с����障����� | ||
| 54 | 茲���育�御����������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 55 | <H3>�����ャ�若�鴻�違����若�����莖取��茹i��</H3> | ||
| 56 | |||
| 57 | <P>莖取����ц申��������������ャ�若�鴻�違����若������劻�������������������潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若����冴����� | ||
| 58 | ��������ャ�若�鴻�違����若����������ゃ�������御�������������������������御����������域В��ゃ�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 59 | <P>��������翫����������c����激�ャ�����茯������宴����������≪�������������障�������ф絵������������������������</P> | ||
| 60 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.3">18.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18.3">�����ャ�若�鴻��茯����</A> | ||
| 61 | </H2> | ||
| 62 | |||
| 63 | <P>�����ャ�若�鴻����� | ||
| 64 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#read-message">��<�若�������画Η</A>�����������������号����ц����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <H2><A NAME="ss18.4">18.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18.4">�����ャ�若�鴻�����腮�</A> | ||
| 66 | </H2> | ||
| 67 | |||
| 68 | <P>�����ャ�若�鴻�������������������������������倶�������������ャ�若�鴻����≪�������潟�������御����������������倶����� | ||
| 69 | ��<����祉�若�吾��篏���������������域��篋������吾�������������с�������<�若�����������������������篏���ф��腮帥����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 70 | <HR> | ||
| 71 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 72 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 73 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc18">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 74 | </BODY> | ||
| 75 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-19.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-19.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ade955 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-19.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��≪����������若�������с�����</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-20.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-18.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s19">19.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19">��≪����������若�������с�����</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>Sylpheed ��� Web ��泣�ゃ����ф�違����������若�吾�с�潟�������������������������翫����������ャ����障�����</P> | ||
| 19 | <P>��違����������若�吾�с�潟��荀���ゃ����c����翫����������違����������若�吾�с�潟��Sylpheed���荀���ゃ�������障��������篁���������贋�違����障�����?������������腆肴�������ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴�������障����������������������御����������� Sylpheed ��� Web �����若�吾����������障��(Web �����������吟��罩c����頥�絎����������������綽�荀������������障��)���</P> | ||
| 20 | <P>��≪����������若�������с�������� curl ��潟����潟�����������������茵������������������� curl �����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����������������綽�荀������������障����� Windows ��������翫����� curl ������罌宴�������������������ラ����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��������綽�荀������������障����������障����� HTTP �����������欠����宴�� Web �����≪����祉�鴻�������医�������翫����� | ||
| 21 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#http-proxy">HTTP ������������</A>���荐�絎�������綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 22 | <H2><A NAME="ss19.1">19.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19.1">��������≪����������若�������с�����</A> | ||
| 23 | </H2> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <P>���������荐�絎�������荅括完 - ��≪����������若�������帥����ц�������≪����������若�������с�������������鴻�������c����������翫�����莎桁����������≪����������若����������с��������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 26 | <H2><A NAME="ss19.2">19.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19.2">��������≪����������若�������с�����</A> | ||
| 27 | </H2> | ||
| 28 | |||
| 29 | <P>��<����ャ�若��������������鐚���≪����������若�������с�������������御����������������≪����������若����������с��������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 30 | <HR> | ||
| 31 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 32 | <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 33 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc19">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 34 | </BODY> | ||
| 35 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-2.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b881c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-2.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: Sylpheed������</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-3.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-1.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s2">2.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2">Sylpheed������</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2.1">Sylpheed������</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>Sylpheed�����激�潟��������荵初�������ら��罘���純�т戎��������������糸����<�若����������ゃ�≪�潟��(��<�若����純����������<�若�����MUA)��с�����</P> | ||
| 22 | <P>Sylpheed���Linux���BSD���Mac OS X膈����筝祉��Unix膤祉����激�鴻����������障��Windows (2000篁ラ��)��у��篏������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>Sylpheed���GUI�����若��������������GTK+���篏睡�������������������������������������若�����絎��憗����������障�����Sylpheed��������亥�����GTK+ 2.8篁ラ����у��篏������障��(GTK+ 2.24.x����ィ絅�)���</P> | ||
| 24 | <P>Sylpheed���GNU GPL (�����ゃ�����������������LibSylph���GNU LGPL) ���緇���c�����絽������������������������若�純����������с�≪�с�������������ゃ�祉�潟�鴻��緇���c�������宴����������紙�劫����糸�����絽���������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 25 | <P>Sylpheed������篁ヤ����������������拷�激����������障����� | ||
| 26 | <UL> | ||
| 27 | <LI>��激�潟�������х�����������羇�膩眼�������������若�吟�ゃ�潟�帥����с�若��</LI> | ||
| 28 | <LI>膣育����障�т����������障�����綽����������篏����</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>���篏�������荐�絎���с��������篏睡��������</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>荵遵辱������篏�</LI> | ||
| 31 | <LI>蕭����篆♂�惹��</LI> | ||
| 32 | <LI>��初��������紊�荐�茯�絲上��</LI> | ||
| 33 | <LI>蕭�綺������ユ��茯�������(���絖���潟�若�������������ゅ�ャ��罘�腮�箴�絖����絖�絲上��膈�)</LI> | ||
| 34 | <LI>紊�罕���������������潟�����絲上��</LI> | ||
| 35 | <LI>�����������鴻��������������</LI> | ||
| 36 | <LI>��祉����ャ�������f�����(GnuPG���SSL/TLSv1)</LI> | ||
| 37 | <LI>綣桁����������c����帥����潟�違��罎�膣∽�����</LI> | ||
| 38 | <LI>菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘����</LI> | ||
| 39 | <LI>紊������潟����潟�����������荵������f��</LI> | ||
| 40 | <LI>��������違�ゃ�恰�����</LI> | ||
| 41 | </UL> | ||
| 42 | </P> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2.2">��ゃ�潟�帥����с�若��</A> | ||
| 45 | </H2> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | <P>Sylpheed���紊�荀潟����ゃ�潟�帥����с�若�鴻��Outlook���Becky!��������c�����Windows��с��絎���������<�若����純�����������罕����3�����ゃ�恰�劫������。��������������障�����</P> | ||
| 48 | <P>��鴻�������若����若��������������篏���с�����荀������������������合����������<�若�����茯���翠�蚊����������������с����障����������<�������������鴻����帥�с��膂≦��������篏���с����障�����</P> | ||
| 49 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2.3">筝祉��罘����</A> | ||
| 50 | </H2> | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | <P>Sylpheed���POP3���IMAP4rev1���SMTP��������c��筝肢����������������潟����������<��������NNTP(��������������ャ�若��)������絲上�������������障�����罨>��篁c�ゃ�潟�帥�若�������������������潟��IPv6������罔�羣���у�上�������������障��(Unix��������翫��)���</P> | ||
| 53 | <P>筝祉��罘���純��������������篁ヤ�������������������障����� | ||
| 54 | <UL> | ||
| 55 | <LI>��≦�狗�����茲���違�≪�������潟��膊∞�� </LI> | ||
| 56 | <LI>綣桁����������c����帥����潟�� (POP3���IMAP4��������若�������鴻����若��)</LI> | ||
| 57 | <LI>綣桁�����罎�膣∽����� (���������罎�膣≪�������ゃ�����罎�膣≪��罎�膣≪�����������)</LI> | ||
| 58 | <LI>菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘����</LI> | ||
| 59 | <LI>��鴻��������茵�腓�</LI> | ||
| 60 | <LI>羞私�������<�ゃ�������画Η��脂��篆� (MIME)</LI> | ||
| 61 | <LI>SMTP AUTH (PLAIN / LOGIN / CRAM-MD5)</LI> | ||
| 62 | <LI>SSL/TLSv1絲上�� (��������激�с��)</LI> | ||
| 63 | <LI>PGP臀峨����紙���垸�� (��������激�с��)</LI> | ||
| 64 | <LI>��≪�������劫験 </LI> | ||
| 65 | <LI>�����潟�������若��</LI> | ||
| 66 | <LI>紊�荐�茯�絲上��</LI> | ||
| 67 | <LI>��������違�ゃ�恰��罕�</LI> | ||
| 68 | <LI>��������≪����������若��</LI> | ||
| 69 | </UL> | ||
| 70 | |||
| 71 | ������篁����箴水�����罘���純��������������篁ヤ�������������������障����� | ||
| 72 | <UL> | ||
| 73 | <LI>�����ャ�若�鴻����若����惹�����</LI> | ||
| 74 | <LI>��ゃ�潟����ゃ�括�糸�頫�腓堺�����</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>ML膈���с�鴻��������������������������������箴水��������篁九����с�障�����������罘����</LI> | ||
| 76 | <LI>��鴻����������с�����罘���� (��������激�с��)</LI> | ||
| 77 | <LI>SOCKS4/5 �����������桁�上��</LI> | ||
| 78 | <LI>X-Face 茵�腓� (��������激�с��)</LI> | ||
| 79 | <LI>�����若�九��臂����������</LI> | ||
| 80 | <LI>�����若����祉�������若��������</LI> | ||
| 81 | <LI>Unix mbox, Outlook Express (dbx), eml �����<�ゃ�������ゃ�潟����若����祉�������鴻����若��</LI> | ||
| 82 | <LI>紊������潟����潟����������f�冴�������純����≪����激�с�恰�����</LI> | ||
| 83 | <LI>紊������������c��</LI> | ||
| 84 | <LI>���篆≦��罘�</LI> | ||
| 85 | <LI>��������<�若�������с�����</LI> | ||
| 86 | <LI>���腮�</LI> | ||
| 87 | <LI>��������翫就</LI> | ||
| 88 | <LI>��<����祉�若�娯�����筝����������篆�絖�</LI> | ||
| 89 | <LI>������������������URI</LI> | ||
| 90 | <LI>��亥����紙��茯�膊∞��</LI> | ||
| 91 | <LI>HTML�����������鴻��茵�腓�</LI> | ||
| 92 | <LI>綣�������羞宴��������������������茵�腓肴�蚊��紊����</LI> | ||
| 93 | <LI>��医��</LI> | ||
| 94 | <LI>�����������ゃ�潟�≪�若��</LI> | ||
| 95 | <LI>��������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟�吾����主�������亥��������</LI> | ||
| 96 | <LI>�����若�������若�������鴻�帥����ゃ��</LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI>��潟����潟�������ゃ�潟�������������≪�若�����篏�</LI> | ||
| 98 | <LI>������������罸����荐�絎�</LI> | ||
| 99 | <LI>���篆≦����≪�������鴻����≪�������劫験��吾����������脂��</LI> | ||
| 100 | <LI>��≪�������鴻��������茖�絎�</LI> | ||
| 101 | <LI>��≪�������劫験��� LDAP, vCard, JPilot 絲上��</LI> | ||
| 102 | <LI>��≪�������劫験��� CSV, LDIF �����<�ゃ�������ゃ�潟����若��</LI> | ||
| 103 | <LI>��≪�������劫験��� CSV ��������鴻����若��</LI> | ||
| 104 | <LI>Windows ��≪�������劫験 (WAB) �����<�ゃ�������ゃ�潟����若�� (Windows)</LI> | ||
| 105 | <LI>������������&������������</LI> | ||
| 106 | <LI>羞私�������<�ゃ�������ゆ����� (��������違�ゃ�潟�����������箴�)</LI> | ||
| 107 | <LI>蕭�DPI��医��絲上��</LI> | ||
| 108 | </UL> | ||
| 109 | </P> | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.4">2.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2.4">��<����祉�若�吾��膊∞����劫��</A> | ||
| 112 | </H2> | ||
| 113 | |||
| 114 | <P>Sylpheed�����<����祉�若�吾��1�����<�ゃ�����1��<�若�����絲上��������MH綵√����х�∞����������������������若�帥�������������≪��������腱肢�����篁���≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�����������������������絎号�����茵������障�����1�����<�ゃ��=1���������������綵√�����罸���鴻����激�鴻�����������絎潟����榊����������������<�若�����紊宴����演�堺�с��絨������������c�������障�������������眼�х�������������<����祉�若�吾��腱糸����������ゃ��茵���������������<�若�������������鴻����ュぇ��������蚊����������������若�吟����������у�������������<�若�������������鴻����潟�潟��������������������茵����綽�荀������������障��������</P> | ||
| 115 | <P>��≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟��荐�絎������ゃ�������������鴻����������鴻�������<�ゃ�����������篆�絖�������������������������膂≦�����膩������������������≪�������������鴻����≪��腱肢�����������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 116 | <P>��障�����篁����MH綵√�����篏睡����������<�若����純�����(Mew膈�)���篏窮����������������������純�с����� | ||
| 117 | ���篆<��紊������������違�����(inc, imget膈�)���篏睡����������純�с����� | ||
| 118 | mbox��障�����eml綵√�������<����祉�若�吾����ゃ�潟����若����祉�������鴻����若����������������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 119 | |||
| 120 | <H2><A NAME="ss2.5">2.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2.5">絎��憘��絎����罘����</A> | ||
| 121 | </H2> | ||
| 122 | |||
| 123 | <P> | ||
| 124 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/wiki/">Sylpheed Wiki�����若��</A>��������с��������������������</P> | ||
| 125 | <HR> | ||
| 126 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 127 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 128 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc2">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 129 | </BODY> | ||
| 130 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-20.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-20.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfdd75a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-20.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: �����鴻�帥����ゃ��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-21.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-19.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s20">20.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20">�����鴻�帥����ゃ��</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="general-config-open"></A> <A NAME="ss20.1">20.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20.1">���������荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>���������荐�絎������c�潟��������篁ヤ�������������������������с����障����� | ||
| 22 | <UL> | ||
| 23 | <LI>��<����ャ�若��������荐�絎�鐚����������荐�絎����</LI> | ||
| 24 | <LI>�����若�������若�����荐�絎����������������</LI> | ||
| 25 | </UL> | ||
| 26 | </P> | ||
| 27 | <H2><A NAME="ss20.2">20.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20.2">���������荐�絎����������������茯����</A> | ||
| 28 | </H2> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <H3>������篆<����帥��</H3> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | <H3>��亥����<�若����������������с�����������</H3> | ||
| 33 | |||
| 34 | <P>�����с�������������井��絎������������������������亥����<�若����������с����������障�����</P> | ||
| 35 | <H3>莎桁����������亥����<�若����������с�����������</H3> | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | <P>Sylpheed莎桁����������亥����<�若����������������с����������障�����</P> | ||
| 38 | <H3>���篆≦����������鴻����������若����������������������贋�違�����</H3> | ||
| 39 | |||
| 40 | <P>��<�若��������篆<��procmail���������紊������������違��������篏帥�c����贋・MH�����������������<����祉�若�吾��������莨若�������翫����������������������宴����������������贋�違����������������с����������������鴻����������������ф����違����倶�������贋�違�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <H3>��亥����<����祉�若�檎�����</H3> | ||
| 42 | |||
| 43 | <P>��亥����<����祉�若�後�亥�������������ユ�号�����荐�絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 44 | <H3>��亥����<����祉�若�吾����亥����������������ャ����c�潟��������茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <P>��亥����<����祉�若�吾����亥����������������ャ����c�潟�������������������≪�����������茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 47 | <H3>�����c�潟��������罨<�����茵�腓�</H3> | ||
| 48 | |||
| 49 | <P>��亥�������ャ����c�潟��������茵�腓阪��������絎�������腱���違��腟���������������������������������障�����0������絎������������������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 50 | <H3>��亥����<����祉�若�吾����亥�������������潟��薐眼�����(Windows������)</H3> | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | <P>��亥����<����祉�若�後�亥�����������絎���������喝0�����<�ゃ��(wav)��������������障�����</P> | ||
| 53 | <H3>��亥����<����祉�若�吾����亥�������������潟����潟�����絎�茵�������</H3> | ||
| 54 | |||
| 55 | <P>���絎���������潟����潟�����絎�茵������障�������潟����潟�����綣���違�� %d ������絎������������亥����<����祉�若�御�違�х舟�����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 56 | <H3>�����若�������鴻����若��������������莨若��(Unix������)</H3> | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | <P>��������若�������鴻����若��������������莨若����������御����������違�� | ||
| 59 | ���(��鴻����若�������c�����������)/(�����若�九��)�����������<�ゃ����������<����祉�若�吾��������莨若�障����障����� | ||
| 60 | ������莨惹����������������������������御����������違��������莨若�炊�������������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 61 | <H3>������篆� - 筝���������帥��</H3> | ||
| 62 | |||
| 63 | |||
| 64 | <H3>���篆<�������<����祉�若�吾�����篆≧ァ���篆�絖�������</H3> | ||
| 65 | |||
| 66 | |||
| 67 | <H3>���篆<�������<����祉�若�吾�������c����帥����若�����������������</H3> | ||
| 68 | |||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | <H3>絎���������≪�������鴻����≪�������劫験�����������脂�蚊�����</H3> | ||
| 71 | |||
| 72 | <P>��������������������с����������ャ�c����������翫�����������篆≦�������≪�������鴻�������<�≪�������劫験��������障�������������������≪�������劫験��������������脂�蚊�≪�������鴻�������������������脂�蚊�������障�����</P> | ||
| 73 | <H3>���篆<����ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 74 | |||
| 75 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�����篆≧��������篆<����ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴��������������������荐�絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 76 | <H3>罨<�����絖����(�����潟����阪�����)�����<����祉�若�御�������������障�������翫�����羞私��綽�������腆肴��������</H3> | ||
| 77 | |||
| 78 | <P>���絎����������絖����(�����潟����阪�����)�����������������障�������������������<�ゃ�����羞私����������������������c����翫�����腆肴�������ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 79 | <H3>���篆≦�����絎�������腆肴��������</H3> | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | <P>��������������������с����������ャ�c����������翫�����������篆≧�����絎�������筝�荀ц;腓冴�����腆肴�����篆������障�����</P> | ||
| 82 | <P>�����ゅ����������≪��������/�����<�ゃ��(�����潟����阪�����):��������ュ��罨������≪�������鴻�障����������<�ゃ�潟�������潟����阪�������у�ュ����������������������≪�������鴻�障����������<�ゃ�潟�������с��������絲乗院紊������������障�����</P> | ||
| 83 | <H3>������篆� - �����潟�潟�若����c�潟�違����帥��</H3> | ||
| 84 | |||
| 85 | |||
| 86 | <H3>荵∫��膃��垸����劫��</H3> | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | |||
| 89 | <H3>MIME�����<�ゃ����������潟�潟�若����c�潟��</H3> | ||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | |||
| 92 | <H3>���篏���� - 筝���������帥��</H3> | ||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | |||
| 95 | <H3><A NAME="common-prefs-signature"></A> 臀峨��</H3> | ||
| 96 | |||
| 97 | <P>�����������������水�ャ�������������御����������違����<����祉�若�娯�����������������������緇����������������臀峨�������水�ャ�������障����� | ||
| 98 | <PRE> | ||
| 99 | [荐�絎����������������臀峨�������阪�����(���������������:���-- ���)] | ||
| 100 | [�����≪�������潟��荐�絎����臀峨��] | ||
| 101 | </PRE> | ||
| 102 | |||
| 103 | ��������������水�ャ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 104 | <H3>菴�篆≧�������������������≪�������潟�������御��������</H3> | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | <P>To: �����吾����������≪�������鴻�������≪�������潟�������ゆ�������� | ||
| 107 | ������������菴�篆≧�������≪�������潟�����羆阪�������障�����</P> | ||
| 108 | <H3><A NAME="quote-when-reply"></A> 菴�篆≧�������<����祉�若�吾��綣����������</H3> | ||
| 109 | |||
| 110 | <P>菴�篆<��������������綣�������������������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 111 | <H3>菴�篆<����帥�潟�с�<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<�����</H3> | ||
| 112 | |||
| 113 | <P>�����若�������若��菴�篆<����帥�潟����若�������翫�������<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<����障�����</P> | ||
| 114 | <H3>�����������冴�������<����祉�若�吾��菴�篆<�������翫�����絎�������綣����膓����</H3> | ||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | <P>綏���坂査��������������<����祉�若�吾��菴�篆<�������翫�����������������菴�篆<����������с��������������絎���������������障�鞘戎�����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 117 | <H3>菴�篆<��絎���������<�若����≪�������鴻����帥��������</H3> | ||
| 118 | |||
| 119 | <P>菴�篆≧�����絎������������<�若����≪�������剛札紊������������������������������ゅサ�����障�����</P> | ||
| 120 | <H3>���篏���� - ��������c�帥����帥��</H3> | ||
| 121 | |||
| 122 | <H3>���篏���� - ��後�������帥��</H3> | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | <H3>菴�篆<����後��</H3> | ||
| 125 | |||
| 126 | <P>綣����膃����綣�������綵√�����荐�絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 127 | <P>?x{expr}������x������絎�������������������expr���茵�腓冴����障����� | ||
| 128 | 箴������違��?s{篁九��: %s}������������������篏帥����違�� | ||
| 129 | 篁九��������絎���������������������������帥��篁九��: (篁九��)������������茵�腓冴����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 130 | <P>綣����膃����荐�絎����������絖����������>��с�� | ||
| 131 | 綣�������綵√����� | ||
| 132 | <PRE> | ||
| 133 | On %d | ||
| 134 | %f wrote: | ||
| 135 | |||
| 136 | %Q | ||
| 137 | </PRE> | ||
| 138 | |||
| 139 | �����c����翫�� | ||
| 140 | <PRE> | ||
| 141 | On [��ヤ��] | ||
| 142 | [綏���坂査] wrote: | ||
| 143 | > ��������<����祉�若�吾�����腴� | ||
| 144 | > 2茵���� | ||
| 145 | </PRE> | ||
| 146 | |||
| 147 | ������������������綣����������菴�篆≧�����綣������������障�����</P> | ||
| 148 | <P>荐��垩��茯���������帥�潟����������������������違��%��у����障�����������茯���������с�������障����� | ||
| 149 | <UL> | ||
| 150 | <LI>%d: ��ヤ��</LI> | ||
| 151 | <LI>%f: 綏���坂査</LI> | ||
| 152 | <LI>%N: 綏���坂査���羂����</LI> | ||
| 153 | <LI>%F: 綏���坂査���������</LI> | ||
| 154 | <LI>%I: 綏���坂査�����ゃ����激�c��</LI> | ||
| 155 | <LI>%s: 篁九��</LI> | ||
| 156 | <LI>%t: 絎����</LI> | ||
| 157 | <LI>%c: Cc</LI> | ||
| 158 | <LI>%n: �����ャ�若�鴻�違����若��</LI> | ||
| 159 | <LI>%i: ��<����祉�若��ID</LI> | ||
| 160 | <LI>%%: �����若�祉�潟��荐����(%������������)</LI> | ||
| 161 | <LI>%M: ��<����祉�若�御�����</LI> | ||
| 162 | <LI>%Q: 綣����膃�篁������<����祉�若�御�����</LI> | ||
| 163 | <LI>%q: 綣����膃�篁������<����祉�若�御�����(臀峨��������)</LI> | ||
| 164 | <LI>\\: ���絖� �����������鴻�������激��</LI> | ||
| 165 | <LI>\?: ���絖� �����霳�</LI> | ||
| 166 | <LI>\{: ���絖� ������筝����綣�</LI> | ||
| 167 | <LI>\}: ���絖� ������筝����綣�</LI> | ||
| 168 | </UL> | ||
| 169 | </P> | ||
| 170 | <H3>荵∫�������後��</H3> | ||
| 171 | |||
| 172 | <P>荵∫�������後��������罕���с�����</P> | ||
| 173 | <H3>���茵�腓� - 筝���������帥��</H3> | ||
| 174 | |||
| 175 | <P>������������������茵�腓冴�������с����������<����祉�若�御��篏�������綵演�帥��筝������障��������</P> | ||
| 176 | <H3><A NAME="font-config"></A> ��������鴻����������潟��</H3> | ||
| 177 | |||
| 178 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾��茵�腓冴�������������潟�����荐�絎���с����障����� | ||
| 179 | ��堺����������阪��綛���������潟�����荐�絎������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 180 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������������潟�����荐�絎���������翫�������ゃ��������FAQ��������с��������������������</P> | ||
| 181 | <H3>������������������罔�������茯���違��茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 182 | |||
| 183 | <P> | ||
| 184 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#folderview">�����������������ャ��</A>��с����������������� (30)������������������茯���<����祉�若�吾����違��茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 185 | <H3>�����������������ャ�若��茵�腓冴�������<����祉�若�御�違�����������</H3> | ||
| 186 | |||
| 187 | <P> | ||
| 188 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#folderview">�����������������ャ��</A>���茵�腓冴�������<����祉�若�御�違�������������������<��������茵�腓冴��������������絎������障����������亥�����������茯�������膩���違����������������������ゃ�����茵�腓冴�脂��茵�腓冴����������帥����������障�����</P> | ||
| 189 | <H3>綏���坂査��������������翫�����'綏���坂査'������������絎�������茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 190 | |||
| 191 | <P> | ||
| 192 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>���綏���坂査�����������с��絎����篋冴���憜�������≪�������潟��荐�絎������������翫����� | ||
| 193 | "--> 絎����"������������������茵�腓冴�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 194 | <H3>��鴻�����������絮����������</H3> | ||
| 195 | |||
| 196 | <P>������������������������������������ | ||
| 197 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>��с�鴻�����������絮������������倶����ц;腓冴�����������������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 198 | <H3>��ヤ�������後��</H3> | ||
| 199 | |||
| 200 | <P>��ヤ�������後�����%y/%m/%d(%a) %H:%M���������������絎������障����� | ||
| 201 | 荅潟�������������潟����ゃ�潟�������ャ�≪�����strftime(3)���緇∴Η��������������� | ||
| 202 | 腴������������ャ����若�睡����с�� | ||
| 203 | <PRE> | ||
| 204 | $ man strftime | ||
| 205 | </PRE> | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | ��������������������域����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 208 | <H3>��泣��������茵�腓咲��������荐�絎�...</H3> | ||
| 209 | |||
| 210 | <P>��泣��������茵�腓咲��������荐�絎���с����障����� | ||
| 211 | ���������������������綽�荀���������������御��������OK�����帥�潟����若�����絎�篋���с�����</P> | ||
| 212 | <H3>���茵�腓� - ��<����祉�若�吾����帥��</H3> | ||
| 213 | |||
| 214 | <P>������������������茵�腓冴�������с����������<����祉�若�御��篏�������綵演�帥��筝������障��������</P> | ||
| 215 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾����蚊�������鴻��������</H3> | ||
| 216 | |||
| 217 | <P>�����с�������������潟��������膩���������帥�潟����若�������<����祉�若�吾��綣�������羞宴�����綽������� | ||
| 218 | 茵�腓肴�蚊��荐�絎������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 219 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若��筝���������������������ゃ�潟��茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 220 | |||
| 221 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若��筝����筝祉��������������茵�腓冴����障����� | ||
| 222 | �憜�����茵�腓阪��絎鴻�������鴻�帥����ゃ�冴�с����障��������</P> | ||
| 223 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若��膂∞�ャ�����������茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 224 | |||
| 225 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若��膂∞�ャ�����������茵�腓冴����障����� | ||
| 226 | 膩���������帥�潟����若����域;腓阪��絎鴻�������鴻�帥����ゃ�冴�с����障����� | ||
| 227 | ������絎�������������������������������������茵�腓冴�������御�������������������翫����� | ||
| 228 | ���茵�腓冴�������������������������御�����������������篁ュ�����茵�腓冴�������� | ||
| 229 | ��御����������������������翫��������茵�腓冴�����������������������絎���������������������������帥��茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 230 | <H3>HTML ��<����祉�若�吾��茹i����������������鴻��茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 231 | |||
| 232 | <P>HTML��<����祉�若�吾����帥�亥�����茹i�������������������鴻�����������荀������������翫就������茵�腓冴����障�������≦�鴻����������翫�����HTML��帥�違����������障�乗;腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 233 | <H3>multipart/alternative ������ HTML ���������������茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 234 | |||
| 235 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����������鴻��綵√�����HTML綵√�����筝≧�鴻�������障�������翫�����HTML���������������茵�腓冴����障�������������������������������鴻�����������������������茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 236 | <H3>HTML �����帥����<����祉�若�吾��羞私�������������宴��</H3> | ||
| 237 | |||
| 238 | <P>�����с����������ャ�����������HTML�����帥����<����祉�若�吾��篁����羞私�������<�ゃ��篁���������<����祉�若�吾�����罕����茵�腓冴�����HTML���羞私�������<�ゃ��������������篏���с����障����������с��������紊����������絽吾����������鴻����<����祉�若�吾�����罕����茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 239 | <H3>茵�������腥冴�����</H3> | ||
| 240 | |||
| 241 | <P>荐�絎���������������祉�����茵�������腥冴�����茵�腓冴����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 242 | <H3>��鴻�������若��/��������若�後��篏�</H3> | ||
| 243 | |||
| 244 | <P>��鴻����若�鴻����主����с����鴻�������若����������������若�後��篏���������障�����</P> | ||
| 245 | <H3>��鴻����若�冴�鴻�������若��</H3> | ||
| 246 | |||
| 247 | <P>��鴻����若�鴻����主����с����鴻�������若�������鴻����若�冴�������障����� | ||
| 248 | ��������������т����������������ゃ�鴻�������若��������������羆冴����������������с����障����� | ||
| 249 | ���������紊с�������������育�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 250 | <H3>���茵�腓� - 羞私�������帥��</H3> | ||
| 251 | |||
| 252 | |||
| 253 | <H3>羞私�������若�������帥�潟��篏�臀�</H3> | ||
| 254 | |||
| 255 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�寂��������羞私�������若�������帥�潟��茵�腓坂��臀�������絎������障�����������荐�絎�������綏������с�����</P> | ||
| 256 | <H3>羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若����帥����у�������帥�����</H3> | ||
| 257 | |||
| 258 | <P>�����鴻����������������������鴻�������ャ�種�闋私�������鴻�������ャ�若����������帥�����緇���ャ����帥��綵√����ц�������障�����</P> | ||
| 259 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若�ф兄篁������<�ゃ�����������茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 260 | |||
| 261 | <P>�����鴻��������������羞私�������<�ゃ�����������������������茵�腓冴����障�������≦�鴻��������������羞私�������<�ゃ��������������緇����茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 262 | <H3>紊с�����羞私����糸����������c�潟�������������������������泣�ゃ�冴�����</H3> | ||
| 263 | |||
| 264 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若����泣�ゃ�冴�����紊с�����羞私����糸�������<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若�������障����������������泣�ゃ�冴�����茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 265 | <H3><A NAME="inline-image"></A> ��糸�������ゃ�潟����ゃ�潟�ц;腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 266 | |||
| 267 | <P>羞私�������������糸�������<����祉�若�吾����ャ�若��絮����������茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 268 | <H3>���茵�腓� - ��������若�������������帥��</H3> | ||
| 269 | |||
| 270 | <P>�����������若��������������絖����������絎������障�������ュ��罨����腥冴����翫��������������������������絖�������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 271 | <H3>���茵�腓� - �����潟�潟�若����c�潟�違����帥��</H3> | ||
| 272 | |||
| 273 | |||
| 274 | <H3>��√��������絖������潟�潟�若����c�潟��</H3> | ||
| 275 | |||
| 276 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾��茵�腓冴����������������√��������絖������潟�潟�若����c�潟�違�����絎������障��������絽吾�������������������御�����������������������</P> | ||
| 277 | <H3>���篆≧��絖������潟�潟�若����c�潟��</H3> | ||
| 278 | |||
| 279 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�����篆<��������������篏睡�����������絖������潟�潟�若����c�潟�違�����絎������障��������絽吾�����������荐�絎� (�ィ絅�)��������御�����������������������</P> | ||
| 280 | <H3>���菴傑����<�若�������帥��</H3> | ||
| 281 | |||
| 282 | <P>菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘���純��荐�絎����茵������障�������� | ||
| 283 | <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#junk-control">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��</A>�����������������с��������������������</P> | ||
| 284 | <H3>������篋堺����宴����帥��</H3> | ||
| 285 | |||
| 286 | <P>PGP臀峨�����罎�荐若��������荐�絎������������������障����� | ||
| 287 | ���������������GPGME��������鴻�������������������粋;腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 288 | <H3>���荅括完 - ��ゃ�潟�帥����с�若�鴻����帥��</H3> | ||
| 289 | |||
| 290 | |||
| 291 | <H3>��泣�������с�<����祉�若�吾����御��������������絽吾��������</H3> | ||
| 292 | |||
| 293 | <P>��泣����������ャ�若�с����若�純�������若��篏帥�c����御��茵����腱糸����������翫����������御�������������<����祉�若�吾�����絎鴻�����������茵�腓冴����障����������������≦�鴻����������������御��茵����腱糸��������������Enter�����若����������若����障�ц;腓冴�������������<����祉�若�吾����������帥�������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 294 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾�����������������絽吾����∵�����������</H3> | ||
| 295 | |||
| 296 | <P>�����泣�������с�<����祉�若�吾����御��������������絽吾�������������������鴻����������������翫����������若�純�������若�с�<����祉�若�吾����御�������������������鴻�������若��������������篏����茵������障�с����∵�������������障�������������������������激�с�潟�������鴻����������������御�������������������∵�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 297 | <H3>���������������������������������������������茯���<����祉�若�吾��������</H3> | ||
| 298 | |||
| 299 | <P>���������������������������������������������茯���<����祉�若�吾����������障����� | ||
| 300 | 荐�絎���������������������翫�����������������������������緇����Enter�����若��綏������帥�潟�������������ц;腓冴����贋�違�����綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 301 | <H3>���緇������御����������<����祉�若�吾��荐���吟�����</H3> | ||
| 302 | |||
| 303 | <P>��������������������������ャ�����������������腱糸�������������������������������������ф��緇������御����������������<����祉�若�吾��荐���吟����障�����������筝�綺����������������������������������������篁ュ�����緇������御����������������<����祉�若�吾����御����������倶�������������障��������������Sylpheed���腟�篋���������障�ц����吟�������障�����</P> | ||
| 304 | <H3>��亥����<�若��������篆<�����緇����篆∞�宴��������</H3> | ||
| 305 | |||
| 306 | <P>�����������御�������������������違�����篆≦�������≪�������潟�����荐�絎���у��篆∞�宴�����絎������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 307 | <H3>莎桁�����������篆∞�宴��������</H3> | ||
| 308 | |||
| 309 | <P>������������絎������������������違��莎桁�����������篆∞�宴����������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 310 | <H3>����������������������������������憜�������≪�������潟�������������帥�����</H3> | ||
| 311 | |||
| 312 | <P>��������������鴻����翫����������������������∫�d����������������≪�������潟�������������翫�������������≪�������潟�������������у�������帥�������障�������∫�d����������������≪�������潟�������������翫�������������������������≪�������潟�������������帥�������障�����</P> | ||
| 313 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾��腱糸����障����������ゃ����������喝婚���絎�茵�������</H3> | ||
| 314 | |||
| 315 | <P>�����������������с�������翫�����腱糸����障����������ゃ����≪����激�с�潟����������� | ||
| 316 | ������������絎�茵������������������������������������若��������������綵≪�т�������������� | ||
| 317 | ���絎�茵�������������������絎�������絎�茵���������障�����</P> | ||
| 318 | <H3>��������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟��茵�腓冴�����</H3> | ||
| 319 | |||
| 320 | <P>��帥�鴻�����������(�����ラ�����)�����≪�ゃ�潟�潟��茵�腓冴����障�������������≪�ゃ�潟�潟��������Sylpheed���茵�腓冴�������<����祉�若�吾�����篆<��篏�������Sylpheed���腟�篋����������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 321 | <P>��障�������亥����<����祉�若�吾�����篆<�������翫�������������≪�ゃ�潟�潟��紊������������号����������<����祉�若�吾����亥�������ャ�������障�������≪�ゃ�潟�潟��篁紙�������<����祉�若�吾����������������鴻�у�������倶�������祉����障�����</P> | ||
| 322 | <H3>���絨���������������������������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟����主��������</H3> | ||
| 323 | |||
| 324 | <P>��<�ゃ�潟����c�潟�����������絨������������翫�������帥�鴻�������若�����Sylpheed��������������������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟����帥��茵�腓冴����障�������������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟����������������������������c�潟�����������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 325 | <H3>��������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟����������������с����c�潟��������茵�腓冴��篋や�������������帥�����</H3> | ||
| 326 | |||
| 327 | <P>��������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟����������������������翫����������c�潟�������������������������翫�����茵�腓冴����������≪��茵�腓冴����������������翫��������絨���������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 328 | <H3>�����若����ゃ�潟�����荐�絎�</H3> | ||
| 329 | |||
| 330 | <P>絅純�帥�������若����ゃ�潟�������吾�����OK�����若�������������������� | ||
| 331 | ��������������ャ�≪�����罔�羣������ゃ�潟�������御�������������������������������吾�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 332 | <H3>���荅括完 - ������篁������帥��</H3> | ||
| 333 | |||
| 334 | |||
| 335 | <H3>���篆<����ゃ�≪�����</H3> | ||
| 336 | |||
| 337 | <P>���篆<����ゃ�≪����違����������翫�����茵�腓冴��������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 338 | <H3>��������������������������������������≪�������鴻��絎�������菴遵��������</H3> | ||
| 339 | |||
| 340 | <P>��<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟�������������≪�������劫験�����若�喝�冴����� | ||
| 341 | ��≪�������鴻�������������������������������������� | ||
| 342 | �����������с�������������潟�������c����������違�����絎������������潟�������若����≪�������鴻��菴遵�������障�����</P> | ||
| 343 | <P>��������������c��������������������絽吾����≪�������劫験��������������≪�������合隈�����≪�若�������ャ����障�����</P> | ||
| 344 | <H3>��≪�������劫験������絎���������ュ����������������<�若����≪�������鴻����帥��������</H3> | ||
| 345 | |||
| 346 | <P>��≪�������劫験���������絎������������帥�潟����若�������障�������≪�������壕��絎����篏睡��������絎���������ュ��������������������絎�������羂���������ュ�������������≪�������鴻����帥����ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 347 | <H3><A NAME="address-completion"></A> ������茖�絎�</H3> | ||
| 348 | |||
| 349 | <P>��<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟��������絎������ュ��罨������≪�������鴻��茖�絎���号��������絎������障����� | ||
| 350 | <UL> | ||
| 351 | <LI>������: ��ュ�������������≪����帥�ゃ����у��茖����茵�腓冴����障�����</LI> | ||
| 352 | <LI>Tab��ч��紮�������: Tab�����若�����������������茖����茵�腓冴����障�����</LI> | ||
| 353 | <LI>��≦��: ��≪�������鴻��茖�絎����茵������障��������</LI> | ||
| 354 | </UL> | ||
| 355 | </P> | ||
| 356 | <H3>腟�篋����</H3> | ||
| 357 | |||
| 358 | <P>���腟�篋�������腆肴����������������御����������違��Sylpheed���腟�篋����������������������綵����腟�篋����������������������������腆肴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 359 | <P>���腟�篋������������睡�宴��腥冴����������������御����������違��腟�篋������������������������睡�宴��腥冴�������障����� | ||
| 360 | ��������翫��������腥冴��������������絨������������������с����������ャ�c����������翫��������腥冴�����������������������腆肴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 361 | <P>������篆≦��罘�筝������<����祉�若�吾����������域�������������������御����������違��腟�篋�������������篆<����<����祉�若�吾�������c����翫�����茘�������茵�腓冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 362 | <H3>�����潟����ゃ�括�倶��</H3> | ||
| 363 | |||
| 364 | <P>莎桁�������������潟����ゃ�括�倶��������絎������障����� | ||
| 365 | <UL> | ||
| 366 | <LI>�����潟����ゃ�潟�ц儀���: 絽吾�������潟����ゃ�潟�ц儀��������障�����</LI> | ||
| 367 | <LI>�����������ゃ�潟�ц儀���: 絽吾�������������ゃ�潟�ц儀��������障�����</LI> | ||
| 368 | <LI>篁ュ�������倶�����荐����: ������腟�篋������������潟����ゃ�括�倶�����綣����膓������障�����</LI> | ||
| 369 | </UL> | ||
| 370 | </P> | ||
| 371 | <H3>���荅括完 - 紊������潟����潟�������帥��</H3> | ||
| 372 | |||
| 373 | <H3><A NAME="ext-browser-config"></A> Web������������</H3> | ||
| 374 | |||
| 375 | <P>紊���������������吟����潟����潟�������ュ�������障����� | ||
| 376 | %s���URI��х舟�����������������障�������������ャ�≪�����茵�腓冴��URL�����������������т戎�����������障�����</P> | ||
| 377 | <P>Unix��с��������������������mozilla-firefox -remote 'openURL(%s,new-window)'������絎���������������障�������医�����������������紊���眼��������������������</P> | ||
| 378 | <P>Windows��с�����(��√�����������������)��������御����������������違����激�鴻����������√����������������吟��篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 379 | <H3><A NAME="ext-editor-config"></A> ��������c��</H3> | ||
| 380 | |||
| 381 | <P>紊������������c�帥����御����с����障�����%s���筝���������<�ゃ����������<�ゃ��������臀������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 382 | <H3><A NAME="ext-print-config"></A> ��医�激��紊������������違��������篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 383 | |||
| 384 | <P>�����医�激��紊������������違��������篏睡����������������御����������違�������泣����医�傑����純��篁c����������医�激��篏睡����������潟����潟�������御����с����障����� | ||
| 385 | %s�����<����祉�若�吾�������<�ゃ�����臀������������������障����� | ||
| 386 | hoge < %s | lpr�����������������������������c����帥��荐�絎���������������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 387 | <P>Windows��с����ュ��罨����腥堺�������������������違����������鴻�������<�ゃ�������潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若����������医�激�������御����������翫��������罕������医�激�������障�����</P> | ||
| 388 | <P>���������GTK+ 2.10���羣����篏睡����������������翫����������������������激�с�潟�������с����������ャ�c��������������������絽吾����������ф��絎���������医�激�潟����潟�����篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 389 | <H3>��<�若��������篆<��紊������������違��������篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 390 | |||
| 391 | <P>�����<�若��������篆<��紊������������違��������篏睡����������������御����������違�� | ||
| 392 | Sylpheed���篏�������篆♂�����篏睡�������������������������違�����������������������篆<��茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 393 | <H3>��<�若��������篆<��紊������������違��������篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | <P>�����<�若��������篆<��紊������������違��������篏睡����������������御����������違��Sylpheed���篏�������篆♂�����篏睡�������������������������違�����������������������篆<��茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 396 | <H3>���荅括完 - ��≪����������若�������帥��</H3> | ||
| 397 | |||
| 398 | <H3>��������≪����������若�������с�������������鴻��������</H3> | ||
| 399 | |||
| 400 | <P>��������������с����������������������翫�����莎桁����������������������≪����������若����������с��������茵������障�����罔�羣���ф����鴻�с�����</P> | ||
| 401 | <H3><A NAME="http-proxy"></A> HTTP �����������激��篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 402 | |||
| 403 | <P>紊������� Web ��泣�ゃ����吾����≪����祉�鴻�� HTTP �����������激��綽�荀������医�������翫�������������������с����������ャ�����筝������ュ��罨������������鴻�����:�����若����������後����� HTTP �����������激����鴻�������������若������垩����ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 404 | <P>���������������荐�絎���������������������翫����с�������医��紊���� HTTP_PROXY ���荐�絎������������������違����<�����篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 405 | <H3>���荅括完 - 蕭�綺����荐�絎������帥��</H3> | ||
| 406 | |||
| 407 | <H3>��泣����������c����激�ャ����翫����с���ウ絲���������с�����������</H3> | ||
| 408 | |||
| 409 | <P>������������������絎鴻��篁������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�������c��紊���眼�������������醇�с����������翫����������鴻����������������������������������������鴻�������������泣��������茵�腓冴����������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 410 | <H3>��純�宴����� I/O �����帥�ゃ����≪�����</H3> | ||
| 411 | |||
| 412 | <P>���篆<����帥�ゃ����≪����������������ゅ�������������障�с�����������腱���違�ф��絎������障�����������������������60腱���с�����������篆>賢���茯ゃ�c����帥�ゃ����≪����������ゅ����������������障����翫����������������������激����������帥�����������������</P> | ||
| 413 | <H2><A NAME="ss20.3">20.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20.3">�����若�������若�������鴻�帥����ゃ��</A> | ||
| 414 | </H2> | ||
| 415 | |||
| 416 | <H3>�����若�������若����鴻�帥�ゃ�����紊����</H3> | ||
| 417 | |||
| 418 | <P>�����若�������若����鴻�帥�ゃ�����紊���眼�����������������茵�腓削��茵�腓冴�脂��茵�腓削�������若�������若����障����������若�������若����潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若�����篁ヤ����������御�������障�����罔�羣���с�������≪�ゃ�潟�潟���劻�����絖������������c�������障����� | ||
| 419 | <UL> | ||
| 420 | <LI>��≪�ゃ�潟�潟�����絖� (��≪�ゃ�潟�潟��筝�������絖����茵�腓�)</LI> | ||
| 421 | <LI>��≪�ゃ�潟�潟���劻�����絖� (筝���������≪�ゃ�潟�潟���劻�����絖����茵�腓�)</LI> | ||
| 422 | <LI>��≪�ゃ�潟�� (��≪�ゃ�潟�潟����粋;腓�)</LI> | ||
| 423 | <LI>���絖� (���絖������粋;腓�)</LI> | ||
| 424 | <LI>���茵�腓� (�����若�������若��������)</LI> | ||
| 425 | </UL> | ||
| 426 | </P> | ||
| 427 | <H3>�����若�������若�������������御��</H3> | ||
| 428 | |||
| 429 | <P>�����若�������若��茵�腓冴����������������御��������������������茵�腓削�������若�������若�������鴻�帥����ゃ��...�����障�������������若�������若����潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若�������������若�������若�������鴻�帥����ゃ��...��������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 430 | <P>��������������純�����������������茵�腓冴�������������������御���������劻����帥�潟�с��茵�腓冴�����������������腱糸�������障�������障�����綏������帥�潟�ч�������������ゃ����障�����筝�筝������帥�潟�ч�����������������紊���眼����������������с����障����� | ||
| 431 | ���������荐�絎������祉����������御��������������荐�絎������������倶�������祉����障����� | ||
| 432 | ���OK��������若����域┃絎������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 433 | <HR> | ||
| 434 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 435 | <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 436 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc20">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 437 | </BODY> | ||
| 438 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-21.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-21.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72851ec --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-21.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ������篁����罘����</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-22.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-20.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s21">21.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21">������篁����罘����</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss21.1">21.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21.1">���茲���<����祉�若�吾��������</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������若��鐚����茲���<����祉�若�吾�������ゃ�������御���������������憜��������������������������������������茲���������<����祉�若�吾��筝������у����ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 22 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�����茲���������������������������������с��������Message-Id���������茵���������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <H2><A NAME="ss21.2">21.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21.2">�����蚊�<����祉�若�吾��腟����</A> | ||
| 24 | </H2> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>��泣����������ャ�若�у����蚊��������篆<����������<����祉�若�吾�������鴻����御����������倶����с�<����ャ�若����������若��鐚������蚊�<����祉�若�吾��腟������������御����������������������<����祉�若�吾��腟������������������倶�����緇���������障�����</P> | ||
| 27 | <P>絲上����������������<����祉�若�後����峨就綣����罔�羣�������message/partial���綵√����с�������障�����筝������������蚊�<����祉�若�吾��罨���������������翫�����腟������с����障��������</P> | ||
| 28 | <H2><A NAME="ss21.3">21.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21.3">荐�絎������<�ゃ�����������������������</A> | ||
| 29 | </H2> | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������若��鐚�荐�絎������<�ゃ����������������������������������潟�������若��鐚�羞私�������<�ゃ�������������������������������御��������������������������Sylpheed������腮�荐�絎������<�ゃ�����筝����������篆�絖����������羞私�������<�ゃ�������主�������������������������贋・�����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 32 | <P>���������羞私�������<�ゃ�������������������������<�ゃ�������<�若�����羞私�������<�ゃ��������������������篏�������������Sylpheed���腟�篋������������������������������ゃ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 33 | <H2><A NAME="ss21.4">21.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21.4">�����違����c�潟�����</A> | ||
| 34 | </H2> | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | <P>��<����ャ�若����������若��鐚������違����c�潟�������������御����������������<�若����泣�若�����������篆<��������������������絎鴻��������腆肴�������������������с����障�������<�若�����������篆<�у�馹������榊����������翫����������������違�����絎鴻��腆肴�����������茹f浦�����ゃ�������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 37 | <H2><A NAME="ss21.5">21.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21.5">羞私�������<�ゃ�����������</A> | ||
| 38 | </H2> | ||
| 39 | |||
| 40 | <P>Attachment Tool��������違�ゃ�潟����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������������������������<����ャ�若����������若��鐚�羞私�������<�ゃ����������ゃ����������鴻����������障�������<�若�����筝�荀����羞私�������<�ゃ����������ゃ����������c�鴻��絎拷�����膀�膣������������翫�����������篏睡����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <P>��泣����������ャ�若�ф兄篁������<�ゃ�������������<����祉�若�吾����御����������倶����с�������若��鐚�羞私�������<�ゃ����������ゃ�������御��������������腆肴�������ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴�������障�������с�������������������御��������������絲乗院�����<����祉�若�吾��羞私�������<�ゃ����������ゃ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 42 | <P>��������������ゅ�����羞私�������<�ゃ�����0�����ゃ����������<�ゃ�����������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 43 | <HR> | ||
| 44 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 45 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 46 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc21">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 47 | </BODY> | ||
| 48 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-22.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-22.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24b5840 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-22.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: 篁���<�若����純�����������Sylpheed��吾��腱肢��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-23.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-21.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s22">22.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22">篁���<�若����純�����������Sylpheed��吾��腱肢��</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="mbox-import"></A> <A NAME="ss22.1">22.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22.1">mbox綵√�������<����祉�若�吾����<�ゃ�����������莨若��</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>��������<�ゃ�������<����ャ�若����������<�若�������若�帥����ゃ�潟����若��...��������御�������� | ||
| 22 | ��������<�ゃ��綵√�����������UNIX mbox������ | ||
| 23 | �����ゃ�潟����若�������������ゃ�潟����若�����������mbox綵√����������<�ゃ�������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 24 | <P>��ゃ�潟����若�������������御����������<�若�������������鴻��絮����������������������������絎�������OK�����若����違�ゃ�潟����若����������障�����</P> | ||
| 25 | <P>Mozilla Thunderbird������KMail������������mbox綵√�����篏睡����������������<�若����純��������������腱肢����������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 26 | <P>���������������莨若�水����純��mbox���綵√��������mboxrd�����若�違��������������筝����From��у����障��茵���������鴻�����>From�����������������鴻�宴�若����������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 27 | <H2><A NAME="eml-import"></A> <A NAME="ss22.2">22.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22.2">eml綵√�����MH綵√�������<����祉�若�吾����<�ゃ�����������莨若��</A> | ||
| 28 | </H2> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <P>��������<�ゃ�������<����ャ�若����������<�若�������若�帥����ゃ�潟����若��...��������御�������� | ||
| 31 | ��������<�ゃ��綵√�����������eml (������������)������ | ||
| 32 | �����ゃ�潟����若�������������ゃ�潟����若�����������eml綵√��(��≦宍絖����eml)��������<�ゃ����������障����������������������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 33 | <P>��ゃ�潟����若�������������御����������<�若�������������鴻��絮����������������������������絎�������OK�����若����違�����絎���������������������岩����������鴻�����eml�����<�ゃ�������ゃ�潟����若����������障�����</P> | ||
| 34 | <P>���������MH綵√��(��g�������≦宍絖�������)�����<�若�������ゃ�����������罕������ゃ�潟����若����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 35 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.3">22.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22.3">篁�綵√����吾����������鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 36 | </H2> | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | <P>��������<�ゃ�������<����ャ�若����������<�若�������若�帥����������鴻����若��...��������御�������� | ||
| 39 | ��������<�ゃ��綵√�����������UNIX mbox������eml (������ + .eml)������MH (����垩�����)�����������������������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 40 | <P>�����������鴻����若�����������������������Sylpheed�����������鴻����若�������������������������������鴻����若�������������阪�������������<�ゃ����障�����������������������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.4">22.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22.4">Outlook Express���������腱肢��</A> | ||
| 42 | </H2> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <P>Sylpheed ��� Outlook Express �����<�若�������若�水就綣�(dbx)�����ゃ�潟����若�����絲上�����������������膂≦�����腱肢�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 45 | <P>������莎桁�������� Outlook Express �����≪�������潟�����荀���ゃ����c����翫�������������������<�若�������若�帥����ゃ�潟����若�����茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 46 | <P>緇���������������с�ゃ�潟����若����������翫��������mbox 綵√����������若�帥��������莨若�帥�����罕������������<�ゃ��綵√�����������Outlook Express (dbx)��������御�������� dbx �����<�ゃ�������贋・���絎����������������������</P> | ||
| 47 | <P>��障�������<�若�������若�水����������若�����篏帥�c����ゃ�潟����若����������号�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 48 | <P>Windows�����������若�純����������с�≪�с����� | ||
| 49 | <A HREF="http://www.tietew.net/soft/OE2/">OE2 - OutlookExpress-To</A> | ||
| 50 | �����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������阪��綵√��������UNIX mbox��������御����������������鴻����若�������障�����</P> | ||
| 51 | <P>罨<����������������<�ゃ����� | ||
| 52 | <A HREF="#mbox-import">��ゃ�潟����若��</A>�����障�����</P> | ||
| 53 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.5">22.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22.5">Becky! Ver.2���������腱肢��</A> | ||
| 54 | </H2> | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | <P>Becky! �����<����ャ�若�������������<�ゃ�� - ��������鴻����若��...��������御�����������UNIX mbox 綵√����������御�������障����� ���OK��������帥�潟����若��������篆�絖������������<�ゃ�����������絎����������篆�絖���������帥�潟����若�����篆�絖������障�����</P> | ||
| 57 | <P>罨<����������������<�ゃ����� | ||
| 58 | <A HREF="#mbox-import">��ゃ�潟����若��</A>�����障�����</P> | ||
| 59 | <H2><A NAME="ss22.6">22.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22.6">Windows Live Mail���Windows Mail���������腱肢��</A> | ||
| 60 | </H2> | ||
| 61 | |||
| 62 | <P>Windows Live Mail�����障�����Vista罔�羣�羞私�����Windows Mail��с��eml綵√�������������������������������� | ||
| 63 | <A HREF="#eml-import">eml綵√�������ゃ�潟����若��</A>�����������������ゃ�潟����若�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 64 | <HR> | ||
| 65 | <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 66 | <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 67 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc22">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 68 | </BODY> | ||
| 69 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-23.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-23.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce4d2c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-23.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: FAQ</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-24.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-22.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s23">23.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23">FAQ</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss23.1">23.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23.1">�����ャ�若�鴻����<����祉�若�御��茯������宴����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>Q. Sylpheed��с��������Message������茯������宴����違����������������������х�∞�������������������������с�����������?</P> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P>A. �憜�����Sylpheed������茯������宴�����������������篏���х�∞����������������������� | ||
| 25 | �����ャ�若�鴻�違����若��������������茯������宴�����腴������������障�����</P> | ||
| 26 | <H2><A NAME="ss23.2">23.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23.2">��<����ャ�若����������������潟��紊���眼����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 27 | </H2> | ||
| 28 | |||
| 29 | <P>Q. ��<����祉�若�御����������������潟����� | ||
| 30 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#font-config">���������荐�絎�������紊����</A> | ||
| 31 | ��с����障�������������泣����������<����ャ�若����������������潟�����紊���眼�с�������������с�����������?</P> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <P>A. �����純�с�����$HOME/.sylpheed-2.0/gtkrc�����<�ゃ�����篏�������������絎鴻��篁ヤ��������������荐�菴違�������������������� | ||
| 34 | <PRE> | ||
| 35 | gtk-font-name = "Kochi Gothic 12" | ||
| 36 | </PRE> | ||
| 37 | </P> | ||
| 38 | <H2><A NAME="ss23.3">23.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23.3">��激�с�若����������������若�������若����ゃ�潟�����紊����</A> | ||
| 39 | </H2> | ||
| 40 | |||
| 41 | <P>Q. ��激�с�若����������������若�������若����ゃ�潟�����紊���眼����с����障�����?</P> | ||
| 42 | |||
| 43 | <P>A. ��<����ャ�若��茵�腓冴�������������������������≪��������荐�絎������純�с�����篁ヤ����������������������号����ц┃絎����������������������</P> | ||
| 44 | <H3>Windows�����翫��</H3> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <P>Sylpheed���莎桁�������������������倶����с�� C:\Users\(�����若�九��)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed\menurc �����贋・��������c�帥�х隈������������</P> | ||
| 47 | <H3>Unix/Linux�����翫��</H3> | ||
| 48 | |||
| 49 | <P>Sylpheed���莎桁�������������������倶����с�� ~/.sylpheed-2.0/menurc �����<�ゃ�������贋・��������c�帥�х隈������������</P> | ||
| 50 | <P>��障�����篁ヤ�����荐�絎����茵������������с����<����ャ�若�у����眼����������������������若�純����������������������������������������у����眼�������������若����若����違�������若����蚊��綵������������������с����������������������障�������障�����Backspace�����若����若����違�������若����ゃ�潟�����羔���������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 51 | <H3>GNOME 2.8 篁ラ��������篏帥�������翫��</H3> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | <P>��≪�������宴�若�激�с�鰍����激�鴻����������若�����荐�絎���������c�帥�� gconf-editor ���莎桁�����������</P> | ||
| 54 | <P>desktop ��� gnome ��� interface �����吾�潟��������筝���� can-change-accels ��������с��������������</P> | ||
| 55 | <H3>GNOME 2.8 篁ュ�����������篁ュ�������医��������篏帥�������翫��</H3> | ||
| 56 | |||
| 57 | <P>~/.gtkrc-2.0 ��� gtk-can-change-accels = 1 ���荐�菴違��������</P> | ||
| 58 | <H2><A NAME="ss23.4">23.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23.4">��泣����������ャ�若��筝����茵�腓冴����������糸�������ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 59 | </H2> | ||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | <P>Q. ������������茵�腓冴�����������������������絨���������糸�����茵�腓冴�������������障�����������������篏���с�������������� | ||
| 62 | ��障�������������������������������水�ャ�с����������с��������������</P> | ||
| 63 | <P>A. ������������X-Face�����������障����� | ||
| 64 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#Account-Config">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A>��������若�九��臂������������с�� | ||
| 65 | X-Face��������������c�若����������脂�蚊�������亥�御����眼����医�������������域;腓冴����������������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 66 | <P> | ||
| 67 | <A HREF="http://www.dairiki.org/xface/">http://www.dairiki.org/xface/</A>�����泣�ゃ����ф�√�������糸�������<�ゃ�����X-Face��������若�����������紊���������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 68 | <HR> | ||
| 69 | <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 70 | <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 71 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc23">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 72 | </BODY> | ||
| 73 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-24.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-24.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67afa28 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-24.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ������</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-25.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-23.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s24">24.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24">������</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss24.1">24.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24.1">Sylpheed ��∫�c�泣�ゃ��</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | <H3>Sylpheed ��������c�激�c��Web��泣�ゃ��</H3> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | <P>Sylpheed ��������c�激�c��Web��泣�ゃ�������贋�������� | ||
| 26 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/">http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/</A> | ||
| 27 | �����</P> | ||
| 28 | <H3>Sylpheed �����亥����ユ�����</H3> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <P>Sylpheed��������亥����� | ||
| 31 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/ja/download.html">http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/ja/download.html</A> ��������ユ����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | <H2><A NAME="Sylpheed-ML"></A> <A NAME="ss24.2">24.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24.2">��<�若����潟�違����鴻��</A> | ||
| 34 | </H2> | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | <P>Sylpheed �����≪�����������������荅演�������宴����<�若����潟�違����鴻����с�������ユ��茯� | ||
| 37 | ( | ||
| 38 | <A HREF="sylpheed-jp@sraoss.jp">sylpheed-jp@sraoss.jp</A>) ��� | ||
| 39 | ��沿�� ( | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="sylpheed@sraoss.jp">sylpheed@sraoss.jp</A>) ���2腮�蕁������������障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <P>��障�������������若�鴻�≪�������潟�劫�������� ML ��������� sylpheed-announce ML ( | ||
| 42 | <A HREF="sylpheed-announce@sraoss.jp">sylpheed-announce@sraoss.jp</A>) �����������障�����</P> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <H3>��������号��</H3> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <P> | ||
| 47 | <A HREF="http://www.sraoss.jp/mailman/listinfo/">http://www.sraoss.jp/mailman/listinfo/</A> ��������ヤ�������������<�若����潟�違����鴻�������御�������障�����������緇�������腓冴��緇���c�����������������</P> | ||
| 48 | <P>���腮水����� | ||
| 49 | <A HREF="sylpheed-jp@sraoss.jp">sylpheed-jp@sraoss.jp</A> �����</P> | ||
| 50 | |||
| 51 | <H3>���篌���号��</H3> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | <P>筝�荐���������若�吾��������篌������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 54 | <P>����サ�����違��筝�荐���������若�吾����������с�с����障����� | ||
| 55 | 篁ュ���������サ�����違�� | ||
| 56 | <A HREF="http://www.tmtm.org/sylpheed/ml/">http://www.tmtm.org/sylpheed/ml/</A>��������ユ����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 57 | <H2><A NAME="ss24.3">24.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24.3">Anonymous SVN</A> | ||
| 58 | </H2> | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | <P>Sylpheed��������冴��SVN���������������茵���������������障����� | ||
| 61 | SVN���茯���������≪����������� | ||
| 62 | <A HREF="http://subversion.bluegate.org/doc/book.html">http://subversion.bluegate.org/doc/book.html</A>�����������泣�ゃ�������悟�����������������������������������</P> | ||
| 63 | <P>SVN�����������違��Sylpheed�����ユ�����������������subversion �����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��������svn://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/sylpheed �����≪����祉�鴻�������������������� | ||
| 64 | <PRE> | ||
| 65 | $ mkdir svn | ||
| 66 | $ cd svn | ||
| 67 | $ svn checkout svn://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/sylpheed/trunk sylpheed | ||
| 68 | </PRE> | ||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | ��с�������潟�������c�����������篁ヤ�����trunk�����純�若�鴻�������若��篏������������障�����</P> | ||
| 71 | <P>��������吾�������� sylpheed �����c�����������篁ヤ�����罨<����������������������������障����� | ||
| 72 | <UL> | ||
| 73 | <LI>trunk/ ��<�ゃ�潟�����������</LI> | ||
| 74 | <LI>branches/ ���腮�絎�薑������������潟��</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>tags/ ��������若�鴻�帥�違��篁���������������潟��</LI> | ||
| 76 | </UL> | ||
| 77 | </P> | ||
| 78 | <P>�����違����純�若�鴻�������若����≪����������若�����������������絲乗院��������������c�������������� | ||
| 79 | <PRE> | ||
| 80 | $ svn update | ||
| 81 | </PRE> | ||
| 82 | |||
| 83 | ���絎�茵����������������������</P> | ||
| 84 | <P>Subversion ��������若�������������������������������<�ゃ�������ャ�c����������������с����������障�障�с�� ./configure ��с����障����������潟�潟����ゃ��������������������絽後��荀�������������篁���� autoconf, automake, libtool, gettext �����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����������������綽�荀������������障�������ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������������������違�� ./autogen.sh ��у��荀���������<�ゃ�������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 85 | |||
| 86 | <HR> | ||
| 87 | <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 88 | <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 89 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc24">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 90 | </BODY> | ||
| 91 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-25.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-25.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7aef79 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-25.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: GNU Free Documentation License</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-26.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-24.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc25" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-26.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc25">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s25">25.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc25">GNU Free Documentation License</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="gfdl"></A> <A NAME="ss25.1">25.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc25.1">GNU Free Documentation License </A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>Version 1.1, March 2000</P> | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | <P> | ||
| 24 | <PRE> | ||
| 25 | Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 26 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
| 27 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
| 28 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
| 29 | </PRE> | ||
| 30 | </P> | ||
| 31 | <P><B>0. PREAMBLE</B></P> | ||
| 32 | <P>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other | ||
| 33 | written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone | ||
| 34 | the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without | ||
| 35 | modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, | ||
| 36 | this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get | ||
| 37 | credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for | ||
| 38 | modifications made by others.</P> | ||
| 39 | <P>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative | ||
| 40 | works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It | ||
| 41 | complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft | ||
| 42 | license designed for free software.</P> | ||
| 43 | <P>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free | ||
| 44 | software, because free software needs free documentation: a free | ||
| 45 | program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the | ||
| 46 | software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; | ||
| 47 | it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or | ||
| 48 | whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License | ||
| 49 | principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</P> | ||
| 50 | |||
| 51 | <P><B>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</B></P> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | <P>This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a | ||
| 54 | notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed | ||
| 55 | under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any | ||
| 56 | such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is | ||
| 57 | addressed as "you".</P> | ||
| 58 | <P>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the | ||
| 59 | Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with | ||
| 60 | modifications and/or translated into another language.</P> | ||
| 61 | <P>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of | ||
| 62 | the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the | ||
| 63 | publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject | ||
| 64 | (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly | ||
| 65 | within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a | ||
| 66 | textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any | ||
| 67 | mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical | ||
| 68 | connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, | ||
| 69 | commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding | ||
| 70 | them.</P> | ||
| 71 | <P>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles | ||
| 72 | are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice | ||
| 73 | that says that the Document is released under this License.</P> | ||
| 74 | <P>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, | ||
| 75 | as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that | ||
| 76 | the Document is released under this License.</P> | ||
| 77 | <P>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, | ||
| 78 | represented in a format whose specification is available to the | ||
| 79 | general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and | ||
| 80 | straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of | ||
| 81 | pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available | ||
| 82 | drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or | ||
| 83 | for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input | ||
| 84 | to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file | ||
| 85 | format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage | ||
| 86 | subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is | ||
| 87 | not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".</P> | ||
| 88 | <P>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain | ||
| 89 | ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML | ||
| 90 | or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple | ||
| 91 | HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include | ||
| 92 | PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only | ||
| 93 | by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or | ||
| 94 | processing tools are not generally available, and the | ||
| 95 | machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output | ||
| 96 | purposes only.</P> | ||
| 97 | <P>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, | ||
| 98 | plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material | ||
| 99 | this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in | ||
| 100 | formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means | ||
| 101 | the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, | ||
| 102 | preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</P> | ||
| 103 | |||
| 104 | <P><B>2. VERBATIM COPYING</B></P> | ||
| 105 | <P>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either | ||
| 106 | commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the | ||
| 107 | copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies | ||
| 108 | to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other | ||
| 109 | conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use | ||
| 110 | technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further | ||
| 111 | copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept | ||
| 112 | compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough | ||
| 113 | number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.</P> | ||
| 114 | <P>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and | ||
| 115 | you may publicly display copies.</P> | ||
| 116 | |||
| 117 | <P><B>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</B></P> | ||
| 118 | <P>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, | ||
| 119 | and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose | ||
| 120 | the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover | ||
| 121 | Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on | ||
| 122 | the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify | ||
| 123 | you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present | ||
| 124 | the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and | ||
| 125 | visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. | ||
| 126 | Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve | ||
| 127 | the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated | ||
| 128 | as verbatim copying in other respects.</P> | ||
| 129 | <P>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit | ||
| 130 | legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit | ||
| 131 | reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent | ||
| 132 | pages.</P> | ||
| 133 | <P>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering | ||
| 134 | more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent | ||
| 135 | copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy | ||
| 136 | a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete | ||
| 137 | Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the | ||
| 138 | general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no | ||
| 139 | charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter | ||
| 140 | option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin | ||
| 141 | distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this | ||
| 142 | Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location | ||
| 143 | until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque | ||
| 144 | copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to | ||
| 145 | the public.</P> | ||
| 146 | |||
| 147 | <P>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the | ||
| 148 | Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give | ||
| 149 | them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</P> | ||
| 150 | |||
| 151 | <P><B>4. MODIFICATIONS</B></P> | ||
| 152 | <P>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under | ||
| 153 | the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release | ||
| 154 | the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified | ||
| 155 | Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution | ||
| 156 | and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy | ||
| 157 | of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</P> | ||
| 158 | <P> | ||
| 159 | <UL> | ||
| 160 | <LI><B>A.</B> Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct | ||
| 161 | from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions | ||
| 162 | (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section | ||
| 163 | of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version | ||
| 164 | if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</LI> | ||
| 165 | <LI><B>B.</B> List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities | ||
| 166 | responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified | ||
| 167 | Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the | ||
| 168 | Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</LI> | ||
| 169 | <LI><B>C.</B> State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the | ||
| 170 | Modified Version, as the publisher. | ||
| 171 | </LI> | ||
| 172 | <LI><B>D.</B> Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.</LI> | ||
| 173 | <LI><B>E.</B> Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications | ||
| 174 | adjacent to the other copyright notices.</LI> | ||
| 175 | <LI><B>F.</B> Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice | ||
| 176 | giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the | ||
| 177 | terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</LI> | ||
| 178 | <LI><B>G.</B> Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections | ||
| 179 | and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.</LI> | ||
| 180 | <LI><B>H.</B> Include an unaltered copy of this License.</LI> | ||
| 181 | <LI><B>I.</B> Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to | ||
| 182 | it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and | ||
| 183 | publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If | ||
| 184 | there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one | ||
| 185 | stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as | ||
| 186 | given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified | ||
| 187 | Version as stated in the previous sentence. | ||
| 188 | </LI> | ||
| 189 | <LI><B>J.</B> Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for | ||
| 190 | public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise | ||
| 191 | the network locations given in the Document for previous versions | ||
| 192 | it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. | ||
| 193 | You may omit a network location for a work that was published at | ||
| 194 | least four years before the Document itself, or if the original | ||
| 195 | publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</LI> | ||
| 196 | <LI><B>K.</B> In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", | ||
| 197 | preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the | ||
| 198 | substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements | ||
| 199 | and/or dedications given therein.</LI> | ||
| 200 | <LI><B>L.</B> Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, | ||
| 201 | unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers | ||
| 202 | or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</LI> | ||
| 203 | <LI><B>M.</B> Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section | ||
| 204 | may not be included in the Modified Version.</LI> | ||
| 205 | <LI><B>N.</B> Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" | ||
| 206 | or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.</LI> | ||
| 207 | </UL> | ||
| 208 | </P> | ||
| 209 | |||
| 210 | <P>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or | ||
| 211 | appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material | ||
| 212 | copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all | ||
| 213 | of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the | ||
| 214 | list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. | ||
| 215 | These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</P> | ||
| 216 | <P>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains | ||
| 217 | nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various | ||
| 218 | parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has | ||
| 219 | been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a | ||
| 220 | standard.</P> | ||
| 221 | <P>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a | ||
| 222 | passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list | ||
| 223 | of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of | ||
| 224 | Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or | ||
| 225 | through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already | ||
| 226 | includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or | ||
| 227 | by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, | ||
| 228 | you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit | ||
| 229 | permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</P> | ||
| 230 | <P>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License | ||
| 231 | give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or | ||
| 232 | imply endorsement of any Modified Version.</P> | ||
| 233 | |||
| 234 | <P><B>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</B></P> | ||
| 235 | <P>You may combine the Document with other documents released under this | ||
| 236 | License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified | ||
| 237 | versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the | ||
| 238 | Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and | ||
| 239 | list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its | ||
| 240 | license notice.</P> | ||
| 241 | <P>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and | ||
| 242 | multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single | ||
| 243 | copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but | ||
| 244 | different contents, make the title of each such section unique by | ||
| 245 | adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original | ||
| 246 | author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. | ||
| 247 | Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of | ||
| 248 | Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</P> | ||
| 249 | |||
| 250 | <P>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" | ||
| 251 | in the various original documents, forming one section entitled | ||
| 252 | "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", | ||
| 253 | and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections | ||
| 254 | entitled "Endorsements."</P> | ||
| 255 | |||
| 256 | <P><B>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</B></P> | ||
| 257 | <P>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents | ||
| 258 | released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this | ||
| 259 | License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in | ||
| 260 | the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for | ||
| 261 | verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</P> | ||
| 262 | <P>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute | ||
| 263 | it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this | ||
| 264 | License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all | ||
| 265 | other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</P> | ||
| 266 | |||
| 267 | |||
| 268 | <P><B>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</B></P> | ||
| 269 | <P>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate | ||
| 270 | and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or | ||
| 271 | distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version | ||
| 272 | of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the | ||
| 273 | compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this | ||
| 274 | License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled | ||
| 275 | with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they | ||
| 276 | are not themselves derivative works of the Document.</P> | ||
| 277 | |||
| 278 | <P>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these | ||
| 279 | copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter | ||
| 280 | of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on | ||
| 281 | covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. | ||
| 282 | Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</P> | ||
| 283 | |||
| 284 | <P><B>8. TRANSLATION</B></P> | ||
| 285 | <P>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may | ||
| 286 | distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. | ||
| 287 | Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special | ||
| 288 | permission from their copyright holders, but you may include | ||
| 289 | translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the | ||
| 290 | original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a | ||
| 291 | translation of this License provided that you also include the | ||
| 292 | original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement | ||
| 293 | between the translation and the original English version of this | ||
| 294 | License, the original English version will prevail.</P> | ||
| 295 | |||
| 296 | <P><B>9. TERMINATION</B></P> | ||
| 297 | <P>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except | ||
| 298 | as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to | ||
| 299 | copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will | ||
| 300 | automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, | ||
| 301 | parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this | ||
| 302 | License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such | ||
| 303 | parties remain in full compliance.</P> | ||
| 304 | |||
| 305 | <P><B>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</B></P> | ||
| 306 | |||
| 307 | <P>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions | ||
| 308 | of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new | ||
| 309 | versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may | ||
| 310 | differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See | ||
| 311 | http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.</P> | ||
| 312 | <P>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. | ||
| 313 | If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this | ||
| 314 | License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of | ||
| 315 | following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or | ||
| 316 | of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the | ||
| 317 | Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version | ||
| 318 | number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not | ||
| 319 | as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</P> | ||
| 320 | |||
| 321 | <H2><A NAME="ss25.2">25.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc25.2">How to use this License for your documents</A> | ||
| 322 | </H2> | ||
| 323 | |||
| 324 | <P>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of | ||
| 325 | the License in the document and put the following copyright and | ||
| 326 | license notices just after the title page:</P> | ||
| 327 | <P> | ||
| 328 | <PRE> | ||
| 329 | Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. | ||
| 330 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 331 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 332 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 333 | with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the | ||
| 334 | Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. | ||
| 335 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU | ||
| 336 | Free Documentation License". | ||
| 337 | </PRE> | ||
| 338 | </P> | ||
| 339 | <P>If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" | ||
| 340 | instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no | ||
| 341 | Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of | ||
| 342 | "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.</P> | ||
| 343 | |||
| 344 | <P>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we | ||
| 345 | recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of | ||
| 346 | free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, | ||
| 347 | to permit their use in free software.</P> | ||
| 348 | |||
| 349 | <HR> | ||
| 350 | <A HREF="sylpheed-26.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 351 | <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 352 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc25">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 353 | </BODY> | ||
| 354 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-26.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-26.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9a2e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-26.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ������������</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-27.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-25.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc26" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-27.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc26">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s26">26.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc26">������������</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss26.1">26.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc26.1">������������</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>��������������ャ�<�潟�����茯������с�� | ||
| 22 | �����������������������祉����������������с�������������c�������������頳������������障����������� | ||
| 23 | <A HREF="mailto:hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp">hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp</A> | ||
| 24 | ��吾�������������������������医晃�����с�����</P> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <HR> | ||
| 27 | <A HREF="sylpheed-27.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 28 | <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 29 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc26">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 30 | </BODY> | ||
| 31 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-27.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-27.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3df692 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-27.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: History</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-26.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc27" REL=contents> | ||
| 9 | </HEAD> | ||
| 10 | <BODY> | ||
| 11 | 罨<�������若�� | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-26.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc27">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 14 | <HR> | ||
| 15 | <H2><A NAME="s27">27.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc27">History</A></H2> | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | <H2><A NAME="ss27.1">27.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc27.1">��贋�医吋罩�</A> | ||
| 18 | </H2> | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | <P> | ||
| 21 | <PRE> | ||
| 22 | 2000-08-06 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 23 | * Version 0.1 | ||
| 24 | * ��贋�医吋罩眼��菴遵�� | ||
| 25 | * �����ゃ�祉�潟�鴻��GPL2���紊���� | ||
| 26 | 2000-08-06 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 27 | * Version 0.1.2 | ||
| 28 | * KMail���羈������吾�����菴遵�� | ||
| 29 | * ��ョ�鴻����������激�若��紊���� | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | 2000-09-13 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 32 | * Version 0.1.3 | ||
| 33 | * ��<����祉�若�吾��篏�������������荐�菴� | ||
| 34 | * ��≪�������潟��荐�絎����Cc, Bcc, Reply-To�����c�若��������������絎����荐�菴� | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | 2000-09-27 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 37 | * Version 0.2 | ||
| 38 | * Hiro's page���紊���� | ||
| 39 | * imlib, faces���羈������吾�����菴遵�� | ||
| 40 | * sylpheed/devel�����c��������������絖���������ゃ��������荐�菴違�������� | ||
| 41 | * cvs�����ゃ��������荐�菴� | ||
| 42 | * ��帥��->荀�膣� | ||
| 43 | * ���������������荐�絎� | ||
| 44 | * ���������荐�絎� | ||
| 45 | * FAQ���gtkrc���荐�絎�, ��激�с�若����������������若��紊���眼��菴遵�� | ||
| 46 | * 罘���純��菴遵�� | ||
| 47 | * ���篏�腆肴����医�����菴遵�� | ||
| 48 | * ������(�����若�����)���菴遵�� | ||
| 49 | * 紊������������c�帥��篏帥����鴻��荐�菴� | ||
| 50 | 2000-09-27 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 51 | * Version 0.2.1 | ||
| 52 | * ���篆≧�����typo���篆�罩� | ||
| 53 | * ctrl+n,p | ||
| 54 | * $HOME | ||
| 55 | 2000-11-09 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 56 | * Version 0.2.2 | ||
| 57 | * ML���罅�������紊���� | ||
| 58 | * ChangeLog���綵√�����紊���� | ||
| 59 | 2001-06-26 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 60 | * Version 0.3.0 (for 0.5.x) | ||
| 61 | * ���篏���医�����荐�菴違����ゅ�� | ||
| 62 | * 罘���処�������������������井����純�吾��菴遵�� | ||
| 63 | * rpm��с����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����荐�菴違��紊���� | ||
| 64 | * Vine Linux���������Kondara MNU/Linux��с����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����号�����羔��サ | ||
| 65 | * ��違����������c�潟�������ч��������菴遵�� | ||
| 66 | * "��喝��茵�"���罔�羣����荐�菴違���。��� | ||
| 67 | * ��≪�������潟�����荐�絎���������違��菴遵�� | ||
| 68 | * ��<����祉�若�吾��篏������������違��菴遵�� | ||
| 69 | * ��������������������違��菴遵�� | ||
| 70 | * �����ャ�若�拷�∫�c��菴遵�� | ||
| 71 | * (���������荐�絎����菴遵�����絎�篋�) | ||
| 72 | * nightly build�����≪�����荐�菴違��菴遵�� | ||
| 73 | * ��泣�ゃ����≪�������鴻��紊���� | ||
| 74 | 2001-07-01 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 75 | * Version 0.3.1 | ||
| 76 | * 菴�篆≧�号�����紊���眼��菴遵�� | ||
| 77 | * ���������荐�絎����菴遵�� | ||
| 78 | * ��激�с�若����������������若��菴遵��(筝�絎����) | ||
| 79 | 2002-04-04 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 80 | * Version 0.4.0 | ||
| 81 | * GFDL��後����� | ||
| 82 | * Sylpheed�����亥����梧申緇� | ||
| 83 | * ��祉����激�с�潟��菴遵�����腱糸����������� | ||
| 84 | * ��������<����潟�鴻�������� | ||
| 85 | * TODO: FreeBSD��吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��, Gtk+�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��, �����潟�������若�� | ||
| 86 | 2004-11-26 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 87 | * Version 0.5.0 | ||
| 88 | * Sylpheed�����亥�����篁�罕����菴遵�� | ||
| 89 | 2004-12-01 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 90 | * Version 0.5.1 | ||
| 91 | * Sylpheed�����亥�����篁�罕����菴遵�� | ||
| 92 | * 荐�������������腟延�� | ||
| 93 | 2004-12-15 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 94 | * Version 0.5.2 | ||
| 95 | * ��障�����������篏������������� -> ���������茵���������� ���紊���� | ||
| 96 | * abstract���紊���� | ||
| 97 | 2004-12-21 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 98 | * Version 0.5.3 | ||
| 99 | * ���������������荐�絎����������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 100 | 2006-02-08 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 101 | * Version 0.6.0 | ||
| 102 | * Sylpheed 2.2.0���������������紊���医��膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 103 | 2006-12-20 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 104 | * Version 0.7.0 | ||
| 105 | * Sylpheed 2.3.0������������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 106 | 2006-12-22 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 107 | * Version 0.7.1 | ||
| 108 | * ��祉����ャ�������f����純�����������菴遵�� | ||
| 109 | 2007-04-16 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 110 | * Version 0.8.0 | ||
| 111 | * Sylpheed 2.4.0������������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 112 | * URL���篆�罩� | ||
| 113 | * SVN��������吾����������������号�����荐�菴� | ||
| 114 | 2007-04-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 115 | * Version 0.8.1 | ||
| 116 | * �����鴻�帥����ゃ�冴��������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 117 | 2007-04-20 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 118 | * Version 0.8.2 | ||
| 119 | * IMAP4��∫�c��荐�菴違��菴遵����� | ||
| 120 | * APOP���OP25B�����ゃ��������荐�菴違��菴遵�� | ||
| 121 | 2008-10-03 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 122 | * Version 0.9.0 | ||
| 123 | * ��<����祉�若�吾�����篆� - POP3�����翫�� - �����≪�若����<�若�������������号����� | ||
| 124 | ������������菴遵�� | ||
| 125 | * FAQ - ��激�с�若����������������若�������若����ゃ�潟�����紊���眼�����膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 126 | * FAQ - 菴�篆<����若�������ゃ����������������������� | ||
| 127 | 2009-06-12 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 128 | * Version 0.10.0 | ||
| 129 | * 菴傑����<�若��絲丞�����荐�菴違����贋�� | ||
| 130 | * ��≪����������若�������с��������菴遵�� | ||
| 131 | 2009-06-25 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 132 | * Version 0.10.1 | ||
| 133 | * 菴傑����<�若��絲丞�����Windows���bsfilter���羈���鋋�������菴遵�� | ||
| 134 | 2009-08-13 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 135 | * Version 0.10.2 | ||
| 136 | * ��ゃ�潟����若�����������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 137 | 2010-02-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 138 | * Version 0.11.0 | ||
| 139 | * Sylpheed 3.0 ������������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 140 | * ��≪�������劫験��������c����帥����潟�違��������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 141 | * �����������������ャ�≪�������ゃ����������������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������������鴻�帥����ゃ�冴�� | ||
| 142 | ������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 143 | * ���������������������������篆�罩� | ||
| 144 | 2010-02-19 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 145 | * Version 0.11.1 | ||
| 146 | * ���菴傑����<�若��絲丞�������������� Virtual Store �����ゃ��������荐�菴違��菴遵�� | ||
| 147 | 2010-03-12 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 148 | * Version 0.11.2 | ||
| 149 | * �����≪�������違����若����号��������������菴遵�� | ||
| 150 | 2010-11-18 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 151 | * Version 0.12.0 | ||
| 152 | * Sylpheed 3.1 ������������������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 153 | 2010-12-24 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 154 | * Version 0.12.2 | ||
| 155 | * ��純�若�������鴻��������茵�腓冴��茯�������菴遵�� | ||
| 156 | * ��<����祉�若�娯����������≪�������壕��絎����������������荐�絎� - 荅括完 - ��ゃ�潟�帥����с�若�鴻�� | ||
| 157 | ������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 158 | 2011-01-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 159 | * Version 0.12.3 | ||
| 160 | * Outlook Express �����������ゃ�潟����若�������ゃ��������荐�菴違��菴遵�� | ||
| 161 | 2011-01-21 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 162 | * Version 0.12.4 | ||
| 163 | * ������篆<����ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴��������荐�絎����������菴遵�� | ||
| 164 | 2011-01-24 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 165 | * Version 0.12.5 | ||
| 166 | * ���筝祉��罘���純�������<����祉�若�吾��膊∞����劫����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����� | ||
| 167 | ������膈�篆�罩� | ||
| 168 | 2011-05-10 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 169 | * Version 0.12.6 | ||
| 170 | * 茯よ;荐����篆�罩� | ||
| 171 | 2011-09-08 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 172 | * Version 0.12.7 | ||
| 173 | * 羞私�������<�ゃ�������≪�����荐�菴違����贋�� | ||
| 174 | 2012-01-06 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 175 | * Version 0.12.8 | ||
| 176 | * mbox �����ゃ�潟����若�������≪�������狗��篋�������菴遵�� | ||
| 177 | 2012-06-19 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 178 | * Version 0.13.0 | ||
| 179 | * ��ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����腴������贋�� | ||
| 180 | * 羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若����≪�����茯���������贋�� | ||
| 181 | * ��<����祉�若�吾��篆�絖���号�����菴遵�� | ||
| 182 | * 菴傑����<�若��絲丞�����茯���������贋�� | ||
| 183 | 2012-06-25 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 184 | * Version 0.14.0 | ||
| 185 | * ��<�若�������<�若����純����� | ||
| 186 | * ���������荐�絎����������菴遵�� | ||
| 187 | 2012-10-30 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 188 | * Version 0.15.0 | ||
| 189 | * �����ゃ�����罎�膣≪�� AND 罎�膣≪��荐�菴違��菴遵�� | ||
| 190 | * 羞私����ゃ�潟�帥����с�若�鴻��荐�絎����茯�������菴遵�� | ||
| 191 | 2013-02-14 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 192 | * Version 0.16.0 | ||
| 193 | * 菴傑����<�若�����茯���������贋�違�������������激�с�潟��菴遵�� | ||
| 194 | 2013-05-24 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 195 | * Version 0.17.0 | ||
| 196 | * ��<����祉�若�吾��篆�絖����茯���������贋�� | ||
| 197 | * HTML��<�若�����荐�絎����������菴遵�� | ||
| 198 | 2014-03-19 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 199 | * Version 0.18.0 | ||
| 200 | * ������������ HTML �����<�ゃ����� content-type meta ��帥�違��菴遵�� | ||
| 201 | * PGP encrypt-to-self ���茯�������菴遵�� | ||
| 202 | * ��亥����<����祉�若�檎����ャ��茯���������贋�� | ||
| 203 | 2014-11-20 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 204 | * Version 0.19.0 | ||
| 205 | * �����潟����ゃ�括�倶�����荐�絎����������菴遵�� | ||
| 206 | 2015-11-27 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 207 | * Version 0.19.1 | ||
| 208 | * ���篏�罔�綛眼����贋�� | ||
| 209 | * GTK+���綽�荀������若�吾�с�潟��2.8篁ラ�����篆�罩� | ||
| 210 | * Windows 2000/XP��������ゃ�����8/10���菴遵�� | ||
| 211 | * rpm�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����号�����篆�罩� | ||
| 212 | 2017-02-16 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 213 | * Version 0.20.0 | ||
| 214 | * ���篏�罔�綛眼����贋�� | ||
| 215 | * Windows 2000/XP���������茯������������� | ||
| 216 | * 臀峨��罘���純��茯���������贋�� | ||
| 217 | 2017-02-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 218 | * ��≪�������劫験�����違����若�����茯���������贋�� | ||
| 219 | * ���������篁����罘���純�����腴����菴遵�� | ||
| 220 | 2017-02-28 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 221 | * 羞私�������<�ゃ�������������������ゃ�����茖�莇� | ||
| 222 | 2017-06-28 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 223 | * Windows Vista���荐�菴違�������� | ||
| 224 | 2017-12-08 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 225 | * Version 0.21.0 | ||
| 226 | * ��≪�������劫験���CSV��������鴻����若�����菴遵�� | ||
| 227 | * 罎�膣∝����������潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若��茯�������菴遵�� | ||
| 228 | </PRE> | ||
| 229 | </P> | ||
| 230 | <HR> | ||
| 231 | 罨<�������若�� | ||
| 232 | <A HREF="sylpheed-26.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 233 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc27">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 234 | </BODY> | ||
| 235 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-3.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-3.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..649693b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-3.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: Sylpheed Pro�����ゃ�����</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-4.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-2.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s3">3.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3">Sylpheed Pro�����ゃ�����</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss3.1">3.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3.1">Sylpheed Pro�����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>Sylpheed Pro ��������������若����潟�純�若�鴻�純����������с�≪����<�若����純�������с����� Sylpheed ���罘���醇�≦宍���茵�������������罎�膣∽����純��菴遵��������茖遵����с�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>Sylpheed Pro ���篁ヤ����������������拷�激����������障����� | ||
| 24 | <UL> | ||
| 25 | <LI>�����鴻�������<�若����������������������若����若��������������������������������罎�膣�</LI> | ||
| 26 | <LI>Microsoft Office���PDF ���������羞私�������<�ゃ��������絎鴻��罎�膣≪�肢;腓�</LI> | ||
| 27 | <LI>��≪�若����ゃ�������������<�ゃ��������絎鴻��罎�膣≪�肢;腓�</LI> | ||
| 28 | <LI>������罎�膣≪�ゃ�潟����������鴻�������≪����帥�ゃ�������贋��</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>PC ��������c�鴻��筝���������������<�ゃ�����罎�膣√����� (�����鴻�����������罎�膣�)</LI> | ||
| 30 | <LI>���篋冴�鴻�宴�吾�ャ�若��膊∞��罘���純�����莠�</LI> | ||
| 31 | <LI>罘���純����������違�ゃ�潟�����������箴�</LI> | ||
| 32 | </UL> | ||
| 33 | </P> | ||
| 34 | <P>Sylpheed Pro ���������罎�膣∽����純��篏睡����������������с��紊ч�������<�若�� (��遺�������医��筝�) ��������������������若����若��������������������������������罎�膣≪����������������с����障����� ������罎�膣≪�ゃ�潟����������鴻�������≪����帥�ゃ�������贋�違�������������с����<�若��������篆<�������翫��������罎�膣≪�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 35 | <P>������������Microsoft Word / Excel / PowerPoint���OpenOffice.org���PDF ��������c��羞私�������<�ゃ��������絎鴻��罎�膣≪����������������с�����羞私�������<�ゃ��������������������������絎鴻��腆肴����с����障����� .zip ��� .tar.gz �����������≪�若����ゃ�������������<�ゃ��������絎鴻����ゃ��������罎�膣≪�������������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 36 | <P>��障����� Sylpheed Pro 2.0 �����������鴻�����������罎�膣∽����純�����篋冴�鴻�宴�吾�ャ�若��膊∞��罘���純��菴遵����������障��������</P> | ||
| 37 | <P>�����鴻�����������罎�膣≪�с�� PC ��������c�鴻��筝�������������腮������<�ゃ�������<�若��������罕����蕭�������罎�膣≪����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 38 | <P>��鴻�宴�吾�ャ�若��膊∞��罘���純�с�����篋�絎������<�若�������∫�d�������������� Google ��������潟����若�������������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 39 | <P>Sylpheed Pro��� | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="http://www.sraoss.co.jp/sylpheed-pro/">http://www.sraoss.co.jp/sylpheed-pro/</A> ��������������潟����若����с����障�������������潟����若��������Sylpheed Pro���荅����������������14��ラ�������������������������с����障�����荅����������������������緇�������筝�荐������若�吾����������ゃ�祉�潟�鴻��莖弱�ャ�������������с��Sylpheed Pro���罘���純��膓�膓������������������������������с����障�����Sylpheed Pro��������ゃ�祉�潟�鴻��莖弱�ャ����������c����翫����������≦��������Sylpheed��������������������純�с��������Sylpheed Pro���罘���純����������с����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <HR> | ||
| 42 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 43 | <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 44 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc3">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 45 | </BODY> | ||
| 46 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-4.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-4.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08540ae --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-4.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ���������茵����������</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-5.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-3.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s4">4.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4">���������茵����������</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.1">4.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4.1">Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 19 | </H2> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <P>Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������������������������違�� | ||
| 22 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#install">Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A>�����障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <H2><A NAME="ss4.2">4.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4.2">Sylpheed���篏帥�����</A> | ||
| 24 | </H2> | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | <P>��障�� | ||
| 27 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#start-and-exit">Sylpheed���莎桁��</A>������ | ||
| 28 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#Account-Config">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A>���������緇���� | ||
| 29 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html#receive-message">��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</A>������ | ||
| 30 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#read-message">��<����祉�若�吾��茯�������</A>������ | ||
| 31 | <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#send-message">��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</A>��������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 32 | <HR> | ||
| 33 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 34 | <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 35 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc4">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 36 | </BODY> | ||
| 37 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-5.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-5.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7a28c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-5.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-6.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-4.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="install"></A> <A NAME="s5">5.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5">��ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>Windows���Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������翫����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若��������������zip��≪�若����ゃ�����篏睡�������障�����</P> | ||
| 19 | <P>Linux�����翫����������������c�鴻����������ャ�若�激�с�潟��罔�羣����Sylpheed�����������宴�若�吾�������������������������翫����������������ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������障�������������宴�若�吾�����箴������������������������障����������若�吾�с�潟����ゃ����翫�������純�若�鴻�������潟�潟����ゃ�������障�����������篁����Unix膤�OS�����翫�������純�若�鴻�������潟�潟����ゃ�����������������������</P> | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.1">綽�荀������医��</A> | ||
| 22 | </H2> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <P>��������������違����������潟�潟����ゃ��/絎�茵�������篁ヤ��������������綽�荀���с����� | ||
| 25 | <UL> | ||
| 26 | <LI>Linux ������������篁���� UNIX like OS�����障�����Windows 7/8/10 + MinGW</LI> | ||
| 27 | <LI>GTK+ 2.8篁ラ�� (Windows�����翫�����2.24)</LI> | ||
| 28 | <LI>GNU make</LI> | ||
| 29 | <LI>gettext</LI> | ||
| 30 | </UL> | ||
| 31 | |||
| 32 | ��������激�с�潟��������篁ヤ��������������篏睡����с����障����� | ||
| 33 | <UL> | ||
| 34 | <LI>GnuPG, GPGME</LI> | ||
| 35 | <LI>OpenSSL</LI> | ||
| 36 | <LI>compface (X-Face�����ゃ��������)</LI> | ||
| 37 | <LI>GtkSpell (��鴻����������с����������ゃ��������)</LI> | ||
| 38 | <LI>JPilot</LI> | ||
| 39 | <LI>OpenLDAP</LI> | ||
| 40 | <LI>Oniguruma (Ruby��т戎������������������罩h�頫��憗����ゃ��������)</LI> | ||
| 41 | </UL> | ||
| 42 | </P> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.2">���篏�腆肴�������������������医��</A> | ||
| 45 | </H2> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | <P>Linux���BSD���Mac OS X��������������障����障��OS��у��篏����腆肴����������������障����� | ||
| 48 | 荅潟�������� | ||
| 49 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/ja/">Sylpheed���綣���泣�ゃ��</A> | ||
| 50 | ��х∈茯������������������с����障����� | ||
| 51 | 篁������医����у��篏������������������鴻�� | ||
| 52 | <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html#Sylpheed-ML">Sylpheed ML</A>�����障�����Wiki��у�怨�������������医晃�����с�����</P> | ||
| 53 | <P>��ゃ�������ゃ�����������篏睡����������翫�������医����������c��������篏����筝�絎�絎���������������醇�с����������障����������ゃ�������������с�������������違�����������������篏帥�����������������</P> | ||
| 54 | <H2><A NAME="gen-inst"></A> <A NAME="ss5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.3">��堺����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����号��</A> | ||
| 55 | </H2> | ||
| 56 | |||
| 57 | <P>���������腓冴��������Unix膤�OS��������祉�寂戎�����������������������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����号����с����� | ||
| 58 | ������������OS��������c�������������<�ゃ��膊∞��罘�罕����紕���������醇�с�������������с��������������篏帥�c��������OS�����ゃ��������荐�菴違����������翫�������������<����������������������������������с�������障�����</P> | ||
| 59 | <P>Windows�����翫�������ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����絎�茵�������������腓冴��緇���c����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����������������������zip��≪�若����ゃ��������篏睡����������翫�����������綵������贋�����絮�������������������������</P> | ||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | <H3>GTK+�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</H3> | ||
| 62 | |||
| 63 | <P>��������c�鴻����������ャ�若�激�с�潟����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����号����������с��������������������</P> | ||
| 64 | |||
| 65 | <H3>Sylpheed�����潟�潟����ゃ�������ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</H3> | ||
| 66 | |||
| 67 | <P>��障����� | ||
| 68 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/">http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/</A>������ | ||
| 69 | sylpheed�����������潟����若�������障����� | ||
| 70 | ��������潟����若�������������� | ||
| 71 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 72 | <PRE> | ||
| 73 | bzip2 -dc sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).tar.bz2 | tar xf - ���������茹e�������� | ||
| 74 | $ cd sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��) | ||
| 75 | $ ./configure | ||
| 76 | $ make | ||
| 77 | $ su | ||
| 78 | Password: (�����鴻����若����ュ��) | ||
| 79 | # make install | ||
| 80 | </PRE> | ||
| 81 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 82 | |||
| 83 | ��с�ゃ�潟�鴻����若��絎�篋���с�����</P> | ||
| 84 | |||
| 85 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.4">5.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.4">rpm���篏睡��������Linux �����c�鴻����������ャ�若�激�с�潟�吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 86 | </H2> | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | <H3>筝������������ゃ�潟�鴻����若��������(�����亥�������������������翫��)</H3> | ||
| 89 | |||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | <H3>�����ゃ�������������宴�若�吾�������������翫��</H3> | ||
| 92 | |||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | <H3><A NAME="gtk-inst-bin"></A> gtk+�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��/��≪�������違����若��</H3> | ||
| 95 | |||
| 96 | <P>��障�����gtk2���rpm�����ャ�c��������������������腆肴�������障����� | ||
| 97 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 98 | <PRE> | ||
| 99 | $ rpm -qa | grep gtk | ||
| 100 | ... | ||
| 101 | (篁ヤ�����) | ||
| 102 | </PRE> | ||
| 103 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 104 | |||
| 105 | ������������gtk2���rpm�����≪����ャ�c�����������������������2.8.0篁ヤ����с�������医ぇ筝�紊���с����� | ||
| 106 | ��ゃ����翫��������������Distribution������絽���������������泣�ゃ��膈���������������潟����若�������� | ||
| 107 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 108 | <PRE> | ||
| 109 | $ su | ||
| 110 | Password: (�����鴻����若�������ュ��) | ||
| 111 | # rpm -Uvh gtk2-(�����若�吾�с��).i386.rpm | ||
| 112 | </PRE> | ||
| 113 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 114 | |||
| 115 | �����������������������若�吾�с�潟�≪��������������������������</P> | ||
| 116 | |||
| 117 | <H3>rpm�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</H3> | ||
| 118 | |||
| 119 | <P>sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).i386.rpm������緇������障����������������� | ||
| 120 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 121 | <PRE> | ||
| 122 | $ su | ||
| 123 | Password: (�����鴻����若�������ュ��) | ||
| 124 | # rpm -ivh sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).i386.rpm (��域����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������翫��) | ||
| 125 | # rpm -Uvh sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).i386.rpm (��≪�������違����若�������翫��) | ||
| 126 | </PRE> | ||
| 127 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 128 | |||
| 129 | ��у��篋���с����� | ||
| 130 | ���������glibc���������箴�絖���≫�������馹����������茘������������������翫�������������障����� | ||
| 131 | ��������翫��������筝�荐������純�若�鴻�������宴�若�吾��������������������������</P> | ||
| 132 | |||
| 133 | <H3><A NAME="inst_from_srpm"></A> ��純�若�鴻�������宴�若�吾�������������翫��</H3> | ||
| 134 | |||
| 135 | <P>��������号��������筝�荐����glibc���箴�絖���≫�������馹���������c����翫����с�������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 136 | <H3><A NAME="gtk-inst-src"></A> gtk+�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��/��≪�������違����若��</H3> | ||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | <P>��障�����gtk2���rpm�����ャ�c��������������������腆肴�������障����� | ||
| 139 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 140 | <PRE> | ||
| 141 | $ rpm -qa | grep gtk | ||
| 142 | gtk2-2.24.23-6.el6.x86_64 | ||
| 143 | gtk2-devel-2.24.23-6.el6.x86_64 | ||
| 144 | (篁ヤ�����) | ||
| 145 | </PRE> | ||
| 146 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 147 | |||
| 148 | ������������gtk2������gtk2-devel���package�����≪����ャ�c�����������������������2.8.0篁ヤ����с�������医ぇ筝�紊���с����� | ||
| 149 | ��ゃ����翫��������������distribution������絽���������������泣�ゃ��膈���������������潟����若�������� | ||
| 150 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 151 | <PRE> | ||
| 152 | # rpm -Uvh gtk2-(�����若�吾�с��)-?.x86_64.rpm gtk2-devel-(�����若�吾�с��)-?.x86_64.rpm | ||
| 153 | </PRE> | ||
| 154 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | ��с����若�吾�с�潟�≪��������������������������</P> | ||
| 157 | |||
| 158 | <H3>rpm���build & install</H3> | ||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | <P> | ||
| 161 | <A HREF="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/">http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/</A>��������� | ||
| 162 | sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).tar.gz�����������潟����若�������障����� | ||
| 163 | 罨<��筝������潟����潟�����絎�茵������障����� | ||
| 164 | ������������筝�荐������号����с����潟�潟����ゃ��������root罔�������綽�荀�������������絨������演�冴�с����� | ||
| 165 | root�����������������������������医�������眼�������������鴻�����rpmbuild������������su���綽�荀���������障�������� | ||
| 166 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 167 | <PRE> | ||
| 168 | $ su | ||
| 169 | Password: (�����鴻����若�������ュ��) | ||
| 170 | # rpmbuild -tb sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).tar.gz | ||
| 171 | </PRE> | ||
| 172 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 173 | |||
| 174 | �����������違�潟�潟����ゃ��������紮���������� | ||
| 175 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 176 | <PRE> | ||
| 177 | (篁ヤ�����) | ||
| 178 | ��吾��莨若�推賢: /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/x86_64/sylpheed-3.5.0-1.x86_64.rpm | ||
| 179 | (篁ヤ�����) | ||
| 180 | </PRE> | ||
| 181 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 182 | |||
| 183 | ��������������<����祉�若��(��吾��莨若�推賢:���Wrote: �����������������翫�������������障��)���茵�腓冴�������障����� | ||
| 184 | 腟�篋�������������筝�荐����腓冴�������������<�ゃ��(sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).x86_64.rpm)��� | ||
| 185 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 186 | <PRE> | ||
| 187 | # rpm -Uvh /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/x86_64/sylpheed-(�����若�吾�с��).x86_64.rpm | ||
| 188 | </PRE> | ||
| 189 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 190 | |||
| 191 | ��с�ゃ�潟�鴻����若��絎�篋���с�����</P> | ||
| 192 | |||
| 193 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.5">5.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.5">Debian GNU/Linux��吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 194 | </H2> | ||
| 195 | |||
| 196 | <P> | ||
| 197 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 198 | <PRE> | ||
| 199 | # apt-get install sylpheed sylpheed-i18n sylpheed-doc | ||
| 200 | </PRE> | ||
| 201 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 202 | |||
| 203 | ��с�ゃ�潟�鴻����若����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 204 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.6">5.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.6">Ubuntu ��吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 205 | </H2> | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | <P>Synaptic ��������宴�若�吾�祉�������若�吾�c����� sylpheed ��������宴�若�吾��罎�膣≪����� | ||
| 208 | sylpheed, sylpheed-i18n, sylpheed-doc ��������宴�若�吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������障�����</P> | ||
| 209 | <P>�����������������潟����潟�������ゃ�潟�����篁ヤ����с�ゃ�潟�鴻����若����с����障����� | ||
| 210 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 211 | <PRE> | ||
| 212 | % sudo apt-get install sylpheed sylpheed-i18n sylpheed-doc | ||
| 213 | </PRE> | ||
| 214 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 215 | </P> | ||
| 216 | <H2><A NAME="ss5.7">5.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5.7">��≪�������違����若����号��</A> | ||
| 217 | </H2> | ||
| 218 | |||
| 219 | <P>Sylpheed�����≪�������違����若�������堺�����������筝���吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����茵�������OK��с����� | ||
| 220 | 篁ュ�����荐�絎������<����祉�若�吾����若�帥����������障�上�����膓���������障�����</P> | ||
| 221 | <P>Windows�����翫����������������� - ��≪����������若�������с����������ф�違����������若�吾�с�潟��罎���冴����������翫����������������������御�������������������������≪����������若�����茵���������障����� | ||
| 222 | ��������ц�������翫��������Sylpheed���莎桁�������������������倶����ф�違����������若�吾�с�潟����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����莎桁��������������篁ュ����������若�吾�с�潟����≪�潟�ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����絎�茵�������緇������違����������若�吾�с�潟����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�����茵���������障����� | ||
| 223 | zip��≪�若����ゃ����������翫�����筝���������<�ゃ�����筝���吾����潟����若��������������������</P> | ||
| 224 | <HR> | ||
| 225 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 226 | <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 227 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc5">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 228 | </BODY> | ||
| 229 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-6.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df393cf --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-6.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: 莎桁�����腟�篋�</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-7.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-5.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="start-and-exit"></A> <A NAME="s6">6.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6">莎桁�����腟�篋�</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6.1">Sylpheed���莎桁��</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>Windows�����翫��������Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������������������������� sylpheed.exe ��������������������������������������ц儀�����с����障�������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������翫����������鴻�帥�若����<����ャ�若�������鴻�������������������ゃ�����莎桁�������≪�ゃ�潟�潟�����莎桁����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>Unix�����翫��������Gnome 腴����, kterm, rxvt���������腴������������ャ����若�帥��莎桁�������� | ||
| 24 | <BLOCKQUOTE><CODE> | ||
| 25 | <PRE> | ||
| 26 | $ sylpheed & | ||
| 27 | </PRE> | ||
| 28 | </CODE></BLOCKQUOTE> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | �����帥�ゃ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 31 | <P>��������宴�若�吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若����������翫�����GNOME�����鴻�������������医����с�� | ||
| 32 | �����≪�������宴�若�激�с�鰹����ゃ�潟�帥�若��������鐚�Sylpheed��� | ||
| 33 | ��ц儀�����с����障��(�����c�鴻����������ャ�若�激�с�潟�������c����違����������醇�с����������障��)���������篁ュ�������翫����с�����莎桁�������������������≪�ゃ�潟�潟��������篏�������������������箴水����с�����������</P> | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | <H3><A NAME="start-mailbox-config"></A> ������莎桁����������<�若��膊宴��荐�絎�</H3> | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | <P>Sylpheed������������莎桁�������������������<�若�������������鴻��荐�絎���� | ||
| 38 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#dialog">�����ゃ�≪�����</A>���茵�腓冴�������障�������堺�����������OK�����若����������ц�������с�����������</P> | ||
| 39 | <P>��√�������贋��(~/Mail)������篁������<�若����純�����������MH綵√����с�����綵√����т戎��������������������翫����������贋�����紊���眼�����綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 40 | <H2><A NAME="ss6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6.2">Sylpheed���腟�篋�</A> | ||
| 41 | </H2> | ||
| 42 | |||
| 43 | <P>篁ヤ�����3��ゃ�������<�����������������篏���х��篋���с����障����� | ||
| 44 | <UL> | ||
| 45 | <LI>��<�ゃ�潟����c�潟�����������������</LI> | ||
| 46 | <LI>��������<�ゃ�������<����ャ�若��������������腟�篋���������御��������</LI> | ||
| 47 | <LI>��������ゃ�≪�ゃ�潟�潟���劻�������������������<����ャ�若��������腟�篋���������御��������</LI> | ||
| 48 | </UL> | ||
| 49 | </P> | ||
| 50 | <P>������������荐�絎�鐚����������荐�絎���������ゃ�≪����違�����荅括完鐚���ゃ�潟�帥����с�若�鴻����帥�����筝����������腟�篋�������腆肴�������������������с�������������������翫�����腟�篋������������������������������������������������������������障����� | ||
| 51 | ��������翫�����Enter�����若�障�����OK�����帥�潟����������������������������х��篋���с����障�����</P> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | <HR> | ||
| 54 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 55 | <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 56 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc6">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 57 | </BODY> | ||
| 58 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-7.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..299aa90 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-7.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: Sylpheed���������������腱�</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-8.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-6.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="s7">7.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7">Sylpheed���������������腱�</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | <P>Sylpheed������������莎桁����������脂�≪����堺����������障�����</P> | ||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="ss7.1">7.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.1">��<����ャ��</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>�����c�潟��������筝����筝������������<�ゃ��(F)������������膩����(E)��������������������������������������障����� | ||
| 23 | ��������吾�с�������<����ャ�若����������<�ゃ��(F)������������������������������������(C)��������吾�吟����������� | ||
| 24 | ��������<�ゃ��鐚����������������茵�荐������障����� | ||
| 25 | ��障��������罔�羣���������若����ゃ�潟����у�蚊����������������������������若�����膩����鐚���潟����若��(Ctrl+C������)������������茵�荐������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 26 | |||
| 27 | <H2><A NAME="context-menu"></A> <A NAME="ss7.2">7.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.2">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A> | ||
| 28 | </H2> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <P>�劻�����������������茵�腓冴����������<����ャ�若����������с����������������≪�������<����ャ�若�������若�違����障�����</P> | ||
| 31 | <P>��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ�若����翫�������蚊����������������������若��罔������吾����������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 32 | <H2><A NAME="dialog"></A> <A NAME="ss7.3">7.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.3">�����ゃ�≪�����</A> | ||
| 33 | </H2> | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | <P>Sylpheed���腟�篋������������������������������������冴����������������������������c�潟����������������с����� | ||
| 36 | 荐�絎����茵������������������c�潟�������������ゃ�≪����違��筝���ゃ�с�����</P> | ||
| 37 | <H2><A NAME="summaryview"></A> <A NAME="ss7.4">7.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.4">��泣����������ャ��</A> | ||
| 38 | </H2> | ||
| 39 | |||
| 40 | <P>�劽�����������篁九�����綏���坂査�����ヤ�������������吾�������������������<����祉�若�吾��筝�荀с����������с�����</P> | ||
| 41 | <H2><A NAME="folderview"></A> <A NAME="ss7.5">7.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.5">�����������������ャ��</A> | ||
| 42 | </H2> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <P>綏���眼�������������������������������若��茵�腓冴�������������������������������с�����</P> | ||
| 45 | <H2><A NAME="messageview"></A> <A NAME="ss7.6">7.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.6">��<����祉�若�吾����ャ��</A> | ||
| 46 | </H2> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�����絎鴻��茵�腓冴�������������������������с����� | ||
| 49 | 羞私�������<�ゃ��������������茵�腓冴�������障��������������羞私�������<�ゃ�����筝�荀с��羞私�������鴻�������若�潟�障�����</P> | ||
| 50 | <H2><A NAME="account"></A> <A NAME="ss7.7">7.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7.7">��≪�������潟��</A> | ||
| 51 | </H2> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | <P>�����若�吟����<�若����泣�若����������違�ゃ�潟��������������������������罔������с����� | ||
| 54 | 膂≦�������������違�<�若�����������篆<�������������������宴����������с�����</P> | ||
| 55 | <HR> | ||
| 56 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 57 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 58 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc7">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 59 | </BODY> | ||
| 60 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-8.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-8.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f121ebe --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-8.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��<����祉�若�吾����画Η</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-9.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-7.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="read-message"></A> <A NAME="s8">8.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8">��<����祉�若�吾����画Η</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="select-operation"></A> <A NAME="ss8.1">8.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.1">��御��</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>��泣����������ャ�若����<����祉�若�娯��荀с�������<����祉�若�吾��綏���������������������������у��筝������<����祉�若�吾����御����с����障�����筝�筝������若�с����<����祉�若�吾����御����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>��障�����茲���違����<����祉�若�吾��筝�絎����膀���蚊�����絎���������御�������������翫�����膀���蚊�������������<����祉�若�吾��綏����������������������������Shift�����若����若�����������膀���蚊�����緇������<�若�����綏������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 24 | <P>��御�������������<����祉�若�吾��蕋���渇����潟��絖������������翫�����Ctrl�����若����若�����������綏���������������������������с�������������御����������������������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 25 | <P>Shift�����若����若�������������≪����御��������������������筝����綏�������������������膀���蚊�������������c��������Ctrl�����若�����������綏���������������������������с����������������ゅ����������������������������с����障��</P> | ||
| 26 | <P>��障�������泣����������ャ�若���劻����������������� | ||
| 27 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����若�喝�冴�������������鴻����御����������吾�吟�������с����鴻�������<����祉�若�吾����御����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 28 | <H2><A NAME="view-message"></A> <A NAME="ss8.2">8.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.2">��<�若�����荀����</A> | ||
| 29 | </H2> | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | <P> | ||
| 32 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#folderview">�����������������ャ��</A>��с��������������綏���������������������御�������� | ||
| 33 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>��ц;腓冴����������<����祉�若�吾��綏������������������� | ||
| 34 | <A HREF="#select-operation">��御��</A>���������������������</P> | ||
| 35 | <P>筝�������膣������若�����茵�腓冴��������������������莎ゃ�����膣���������若�������������翫�������亥����<�若����������������若�������������翫��������茯���<�若����������潟����障�������亥����<�若��������茯���<�若����с����������障�����</P> | ||
| 36 | |||
| 37 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾����違����������c�潟�������ч�����</H3> | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | <P> | ||
| 40 | <UL> | ||
| 41 | <LI>���������������������������</LI> | ||
| 42 | <LI> | ||
| 43 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����若�喝�冴����������違����������c�潟�������ч��������</LI> | ||
| 44 | <LI>��<����祉�若�檎�御��緇�������茵�腓削����違����������c�潟�������ч��������</LI> | ||
| 45 | </UL> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | ������������������茵������違����<����祉�若�吾����違����������c�潟�������ч����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 48 | <H2><A NAME="sort-message"></A> <A NAME="ss8.3">8.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.3">��<����祉�若�娯��荀с��筝���号�帥��</A> | ||
| 49 | </H2> | ||
| 50 | |||
| 51 | <P>��<����ャ�若�����茵�腓削����純�若��������������筝���号�帥�����絲乗院�����御�������������� | ||
| 52 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>�����<����祉�若�娯��荀с��筝���号�帥�����(��純�若��������)�����������с����障����� | ||
| 53 | ��������脂����������御�������������������с����障�������泣����������ャ�若�������帥�ゃ�������������������������������������������с�����������������������������絲乗院�����������脂�������т研��号�帥�����茵���������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 54 | <P>罔�羣���с�������純�若��������������(���篆<��������)��������c�������障�������純�若�����������茵�������������������������������筝�荀с��������蕭�������茵�腓冴�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 55 | <P>��障����������純�若����������������翫�������帥��篁九����с�障����������������御�������������������с����障�����������������篁九�����篌若�����������筝���c����鴻�������������������宴�������������������<����祉�若�吾��筝�膊���������障����������号�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 56 | <P>��号�����筝���号�帥����>散�����������������鴻�������������ヤ�������������������障����������������������鴻��������茵�腓冴����������鴻����������������翫�������������������������鴻�����������筝������違�������ヤ�������<����祉�若�吾�с�純�若����������障��������絽吾����ヤ�������с����鴻����������������������<����祉�若�吾����ヤ�������с�純�若����������障�����</P> | ||
| 57 | <H2><A NAME="thread-view"></A> <A NAME="ss8.4">8.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.4">��鴻��������茵�腓�</A> | ||
| 58 | </H2> | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | <P>��泣����������ャ�若�с�����罔�羣���с����鴻��������茵�腓冴�������若�違�����茵�腓阪就綣���с�<����祉�若�娯��荀с��茵�腓冴����障�����������������筝���c����∫�c�������<����祉�若�吾����������主�吟��茵�腓冴�����綵√����с�����</P> | ||
| 61 | <P>���茵�腓削����鴻��������茵�腓冴�������御�������������鴻��������茵�腓冴��ON/OFF�����������帥����������障�����������荐�絎�������������������������荐���吟�������障�����</P> | ||
| 62 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾��筝���c����鴻�������������������������������������<����祉�若�吾�������������������c����ゆ����������障�����篁九�������ゆ�����絲乗院��������������障��������</P> | ||
| 63 | <P>��������鴻�������������<����祉�若�吾����御��������緇������√�違����帥��(+/-�����帥��)��������������������������������鴻�����������������������絮������������������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 64 | <P>��障�����'-'�����若�с�鴻��������������������������'+'�����若�у�������������������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <P>���茵�腓削�������鴻�������鴻�����������絮���������障��������茵�腓削�������鴻�������鴻����������������������������御�������������� | ||
| 66 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>���茵�腓冴�������������������鴻�������<����祉�若�吾����鴻�����������絮������障�������������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 67 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.5">8.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.5">茵�腓冴�������<����祉�若�吾��腱糸��</A> | ||
| 68 | </H2> | ||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | <H3>���絽吾��腱糸��</H3> | ||
| 71 | |||
| 72 | <P>筝�綺���<����祉�若�吾����御��������緇���� | ||
| 73 | <UL> | ||
| 74 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚���������<����祉�若�吾�� (p������)</LI> | ||
| 75 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚�罨<����<����祉�若�吾�� (n������)</LI> | ||
| 76 | </UL> | ||
| 77 | |||
| 78 | ��������c��腱糸�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 79 | <H3>罨<�����茯���<����祉�若�吾�檎����倶�����</H3> | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | <P>��鴻����若�鴻����若��篏帥����違����<�若����������若�吾�鴻�������若�����罨<�����茯���<�若����吾����吾�c�潟��������茯���<����祉�若�吾����������������������吾����吾�c�潟��������������茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 82 | <P>��鴻����若�鴻����若�������∞����������������с�����茯���<�若�������������������������吾����ц����������������с����������ч��絽吾��箴水����с�����</P> | ||
| 83 | <P>��障�����Shift��障�����Alt�����若����若�������������鴻����若�鴻����若����若����������с�������劫����吾����鴻�������若��������������茯���<����祉�若�吾�吾����吾�c�潟�����茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 84 | <P> | ||
| 85 | <UL> | ||
| 86 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚����������茯���<����祉�若�吾�� (Shift+p������)</LI> | ||
| 87 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚�罨<�����茯���<����祉�若�吾�� (Shift+n������)</LI> | ||
| 88 | </UL> | ||
| 89 | </P> | ||
| 90 | <P>��障����������若�������若�����罨<�吾�������若����������с��罨<�����茯���<�若����檎����吟����������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 91 | <H3><A NAME="move-between-marked-message"></A> �����若�������������<����祉�若�檎�����腱糸��������</H3> | ||
| 92 | |||
| 93 | <P> | ||
| 94 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>��������若�������������с����������若�����������"�����若�������������<����祉�若��"������腱糸����������������� | ||
| 95 | <UL> | ||
| 96 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚������������若��篁������<����祉�若�吾��</LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚�罨<�������若��篁������<����祉�若�吾��</LI> | ||
| 98 | </UL> | ||
| 99 | |||
| 100 | ��������<��������絎�茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 101 | <H3>��������若�������������ゃ�������������<����祉�若�檎�����腱糸��������</H3> | ||
| 102 | |||
| 103 | <P>��������若�������������ゃ�������������<����祉�若�檎�����腱糸����������������� | ||
| 104 | <UL> | ||
| 105 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚����������������篁������<����祉�若�吾��</LI> | ||
| 106 | <LI>���茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚�罨<�����������篁������<����祉�若�吾��</LI> | ||
| 107 | </UL> | ||
| 108 | |||
| 109 | ��������<��������絎�茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.6">8.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.6">茯���������������������御��������</A> | ||
| 112 | </H2> | ||
| 113 | |||
| 114 | <P> | ||
| 115 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#folderview">�����������������ャ��</A>���筝�������絅純����������������������御����������違��������������������腱糸����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 116 | <P> | ||
| 117 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>��с�<����祉�若�吾����御����������������翫����������若����若�������������若����若����������������������ャ�若����������若����鴻��腱祉����������若����若����с����������������御����с�������倶�������������障����� | ||
| 118 | ������緇������������若�хЩ���������Enter�����若�с����������������御����с����障����� | ||
| 119 | �����������������若��������Windows ��������鴻�������若����若�����罕�������筝�篏���������������������御����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 120 | <P>������������������絖����莎ゃ����翫����������亥����<����祉�若�吾��絖����������藥����紊�絖������翫��������茯���<����祉�若�吾��絖���������障�����</P> | ||
| 121 | <P>��障��������茵�腓削��腱糸��鐚���ャ��������������...��� (g������) ��������c����������������御����脂�≪����若�潟����������������хЩ���������Enter��ч�御�������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 122 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.7">8.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.7">羞私�������<�ゃ�����荀����</A> | ||
| 123 | </H2> | ||
| 124 | |||
| 125 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ�������������翫�������� | ||
| 126 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>���羞私����������������������������若�����茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 127 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ��������絎鴻����������鴻�������翫�������� | ||
| 128 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#messageview">��<����祉�若�吾����ャ��</A>���������筝����絮����������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 129 | <P>��障�������� | ||
| 130 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#inline-image">��糸�������ゃ�潟����ゃ�潟�ц;腓冴�����</A>�����������潟����������������翫����������糸�������<�ゃ�������ゃ�����������罕����絮����������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 131 | <P>������篁����羞私�������<�ゃ�������翫�������������<�ゃ�������������若�水就綣������泣�ゃ�冴����帥��������������������茵�腓冴�������障�������������������������������������������������≪�������<����ャ�若��茵�腓冴�����������������������羞私�������<�ゃ�����絲障��������篏����茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 132 | <P>��障�������<����祉�若�吾����ャ�弱劽�����羞私�������若�������帥�潟��������������������������羞私�������<�ゃ��������篏�罕���������������弱就綣���т��荀ц;腓冴�����羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若��茵�腓冴�������障�����������筝�綺�������������������������茵�腓冴����������障�����</P> | ||
| 133 | <P>��������鴻�������糸��(��ゃ�潟����ゃ�括�糸�頫�腓冴����潟����翫��)������羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若�����茵�������������������������荀���������������с����障�����������篁������翫��������羞私�������<�ゃ�����絲障��������篏������������������帥�潟��茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 134 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ�������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�ч�������������翫��������������筝����羞私�������<�ゃ�������������������<����ャ�若����������������������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�����������...��������御�������障�����������������羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若�ф兄篁������<�ゃ����������������������������������������������������������帥�潟�������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�����������...��������帥�潟����������������� | ||
| 135 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������������������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�����������...��������御�������������������������������������������<�ゃ�����腮�蕁������∫�d����������������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟��������������莎桁�������障����������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�����������...��������������������������≪�������宴�若�激�с�潟�������若�吟�若����贋・���絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 136 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ�����篆�絖������������翫��������������筝����羞私�������<�ゃ�������������������<����ャ�若�����������������篁�������篆�絖�...��������御�������障�����������������羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若�у�乗院�����<�ゃ�������御��������������������篁�������篆�絖�...��������帥�潟�������������������������� | ||
| 137 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>������������������篁�������篆�絖�...��������御����������������障�������<�ゃ�潟�<����ャ�若����������<�ゃ��鐚����������篁�������篆�絖�...�����т��絖������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 138 | <P>羞私�������若�������帥�潟��罔������√�違����帥�潟�����������������������茵�腓冴����������<����ャ�若����������鴻�����羞私�������<�ゃ�����篆�絖�...������������������羞私�������鴻�������ャ�若�� | ||
| 139 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>��������������鴻��篆�絖�...��������御����������違�������<�ゃ��������篁������������鴻�����羞私�������<�ゃ��������絎����������������������篆�絖������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 140 | <P>羞私�������<�ゃ�����綣桁�句�������������鴻�����������茵�腓冴����������������������������������鴻�����������茵�腓冴�������帥�潟�������������������������� | ||
| 141 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������������鴻�����������茵�腓冴�������吾�吟�������障�����'t'�����若����若����������ц;腓冴����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 142 | <P>��障�����羞私�������<�ゃ����������障�������������翫��������������������'n'���'p'�����若�ф兄篁������<�ゃ��/��<����祉�若�吾�����緇�腱糸�����茵���������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 143 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.8">8.8</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.8">��<����祉�若�御��篏�(腱糸����������ょ��)</A> | ||
| 144 | </H2> | ||
| 145 | |||
| 146 | |||
| 147 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾��腱糸��</H3> | ||
| 148 | |||
| 149 | <P>腱糸�������������<����祉�若�吾����御����������������������<����祉�若�醐��腱糸��...��� (Ctrl+o������)�����障����� | ||
| 150 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������腱糸��...��������吾�潟�� | ||
| 151 | 茵�腓冴��������腱糸����������������������御�������������ゃ�≪����違�с����������������御����������亥Щ�����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 152 | <P>��障�������<����祉�若�吾����������������������������違�≪�潟����������������������������с��腱糸�������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 153 | |||
| 154 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾��������</H3> | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | <P>�����ゃ����������<����祉�若�吾����御����������������������<����祉�若�醐�������ゃ�� (Ctrl+d������/Delete������)�����障����� | ||
| 157 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>��������������ゃ�������御����������������у����ゃ�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 158 | |||
| 159 | <H3>�����違�������若��������</H3> | ||
| 160 | |||
| 161 | <P>�����若�������������<����祉�若�吾����御����������������� | ||
| 162 | <UL> | ||
| 163 | <LI>�����<����祉�若�醐�������若��鐚������若����� (Shift+"*"������)</LI> | ||
| 164 | <LI> | ||
| 165 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>��������������若��鐚������若�����</LI> | ||
| 166 | <LI>��泣����������ャ�若�������若��������������������</LI> | ||
| 167 | </UL> | ||
| 168 | |||
| 169 | ������������������茵������違�������若�������������������с����障����� | ||
| 170 | �����違�������������������� | ||
| 171 | <A HREF="#move-between-marked-message">�����若�������������<����祉�若�檎�����腱糸��������</A>�����������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | <H3>�����若�����茹i�ゃ�����</H3> | ||
| 174 | |||
| 175 | <P>茹i�ゃ����������<����祉�若�吾����御����������������� | ||
| 176 | <UL> | ||
| 177 | <LI>���u��������若����若��</LI> | ||
| 178 | <LI> | ||
| 179 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>��������������若��鐚������若��茹i�ゃ��</LI> | ||
| 180 | </UL> | ||
| 181 | |||
| 182 | ������������������茵������違����若�����茹i�ゃ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 183 | <H3>絎�茵�</H3> | ||
| 184 | |||
| 185 | <P>Sylpheed�����������ゃ��腱糸�������������鴻�����篌眼��������篏������������違����������������若����������� | ||
| 186 | ��ャ��腱糸��/�����ゃ����若�����������������篆���������������������������с�障��������絎�茵������������������с����障����� | ||
| 187 | ���������Emacs膤祉����<�若����純�������������т�����������������������������������篏���号����с�����</P> | ||
| 188 | <P>������罘���純��篏帥����������翫�����������荐�絎�鐚����������荐�絎�鐚�荅括完鐚���ゃ�潟�帥����с�若�鴻����� | ||
| 189 | �����<����祉�若�吾��腱糸����障����������ゃ����������喝婚���絎�茵������������������若�����紊����������������������</P> | ||
| 190 | <P>���������������荐�絎������������倶�������翫�����絎�������絎�茵�������������������筝�荐�������������腱糸����������ゃ�����篏����茵���c�������若�������ゃ�������������� | ||
| 191 | <UL> | ||
| 192 | <LI> | ||
| 193 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>���������絎�茵����</LI> | ||
| 194 | <LI>��������若��鐚�絎�茵���� (x������)</LI> | ||
| 195 | </UL> | ||
| 196 | |||
| 197 | ���������������������篏����茵���c����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 198 | |||
| 199 | <H3>��������若��������(���������)�����ゃ�����</H3> | ||
| 200 | |||
| 201 | <P> | ||
| 202 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#summaryview">��泣����������ャ��</A>�����蚊����ゃ����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 203 | <P>��������若�������������ゃ�������������� | ||
| 204 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#context-menu">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A>�����������������若��������鐚�(篁紙��������)��������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 205 | <P>�����������若��������������絖�������紊���眼����������翫�����������荐�絎�鐚����������荐�絎�鐚�茵�腓削����������若�������������у�ュ��罨�������絖���������ュ�������������������������ュ��罨����腥冴����蚊�����������������������絖�������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | <H3>��<����祉�若�吾��篆�絖�������</H3> | ||
| 208 | |||
| 209 | <P>��<����祉�若�吾�������<�ゃ�����������篆�絖����������������絲乗院�����<����祉�若�吾����御�������������������<�ゃ�潟�<����ャ�若����������<�ゃ��鐚����������篁�������篆�絖�...��������御�������障�����</P> | ||
| 210 | <P>篆�絖������������<�ゃ�����綵√�����篁ヤ����������御����с����障����� | ||
| 211 | <UL> | ||
| 212 | <LI>��������吾����� (EML/RFC 822): eml綵√��������������MH綵√�������若�違�������������с��篁������<�若����純�������ч����������������с����障��</LI> | ||
| 213 | <LI>��������鴻��: ��������鴻��綵√��(罔�羣�������絖���潟�若��(Windows�����翫�����Shift JIS))</LI> | ||
| 214 | <LI>��������鴻�� (UTF-8): ��������鴻��綵√��(���絖���潟�若�����UTF-8(Unicode))</LI> | ||
| 215 | </UL> | ||
| 216 | </P> | ||
| 217 | <H2><A NAME="ss8.9">8.9</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8.9">��<����祉�若�後�����URL</A> | ||
| 218 | </H2> | ||
| 219 | |||
| 220 | <P>��<����祉�若�後�����URL�����������������������������с����激�鴻����������√�����Web�����������吟����障����� | ||
| 221 | <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ext-browser-config">���������荐�絎���ф��絎����������紊����������������</A>���莎桁�������������泣�ゃ�������画Η�����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 222 | <P>HTML��<�若����ц;腓坂����������潟�����絖�������URL��с�������翫�������������������潟��������URL�����違�������翫����������c����激�潟�違�<�若�������帥��������茘�������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 223 | <P>URL���筝���������������鴻����若�純�����臀���������翫����������鴻����若�帥�鴻����若�������潟��������URL���茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 224 | <HR> | ||
| 225 | <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 226 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 227 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc8">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 228 | </BODY> | ||
| 229 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed-9.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed-9.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52a7be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed-9.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��: ��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-10.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-8.html" REL=previous> | ||
| 9 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9" REL=contents> | ||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 14 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H2><A NAME="Account-Config"></A> <A NAME="s9">9.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A></H2> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2><A NAME="append-account"></A> <A NAME="ss9.1">9.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9.1">��域����≪�������潟�����篏����</A> | ||
| 20 | </H2> | ||
| 21 | |||
| 22 | <P>��<�若��������篆<�脂��篆<�������������������≪�������潟�����荐�絎����茵����綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 23 | <P>��域����≪�������潟�����篏�������茵���������������<����ャ�若��������荐�絎�鐚���域����≪�������潟�����篏����������絎�茵������障����� | ||
| 24 | �����域����≪�������潟�����篏������������ゃ�≪����違��茵�腓冴�������������с����������若�吾��������綽�荀�������������荐���ャ����������蚊����������若�����荐�絎����茵������障����� | ||
| 25 | Sylpheed���������莎桁����������������������ゃ�≪����違��������������茵�腓冴�������障�����</P> | ||
| 26 | <P>�����域����≪�������潟�����篏������������ゃ�≪����違�с��綽�荀����篏������������������粋┃絎���с�������������������c�����������������荅括完���荐�絎����綽�荀������翫��������荐�絎�鐚���≪�������潟�����膩����...������ | ||
| 27 | <A HREF="#edit-account">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A>�����ゃ�≪����違����若�喝�冴��������菴遵�����������膩����������茵���c�����������������</P> | ||
| 28 | |||
| 29 | <H3>��≪�������潟�������帥�ゃ��</H3> | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | <P>�����������≪�������潟�������帥�ゃ�������御�������障�������帥�ゃ�����篁ヤ�����筝���������御�������障����� | ||
| 32 | <UL> | ||
| 33 | <LI>POP3</LI> | ||
| 34 | <LI>IMAP4</LI> | ||
| 35 | <LI>POP3 (Gmail)</LI> | ||
| 36 | <LI>IMAP4 (Gmail)</LI> | ||
| 37 | </UL> | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | �����ャ�若�鴻�����篁���������������潟�������御�������������翫�������� | ||
| 40 | <A HREF="#edit-account">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A>�����ゃ�≪����違��������菴遵��������茵���c�����������������</P> | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | <H3>�����������<�若����≪��������</H3> | ||
| 43 | |||
| 44 | <P>���������������篆<�������<�若��������篆∴����眼�ц;腓冴�������������������<�若����≪�������鴻����ュ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | <H3>��≪�������潟��������</H3> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <P>篏睡����������<�若����泣�若����������若��ID������篆�(POP3��障�����IMAP4)��脂��篆�(SMTP)��泣�若����������ュ�������障��������POP3 (Gmail)������������������IMAP4 (Gmail)��������御����������翫����������≪�������潟�������宴��������������荐�絎������������������������������若�吾��茵�腓冴�������障��������</P> | ||
| 49 | <P>���SSL���篏睡�������������с����������ャ�����������SSL腟���宴�ч��篆<��茵������障��(��泣�若�����SSL���絲上��������������綽�荀������������障��)���</P> | ||
| 50 | <P>���SMTP茯�荐若��篏睡�������������с����������ャ�������������<�若��������篆≧�����茯�荐若��茵������障��(��泣�若�����絲上��������������綽�荀������������障��)���</P> | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | <H3>荐�絎����絎鴻��腆肴��</H3> | ||
| 53 | |||
| 54 | <P>荐�絎����絎�篋�������������荐�絎����絎鴻��茵�腓冴�������障�������������������������若����������ゃ�≪����違��������������������������</P> | ||
| 55 | <P>荐�絎����絎鴻��紊���眼����������翫����������<����ャ�若�����荐�絎�鐚��憜�������≪�������潟�����荐�絎���������������� | ||
| 56 | <A HREF="#edit-account">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A>�����ゃ�≪����違��������膩����������茵���c�����������������</P> | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | <H2><A NAME="ss9.2">9.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9.2">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎������ゃ�≪�����</A> | ||
| 59 | </H2> | ||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | <P>�����������ゃ�≪����違�с�������≪�������潟�����荅括完荐�絎����茵������障����� | ||
| 62 | ��<����ャ�若�����荐�絎�鐚��憜�������≪�������潟�����荐�絎���������������� | ||
| 63 | <A HREF="#edit-account">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A>�����ゃ�≪����違��������菴遵�������障��������膩���������у�若�喝�冴����障�����</P> | ||
| 64 | <P>(綽����)��������違�����綽������吾��莨若�障����������違�������������������с�����</P> | ||
| 65 | <P>(�ィ絅�)��������違�����紊���眼���������������ィ絅���������������с�����</P> | ||
| 66 | <P>(綽����)(�ィ絅�)篁ュ�����()�����√�������ゃ�������潟����障�����</P> | ||
| 67 | <P>�����������≪�������潟��荐�絎������♂�����篏���������������������с����� | ||
| 68 | ��≪�������潟��荐�絎������������������������≪�� | ||
| 69 | <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#start-mailbox-config">��<�若��膊�</A>�����������<�若�������画Η�����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 70 | <P>��с��������Sylpheed���篏�������篆≧����純��篏帥����������翫����с����� | ||
| 71 | �����������潟����с��������(�����若�����)��������御����������≪�������潟��荐�絎����篏�������������������������</P> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | <H3>(��堺��)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 74 | |||
| 75 | <P>��≪�������潟��������篏���������������宴��荐�絎�������綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 76 | <H3>��������≪�������潟��������腱� (�ィ絅�)</H3> | ||
| 77 | |||
| 78 | <P>��������≪�������潟��������腱違�����絎������障����������������若�喝����с�������с����������с��罕������障��������������������������������������������篁������������������с�����������</P> | ||
| 79 | <H3><A NAME="usually-use"></A> ���絽娯戎���</H3> | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | <P>��������������с�������������≪�������潟�����莎桁����������御�������������������倶�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 82 | <H3>���篋堺����� - ������</H3> | ||
| 83 | |||
| 84 | <P>��<�若��������篆≧�����篏睡�������������������с�����</P> | ||
| 85 | <H3>���篋堺����� - ��<�若����≪�������� (綽����)</H3> | ||
| 86 | |||
| 87 | <P>��<�若��������篆≧�����篏帥����������<�若����≪�������鴻�с�����</P> | ||
| 88 | <H3>���篋堺����� - 腟�膵�</H3> | ||
| 89 | |||
| 90 | <P>��<�若��������篆≧�������吾��莨若�障����障�����篌�腓障��������腟�膵����茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 91 | <H3>��泣�若�������� - �����������潟��</H3> | ||
| 92 | |||
| 93 | <P>�����������潟�������� | ||
| 94 | <UL> | ||
| 95 | <LI>POP3</LI> | ||
| 96 | <LI>IMAP4</LI> | ||
| 97 | <LI>�����ャ�若��(NNTP)</LI> | ||
| 98 | <LI>������(�����若�����)</LI> | ||
| 99 | </UL> | ||
| 100 | |||
| 101 | ���筝���������御�������������������с����障����� | ||
| 102 | �����������泣�若����������c�������������吾�潟�障����������� | ||
| 103 | 筝�綺�荐�絎����絎�篋���������������������潟�����紊���眼����������������с����障�������� | ||
| 104 | �����ャ�若�鴻����ゃ����������������с��茯���������障��������</P> | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | <H3>��泣�若�������� - ���篆∞����泣�若�� (綽����)</H3> | ||
| 107 | |||
| 108 | <P>���篆<�������泣�若��������絎������障����� | ||
| 109 | ��<�若�������������������潟����ф��絎������������������潟����с�������ф��絎���������泣�若�����������篆<�������障�����</P> | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | <H3>��泣�若�������� - SMTP��泣�若��(���篆�) (綽����)</H3> | ||
| 112 | |||
| 113 | <P>���篆<��篏睡����������泣�若��������絎������障����������������潟��������SMTP���篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 114 | |||
| 115 | <H3>��泣�若�������� - �����若��ID (綽����)</H3> | ||
| 116 | |||
| 117 | <P>��������ф��絎���������������若��ID���篏帥�c����<�若����泣�若����������違�ゃ�潟����障�����</P> | ||
| 118 | <H3>��泣�若�������� - �����鴻����若��</H3> | ||
| 119 | |||
| 120 | <P>��������ф��絎���������������鴻����若�����篏睡����������<�若����泣�若����������違�ゃ�潟����障����� | ||
| 121 | ��ュ����������������鴻����若�������脂�≫��������****���������茵�腓冴�������障��������</P> | ||
| 122 | <P>��ュ�������������c����翫������・膓������������鴻����若�������ュ�������������ゃ�≪����違�����������腟�篋������障�ц����吟�������障�����Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若�������������������潟�潟����ャ�若�帥��篁�篋冴��篏睡�������������醇�с����������翫����������<������ィ絅������障�����</P> | ||
| 123 | <H3>(���篆�)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 124 | |||
| 125 | |||
| 126 | <H3>POP3 - 絎�������茯�荐惹�劫�����篏睡�������� (APOP)</H3> | ||
| 127 | |||
| 128 | <P>POP3��с�����絽悟����������鴻����若�������������障�障�������������若�����羌������������障����障�������� | ||
| 129 | APOP茯�荐若��篏睡�������������������������鴻����若�����羌����������������������罸�莠����絎���������������障����� | ||
| 130 | ��������������泣�若�����APOP茯�荐若��絲上��������������綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 131 | <P>(羈�: �憜�����APOP茯�荐若�������������潟�������������с�����綣掩�с����肴����������������障�����Sylpheed��с��絲丞��羝���帥�с��������POP3 over SSL�������������������ィ絅���������������障�����)</P> | ||
| 132 | <H3>POP3 - ���篆≧�������泣�若��筝������<����祉�若�吾�������ゃ�����</H3> | ||
| 133 | |||
| 134 | <P>���篆≧�������泣�若����������<����祉�若�吾�������ゃ����障��������篆<����鴻�����茵������翫��������茲���違��腴�������������筝������<�若����泣�若�����篏睡����������<�若�����篁����腴������������������翫�������������������������с��������紊���������������с�����������</P> | ||
| 135 | <H3>POP3 - ��<����祉�若�吾�� (��ユ��) ��ュ�����������</H3> | ||
| 136 | |||
| 137 | <P>���篆≧�������泣�若��筝������<����祉�若�吾�������ゃ�������翫�������泣�若�������<����祉�若�吾��篆�絖���������������ユ�違�����絎������障�������������������������<����祉�若�吾��罨≦��������篆≧����������ゃ�������障����� | ||
| 138 | 0��ャ�����絎����������������篆<�������������������ゃ�������障����� | ||
| 139 | �����������������с��7��ュ����������ゃ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 140 | <H3>POP3 - ���篆≧����帥�������������泣�若��筝���������������<����祉�若�吾�����篆<�����</H3> | ||
| 141 | |||
| 142 | <P>筝�綺����篆<�������<����祉�若�吾��荐���吟��������罨<�����������篆<�������障����������� | ||
| 143 | �����������∴�������������鴻�������<����祉�若�吾����������潟����若�������障�����</P> | ||
| 144 | <P>��������������激�с�潟��������篆≧�������泣�若��筝������<����祉�若�吾�������ゃ�������翫�����絎�莖���≦�鴻�с�����</P> | ||
| 145 | <H3>POP3 - ���篆<�泣�ゃ�阪�狗�� (KB)</H3> | ||
| 146 | |||
| 147 | <P>��������������鴻����������������翫�����1��<����祉�若�吾�����絎���������泣�ゃ��(KB)������紊с�������<����祉�若�吾�����篆<����障��������</P> | ||
| 148 | <H3>POP3 - ���篆≧�������<����祉�若�吾�����������������</H3> | ||
| 149 | |||
| 150 | <P>��������������鴻����������������翫��������篆≧��������篆<�������<����祉�若�吾��絲障����������c����帥����若�����絎�茵���������障�����</P> | ||
| 151 | <H3>POP3 - 罔�羣�������篆∞��</H3> | ||
| 152 | |||
| 153 | <P>��������≪�������潟����с�<�若��������篆<�����������������絽吾��������篆�絖����������������絎���с����障�����罔�羣���с��inbox(���篆∞��)��с�����筝�荐���ф�������������������������c����<�若����������������������������主����������障�����</P> | ||
| 154 | <H3>IMAP4 - 茯�荐惹�劫��</H3> | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | <P>IMAP4��泣�若����������違�ゃ�潟��������������茯�荐惹�劫��������絎������障��������������LOGIN���PLAIN���CRAM-MD5���筝���������御�������障��������絽吾����������������ф�������障��������</P> | ||
| 157 | <H3>IMAP4 - ���篆≧��������篆∞��(INBOX)�����帥����с�����������</H3> | ||
| 158 | |||
| 159 | <P>IMAP4��≪�������潟����с�����篆<�����茵���c����翫��������絽吾�������鴻�������������������������с����������障����������������������激�с�潟�������鴻��������������篆∞��(INBOX)�����帥����с����������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 160 | <H3>IMAP4 - ���篆≧��������篆∞��(INBOX)�����亥����<����祉�若�吾�����������������</H3> | ||
| 161 | |||
| 162 | <P>��������������激�с�潟�������鴻��������������IMAP4��≪�������潟����с�����篆<�����茵���c����翫�������亥����<����祉�若�吾����������������������������障����������с�����篆≧����帥����<����祉�若�吾����ゃ����������������������������障�����(��������ф����������������������������純�с��)���</P> | ||
| 163 | <H3>���������篆<����с�������≪�������潟�������亥����<�若����������с�����������</H3> | ||
| 164 | |||
| 165 | <P>��������������с��������������������������������篆<�����篏���с�������≪�������潟�����������篆<��茵������障����� | ||
| 166 | �����с��������紊���������翫�����������篆≦�乗院��������������≪�������潟�����紊������障�����</P> | ||
| 167 | <P>���篆<��������篏睡����������≪�������潟��������������������������箴水����������������障��������</P> | ||
| 168 | <H3>(���篆�)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 169 | |||
| 170 | |||
| 171 | <H3>��������� - Date��������������c�若��������篁�������</H3> | ||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | <P>Date��������������c�若��������Sylpheed��т�������障��������絽吾�������鴻��������������������������������</P> | ||
| 174 | <H3>��<����祉�若��ID���������������</H3> | ||
| 175 | |||
| 176 | <P>��<����祉�若��ID���Sylpheed��т�������障��������絽吾�������鴻��������������������������������</P> | ||
| 177 | <P>筝����������腴������������ゃ�ゃ����≪�����IP�・膓���������������ゃ����������吟����������������������泣�若����с����� | ||
| 178 | ��泣�若����眼����ゃ����������у��荀������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 179 | <H3>�����若�九��臂����������������菴遵��������</H3> | ||
| 180 | |||
| 181 | <P>�����������御����������������若�九��臂�������������菴遵����с����障����� | ||
| 182 | 膩���������帥�潟����若�����膩������������������������� | ||
| 183 | �����鴻�������������ф�水�ャ�������障�����</P> | ||
| 184 | <P>X-Face�����������������ф�水�ャ����障�����</P> | ||
| 185 | <H3>SMTP茯�荐�(SMTP AUTH)</H3> | ||
| 186 | |||
| 187 | <P>������������SMTP��泣�若�����SMTP AUTH���綽�荀������������翫����������с����������ャ����� | ||
| 188 | ���������茯�荐惹�劫����������≪�������潟�������宴�����絎������������������������≪�������潟�������宴��腥冴����������翫��������篆≧����������������若��ID��������鴻����若�����篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 189 | <H3>���篆≦�����POP3茯�荐若��茵����</H3> | ||
| 190 | |||
| 191 | <P>������������POP before SMTP�����若�違�����茯�荐惹�号����с��������篆≦�����������������POP3���������茯�荐若��茵������障�����</P> | ||
| 192 | <H3>(篏����)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 193 | |||
| 194 | |||
| 195 | <H3><A NAME="account-prefs-signature"></A> 臀峨��</H3> | ||
| 196 | |||
| 197 | <P>�����贋・��ュ�������с�������<����祉�若�娯�������������������������<����祉�若�吾�����緇������水�ャ�����臀峨�����絖����������絎������障����� | ||
| 198 | ��≪�������潟�����篏������������������� <��<�若����≪��������>������������綵√����ц�����篏������������障��������緇�������紊���眼����������������с����障�������贋・��ュ�����臀峨�������≪�������潟�����������10腮�蕁���障�ц┃絎���с�������<����祉�若�娯�������������������帥����������������с����障����������������������с�����臀峨��1������篏睡����������障�����</P> | ||
| 199 | <P>��障�������������<�ゃ����������御�����������臀峨�������<�ゃ��������絎������������������с����障����� | ||
| 200 | ��√����ゃ��鐚������若�������c�����������鐚�/.signature��с��(Windows �����翫����� C:\Users\(�����若�九��)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed\signature.txt)���</P> | ||
| 201 | <P>�����潟����潟�������阪�����������絎���������翫�����������絎������������<�ゃ�������潟����潟�������帥��������絎�茵���������������阪��腟���������水�ャ����障�����</P> | ||
| 202 | <P>���臀峨�����綣���������������ャ����� (����ィ絅�)�����������с����������ャ�������������<����祉�若�娯�����������臀峨�����綣���������������水�ャ�������������������������障�������糸����<�若����фィ絅����������綵√����с����������障��������������������+������綣������������������鴻�帥�ゃ����с�<�若�����篏����������綽�荀�������������������������篏睡�������障�����</P> | ||
| 203 | <H3>篁ヤ�������≪�������鴻�����������絎�</H3> | ||
| 204 | |||
| 205 | <P>Cc, Bcc, Reply-To�����c�若�����������������絎���с����障����� | ||
| 206 | ��������c�若�����������罔���������с����������������鴻�������潟����������������鴻�������������鴻��荐���ャ�������違�<����祉�若�吾����域�鋎����������������������������������絎���������障����� | ||
| 207 | ��������鴻�������������鴻��腥冴����障�障����������翫��������絲上�������������潟��������������������茵�腓冴����������倶�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 208 | <H3>(���篋堺�����)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 209 | |||
| 210 | <P>GPGME��������鴻����������潟�潟����ゃ����������������粋;腓冴�������障����� | ||
| 211 | 荅括完��� | ||
| 212 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#pgp-privacy">PGP�����������糸��臀峨���������垸��</A>��������с��������������������</P> | ||
| 213 | <H3>(SSL)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 214 | |||
| 215 | <P>OpenSSL��������潟����������潟�潟����ゃ����������������������粋;腓冴�������障����� | ||
| 216 | 荅括完��� | ||
| 217 | <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#ssl-communication">SSL������������篆�</A>��������с��������������������</P> | ||
| 218 | <H3>(������������)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 219 | |||
| 220 | <P>�����������欠����宴�с�<�若�����������篆<��茵����綽�荀������������翫�����荐�絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 221 | <H3>SOCKS �����������激��篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 222 | |||
| 223 | <P>��������������с����������ャ����������� SOCKS �����������欠����宴�ч��篆<��茵���������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 224 | <H3>SOCKS4 / SOCKS5</H3> | ||
| 225 | |||
| 226 | <P>SOCKS ��������������潟��������絎������障����� SOCKS ��泣�若�����絲上�������������������������御�����������������������</P> | ||
| 227 | <H3>�����鴻�����</H3> | ||
| 228 | |||
| 229 | <P>SOCKS ��泣�若����������鴻�����������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 230 | <H3>�����若�� (1080)</H3> | ||
| 231 | |||
| 232 | <P>SOCKS ��泣�若����������若������垩�����絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 233 | <H3>茯�荐若��篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 234 | |||
| 235 | <P>SOCKS ��泣�若�����茯�荐若��綽�荀������翫����������鴻�������障�����茯�荐若�� SOCKS5 �����水����������純�с�����</P> | ||
| 236 | <H3>������</H3> | ||
| 237 | |||
| 238 | <P>茯�荐若��篏睡�������������若�九��������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 239 | <H3>�����鴻����若��</H3> | ||
| 240 | |||
| 241 | <P>茯�荐若��篏睡�������������鴻����若��������絎������障�����</P> | ||
| 242 | <H3>���篆≧�����SOCKS�����������激��篏睡��������</H3> | ||
| 243 | |||
| 244 | <P>SMTP ������������篆≧����������������激��篏睡��������������������������絎������障����� | ||
| 245 | �����с��������紊������������贋・ SMTP ��泣�若������・膓������障�����</P> | ||
| 246 | <H3>(蕭�綺����荐�絎�)��帥��</H3> | ||
| 247 | |||
| 248 | |||
| 249 | <H3>SMTP�����若��������絎� (25)</H3> | ||
| 250 | |||
| 251 | <P>SMTP�����������潟����ч��篆<����������若��������絎���с����障�������ゃ�潟�帥�若����������泣�若����鴻����������ゃ�����菴傑����<�若��絲丞�����������Outbound Port 25 Blocking (OP25B)���絨���ャ�������������翫����������������с�泣����������激�с�潟����若��(587)���荐�絎����������������SMTP AUTH���荐�絎����������茵����綽�荀������������障�����</P> | ||
| 252 | <P>�����с��������紊���������������翫��������SSL��������������������潟�����綽������������������������若��������絎���������障�����</P> | ||
| 253 | <H3>POP3�����若��������絎� (110)</H3> | ||
| 254 | |||
| 255 | <P>POP3�����������潟����ч��篆<����������若��������絎���с����障�������祉�������������翫�����紊���眼��綽�荀������������障��������</P> | ||
| 256 | <P>�����с��������紊���������������翫��������SSL��������������������潟�����綽������������������������若��������絎���������障�����</P> | ||
| 257 | <H3>�����<�ゃ�喝��������絎�</H3> | ||
| 258 | |||
| 259 | <P>�����<�ゃ�喝��������絎���с����障�������祉�������������翫�����紊���眼��綽�荀������������障�����������綽�膈�����ウ絲���������с�������������������<�若����泣�若����������с��綽�荀������翫�������������障�����</P> | ||
| 260 | <H3>IMAP4 - IMAP��泣�若�������c�����������</H3> | ||
| 261 | |||
| 262 | <P>���絽吾��IMAP4��≪�������潟����������鴻�������������������������с�������障����������������с�����������(�����c�����������)������絎���������������������泣�������������������帥��茵�腓冴�������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 263 | <H3>������������</H3> | ||
| 264 | |||
| 265 | <P>��劫�ャ�������������������贋�����������絽吾�������違�������贋�����臀����������������������絎������障��������絽吾��紊���眼��綽�荀������������障��������</P> | ||
| 266 | <H2><A NAME="current-account"></A> <A NAME="ss9.3">9.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9.3">�憜�������≪�������潟�����紊����</A> | ||
| 267 | </H2> | ||
| 268 | |||
| 269 | <P>���荐�絎�鐚��憜�������≪�������潟�����紊���眼���������憜�������≪�������潟�������吾�吟����������с����障����� | ||
| 270 | ��御�������純����������� | ||
| 271 | <A HREF="#append-account">��≪�������潟�������域�鋎����</A>��х�脂�蚊�������≪�������潟����с�����</P> | ||
| 272 | <P>��障�������脂�√劽�����茵�腓冴����������≪�������潟����������帥�������帥�潟����������������������������������c��紊���眼����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 273 | <P>�憜�������≪�������潟�������������亥����<�若��������篆<�������������<����祉�若�吾��篏������������������������������障�����</P> | ||
| 274 | <P>莎桁�������� | ||
| 275 | <A HREF="#usually-use">���絽娯戎���</A>��������с����������������≪�������潟�������御����������������障�����</P> | ||
| 276 | <H2><A NAME="config-every-account"></A> <A NAME="ss9.4">9.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9.4">�憜�������≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 277 | </H2> | ||
| 278 | |||
| 279 | <P>���荐�絎�鐚��憜�������≪�������潟�����荐�絎�...������ | ||
| 280 | �憜�������≪�������潟����� | ||
| 281 | <A HREF="#append-account">��≪�������潟�������域�鋎����</A>��ц┃絎������������宴��膩���������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 282 | <H2><A NAME="edit-account"></A> <A NAME="ss9.5">9.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9.5">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A> | ||
| 283 | </H2> | ||
| 284 | |||
| 285 | <P>���荐�絎�鐚���≪�������潟�����膩����...�����с����≪�������潟�����膩������� | ||
| 286 | <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#dialog">�����ゃ�≪�����</A>�����若�喝�冴�����Sylpheed�����脂�蚊����������≪�������潟�����膊∞����с����障�����</P> | ||
| 287 | <P>"D"�����������с����������ャ�c�������≪�������潟�����������絽娯戎�����������≪�������潟����с�����</P> | ||
| 288 | <P>"G"�����������с����������ャ�c�������≪�������潟��������������篆≧��������篆<�������障����� | ||
| 289 | �����с����������������鴻����������������������������с��������荐�絎����紊������������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 290 | <P>��������������������帥�潟��篁ヤ�����������������篏���������障�����</P> | ||
| 291 | <H3>菴遵��</H3> | ||
| 292 | |||
| 293 | <P>��域����≪�������潟�����菴遵�������障�����</P> | ||
| 294 | <H3>膩����</H3> | ||
| 295 | |||
| 296 | <P>�����鴻����ч�御�������������≪�������潟�����荐�絎����紊���眼����障����� | ||
| 297 | �����鴻����������������������������������������с����������号�����緇���������障�����</P> | ||
| 298 | <H3>������</H3> | ||
| 299 | |||
| 300 | <P>�����鴻����ч�御�������������≪�������潟����������ゃ����障�����</P> | ||
| 301 | <H3>筝���吾��筝����</H3> | ||
| 302 | |||
| 303 | <P>�����������������帥�潟��篏帥�������≪�������潟��������������紊������������������с����障����� | ||
| 304 | ��≪�������潟�������������������≪�������潟�����������篆<�������������������������������障����� | ||
| 305 | �����鴻��������������������������&��������������������������ч��������紊���眼����������������с����障�����</P> | ||
| 306 | <H3>���絽娯戎�����������≪�������潟��������絎�</H3> | ||
| 307 | |||
| 308 | <P>�����鴻����ч�御�������������������≪�������潟����� | ||
| 309 | <A HREF="#usually-use">���絽娯戎���</A>��������≪�������潟�����紊���眼�с����障����� | ||
| 310 | �����吾�������帥�潟����������������������������с��紊���眼�с����障�����</P> | ||
| 311 | <HR> | ||
| 312 | <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 313 | <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">�����������若��</A> | ||
| 314 | <A HREF="sylpheed.html#toc9">���罨<��</A> | ||
| 315 | </BODY> | ||
| 316 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed.html b/manual/ja/sylpheed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89c93e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed.html | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> | ||
| 2 | <HTML> | ||
| 3 | <HEAD> | ||
| 4 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> | ||
| 5 | <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.69"> | ||
| 6 | <TITLE>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��</TITLE> | ||
| 7 | <LINK HREF="sylpheed-1.html" REL=next> | ||
| 8 | |||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | </HEAD> | ||
| 11 | <BODY> | ||
| 12 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 13 | �����������若�� | ||
| 14 | ���罨<�� | ||
| 15 | <HR> | ||
| 16 | <H1>Sylpheed �����若�吟�若�冴�������ャ�≪��</H1> | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <H2>Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com>, | ||
| 20 | Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 21 | </H2> | ||
| 22 | <HR> | ||
| 23 | <EM> Sylpheed User's Manual for Sylpheed 3.7 - version 0.21.0 | ||
| 24 | </EM> | ||
| 25 | <HR> | ||
| 26 | <P> | ||
| 27 | <H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">��������������ャ�≪�������ゃ�����</A></H2> | ||
| 28 | |||
| 29 | <UL> | ||
| 30 | <LI><A NAME="toc1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.1">�����������吾����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 31 | <LI><A NAME="toc1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.2">絲乗院���������荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 32 | <LI><A NAME="toc1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.3">�����ゃ�祉�潟��</A> | ||
| 33 | <LI><A NAME="toc1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html#ss1.4">��������������ャ�<�潟����������亥�������ユ�����</A> | ||
| 34 | </UL> | ||
| 35 | <P> | ||
| 36 | <H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html">Sylpheed������</A></H2> | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | <UL> | ||
| 39 | <LI><A NAME="toc2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.1">Sylpheed������</A> | ||
| 40 | <LI><A NAME="toc2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.2">��ゃ�潟�帥����с�若��</A> | ||
| 41 | <LI><A NAME="toc2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.3">筝祉��罘����</A> | ||
| 42 | <LI><A NAME="toc2.4">2.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.4">��<����祉�若�吾��膊∞����劫��</A> | ||
| 43 | <LI><A NAME="toc2.5">2.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-2.html#ss2.5">絎��憘��絎����罘����</A> | ||
| 44 | </UL> | ||
| 45 | <P> | ||
| 46 | <H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html">Sylpheed Pro�����ゃ�����</A></H2> | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | <UL> | ||
| 49 | <LI><A NAME="toc3.1">3.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-3.html#ss3.1">Sylpheed Pro�����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 50 | </UL> | ||
| 51 | <P> | ||
| 52 | <H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html">���������茵����������</A></H2> | ||
| 53 | |||
| 54 | <UL> | ||
| 55 | <LI><A NAME="toc4.1">4.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.1">Sylpheed�����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 56 | <LI><A NAME="toc4.2">4.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-4.html#ss4.2">Sylpheed���篏帥�����</A> | ||
| 57 | </UL> | ||
| 58 | <P> | ||
| 59 | <H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html">��ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A></H2> | ||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | <UL> | ||
| 62 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.1">綽�荀������医��</A> | ||
| 63 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.2">���篏�腆肴�������������������医��</A> | ||
| 64 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.3">��堺����������ゃ�潟�鴻����若����号��</A> | ||
| 65 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.4">5.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.4">rpm���篏睡��������Linux �����c�鴻����������ャ�若�激�с�潟�吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 66 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.5">5.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.5">Debian GNU/Linux��吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 67 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.6">5.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.6">Ubuntu ��吾����ゃ�潟�鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 68 | <LI><A NAME="toc5.7">5.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-5.html#ss5.7">��≪�������違����若����号��</A> | ||
| 69 | </UL> | ||
| 70 | <P> | ||
| 71 | <H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html">莎桁�����腟�篋�</A></H2> | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | <UL> | ||
| 74 | <LI><A NAME="toc6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.1">Sylpheed���莎桁��</A> | ||
| 75 | <LI><A NAME="toc6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-6.html#ss6.2">Sylpheed���腟�篋�</A> | ||
| 76 | </UL> | ||
| 77 | <P> | ||
| 78 | <H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html">Sylpheed���������������腱�</A></H2> | ||
| 79 | |||
| 80 | <UL> | ||
| 81 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.1">7.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.1">��<����ャ��</A> | ||
| 82 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.2">7.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.2">��潟�潟�������鴻����<����ャ��</A> | ||
| 83 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.3">7.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.3">�����ゃ�≪�����</A> | ||
| 84 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.4">7.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.4">��泣����������ャ��</A> | ||
| 85 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.5">7.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.5">�����������������ャ��</A> | ||
| 86 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.6">7.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.6">��<����祉�若�吾����ャ��</A> | ||
| 87 | <LI><A NAME="toc7.7">7.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-7.html#ss7.7">��≪�������潟��</A> | ||
| 88 | </UL> | ||
| 89 | <P> | ||
| 90 | <H2><A NAME="toc8">8.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html">��<����祉�若�吾����画Η</A></H2> | ||
| 91 | |||
| 92 | <UL> | ||
| 93 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.1">8.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.1">��御��</A> | ||
| 94 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.2">8.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.2">��<�若�����荀����</A> | ||
| 95 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.3">8.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.3">��<����祉�若�娯��荀с��筝���号�帥��</A> | ||
| 96 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.4">8.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.4">��鴻��������茵�腓�</A> | ||
| 97 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.5">8.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.5">茵�腓冴�������<����祉�若�吾��腱糸��</A> | ||
| 98 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.6">8.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.6">茯���������������������御��������</A> | ||
| 99 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.7">8.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.7">羞私�������<�ゃ�����荀����</A> | ||
| 100 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.8">8.8</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.8">��<����祉�若�御��篏�(腱糸����������ょ��)</A> | ||
| 101 | <LI><A NAME="toc8.9">8.9</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-8.html#ss8.9">��<����祉�若�後�����URL</A> | ||
| 102 | </UL> | ||
| 103 | <P> | ||
| 104 | <H2><A NAME="toc9">9.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A></H2> | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | <UL> | ||
| 107 | <LI><A NAME="toc9.1">9.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.1">��域����≪�������潟�����篏����</A> | ||
| 108 | <LI><A NAME="toc9.2">9.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.2">��≪�������潟�����荐�絎������ゃ�≪�����</A> | ||
| 109 | <LI><A NAME="toc9.3">9.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.3">�憜�������≪�������潟�����紊����</A> | ||
| 110 | <LI><A NAME="toc9.4">9.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.4">�憜�������≪�������潟�����荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 111 | <LI><A NAME="toc9.5">9.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-9.html#ss9.5">��≪�������潟�����膩����</A> | ||
| 112 | </UL> | ||
| 113 | <P> | ||
| 114 | <H2><A NAME="toc10">10.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html">��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</A></H2> | ||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | <UL> | ||
| 117 | <LI><A NAME="toc10.1">10.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html#ss10.1">POP3�����翫��</A> | ||
| 118 | <LI><A NAME="toc10.2">10.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-10.html#ss10.2">IMAP4�����翫��</A> | ||
| 119 | </UL> | ||
| 120 | <P> | ||
| 121 | <H2><A NAME="toc11">11.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html">��<����祉�若�吾��篏����</A></H2> | ||
| 122 | |||
| 123 | <UL> | ||
| 124 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.1">11.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.1">��<����祉�若�吾����域�鋎����</A> | ||
| 125 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.2">11.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.2">臀峨�������水��</A> | ||
| 126 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.3">11.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.3">��<����祉�若�吾�����篆�</A> | ||
| 127 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.4">11.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.4">���腮�</A> | ||
| 128 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.5">11.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.5">羞私�������<�ゃ��</A> | ||
| 129 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.6">11.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.6">�����<�ゃ�������水��</A> | ||
| 130 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.7">11.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.7">��≪�������劫験���������</A> | ||
| 131 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.8">11.8</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.8">���絨�腆肴�����荀�羆�</A> | ||
| 132 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.9">11.9</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.9">紊������������c�帥��������</A> | ||
| 133 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.10">11.10</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.10">��翫就</A> | ||
| 134 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.11">11.11</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.11">��<����祉�若�吾��菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 135 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.12">11.12</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.12">��<����祉�若�吾�������<��菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 136 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.13">11.13</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.13">��<����祉�若�吾��綏���坂査���菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 137 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.14">11.14</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.14">��<����祉�若�吾����<�若����潟�違����鴻�����菴�篆<�����</A> | ||
| 138 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.15">11.15</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.15">��<����祉�若�吾��荵∫��������</A> | ||
| 139 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.16">11.16</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.16">��<����祉�若�吾��羞私�������<�ゃ�����������荵∫��������</A> | ||
| 140 | <LI><A NAME="toc11.17">11.17</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-11.html#ss11.17">��<����祉�若�吾��������������������荵∫��������</A> | ||
| 141 | </UL> | ||
| 142 | <P> | ||
| 143 | <H2><A NAME="toc12">12.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html">��医��</A></H2> | ||
| 144 | |||
| 145 | <UL> | ||
| 146 | <LI><A NAME="toc12.1">12.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.1">�����若�梧┃絎�</A> | ||
| 147 | <LI><A NAME="toc12.2">12.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-12.html#ss12.2">��医��</A> | ||
| 148 | </UL> | ||
| 149 | <P> | ||
| 150 | <H2><A NAME="toc13">13.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html">��≪�������劫験</A></H2> | ||
| 151 | |||
| 152 | <UL> | ||
| 153 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.1">13.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.1">��≪�������鴻����脂�蚊�糸�����</A> | ||
| 154 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.2">13.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.2">筝���号�帥�����罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 155 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.3">13.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.3">�����宴��腱糸����祉�潟�����</A> | ||
| 156 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.4">13.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.4">�����������������違����若��</A> | ||
| 157 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.5">13.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.5">��<����祉�若�娯����������c�潟�������������f��</A> | ||
| 158 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.6">13.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.6">��≪�������劫験�����ゃ�潟����若��</A> | ||
| 159 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.7">13.7</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.7">��≪�������劫験�����������鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 160 | <LI><A NAME="toc13.8">13.8</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-13.html#ss13.8">��������脂�蚊�≪��������</A> | ||
| 161 | </UL> | ||
| 162 | <P> | ||
| 163 | <H2><A NAME="toc14">14.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html">��<����祉�若�吾��������������</A></H2> | ||
| 164 | |||
| 165 | <UL> | ||
| 166 | <LI><A NAME="toc14.1">14.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html#ss14.1">���������������荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 167 | <LI><A NAME="toc14.2">14.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-14.html#ss14.2">���������������絎�茵�������������</A> | ||
| 168 | </UL> | ||
| 169 | <P> | ||
| 170 | <H2><A NAME="toc15">15.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��</A></H2> | ||
| 171 | |||
| 172 | <UL> | ||
| 173 | <LI><A NAME="toc15.1">15.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.1">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘���純��篁�腟����</A> | ||
| 174 | <LI><A NAME="toc15.2">15.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.2">菴傑����<�若��絲丞��罘���純�������鴻��������</A> | ||
| 175 | <LI><A NAME="toc15.3">15.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.3">絖�膺���潟����潟�����荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 176 | <LI><A NAME="toc15.4">15.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.4">��≪����激�с�潟��荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 177 | <LI><A NAME="toc15.5">15.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-15.html#ss15.5">絖�膺�腟����������������������</A> | ||
| 178 | </UL> | ||
| 179 | <P> | ||
| 180 | <H2><A NAME="toc16">16.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html">罎�膣�</A></H2> | ||
| 181 | |||
| 182 | <UL> | ||
| 183 | <LI><A NAME="toc16.1">16.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.1">������������������絎鴻��罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 184 | <LI><A NAME="toc16.2">16.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.2">罎�膣≪�����������</A> | ||
| 185 | <LI><A NAME="toc16.3">16.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.3">��<����祉�若�後�����罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 186 | <LI><A NAME="toc16.4">16.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-16.html#ss16.4">�����ゃ�����罎�膣�</A> | ||
| 187 | </UL> | ||
| 188 | <P> | ||
| 189 | <H2><A NAME="toc17">17.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html">��祉����ャ�������f�����</A></H2> | ||
| 190 | |||
| 191 | <UL> | ||
| 192 | <LI><A NAME="toc17.1">17.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#ss17.1">SSL������������篆�</A> | ||
| 193 | <LI><A NAME="toc17.2">17.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-17.html#ss17.2">PGP�����������糸��臀峨���������垸��</A> | ||
| 194 | </UL> | ||
| 195 | <P> | ||
| 196 | <H2><A NAME="toc18">18.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html">��������������ャ�若�鴻��莖取��</A></H2> | ||
| 197 | |||
| 198 | <UL> | ||
| 199 | <LI><A NAME="toc18.1">18.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.1">��泣�若�����菴遵����糸�����</A> | ||
| 200 | <LI><A NAME="toc18.2">18.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.2">�����ャ�若�鴻�違����若�����莖取����肢骸茯�茹i��</A> | ||
| 201 | <LI><A NAME="toc18.3">18.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.3">�����ャ�若�鴻��茯����</A> | ||
| 202 | <LI><A NAME="toc18.4">18.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-18.html#ss18.4">�����ャ�若�鴻�����腮�</A> | ||
| 203 | </UL> | ||
| 204 | <P> | ||
| 205 | <H2><A NAME="toc19">19.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html">��≪����������若�������с�����</A></H2> | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | <UL> | ||
| 208 | <LI><A NAME="toc19.1">19.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html#ss19.1">��������≪����������若�������с�����</A> | ||
| 209 | <LI><A NAME="toc19.2">19.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-19.html#ss19.2">��������≪����������若�������с�����</A> | ||
| 210 | </UL> | ||
| 211 | <P> | ||
| 212 | <H2><A NAME="toc20">20.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html">�����鴻�帥����ゃ��</A></H2> | ||
| 213 | |||
| 214 | <UL> | ||
| 215 | <LI><A NAME="toc20.1">20.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.1">���������荐�絎�</A> | ||
| 216 | <LI><A NAME="toc20.2">20.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.2">���������荐�絎����������������茯����</A> | ||
| 217 | <LI><A NAME="toc20.3">20.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-20.html#ss20.3">�����若�������若�������鴻�帥����ゃ��</A> | ||
| 218 | </UL> | ||
| 219 | <P> | ||
| 220 | <H2><A NAME="toc21">21.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html">������篁����罘����</A></H2> | ||
| 221 | |||
| 222 | <UL> | ||
| 223 | <LI><A NAME="toc21.1">21.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html#ss21.1">���茲���<����祉�若�吾��������</A> | ||
| 224 | <LI><A NAME="toc21.2">21.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html#ss21.2">�����蚊�<����祉�若�吾��腟����</A> | ||
| 225 | <LI><A NAME="toc21.3">21.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html#ss21.3">荐�絎������<�ゃ�����������������������</A> | ||
| 226 | <LI><A NAME="toc21.4">21.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html#ss21.4">�����違����c�潟�����</A> | ||
| 227 | <LI><A NAME="toc21.5">21.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-21.html#ss21.5">羞私�������<�ゃ�����������</A> | ||
| 228 | </UL> | ||
| 229 | <P> | ||
| 230 | <H2><A NAME="toc22">22.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html">篁���<�若����純�����������Sylpheed��吾��腱肢��</A></H2> | ||
| 231 | |||
| 232 | <UL> | ||
| 233 | <LI><A NAME="toc22.1">22.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.1">mbox綵√�������<����祉�若�吾����<�ゃ�����������莨若��</A> | ||
| 234 | <LI><A NAME="toc22.2">22.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.2">eml綵√�����MH綵√�������<����祉�若�吾����<�ゃ�����������莨若��</A> | ||
| 235 | <LI><A NAME="toc22.3">22.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.3">篁�綵√����吾����������鴻����若��</A> | ||
| 236 | <LI><A NAME="toc22.4">22.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.4">Outlook Express���������腱肢��</A> | ||
| 237 | <LI><A NAME="toc22.5">22.5</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.5">Becky! Ver.2���������腱肢��</A> | ||
| 238 | <LI><A NAME="toc22.6">22.6</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-22.html#ss22.6">Windows Live Mail���Windows Mail���������腱肢��</A> | ||
| 239 | </UL> | ||
| 240 | <P> | ||
| 241 | <H2><A NAME="toc23">23.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html">FAQ</A></H2> | ||
| 242 | |||
| 243 | <UL> | ||
| 244 | <LI><A NAME="toc23.1">23.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html#ss23.1">�����ャ�若�鴻����<����祉�若�御��茯������宴����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 245 | <LI><A NAME="toc23.2">23.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html#ss23.2">��<����ャ�若����������������潟��紊���眼����ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 246 | <LI><A NAME="toc23.3">23.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html#ss23.3">��激�с�若����������������若�������若����ゃ�潟�����紊����</A> | ||
| 247 | <LI><A NAME="toc23.4">23.4</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-23.html#ss23.4">��泣����������ャ�若��筝����茵�腓冴����������糸�������ゃ�����</A> | ||
| 248 | </UL> | ||
| 249 | <P> | ||
| 250 | <H2><A NAME="toc24">24.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html">������</A></H2> | ||
| 251 | |||
| 252 | <UL> | ||
| 253 | <LI><A NAME="toc24.1">24.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html#ss24.1">Sylpheed ��∫�c�泣�ゃ��</A> | ||
| 254 | <LI><A NAME="toc24.2">24.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html#ss24.2">��<�若����潟�違����鴻��</A> | ||
| 255 | <LI><A NAME="toc24.3">24.3</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-24.html#ss24.3">Anonymous SVN</A> | ||
| 256 | </UL> | ||
| 257 | <P> | ||
| 258 | <H2><A NAME="toc25">25.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html">GNU Free Documentation License</A></H2> | ||
| 259 | |||
| 260 | <UL> | ||
| 261 | <LI><A NAME="toc25.1">25.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html#ss25.1">GNU Free Documentation License </A> | ||
| 262 | <LI><A NAME="toc25.2">25.2</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-25.html#ss25.2">How to use this License for your documents</A> | ||
| 263 | </UL> | ||
| 264 | <P> | ||
| 265 | <H2><A NAME="toc26">26.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-26.html">������������</A></H2> | ||
| 266 | |||
| 267 | <UL> | ||
| 268 | <LI><A NAME="toc26.1">26.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-26.html#ss26.1">������������</A> | ||
| 269 | </UL> | ||
| 270 | <P> | ||
| 271 | <H2><A NAME="toc27">27.</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-27.html">History</A></H2> | ||
| 272 | |||
| 273 | <UL> | ||
| 274 | <LI><A NAME="toc27.1">27.1</A> <A HREF="sylpheed-27.html#ss27.1">��贋�医吋罩�</A> | ||
| 275 | </UL> | ||
| 276 | <HR> | ||
| 277 | <A HREF="sylpheed-1.html">罨<�������若��</A> | ||
| 278 | �����������若�� | ||
| 279 | ���罨<�� | ||
| 280 | </BODY> | ||
| 281 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/manual/ja/sylpheed.sgml b/manual/ja/sylpheed.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30950ba --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/ja/sylpheed.sgml | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,3377 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!doctype linuxdoc system> | ||
| 2 | <article> | ||
| 3 | <title>Sylpheed ユーザーズマニュアル | ||
| 4 | <author>Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com>, | ||
| 5 | Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 6 | <abstract> | ||
| 7 | Sylpheed User's Manual for Sylpheed 3.7 - version 0.21.0 | ||
| 8 | </abstract> | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | <toc> | ||
| 11 | <sect>このマニュアルについて | ||
| 12 | <sect1>この文書について | ||
| 13 | <p> | ||
| 14 | これは、Sylpheedの操作方法について書かれた文書です。 | ||
| 15 | 将来Sylpheedのバージョンが上がった際には仕様が変更される可能性があります。 | ||
| 16 | </sect1> | ||
| 17 | <sect1>対象とする設定 | ||
| 18 | <p> | ||
| 19 | 説明は基本的に初期設定の状態で行います。 | ||
| 20 | キーボードによる操作が有用と思われる部分においては、「標準」のキーバインドを使っていることとします。 | ||
| 21 | それ以外のキーバインドについては、メニュー項目の右側に表示されているキー表示を利用してください。 | ||
| 22 | </sect1> | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | <sect1>ライセンス | ||
| 25 | <p> | ||
| 26 | Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 27 | |||
| 28 | Copyright (c) 2004-2017 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 29 | <p> | ||
| 30 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 31 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 32 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 33 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, | ||
| 34 | and with no Back-Cover Texts. | ||
| 35 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <ref id="gfdl" name=""GNU | ||
| 36 | Free Documentation License"">. | ||
| 37 | <p> | ||
| 38 | GNU Free Documentation Licenseの参考訳は、 | ||
| 39 | <url url="http://www.opensource.jp/fdl/fdl.ja.html">より入手可能です。 | ||
| 40 | </sect1> | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | <sect1>このドキュメントの最新版の入手先 | ||
| 43 | <p> | ||
| 44 | 最新版のマニュアルはSylpheedの最新版に同梱されています。 | ||
| 45 | </sect1> | ||
| 46 | |||
| 47 | <sect>Sylpheedとは | ||
| 48 | <sect1>Sylpheedとは | ||
| 49 | <p> | ||
| 50 | Sylpheedはシンプル、軽量かつ高機能で使いやすい電子メールクライアント(メールソフト、メーラ、MUA)です。 | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | SylpheedはLinux、BSD、Mac OS X等の主にUnix系のシステム、またWindows (2000以降)で動作します。 | ||
| 53 | |||
| 54 | SylpheedはGUIツールキットにGTK+を使用し、マルチプラットフォームを実現しています。Sylpheedの最新版はGTK+ 2.8以降で動作します(GTK+ 2.24.xを推奨)。 | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | SylpheedはGNU GPL (ライブラリ部分のLibSylphはGNU LGPL) に従って配布されているフリーソフトウェアであり、ライセンスに従って自由に利用・改変・再配布が可能です。 | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | Sylpheedには以下のような特長があります。 | ||
| 59 | <itemize> | ||
| 60 | <item>シンプルで美しく、洗練されたユーザインタフェース | ||
| 61 | <item>細部まで作りこまれた快適な操作性 | ||
| 62 | <item>最低限の設定ですぐに使用可能 | ||
| 63 | <item>軽快な動作 | ||
| 64 | <item>高い信頼性 | ||
| 65 | <item>国際化、多言語対応 | ||
| 66 | <item>高度な日本語処理(文字コードの自動判別、機種依存文字対応等) | ||
| 67 | <item>多様なプロトコルに対応 | ||
| 68 | <item>マルチスレッド処理 | ||
| 69 | <item>セキュリティ機能(GnuPG、SSL/TLSv1) | ||
| 70 | <item>強力なフィルタリング、検索機能 | ||
| 71 | <item>迷惑メール対策機能 | ||
| 72 | <item>外部コマンドとの柔軟な連携 | ||
| 73 | <item>プラグイン機能 | ||
| 74 | </itemize> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | </sect1> | ||
| 77 | <sect1>インタフェース | ||
| 78 | <p> | ||
| 79 | Sylpheedの外観やインタフェースはOutlookやBecky!といった、Windowsでは定番のメールソフトと同様の3ペイン方式を採用しています。 | ||
| 80 | |||
| 81 | 特にキーボードによる操作性を重視しており、効率よくメールを読み進めることができます。もちろんマウスのみでも簡単に操作できます。 | ||
| 82 | </sect1> | ||
| 83 | <sect1>主な機能 | ||
| 84 | <p> | ||
| 85 | SylpheedはPOP3、IMAP4rev1、SMTPといった主要なプロトコルはもちろん、NNTP(ネットニュース)にも対応しています。次世代インターネットプロトコルIPv6にも標準で対応しています(Unix版の場合)。 | ||
| 86 | |||
| 87 | 主な機能としては、以下があげられます。 | ||
| 88 | <itemize> | ||
| 89 | <item>無制限の複数アカウント管理 | ||
| 90 | <item>強力なフィルタリング (POP3、IMAP4、ローカルスプール) | ||
| 91 | <item>強力な検索機能 (クエリ検索、クイック検索、検索フォルダ) | ||
| 92 | <item>迷惑メール対策機能 | ||
| 93 | <item>スレッド表示 | ||
| 94 | <item>添付ファイルの閲覧・送信 (MIME) | ||
| 95 | <item>SMTP AUTH (PLAIN / LOGIN / CRAM-MD5) | ||
| 96 | <item>SSL/TLSv1対応 (オプション) | ||
| 97 | <item>PGP署名・暗号化 (オプション) | ||
| 98 | <item>アドレス帳 | ||
| 99 | <item>テンプレート | ||
| 100 | <item>多言語対応 | ||
| 101 | <item>プラグイン機構 | ||
| 102 | <item>自動アップデート | ||
| 103 | </itemize> | ||
| 104 | その他の便利な機能としては、以下があげられます。 | ||
| 105 | <itemize> | ||
| 106 | <item>ニュースリーダー機能 | ||
| 107 | <item>インライン画像表示機能 | ||
| 108 | <item>ML等でスレッドが切れているとき便利な「件名でまとめる」機能 | ||
| 109 | <item>スペルチェック機能 (オプション) | ||
| 110 | <item>SOCKS4/5 プロキシ対応 | ||
| 111 | <item>X-Face 表示 (オプション) | ||
| 112 | <item>ユーザ定義ヘッダ | ||
| 113 | <item>マーク・カラーラベル | ||
| 114 | <item>Unix mbox, Outlook Express (dbx), eml ファイルのインポート・エクスポート | ||
| 115 | <item>外部コマンドとの連携が可能なアクション機能 | ||
| 116 | <item>外部エディタ | ||
| 117 | <item>送信待機 | ||
| 118 | <item>自動メールチェック | ||
| 119 | <item>草稿 | ||
| 120 | <item>自動整形 | ||
| 121 | <item>メッセージ作成中の自動保存 | ||
| 122 | <item>クリッカブルURI | ||
| 123 | <item>新着・未読管理 | ||
| 124 | <item>HTMLのテキスト表示 | ||
| 125 | <item>引用の深さの違いによる表示色の変更 | ||
| 126 | <item>印刷 | ||
| 127 | <item>オフラインモード | ||
| 128 | <item>トレイアイコンへの格納と新着通知 | ||
| 129 | <item>ツールバーのカスタマイズ | ||
| 130 | <item>コマンドラインによるリモート操作 | ||
| 131 | <item>フォルダ毎の設定 | ||
| 132 | <item>送信先アドレスのアドレス帳への自動登録 | ||
| 133 | <item>アドレスの自動補完 | ||
| 134 | <item>アドレス帳の LDAP, vCard, JPilot 対応 | ||
| 135 | <item>アドレス帳の CSV, LDIF ファイルのインポート | ||
| 136 | <item>アドレス帳の CSV エクスポート | ||
| 137 | <item>Windows アドレス帳 (WAB) ファイルのインポート (Windows) | ||
| 138 | <item>ドラッグ&ドロップ | ||
| 139 | <item>添付ファイル削除機能 (プラグインとして提供) | ||
| 140 | <item>高DPI環境対応 | ||
| 141 | </itemize> | ||
| 142 | |||
| 143 | </sect1> | ||
| 144 | <sect1>メッセージの管理方式 | ||
| 145 | <p> | ||
| 146 | Sylpheedはメッセージを1ファイルが1メールに対応するMH形式で管理しており、データのバックアップや移行、他アプリケーションによる処理などが容易に行えます。1ファイル=1フォルダの形式に比べ、システムに障害が発生した際にメールを失う危険性も少なくなっています。その場で物理的にメッセージの移動や削除を行うため、メールボックスの肥大化を防ぐためにユーザが手動で定期的にメールボックスのコンパクト化などを行う必要もありません。 | ||
| 147 | |||
| 148 | アプリケーションの設定についてもすべてテキストファイルとして保存されているため、簡単に編集、バックアップ、リストア、移行などが行えます。 | ||
| 149 | |||
| 150 | また、他のMH形式を使用したメールソフト(Mew等)と併用することが可能です。 | ||
| 151 | 受信に外部プログラム(inc, imget等)の使用も可能です。 | ||
| 152 | mboxまたはeml形式のメッセージをインポート・エクスポートすることも可能です。 | ||
| 153 | |||
| 154 | </sect1> | ||
| 155 | <sect1>実現予定の機能 | ||
| 156 | <p> | ||
| 157 | <url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/wiki/" name="Sylpheed Wikiページ">を参照してください。 | ||
| 158 | </sect1> | ||
| 159 | </sect> | ||
| 160 | |||
| 161 | <sect>Sylpheed Proについて | ||
| 162 | <p> | ||
| 163 | <sect1>Sylpheed Proについて | ||
| 164 | <p> | ||
| 165 | Sylpheed Pro とは、オープンソースソフトウェアのメールソフトである Sylpheed に機能拡張を行い、全文検索機能を追加した製品です。 | ||
| 166 | |||
| 167 | Sylpheed Pro は以下のような特長があります。 | ||
| 168 | <itemize> | ||
| 169 | <item>すべてのメールの本文からキーワードを含んだものを瞬時に検索 | ||
| 170 | <item>Microsoft Office、PDF などの添付ファイルの内容を検索・表示 | ||
| 171 | <item>アーカイブ内のファイルの内容を検索・表示 | ||
| 172 | <item>全文検索インデックスをリアルタイムに更新 | ||
| 173 | <item>PC のディスク上にあるファイルを検索可能 (デスクトップ検索) | ||
| 174 | <item>個人スケジュール管理機能を搭載 | ||
| 175 | <item>機能はプラグインとして提供 | ||
| 176 | </itemize> | ||
| 177 | |||
| 178 | Sylpheed Pro の全文検索機能を使用することで、大量のメール (数万〜数十万) の本文からキーワードを含んだものを瞬時に検索することができます。 全文検索インデックスはリアルタイムに更新されるので、メールを受信した直後から検索できます。 | ||
| 179 | |||
| 180 | さらに、Microsoft Word / Excel / PowerPoint、OpenOffice.org、PDF といった添付ファイルの内容を検索することもでき、添付ファイルを開くことなく内容を確認できます。 .zip や .tar.gz などのアーカイブ内のファイルの内容についても検索することが可能です。 | ||
| 181 | |||
| 182 | また、 Sylpheed Pro 2.0 からデスクトップ検索機能と個人スケジュール管理機能が追加されました。 | ||
| 183 | |||
| 184 | デスクトップ検索では PC のディスク上にある各種ファイルをメールと同様に高速に検索することができます。 | ||
| 185 | |||
| 186 | スケジュール管理機能では、予定とメールを関連付けたり、 Google カレンダーと同期することができます。 | ||
| 187 | |||
| 188 | Sylpheed Proは <url url="http://www.sraoss.co.jp/sylpheed-pro/"> からダウンロードできます。ダウンロードしたSylpheed Proは試用版として14日間利用することができます。試用期限が切れた後は、上記ページからライセンスを購入することで、Sylpheed Proの機能を継続して利用することができます。Sylpheed Proのライセンスを購入しなかった場合は、無償版のSylpheedとして利用可能ですが、Sylpheed Proの機能は利用できなくなります。 | ||
| 189 | </sect1> | ||
| 190 | </sect> | ||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | <sect>最初に行うこと | ||
| 193 | <sect1>Sylpheedのインストール | ||
| 194 | <p> | ||
| 195 | Sylpheedがインストールされていなければ、 | ||
| 196 | <ref id="install" name="Sylpheedをインストール">します。 | ||
| 197 | </sect1> | ||
| 198 | |||
| 199 | <sect1>Sylpheedの使い方 | ||
| 200 | <p> | ||
| 201 | まず<ref id="start-and-exit" name="Sylpheedを起動">し、 | ||
| 202 | <ref id="Account-Config" name="アカウントの設定">をした後、 | ||
| 203 | <ref id="receive-message" name="メッセージを受信">して | ||
| 204 | <ref id="read-message" name="メッセージを読んだ">り、 | ||
| 205 | <ref id="send-message" name="メッセージの送信">をすることになります。 | ||
| 206 | </sect1> | ||
| 207 | </sect> | ||
| 208 | |||
| 209 | <sect>インストール<label id="install"> | ||
| 210 | <p> | ||
| 211 | WindowsにSylpheedをインストールする場合は、インストーラもしくはzipアーカイブを使用します。 | ||
| 212 | |||
| 213 | Linuxの場合は、各ディストリビューションに標準でSylpheedのパッケージが用意されている場合はそれをインストールします。パッケージが提供されていない、またはバージョンが古い場合はソースからコンパイルします。その他のUnix系OSの場合もソースからコンパイルしてください。 | ||
| 214 | |||
| 215 | <sect1>必要な環境 | ||
| 216 | <p> | ||
| 217 | このプログラムのコンパイル/実行には以下のものが必要です。 | ||
| 218 | <itemize> | ||
| 219 | <item>Linux あるいは他の UNIX like OS、またはWindows 7/8/10 + MinGW | ||
| 220 | <item>GTK+ 2.8以降 (Windowsの場合は2.24) | ||
| 221 | <item>GNU make | ||
| 222 | <item>gettext | ||
| 223 | </itemize> | ||
| 224 | オプションとして以下のものが使用できます。 | ||
| 225 | <itemize> | ||
| 226 | <item>GnuPG, GPGME | ||
| 227 | <item>OpenSSL | ||
| 228 | <item>compface (X-Faceライブラリ) | ||
| 229 | <item>GtkSpell (スペルチェックライブラリ) | ||
| 230 | <item>JPilot | ||
| 231 | <item>OpenLDAP | ||
| 232 | <item>Oniguruma (Rubyで使用されている正規表現ライブラリ) | ||
| 233 | </itemize> | ||
| 234 | |||
| 235 | </sect1> | ||
| 236 | <sect1>動作確認されている環境 | ||
| 237 | <p> | ||
| 238 | Linux、BSD、Mac OS Xなど、さまざまなOSで動作が確認されています。 | ||
| 239 | 詳しくは | ||
| 240 | <url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/ja/" name="Sylpheed公式サイト"> | ||
| 241 | で確認することができます。 | ||
| 242 | 他の環境で動作したという方は<ref id="Sylpheed-ML" name="Sylpheed ML">、またはWikiで報告頂ければ幸いです。 | ||
| 243 | |||
| 244 | 古いライブラリを使用した場合、環境によっては動作が不安定になる可能性があります。ライブラリはできるだけ新しいものをお使いください。 | ||
| 245 | </sect1> | ||
| 246 | <sect1>基本的なインストール方法<label id="gen-inst"> | ||
| 247 | <p> | ||
| 248 | ここに示すのはUnix系OSならほぼ使えると思われるインストール方法です。 | ||
| 249 | しかし、OSの持っているファイル管理機構を壊す可能性があるので、あなたが使っているOSについての記述がある場合は、そちらを利用されることをお勧めします。 | ||
| 250 | |||
| 251 | Windowsの場合はインストーラを実行して、指示に従ってインストールしてください。zipアーカイブ版を使用する場合は、適当な場所に展開してください。 | ||
| 252 | |||
| 253 | <sect2>GTK+のインストール | ||
| 254 | <p> | ||
| 255 | 各ディストリビューションごとのインストール方法を参照してください。 | ||
| 256 | |||
| 257 | </sect2> | ||
| 258 | |||
| 259 | <sect2>Sylpheedのコンパイルとインストール | ||
| 260 | <p> | ||
| 261 | まず、 | ||
| 262 | <url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/">から | ||
| 263 | sylpheedをダウンロードします。 | ||
| 264 | ダウンロードしたら、 | ||
| 265 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 266 | bzip2 -dc sylpheed-(バージョン).tar.bz2 | tar xf - として解凍し、 | ||
| 267 | $ cd sylpheed-(バージョン) | ||
| 268 | $ ./configure | ||
| 269 | $ make | ||
| 270 | $ su | ||
| 271 | Password: (パスワード入力) | ||
| 272 | # make install | ||
| 273 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 274 | でインストール完了です。 | ||
| 275 | |||
| 276 | </sect2> | ||
| 277 | </sect1> | ||
| 278 | <sect1>rpmを使用したLinux ディストリビューションへのインストール | ||
| 279 | <sect2>一般的なインストール手順(最新版を利用する場合) | ||
| 280 | <p> | ||
| 281 | <sect3>バイナリパッケージを用いる場合 | ||
| 282 | <p> | ||
| 283 | <sect4>gtk+のインストール/アップグレード<label id="gtk-inst-bin"> | ||
| 284 | <p> | ||
| 285 | まず、gtk2のrpmが入ってるかどうかを確認します。 | ||
| 286 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 287 | $ rpm -qa | grep gtk | ||
| 288 | ... | ||
| 289 | (以下略) | ||
| 290 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 291 | のようにgtk2のrpmが既に入っていて、なおかつ2.8.0以上であれば大丈夫です。 | ||
| 292 | 古い場合は、そのDistributionを配布しているサイト等からダウンロードし、 | ||
| 293 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 294 | $ su | ||
| 295 | Password: (パスワードを入力) | ||
| 296 | # rpm -Uvh gtk2-(バージョン).i386.rpm | ||
| 297 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 298 | というようにバージョンアップしてください。 | ||
| 299 | |||
| 300 | </sect4> | ||
| 301 | <sect4>rpmのインストール | ||
| 302 | <p> | ||
| 303 | sylpheed-(バージョン).i386.rpmを取得します。そして、 | ||
| 304 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 305 | $ su | ||
| 306 | Password: (パスワードを入力) | ||
| 307 | # rpm -ivh sylpheed-(バージョン).i386.rpm (新規インストールの場合) | ||
| 308 | # rpm -Uvh sylpheed-(バージョン).i386.rpm (アップグレードの場合) | ||
| 309 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 310 | で完了です。 | ||
| 311 | なお、glibcなどの依存関係の問題による警告を受ける場合があります。 | ||
| 312 | その場合は、下記のソースパッケージをご利用ください。 | ||
| 313 | |||
| 314 | </sect4> | ||
| 315 | </sect3> | ||
| 316 | <sect3>ソースパッケージを用いる場合<label id="inst_from_srpm"> | ||
| 317 | <p> | ||
| 318 | この方法は、上記のglibcの依存関係に問題があった場合でも利用可能です。 | ||
| 319 | <sect4>gtk+のインストール/アップグレード<label id="gtk-inst-src"> | ||
| 320 | <p> | ||
| 321 | まず、gtk2のrpmが入ってるかどうかを確認します。 | ||
| 322 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 323 | $ rpm -qa | grep gtk | ||
| 324 | gtk2-2.24.23-6.el6.x86_64 | ||
| 325 | gtk2-devel-2.24.23-6.el6.x86_64 | ||
| 326 | (以下略) | ||
| 327 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 328 | のようにgtk2及びgtk2-develのpackageが既に入っていて、なおかつ2.8.0以上であれば大丈夫です。 | ||
| 329 | 古い場合は、そのdistributionを配布しているサイト等からダウンロードし、 | ||
| 330 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 331 | # rpm -Uvh gtk2-(バージョン)-?.x86_64.rpm gtk2-devel-(バージョン)-?.x86_64.rpm | ||
| 332 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 333 | でバージョンアップしてください。 | ||
| 334 | |||
| 335 | </sect4> | ||
| 336 | <sect4>rpmのbuild & install | ||
| 337 | <p> | ||
| 338 | <url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/">より、 | ||
| 339 | sylpheed-(バージョン).tar.gzをダウンロードします。 | ||
| 340 | 次に下のコマンドを実行します。 | ||
| 341 | ただし、下記の方法ではコンパイルにもroot権限が必要なため、少し危険です。 | ||
| 342 | rootにならなくても良い環境を整えている方は、rpmbuildのためにsuは必要ありません。 | ||
| 343 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 344 | $ su | ||
| 345 | Password: (パスワードを入力) | ||
| 346 | # rpmbuild -tb sylpheed-(バージョン).tar.gz | ||
| 347 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 348 | とすればコンパイルが開始され、 | ||
| 349 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 350 | (以上略) | ||
| 351 | 書き込み中: /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/x86_64/sylpheed-3.5.0-1.x86_64.rpm | ||
| 352 | (以下略) | ||
| 353 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 354 | のようなメッセージ(書き込み中:がWrote: などになる場合もあります)が表示されます。 | ||
| 355 | 終了したら、上記に示されたファイル(sylpheed-(バージョン).x86_64.rpm)を | ||
| 356 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 357 | # rpm -Uvh /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/x86_64/sylpheed-(バージョン).x86_64.rpm | ||
| 358 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 359 | でインストール完了です。 | ||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | </sect4> | ||
| 362 | |||
| 363 | </sect3> | ||
| 364 | |||
| 365 | </sect2> | ||
| 366 | </sect1> | ||
| 367 | <sect1>Debian GNU/Linuxへのインストール | ||
| 368 | <p> | ||
| 369 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 370 | # apt-get install sylpheed sylpheed-i18n sylpheed-doc | ||
| 371 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 372 | でインストールできます。 | ||
| 373 | </sect1> | ||
| 374 | |||
| 375 | <sect1>Ubuntu へのインストール | ||
| 376 | <p> | ||
| 377 | Synaptic パッケージ・マネージャから sylpheed パッケージを検索し、 | ||
| 378 | sylpheed, sylpheed-i18n, sylpheed-doc パッケージをインストールします。 | ||
| 379 | |||
| 380 | もしくは、コマンドラインから以下でインストールできます。 | ||
| 381 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 382 | % sudo apt-get install sylpheed sylpheed-i18n sylpheed-doc | ||
| 383 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 384 | </sect1> | ||
| 385 | |||
| 386 | <!-- | ||
| 387 | <sect1>FreeBSDへのインストール | ||
| 388 | </sect1> | ||
| 389 | --> | ||
| 390 | |||
| 391 | <sect1>アップグレード方法 | ||
| 392 | <p> | ||
| 393 | Sylpheedのアップグレードは基本的には上書きインストールを行えばOKです。 | ||
| 394 | 以前の設定やメッセージデータはそのまま引き継がれます。 | ||
| 395 | |||
| 396 | Windowsの場合、「ヘルプ - アップデートチェック」で新しいバージョンが検出された場合、「はい」を選択すると自動的にアップデートが行われます。 | ||
| 397 | 手動で行う場合は、Sylpheedが起動していない状態で新しいバージョンのインストーラを起動すると、以前のバージョンのアンインストールを実行した後、新しいバージョンのインストールが行われます。 | ||
| 398 | zipアーカイブ版の場合は中のファイルを上書きコピーしてください。 | ||
| 399 | </sect1> | ||
| 400 | </sect> | ||
| 401 | |||
| 402 | <sect>起動と終了<label id="start-and-exit"> | ||
| 403 | <p> | ||
| 404 | <sect1>Sylpheedの起動 | ||
| 405 | <p> | ||
| 406 | Windowsの場合は、Sylpheedをインストールしたフォルダにある sylpheed.exe をダブルクリックすることで起動できます。インストーラからインストールした場合は、スタートメニューやデスクトップ、クイック起動のアイコンから起動できます。 | ||
| 407 | |||
| 408 | Unixの場合は、Gnome 端末, kterm, rxvtなどの端末エミュレータを起動し、 | ||
| 409 | <tscreen><verb> | ||
| 410 | $ sylpheed & | ||
| 411 | </verb></tscreen> | ||
| 412 | とタイプします。 | ||
| 413 | |||
| 414 | パッケージをインストールした場合、GNOMEデスクトップ環境では | ||
| 415 | 「アプリケーション>インターネット>Sylpheed」 | ||
| 416 | で起動できます(ディストリビューションによって異なる可能性があります)。それ以外の場合でも、起動するためのアイコンなどを作成しておくと便利でしょう。 | ||
| 417 | |||
| 418 | <sect2>初回起動時のメール箱の設定<label id="start-mailbox-config"> | ||
| 419 | <p> | ||
| 420 | Sylpheedを初めて起動すると、「メールボックスの設定」<ref id="dialog" name="ダイアログ">が表示されます。基本的にはOKを押すだけで良いでしょう。 | ||
| 421 | |||
| 422 | 既定の場所(˜/Mail)が、他のメールソフトからMH形式でない形式で使用されている場合は、場所を変更する必要があります。 | ||
| 423 | </sect2> | ||
| 424 | |||
| 425 | </sect1> | ||
| 426 | <sect1>Sylpheedの終了 | ||
| 427 | <p> | ||
| 428 | 以下の3つのうちいずれかの操作で終了できます。 | ||
| 429 | <itemize> | ||
| 430 | <item>メインウィンドウを閉じる | ||
| 431 | <item>「ファイル」メニューを開き、「終了」を選択する | ||
| 432 | <item>トレイアイコンを右クリックし、メニューから「終了」を選択する | ||
| 433 | </itemize> | ||
| 434 | |||
| 435 | なお、「設定>全般の設定」ダイアログの「詳細>インタフェース」タブの中の、「終了時に確認する」をチェックしていた場合、終了するかどうか問い合わせてくるようになります。 | ||
| 436 | その場合、EnterキーまたはOKボタンをクリックすることで終了できます。 | ||
| 437 | |||
| 438 | </sect1> | ||
| 439 | </sect> | ||
| 440 | <sect>Sylpheedの各部の名称 | ||
| 441 | <p> | ||
| 442 | Sylpheedを最初に起動した画面を基準にします。 | ||
| 443 | <sect1>メニュー | ||
| 444 | <p> | ||
| 445 | ウィンドウの一番上の「ファイル(F)」や、「編集(E)」などの項目のことをいいます。 | ||
| 446 | 本文書では、メニューの「ファイル(F)」をクリックして「閉じる(C)」を選ぶことを、 | ||
| 447 | 「ファイル>閉じる」と表記します。 | ||
| 448 | また、「標準」キーバインドで割り合てられているキーを「編集>コピー」(Ctrl+Cキー)のように表記することがあります。 | ||
| 449 | |||
| 450 | <sect1>コンテキストメニュー<label id="context-menu"> | ||
| 451 | <p> | ||
| 452 | 右クリックして表示されるメニューのことです。ポップアップメニューとも呼ばれます。 | ||
| 453 | |||
| 454 | コンテキストメニューの場合も割り合てられたキーを横に書いておくことがあります。 | ||
| 455 | </sect1> | ||
| 456 | <sect1>ダイアログ<label id="dialog"> | ||
| 457 | <p> | ||
| 458 | Sylpheedを終了しようとしたときなどに出る、問い合わせのウィンドウのことです。 | ||
| 459 | 設定を行うためのウィンドウもダイアログの一つです。 | ||
| 460 | </sect1> | ||
| 461 | <sect1>サマリビュー<label id="summaryview"> | ||
| 462 | <p> | ||
| 463 | 右上にある件名、差出人、日付などが書かかれているメッセージの一覧のことです。 | ||
| 464 | </sect1> | ||
| 465 | <sect1>フォルダビュー<label id="folderview"> | ||
| 466 | <p> | ||
| 467 | 左側にあるフォルダのツリーが表示されている部分のことです。 | ||
| 468 | </sect1> | ||
| 469 | <sect1>メッセージビュー<label id="messageview"> | ||
| 470 | <p> | ||
| 471 | メッセージの内容が表示される部分のことです。 | ||
| 472 | 添付ファイルもここに表示されますが、その添付ファイルの一覧を添付リストと呼びます。 | ||
| 473 | </sect1> | ||
| 474 | <sect1>アカウント<label id="account"> | ||
| 475 | <p> | ||
| 476 | ユーザがメールサーバにログインして利用するための権利です。 | ||
| 477 | 簡単にいえばメールを送受信するための情報のことです。 | ||
| 478 | </sect1> | ||
| 479 | </sect> | ||
| 480 | |||
| 481 | <sect>メッセージの閲覧<label id="read-message"> | ||
| 482 | <p> | ||
| 483 | <sect1>選択<label id="select-operation"> | ||
| 484 | <p> | ||
| 485 | サマリビューのメッセージ一覧からメッセージを左クリックすることで単一のメッセージを選択できます。上下キーでもメッセージを選択できます。 | ||
| 486 | |||
| 487 | また、複数のメッセージを一定の範囲を指定して選択したい場合、範囲の最初のメッセージを左クリックしてから、Shiftキーを押しながら範囲の最後のメールを左クリックします。 | ||
| 488 | |||
| 489 | 選択したいメッセージが飛び飛びに存在する場合、Ctrlキーを押しながら左クリックすることでそれらを選択することが可能です。 | ||
| 490 | |||
| 491 | Shiftキーを押しながら既に選択された領域の中を左クリックして範囲を削り取ったり、Ctrlを押しながら左クリックすることでその部分を除外したりすることができます | ||
| 492 | |||
| 493 | また、サマリビューを右クリックして<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">を呼び出し、「すべて選択」を選ぶことですべてのメッセージを選択できます。 | ||
| 494 | </sect1> | ||
| 495 | |||
| 496 | <sect1>メールを見る<label id="view-message"> | ||
| 497 | <p> | ||
| 498 | <ref id="folderview" name="フォルダビュー">でフォルダを左クリックして選択し、 | ||
| 499 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">で表示したいメッセージを左クリックして<ref id="select-operation" name="選択">してください。 | ||
| 500 | |||
| 501 | 上に手紙マークが表示されている列に赤の手紙のマークがある場合は新着メール、青のマークがある場合は未読メールを意味します。新着メールは未読メールでもあります。 | ||
| 502 | |||
| 503 | <sect2>メッセージを新しいウィンドウで開く | ||
| 504 | <p> | ||
| 505 | <itemize> | ||
| 506 | <item>ダブルクリックする | ||
| 507 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">を呼び出して「新しいウィンドウで開く」 | ||
| 508 | <item>メッセージ選択後、「表示>新しいウィンドウで開く」 | ||
| 509 | </itemize> | ||
| 510 | のいずれかを行えば、メッセージを新しいウィンドウで開くことができます。 | ||
| 511 | </sect2> | ||
| 512 | </sect1> | ||
| 513 | |||
| 514 | <sect1>メッセージ一覧の並べ替え<label id="sort-message"> | ||
| 515 | <p> | ||
| 516 | メニューの「表示>ソート」から、並べ替えの対象を選択すると、<ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">のメッセージ一覧を並べ替える(ソートする)ことができます。 | ||
| 517 | 昇順・降順を選択することもできます。サマリビューの各タイトルカラムをクリックすることでも、それぞれの項目を対象に昇順・降順で並べ替えを行うことができます。 | ||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | 標準では「ソートしない」(受信した順)になっています。ソート処理が行われないため、これが一覧を最も高速に表示できます。 | ||
| 520 | |||
| 521 | また、「ソートしない」場合のみ「件名でまとめる」を選択することができます。これは、件名が似ているが一連のスレッドとして扱われていないメッセージを一箇所にまとめる効果があります。 | ||
| 522 | |||
| 523 | 特殊な並べ替え条件として、「スレッドの日付順」があります。これは、「スレッド表示」を有効にしている場合に、それぞれのスレッドの一番新しい日付のメッセージでソートされます。通常の日付順ではスレッドの先頭のメッセージの日付順でソートされます。 | ||
| 524 | </sect1> | ||
| 525 | |||
| 526 | <sect1>スレッド表示<label id="thread-view"> | ||
| 527 | <p> | ||
| 528 | サマリビューでは、標準で「スレッド表示」と呼ばれる表示形式でメッセージ一覧を表示します。これは、一連の関連するメッセージをツリー状に表示する形式です。 | ||
| 529 | |||
| 530 | 「表示>スレッド表示」を選択するとスレッド表示のON/OFFを切り替えられます。この設定はフォルダごとに記憶されます。 | ||
| 531 | |||
| 532 | メッセージが一連のスレッドにあるかどうかは、メッセージのヘッダによって判断されます。件名は判断の対象にはなりません。 | ||
| 533 | |||
| 534 | あるスレッドのメッセージを選択した後、矢印ボタン(+/-ボタン)をクリックするとそのスレッドを閉じたり展開したりすることができます。 | ||
| 535 | |||
| 536 | また、'-'キーでスレッドを閉じたり、'+'キーで展開したりすることができます。 | ||
| 537 | |||
| 538 | 「表示>すべてのスレッドを展開」または「表示>すべてのスレッドを閉じる」を選択すると、<ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">に表示されているすべてのメッセージのスレッドを展開または閉じることができます。 | ||
| 539 | </sect1> | ||
| 540 | |||
| 541 | <sect1>表示するメッセージの移動 | ||
| 542 | <sect2>通常の移動 | ||
| 543 | <p> | ||
| 544 | 一度メッセージを選択した後、 | ||
| 545 | <itemize> | ||
| 546 | <item>「表示>移動>前のメッセージ」 (pキー) | ||
| 547 | <item>「表示>移動>次のメッセージ」 (nキー) | ||
| 548 | </itemize> | ||
| 549 | によって移動することができます。 | ||
| 550 | </sect2> | ||
| 551 | |||
| 552 | <sect2>次の未読メッセージへ飛ぶ機能 | ||
| 553 | <p> | ||
| 554 | スペースキーを使えば、メールのページスクロール、次の未読メールへのジャンプ、未読メッセージのあるフォルダへのジャンプを同時に行えます。 | ||
| 555 | |||
| 556 | スペースキーを打ち続けることで、未読メールだけを自動的に選んで読むことができるので非常に便利です。 | ||
| 557 | |||
| 558 | また、ShiftまたはAltキーを押しながらスペースキーを押すことで、逆方向へのスクロール、前の未読メッセージへのジャンプを行えます。 | ||
| 559 | |||
| 560 | <itemize> | ||
| 561 | <item>「表示>移動>前の未読メッセージ」 (Shift+pキー) | ||
| 562 | <item>「表示>移動>次の未読メッセージ」 (Shift+nキー) | ||
| 563 | </itemize> | ||
| 564 | |||
| 565 | また、ツールバーの「次へ」を押すことでも次の未読メールへ飛ぶことができます。 | ||
| 566 | </sect2> | ||
| 567 | <sect2>マークされたメッセージ間を移動する<label id="move-between-marked-message"> | ||
| 568 | <p> | ||
| 569 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">のマーク列にチェックマークのある"マークされたメッセージ"間を移動するには、 | ||
| 570 | <itemize> | ||
| 571 | <item>「表示>移動>前のマーク付きメッセージ」 | ||
| 572 | <item>「表示>移動>次のマーク付きメッセージ」 | ||
| 573 | </itemize> | ||
| 574 | のどちらかを実行します。 | ||
| 575 | </sect2> | ||
| 576 | |||
| 577 | <sect2>カラーラベルのつけられたメッセージ間を移動する | ||
| 578 | <p> | ||
| 579 | カラーラベルのつけられたメッセージ間を移動するには、 | ||
| 580 | <itemize> | ||
| 581 | <item>「表示>移動>前のラベル付きメッセージ」 | ||
| 582 | <item>「表示>移動>次のラベル付きメッセージ」 | ||
| 583 | </itemize> | ||
| 584 | のどちらかを実行します。 | ||
| 585 | |||
| 586 | </sect2> | ||
| 587 | </sect1> | ||
| 588 | <sect1>読むフォルダを選択する | ||
| 589 | <p> | ||
| 590 | <ref id="folderview" name="フォルダビュー">の中から好きなフォルダを選択すればそのフォルダに移動できます。 | ||
| 591 | |||
| 592 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">でメッセージを選択していた場合、キーボードの←キーを押すとフォルダビューにフォーカスが移り、キーボードでフォルダを選択できる状態になります。 | ||
| 593 | その後↑↓キーで移動し、Enterキーでフォルダを選択できます。 | ||
| 594 | さらに←を押すと、Windows エクスプローラーと同様に、上位のフォルダを選択できます。 | ||
| 595 | |||
| 596 | フォルダの文字が赤い場合は、新着メッセージが存在し、黒い太字の場合は未読メッセージが存在します。 | ||
| 597 | <p> | ||
| 598 | また、「表示>移動>別のフォルダ...」 (gキー) によってフォルダ選択画面を呼びだし、↑↓で移動し、Enterで選択することもできます。 | ||
| 599 | </sect1> | ||
| 600 | |||
| 601 | <sect1>添付ファイルを見る | ||
| 602 | <p> | ||
| 603 | 添付ファイルがある場合は、<ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">の添付の列にクリップマークが表示されます。 | ||
| 604 | |||
| 605 | 添付ファイルの内容がテキストの場合は、 | ||
| 606 | <ref id="messageview" name="メッセージビュー">の本文中に展開して表示されます。 | ||
| 607 | |||
| 608 | また、「<ref id="inline-image" name="画像をインラインで表示する">」をオンにしている場合は、画像ファイルについても同様に展開して表示されます。 | ||
| 609 | |||
| 610 | その他の添付ファイルの場合は、ファイル名、データ形式、サイズのみがラベルとして表示されます。ラベルをクリックするとポップアップメニューが表示され、それぞれの添付ファイルに対して操作が行えます。 | ||
| 611 | |||
| 612 | また、メッセージビュー右上の添付ツールボタンをクリックすると、添付ファイルの全体構造をツリー形式で一覧表示する添付リストビューが表示されます。もう一度クリックすると非表示になります。 | ||
| 613 | |||
| 614 | テキストや画像(インライン画像表示オンの場合)は、添付リストビューの各行をクリックすると見ることができます。その他の場合は、添付ファイルに対する操作のためのボタンが表示されます。 | ||
| 615 | |||
| 616 | 添付ファイルをアプリケーションで開きたい場合は、本文中の添付ファイルのラベルのメニューから「開く」「アプリケーションから開く...」を選択します。もしくは添付リストビューで添付ファイルをダブルクリック、もしくは「開く」ボタン、「アプリケーションから開く...」ボタンをクリック、<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">から「開く」「アプリケーションから開く...」を選択してください。「開く」はファイルの種類に関連付けられたアプリケーションが自動的に起動します。「アプリケーションから開く...」は、開くためのアプリケーションをユーザーが直接指定します。 | ||
| 617 | |||
| 618 | 添付ファイルを保存したい場合は、本文中の添付ファイルのラベルのメニューから「名前を付けて保存...」を選択します。もしくは添付リストビューで対象ファイルを選択し、「名前を付けて保存...」ボタンをクリックするか、<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">から「名前を付けて保存...」を選択するか、またはメインメニューの「ファイル>名前を付けて保存...」で保存することができます。 | ||
| 619 | |||
| 620 | 添付ツールボタンの横の矢印ボタンをクリックすると表示されるメニューの「すべての添付ファイルを保存...」、もしくは添付リストビューの<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">から「すべて保存...」を選択すれば、ファイル名の付いたすべての添付ファイルを指定したフォルダに保存することができます。 | ||
| 621 | |||
| 622 | 添付ファイルを強制的にテキストとして表示させたいときは、「テキストとして表示」ボタンをクリックするか、<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">から「テキストとして表示」を選ぶか、または't'キーを押すことで表示することができます。 | ||
| 623 | |||
| 624 | また、添付ファイルが含まれている場合においても、'n'、'p'キーで添付ファイル/メッセージの前後移動を行うことができます。 | ||
| 625 | </sect1> | ||
| 626 | |||
| 627 | <sect1>メッセージ操作(移動、削除等) | ||
| 628 | <p> | ||
| 629 | <sect2>メッセージの移動 | ||
| 630 | <p>移動したいメッセージを選択してから、「メッセージ>移動...」 (Ctrl+oキー)、または | ||
| 631 | <ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「移動...」を選び、 | ||
| 632 | 表示される移動先フォルダを選択するダイアログでフォルダを選択すれば移動できます。 | ||
| 633 | |||
| 634 | また、メッセージをフォルダにドラッグアンドドロップすることでも移動可能です。 | ||
| 635 | |||
| 636 | <sect2>メッセージの削除 | ||
| 637 | <p> | ||
| 638 | 削除したいメッセージを選択してから、「メッセージ>削除」 (Ctrl+dキー/Deleteキー)、または | ||
| 639 | <ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「削除」を選択することで削除できます。 | ||
| 640 | |||
| 641 | <sect2>目印にマークする | ||
| 642 | <p> | ||
| 643 | マークしたいメッセージを選択してから、 | ||
| 644 | <itemize> | ||
| 645 | <item>「メッセージ>マーク>マーク」 (Shift+"*"キー) | ||
| 646 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「マーク>マーク」 | ||
| 647 | <item>サマリビューのマーク列をクリック | ||
| 648 | </itemize> | ||
| 649 | のいずれかを行えば、マークすることができます。 | ||
| 650 | 目印に利用したり、<ref id="move-between-marked-message" name="マークされたメッセージ間を移動する">こともできます。 | ||
| 651 | |||
| 652 | <sect2>マークを解除する | ||
| 653 | <p> | ||
| 654 | 解除したいメッセージを選択してから、 | ||
| 655 | <itemize> | ||
| 656 | <item>「u」キーを押す | ||
| 657 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「マーク>マーク解除」 | ||
| 658 | </itemize> | ||
| 659 | のいずれかを行えばマークを解除することができます。 | ||
| 660 | </sect2> | ||
| 661 | <sect2>実行 | ||
| 662 | <p> | ||
| 663 | Sylpheedには削除、移動などリスクを伴なう操作を「目印のためのマーク」とは | ||
| 664 | 別に移動/削除マークなどとして保持しておき、あとでまとめて実行することもできます。 | ||
| 665 | これはEmacs系のメールソフトなどで一般的に用いられている操作方法です。 | ||
| 666 | |||
| 667 | この機能を使いたい場合は、「設定>全般の設定>詳細>インタフェース」の | ||
| 668 | 「メッセージを移動または削除したら即座に実行する」のマークを外してください。 | ||
| 669 | |||
| 670 | そのように設定された状態の場合、実際に実行されるのは、上記のように移動、削除の動作を行ってマークをつけてから、 | ||
| 671 | <itemize> | ||
| 672 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「実行」 | ||
| 673 | <item>「ツール>実行」 (xキー) | ||
| 674 | </itemize> | ||
| 675 | のいずれかの操作を行った時になります。 | ||
| 676 | |||
| 677 | <sect2>カラーラベル(ラベル)をつける | ||
| 678 | <p> | ||
| 679 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">に色をつけることができます。 | ||
| 680 | |||
| 681 | カラーラベルをつけるには、 | ||
| 682 | <ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「カラーラベル>(任意の色)」を選択します。 | ||
| 683 | |||
| 684 | 各カラーラベルの文字列を変更したい場合は、「設定>全般の設定>表示>カラーラベル」で入力欄に文字列を入力してください。入力欄が空の色はデフォルトの文字列が表示されます。 | ||
| 685 | |||
| 686 | </sect2> | ||
| 687 | <sect2>メッセージを保存する | ||
| 688 | <p> | ||
| 689 | メッセージをファイルとして保存するには、対象のメッセージを選択してから、メインメニューの「ファイル>名前を付けて保存...」を選択します。 | ||
| 690 | |||
| 691 | 保存するファイルの形式は以下から選択できます。 | ||
| 692 | <itemize> | ||
| 693 | <item>オリジナル (EML/RFC 822): eml形式もしくはMH形式と呼ばれるもので、他のメールソフトで開くことができます | ||
| 694 | <item>テキスト: テキスト形式(標準の文字コード(Windowsの場合はShift JIS)) | ||
| 695 | <item>テキスト (UTF-8): テキスト形式(文字コードはUTF-8(Unicode)) | ||
| 696 | </itemize> | ||
| 697 | </sect2> | ||
| 698 | </sect1> | ||
| 699 | |||
| 700 | <sect1>メッセージ内のURL | ||
| 701 | <p> | ||
| 702 | メッセージ内のURLをクリックすることで、システムの既定のWebブラウザ、または | ||
| 703 | <ref id="ext-browser-config" name="全般の設定で指定された外部ブラウザ">が起動しそのサイトを閲覧することができます。 | ||
| 704 | |||
| 705 | HTMLメールで表示上のリンク文字列がURLである場合、それとリンク先のURLが異なる場合はフィッシングメールとみなして警告が表示されます。 | ||
| 706 | |||
| 707 | URLの上部にマウスカーソルを置いた場合は、ステータスバーにリンク先のURLが表示されます。 | ||
| 708 | </sect> | ||
| 709 | |||
| 710 | <sect>アカウントの設定<label id="Account-Config"> | ||
| 711 | <p> | ||
| 712 | <sect1>新規アカウントの作成<label id="append-account"> | ||
| 713 | <p> | ||
| 714 | メールを受信・送信するためにはアカウントの設定を行う必要があります。 | ||
| 715 | |||
| 716 | 新規アカウントの作成を行うには、メニューから「設定>新規アカウントの作成」を実行します。 | ||
| 717 | 「新規アカウントの作成」ダイアログが表示されるので、各ページごとに必要な項目を記入し、「進む」を押して設定を行います。 | ||
| 718 | Sylpheedの初回起動時にはこのダイアログが自動的に表示されます。 | ||
| 719 | |||
| 720 | 「新規アカウントの作成」ダイアログでは必要最低限の項目のみ設定できるようになっているため、詳細の設定が必要な場合は「設定>アカウントの編集...」で<ref id="edit-account" name="アカウントの編集">ダイアログを呼び出し、「追加」や「編集」を行ってください。 | ||
| 721 | |||
| 722 | <sect2>アカウントのタイプ | ||
| 723 | <p> | ||
| 724 | 最初にアカウントのタイプを選択します。タイプは以下の中から選択します。 | ||
| 725 | <itemize> | ||
| 726 | <item>POP3 | ||
| 727 | <item>IMAP4 | ||
| 728 | <item>POP3 (Gmail) | ||
| 729 | <item>IMAP4 (Gmail) | ||
| 730 | </itemize> | ||
| 731 | ニュースなど他のプロトコルを選択したい場合は、<ref id="edit-account" name="アカウントの編集">ダイアログから「追加」を行ってください。 | ||
| 732 | |||
| 733 | <sect2>名前とメールアドレス | ||
| 734 | <p> | ||
| 735 | あなたが送信したメールの受信者側で表示される名前とメールアドレスを入力します。 | ||
| 736 | |||
| 737 | <sect2>アカウント情報 | ||
| 738 | <p> | ||
| 739 | 使用するメールサーバのユーザIDと受信(POP3またはIMAP4)・送信(SMTP)サーバ名を入力します。「POP3 (Gmail)」もしくは「IMAP4 (Gmail)」を選択した場合は、アカウント情報は自動的に設定されるため、このページは表示されません。 | ||
| 740 | |||
| 741 | 「SSLを使用」にチェックを入れると、SSL経由で通信を行います(サーバがSSLに対応している必要があります)。 | ||
| 742 | |||
| 743 | 「SMTP認証を使用」にチェックを入れると、メールの送信時に認証を行います(サーバが対応している必要があります)。 | ||
| 744 | |||
| 745 | <sect2>設定内容の確認 | ||
| 746 | <p> | ||
| 747 | 設定が完了すると、設定内容が表示されます。「閉じる」を押してダイアログを閉じてください。 | ||
| 748 | |||
| 749 | 設定内容を変更したい場合は、メニューの「設定>現在のアカウントの設定」もしくは<ref id="edit-account" name="アカウントの編集">ダイアログから「編集」を行ってください。 | ||
| 750 | |||
| 751 | <sect1>アカウントの設定ダイアログ | ||
| 752 | <p> | ||
| 753 | このダイアログでは、アカウントの詳細設定を行います。 | ||
| 754 | メニューの「設定>現在のアカウントの設定」もしくは<ref id="edit-account" name="アカウントの編集">ダイアログから「追加」または「編集」で呼び出します。 | ||
| 755 | |||
| 756 | (必須)は、新たに必ず書き込まなければならないものです。 | ||
| 757 | |||
| 758 | (推奨)は、新たに変更することを推奨するものです。 | ||
| 759 | |||
| 760 | (必須)(推奨)以外の()は既定の値を意味します。 | ||
| 761 | |||
| 762 | なお、アカウント設定は無限に作成することができ、 | ||
| 763 | アカウント設定をしなくても、既に<ref id="start-mailbox-config" name="メール箱">にあるメールは閲覧することができます。 | ||
| 764 | |||
| 765 | ですが、Sylpheed本体の受信機能を使わない場合でも、 | ||
| 766 | プロトコルで「なし(ローカル)」を選択したアカウント設定を作成してください。 | ||
| 767 | |||
| 768 | <sect2>(基本)タブ | ||
| 769 | <p> | ||
| 770 | アカウントは最低限この情報を設定する必要があります。 | ||
| 771 | <sect3>このアカウントの名称 (推奨) | ||
| 772 | <p>このアカウントの名称を指定します。単なる呼び名ですので、なんでも構いません。自分が分かりやすい名前を付けるとよいでしょう。 | ||
| 773 | </sect3> | ||
| 774 | <sect3>通常使用<label id="usually-use"> | ||
| 775 | <p>これをチェックしたアカウントが起動時に選択されている状態になります。 | ||
| 776 | </sect3> | ||
| 777 | <sect3>個人情報 - 名前 | ||
| 778 | <p>メールの送信時に使用される名前です。 | ||
| 779 | </sect3> | ||
| 780 | <sect3>個人情報 - メールアドレス (必須) | ||
| 781 | <p>メールの送信時に使われるメールアドレスです。 | ||
| 782 | </sect3> | ||
| 783 | <sect3>個人情報 - 組織 | ||
| 784 | <p>メールの送信時に書き込まれます。会社などの組織を表します。 | ||
| 785 | </sect3> | ||
| 786 | <sect3>サーバ情報 - プロトコル | ||
| 787 | <p> | ||
| 788 | プロトコルは、 | ||
| 789 | <itemize> | ||
| 790 | <item>POP3 | ||
| 791 | <item>IMAP4 | ||
| 792 | <item>ニュース(NNTP) | ||
| 793 | <item>なし(ローカル) | ||
| 794 | </itemize> | ||
| 795 | の中から選択することができます。 | ||
| 796 | 自分のサーバにあったものを選びましょう。 | ||
| 797 | 一度設定を完了するとプロトコルを変更することはできません。 | ||
| 798 | ニュースについてはここでは説明しません。 | ||
| 799 | |||
| 800 | </sect3> | ||
| 801 | <sect3>サーバ情報 - 受信用サーバ (必須) | ||
| 802 | <p> | ||
| 803 | 受信するサーバを指定します。 | ||
| 804 | メールは、プロトコルで指定したプロトコルでここで指定したサーバから受信されます。 | ||
| 805 | |||
| 806 | </sect3> | ||
| 807 | <sect3>サーバ情報 - SMTPサーバ(送信) (必須) | ||
| 808 | <p> | ||
| 809 | 送信に使用するサーバを指定します。プロトコルにはSMTPが使用されます。 | ||
| 810 | |||
| 811 | </sect3> | ||
| 812 | <sect3>サーバ情報 - ユーザID (必須) | ||
| 813 | <p>ここで指定されたユーザIDを使ってメールサーバにログインします。 | ||
| 814 | </sect3> | ||
| 815 | <sect3>サーバ情報 - パスワード | ||
| 816 | <p>ここで指定されたパスワードを使用してメールサーバにログインします。 | ||
| 817 | 入力されたパスワードは画面上には****としか表示されません。 | ||
| 818 | |||
| 819 | 入力しなかった場合は接続時にパスワードを入力するダイアログが開き、終了時まで記憶されます。Sylpheedがインストールされているコンピュータを他人が使用する可能性のある場合はこちらを推奨します。 | ||
| 820 | </sect3> | ||
| 821 | |||
| 822 | </sect2> | ||
| 823 | <sect2>(受信)タブ | ||
| 824 | <p> | ||
| 825 | <sect3>POP3 - 安全な認証方式を使用する (APOP) | ||
| 826 | <p> | ||
| 827 | POP3では通常生のパスワードがそのままネットワークに流れてしまいますが、 | ||
| 828 | APOP認証を使用すると、生のパスワードが流れなくなるため比較的安全になります。 | ||
| 829 | ただし、サーバがAPOP認証に対応している必要があります。 | ||
| 830 | |||
| 831 | (注: 現在はAPOP認証にプロトコルレベルでの脆弱性が発見されています。Sylpheedでは対策済みですが、POP3 over SSLなどの利用が推奨されています。) | ||
| 832 | </sect3> | ||
| 833 | <sect3>POP3 - 受信時にサーバ上のメッセージを削除する | ||
| 834 | <p> | ||
| 835 | 受信時にサーバからメッセージを削除します。受信テストを行う場合や、複数の端末から同一のメールサーバを使用し、メールは他の端末に蓄える場合などは、このチェックを外すとよいでしょう。 | ||
| 836 | </sect3> | ||
| 837 | <sect3>POP3 - メッセージを (日数) 日後に削除 | ||
| 838 | <p> | ||
| 839 | 受信時にサーバ上のメッセージを削除する場合、サーバにメッセージを保存しておく日数を指定します。期限の切れたメッセージは次回の受信時に削除されます。 | ||
| 840 | 0日を指定すると、受信と同時にに削除されます。 | ||
| 841 | デフォルトでは7日後に削除されます。 | ||
| 842 | </sect3> | ||
| 843 | <sect3>POP3 - 受信済みも含めてサーバ上の全てのメッセージを受信する | ||
| 844 | <p> | ||
| 845 | 一度受信したメッセージは記憶され、次からは受信されませんが、 | ||
| 846 | それを無視してすべてのメッセージをダウンロードします。 | ||
| 847 | |||
| 848 | このオプションは、受信時にサーバ上のメッセージを削除する場合は実質無効です。 | ||
| 849 | </sect3> | ||
| 850 | |||
| 851 | <sect3>POP3 - 受信サイズ制限 (KB) | ||
| 852 | <p> | ||
| 853 | これを有効にしている場合、1メッセージが指定したサイズ(KB)より大きなメッセージは受信しません。 | ||
| 854 | </sect3> | ||
| 855 | |||
| 856 | <sect3>POP3 - 受信時にメッセージを振り分ける | ||
| 857 | <p> | ||
| 858 | これを有効にしている場合、受信時に受信したメッセージに対してフィルタルールが実行されます。 | ||
| 859 | </sect3> | ||
| 860 | |||
| 861 | <sect3>POP3 - 標準の受信箱 | ||
| 862 | <p> | ||
| 863 | そのアカウントでメールを受信したときに通常どこに保存するかを指定できます。標準ではinbox(受信箱)です。上記で振り分けられなかったメールがこのフォルダに格納されます。 | ||
| 864 | </sect3> | ||
| 865 | |||
| 866 | <sect3>IMAP4 - 認証方式 | ||
| 867 | <p> | ||
| 868 | IMAP4サーバにログインする際のの認証方式を指定します。自動、LOGIN、PLAIN、CRAM-MD5の中から選択します。通常は「自動」で構いません。 | ||
| 869 | </sect3> | ||
| 870 | |||
| 871 | <sect3>IMAP4 - 受信時に受信箱(INBOX)のみチェックする | ||
| 872 | <p> | ||
| 873 | IMAP4アカウントで「受信」を行った場合、通常はすべてのフォルダをチェックしますが、このオプションを有効にすると受信箱(INBOX)のみチェックするようになります。 | ||
| 874 | </sect3> | ||
| 875 | |||
| 876 | <sect3>IMAP4 - 受信時に受信箱(INBOX)の新着メッセージを振り分ける | ||
| 877 | <p> | ||
| 878 | このオプションを有効にすると、IMAP4アカウントで「受信」を行った場合に新着メッセージを自動的に振り分けます。すでに受信済みのメッセージについては振り分けられません(手動で振り分けることは可能です)。 | ||
| 879 | </sect3> | ||
| 880 | |||
| 881 | <sect3>「全受信」でこのアカウントの新着メールをチェックする | ||
| 882 | <p> | ||
| 883 | これをチェックしていると、「全受信」操作でこのアカウントから受信を行います。 | ||
| 884 | チェックを外した場合は、受信対象からこのアカウントを外します。 | ||
| 885 | |||
| 886 | 送信だけに使用するアカウントなどに利用すると便利かもしれません。 | ||
| 887 | </sect3> | ||
| 888 | |||
| 889 | <sect2>(送信)タブ | ||
| 890 | <p> | ||
| 891 | <sect3>ヘッダ - Dateヘッダフィールドを付ける | ||
| 892 | <p>DateヘッダフィールドをSylpheedで付けます。通常は有効にしておいてください。 | ||
| 893 | </sect3> | ||
| 894 | <sect3>メッセージIDを生成する | ||
| 895 | <p>メッセージIDをSylpheedで付けます。通常は有効にしておいてください。 | ||
| 896 | |||
| 897 | 一般的な端末型ダイヤルアップIP接続のプロバイダが運営しているようなサーバでは、 | ||
| 898 | サーバ側がつけるので必要ないこともあります。 | ||
| 899 | </sect3> | ||
| 900 | <sect3>ユーザ定義のヘッダを追加する | ||
| 901 | <p> | ||
| 902 | これを選択するとユーザ定義ヘッダを追加できます。 | ||
| 903 | 編集ボタンを押して編集してください。 | ||
| 904 | リストの順番で挿入されます。 | ||
| 905 | |||
| 906 | X-Faceなどもここで挿入します。 | ||
| 907 | </sect3> | ||
| 908 | |||
| 909 | <sect3>SMTP認証(SMTP AUTH) | ||
| 910 | <p> | ||
| 911 | 利用するSMTPサーバがSMTP AUTHを必要とする場合、チェックを入れて | ||
| 912 | 適切な認証方式と、アカウント情報を指定してください。アカウント情報を空にした場合は受信時と同じユーザIDとパスワードが使用されます。 | ||
| 913 | </sect3> | ||
| 914 | |||
| 915 | <sect3>送信前にPOP3認証を行う | ||
| 916 | <p> | ||
| 917 | いわゆるPOP before SMTPと呼ばれる認証方法です。送信前に自動的にPOP3による認証を行います。 | ||
| 918 | </sect3> | ||
| 919 | |||
| 920 | </sect2> | ||
| 921 | |||
| 922 | <sect2>(作成)タブ | ||
| 923 | <p> | ||
| 924 | <sect3>署名<label id="account-prefs-signature"> | ||
| 925 | <p>「直接入力」では、メッセージ作成時に自動的にメッセージの最後に挿入する署名文字列を指定します。 | ||
| 926 | アカウントの作成時に「名前 <メールアドレス>」という形式で自動作成されますが、後から変更することができます。直接入力の署名はアカウントごとに10種類まで設定でき、メッセージ作成時に切り替えることができます。デフォルトでは「署名1」が使用されます。 | ||
| 927 | |||
| 928 | また、「ファイル」を選択すると署名ファイルを指定することができます。 | ||
| 929 | 既定値は<ホームディレクトリ>/.signatureです(Windows の場合は C:\Users\(ユーザ名)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed\signature.txt)。 | ||
| 930 | |||
| 931 | 「コマンドの出力」を指定した場合は、指定したファイルをコマンドとみなして実行し、その出力結果を挿入します。 | ||
| 932 | |||
| 933 | 「署名を引用の前に入れる (非推奨)」にチェックを入れると、メッセージ作成時に署名が引用の前に挿入されるようになります。電子メールで推奨される形式ではありませんが、「本文+全文引用」というスタイルでメールを作成する必要があるときなどに使用します。 | ||
| 934 | </sect3> | ||
| 935 | |||
| 936 | <sect3>以下のアドレスを自動指定 | ||
| 937 | <p>Cc, Bcc, Reply-Toフィールドを自動指定できます。 | ||
| 938 | 各フィールド名の横のチェックボックスをオンにし、テキストボックスに記入すればメッセージを新規作成するときに自動的に指定されます。 | ||
| 939 | テキストボックスを空のままにした場合は、対応するエントリが初めから表示された状態になります。 | ||
| 940 | </sect3> | ||
| 941 | |||
| 942 | </sect2> | ||
| 943 | |||
| 944 | <sect2>(個人情報)タブ | ||
| 945 | <p> | ||
| 946 | GPGMEを有効にしてコンパイルした時のみ表示されます。 | ||
| 947 | 詳細は<ref id="pgp-privacy" name="PGPによる電子署名と暗号化">を参照してください。 | ||
| 948 | </sect2> | ||
| 949 | |||
| 950 | <sect2>(SSL)タブ | ||
| 951 | <p> | ||
| 952 | OpenSSLをリンクしてコンパイルされたときのみ表示されます。 | ||
| 953 | 詳細は<ref id="ssl-communication" name="SSLによる通信">を参照してください。 | ||
| 954 | </sect2> | ||
| 955 | |||
| 956 | <sect2>(プロキシ)タブ | ||
| 957 | <p> | ||
| 958 | プロキシ経由でメールの送受信を行う必要がある場合に設定します。 | ||
| 959 | <sect3>SOCKS プロキシを使用する | ||
| 960 | <p>これにチェックを入れると、 SOCKS プロキシ経由で通信を行うようになります。 | ||
| 961 | </sect3> | ||
| 962 | <sect3>SOCKS4 / SOCKS5 | ||
| 963 | <p>SOCKS のプロトコルを指定します。 SOCKS サーバが対応しているものを選択してください。 | ||
| 964 | </sect3> | ||
| 965 | <sect3>ホスト名 | ||
| 966 | <p>SOCKS サーバのホスト名を指定します。 | ||
| 967 | </sect3> | ||
| 968 | <sect3>ポート (1080) | ||
| 969 | <p>SOCKS サーバのポート番号を指定します。 | ||
| 970 | </sect3> | ||
| 971 | <sect3>認証を使用する | ||
| 972 | <p>SOCKS サーバの認証が必要な場合に有効にします。認証は SOCKS5 のみ利用可能です。 | ||
| 973 | </sect3> | ||
| 974 | <sect3>名前 | ||
| 975 | <p>認証に使用するユーザ名を指定します。 | ||
| 976 | </sect3> | ||
| 977 | <sect3>パスワード | ||
| 978 | <p>認証に使用するパスワードを指定します。 | ||
| 979 | </sect3> | ||
| 980 | <sect3>送信時にSOCKSプロキシを使用する | ||
| 981 | <p>SMTP による送信時にプロキシを使用するかどうかを指定します。 | ||
| 982 | チェックを外すと、直接 SMTP サーバに接続します。 | ||
| 983 | </sect3> | ||
| 984 | |||
| 985 | <sect2>(高度な設定)タブ | ||
| 986 | <p> | ||
| 987 | <sect3>SMTPポートを指定 (25) | ||
| 988 | <p>SMTPプロトコルで通信するポートを指定できます。インターネットサービスプロバイダが迷惑メール対策としてOutbound Port 25 Blocking (OP25B)を導入している場合は、ここでサブミッションポート(587)を設定し、さらにSMTP AUTHの設定などを行う必要があります。 | ||
| 989 | |||
| 990 | チェックを外している場合は、SSLなどのプロトコルに応じて自動的にポートが指定されます。 | ||
| 991 | </sect3> | ||
| 992 | <sect3>POP3ポートを指定 (110) | ||
| 993 | <p>POP3プロトコルで通信するポートを指定できます。ほとんどの場合は変更の必要はありません。 | ||
| 994 | |||
| 995 | チェックを外している場合は、SSLなどのプロトコルに応じて自動的にポートが指定されます。 | ||
| 996 | </sect3> | ||
| 997 | <sect3>ドメイン名を指定 | ||
| 998 | <p> | ||
| 999 | ドメイン名を指定できます。ほとんどの場合は変更の必要はありませんが、応答を厳密にチェックしているメールサーバなどでは必要な場合があります。 | ||
| 1000 | </sect3> | ||
| 1001 | |||
| 1002 | <sect3>IMAP4 - IMAPサーバディレクトリ | ||
| 1003 | <p> | ||
| 1004 | 通常はIMAP4アカウントのすべてのフォルダが参照されますが、ここでフォルダ(ディレクトリ)を指定すると、そのサブフォルダのみが表示されるようになります。 | ||
| 1005 | </sect3> | ||
| 1006 | |||
| 1007 | <sect3>フォルダ | ||
| 1008 | <p> | ||
| 1009 | 特別なフォルダの場所を、通常とは異なる場所に置きたいときに指定します。通常は変更の必要はありません。 | ||
| 1010 | </sect3> | ||
| 1011 | </sect2> | ||
| 1012 | </sect1> | ||
| 1013 | |||
| 1014 | <sect1>現在のアカウントの変更<label id="current-account"> | ||
| 1015 | <p> | ||
| 1016 | 「設定>現在のアカウントを変更」から現在のアカウントを選ぶことができます。 | ||
| 1017 | 選択可能なのは、<ref id="append-account" name="アカウントの新規作成">で登録したアカウントです。 | ||
| 1018 | |||
| 1019 | また、画面右下に表示されるアカウント切り替えボタンをクリックすることによって変更することもできます。 | ||
| 1020 | |||
| 1021 | 現在のアカウントは、「新着メールの受信」や、「メッセージの作成」などに利用されます。 | ||
| 1022 | |||
| 1023 | 起動時は<ref id="usually-use" name="通常使用">にチェックされたアカウントが選択されています。 | ||
| 1024 | <sect1>現在のアカウントの設定<label id="config-every-account"> | ||
| 1025 | <p> | ||
| 1026 | 「設定>現在のアカウントの設定...」で | ||
| 1027 | 現在のアカウントの<ref id="append-account" name="アカウントの新規作成">で設定した情報を編集することができます。 | ||
| 1028 | </sect1> | ||
| 1029 | <sect1>アカウントの編集<label id="edit-account"> | ||
| 1030 | <p> | ||
| 1031 | 「設定>アカウントの編集...」で「アカウントの編集」<ref id="dialog" name="ダイアログ">を呼び出し、Sylpheedに登録されたアカウントを管理できます。 | ||
| 1032 | |||
| 1033 | "D"列にチェックが入ってるアカウントは、通常使用するアカウントです。 | ||
| 1034 | |||
| 1035 | "G"列にチェックの入ってるアカウントは、全受信時に受信されます。 | ||
| 1036 | チェックボックスをクリックすることでもその設定を変えることができます。 | ||
| 1037 | |||
| 1038 | それぞれのボタンは以下のような動作をします。 | ||
| 1039 | <sect2>追加 | ||
| 1040 | <p> | ||
| 1041 | 新規アカウントを追加します。 | ||
| 1042 | <sect2>編集 | ||
| 1043 | <p> | ||
| 1044 | リストで選択されたアカウントの設定を変更します。 | ||
| 1045 | リストをダブルクリックすることでも同じ効果が得られます。 | ||
| 1046 | </sect2> | ||
| 1047 | <sect2>削除 | ||
| 1048 | <p> | ||
| 1049 | リストで選択されたアカウントを削除します。 | ||
| 1050 | </sect2> | ||
| 1051 | <sect2>上へ、下へ | ||
| 1052 | <p> | ||
| 1053 | これらのボタンを使うとアカウントの順番を変えることができます。 | ||
| 1054 | アカウントの順番は全アカウントから受信するときの順番になります。 | ||
| 1055 | リストの項目をドラッグ&ドロップすることで順番を変更することもできます。 | ||
| 1056 | </sect2> | ||
| 1057 | <sect2>通常使用するアカウントに指定 | ||
| 1058 | <p> | ||
| 1059 | リストで選択されているアカウントに | ||
| 1060 | <ref id="usually-use" name="通常使用">するアカウントを変更できます。 | ||
| 1061 | ラジオボタンをクリックすることでも変更できます。 | ||
| 1062 | </sect2> | ||
| 1063 | </sect1> | ||
| 1064 | |||
| 1065 | </sect> | ||
| 1066 | <sect>メッセージの受信<label id="receive-message"> | ||
| 1067 | <p> | ||
| 1068 | <sect1>POP3の場合 | ||
| 1069 | <p> | ||
| 1070 | <sect2>現在のアカウントを受信 | ||
| 1071 | <p> | ||
| 1072 | <ref id="Account-Config" name="アカウントの設定">を行った後、 | ||
| 1073 | <itemize> | ||
| 1074 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>受信>現在のアカウントから受信」を選択 | ||
| 1075 | <item>ツールバーの「受信」ボタンを押す | ||
| 1076 | </itemize> | ||
| 1077 | のいずれかを行えば<ref id="current-account" name="現在のアカウント">のメールを受信できます。 | ||
| 1078 | </sect2> | ||
| 1079 | <sect2>全てのアカウントを受信 | ||
| 1080 | <p> | ||
| 1081 | <itemize> | ||
| 1082 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>受信>全アカウントから受信」を選択 | ||
| 1083 | <item>ツールバーの「全受信」をクリック | ||
| 1084 | </itemize> | ||
| 1085 | のいずれかを行うことで<ref id="Account-Config" name="アカウントの設定">で設定されたすべてのアカウントのメールを受信できます。 | ||
| 1086 | </sect2> | ||
| 1087 | <sect2>アカウントを選択して受信 | ||
| 1088 | <p> | ||
| 1089 | メニューの「メッセージ>受信>(アカウント名)」を選択することでそのアカウントのメールを受信できます。 | ||
| 1090 | </sect2> | ||
| 1091 | <sect2>リモートメールボックス機能 | ||
| 1092 | <p> | ||
| 1093 | POP3リモートメールボックス機能を使用することによって、POP3サーバ上のメールを直接閲覧、ダウンロード、削除することができます。 | ||
| 1094 | <p> | ||
| 1095 | メニューの「メッセージ>受信>リモートメールボックス...」を選択すると、リモートメールボックスウィンドウが開き、現在選択されているPOP3アカウントのサーバ上のメッセージの一覧を表示します。 | ||
| 1096 | 一覧の取得が完了するまでは「受信」「開く」「削除」の各操作はできません。 | ||
| 1097 | <p> | ||
| 1098 | 「受信」ボタンを押すと、現在選択中のメッセージをローカルの受信箱にダウンロードします。 | ||
| 1099 | <p> | ||
| 1100 | 「開く」ボタンを押すと、現在選択中のメッセージを新しいウィンドウで開きます。ダウンロードは行われません。 | ||
| 1101 | <p> | ||
| 1102 | 「削除」ボタンを押すと、現在選択中のメッセージをサーバから削除します。この操作は取り消すことができませんので注意してください。 | ||
| 1103 | <p> | ||
| 1104 | メッセージ一覧の取得中に「停止」ボタンを押すと、一覧の取得を中止します。表示されているメッセージに対しては操作が可能です。 | ||
| 1105 | <p> | ||
| 1106 | 「閉じる」ボタン、またはウィンドウの閉じるボタンを押すと、サーバからログアウトし、リモートメールボックスを終了します。 | ||
| 1107 | </sect2> | ||
| 1108 | </sect1> | ||
| 1109 | |||
| 1110 | <sect1>IMAP4の場合 | ||
| 1111 | <p> | ||
| 1112 | IMAP4アカウントの場合は、フォルダを選択するだけで自動的にメッセージのヘッダを取得して表示します。 | ||
| 1113 | |||
| 1114 | IMAP4アカウントで「受信」を行った場合は、各フォルダの新着メッセージ数をチェックして、フォルダビューを更新します。 | ||
| 1115 | |||
| 1116 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">でメッセージを選択するとメッセージをダウンロードして表示します。 | ||
| 1117 | 一度ダウンロードしたメッセージはキャッシュされ、2回目以降は高速に表示されます。 | ||
| 1118 | |||
| 1119 | フォルダの<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「ダウンロード」を選択すれば、そのフォルダ内にあるすべてのメッセージをダウンロードすることができます。オフラインで閲覧する場合などに便利です。 | ||
| 1120 | </sect1> | ||
| 1121 | |||
| 1122 | <!-- | ||
| 1123 | <sect1>fetchmailなどの外部プログラムを使用する場合 | ||
| 1124 | <p> | ||
| 1125 | </sect1> | ||
| 1126 | --> | ||
| 1127 | |||
| 1128 | <sect>メッセージの作成<label id="send-message"> | ||
| 1129 | <sect1>メッセージの新規作成<label id="message-create"> | ||
| 1130 | <p> | ||
| 1131 | ツールバーの「作成」ボタンを押す、またはメニューの「メッセージ>新規メッセージを作成」 (Ctrl+mキー) を選択すれば、メッセージ作成ウィンドウが開きます。 | ||
| 1132 | |||
| 1133 | 「宛先」に宛先のアドレス、「Cc」にはメッセージのコピーを送付するアドレス、「件名」にはメッセージのタイトルを入力します。 | ||
| 1134 | |||
| 1135 | メニューの「メッセージ」より「Bcc」、「返信先を指定」等を選択することで、通常表示されていないフィールドでも入力できるようになります。 | ||
| 1136 | 「Bcc」はメッセージのコピーを送付するアドレスを指定します(受け取った相手にはアドレスは表示されません)。 | ||
| 1137 | 「返信先を指定(Reply-To)」は、相手が返信する際に、こちらの差出人アドレス以外のアドレスに送信してほしい場合に使用します。 | ||
| 1138 | |||
| 1139 | 「差出人:」メニューをクリックすると、送信に使用するアカウントを変更することができます。 | ||
| 1140 | |||
| 1141 | <sect1>署名の挿入 | ||
| 1142 | <p> | ||
| 1143 | 「<ref id="common-prefs-signature" name="全般の設定>作成>一般>署名">>自動的に挿入する」が有効な場合、メッセージ作成時に本文の最後に自動的に署名が挿入されます。 | ||
| 1144 | |||
| 1145 | 「ファイル>署名を追加」、またはツールバーの「署名」ボタンで、設定した署名を本文の最後に挿入することができます。 | ||
| 1146 | |||
| 1147 | 「ファイル>署名を挿入」では、署名を現在のカーソルの位置に挿入することができます。 | ||
| 1148 | |||
| 1149 | 「署名:」メニューをクリックすると、「<ref id="account-prefs-signature" name="アカウントの設定>作成>署名">」で設定した10種類の署名を切り替えることができます(直接入力の場合のみ)。 | ||
| 1150 | </sect1> | ||
| 1151 | |||
| 1152 | <sect1>メッセージの送信 | ||
| 1153 | <p> | ||
| 1154 | 「ファイル>送信」、またはツールバーの「送信」を選択すると、作成したメッセージをすぐにサーバへ送信します。 | ||
| 1155 | |||
| 1156 | 「ファイル>後で送信」またはツールバーの「後で送信」を選択すると、作成したメッセージを送信待ちフォルダに入れ、待機状態になります。 | ||
| 1157 | |||
| 1158 | 待機しているメッセージを実際に送信するには、 | ||
| 1159 | メインウィンドウの「メッセージ>送信待機中のメッセージを送信」またはツールバーの「送信」ボタンで送信できます。 | ||
| 1160 | |||
| 1161 | </sect1> | ||
| 1162 | <sect1>草稿 | ||
| 1163 | <p> | ||
| 1164 | 「ファイル>草稿フォルダに保存」、またはツールバーの「草稿」で、現在作成中のメッセージを草稿フォルダに保存できます。 | ||
| 1165 | |||
| 1166 | また、「ファイル>保存して編集を続ける」で草稿に保存した後そのまま編集を続けることができます。 | ||
| 1167 | |||
| 1168 | 連続して草稿への保存を行った場合、以前に保存したメッセージは上書きされます。 | ||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | 草稿に保存したメッセージは、草稿フォルダに入ってそのメッセージを選択し、 | ||
| 1171 | <ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「再編集」を選択するか、 | ||
| 1172 | ダブルクリックすれば再び編集できます。 | ||
| 1173 | |||
| 1174 | </sect1> | ||
| 1175 | <sect1>添付ファイル | ||
| 1176 | <p> | ||
| 1177 | ファイルをメッセージに添付するには、 | ||
| 1178 | 「ファイル>ファイルを添付」を選択、またはツールバーの「添付」ボタンを押します。 | ||
| 1179 | |||
| 1180 | ファイル選択ダイアログが現れるので、添付したいファイルを選択して「開く」ボタンを押してください。添付したファイルが一覧表示されます。 | ||
| 1181 | |||
| 1182 | 添付ファイルの一覧で各ファイルを選択して | ||
| 1183 | <ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より | ||
| 1184 | <itemize> | ||
| 1185 | <item>追加を選択すれば添付ファイルの追加 | ||
| 1186 | <item>削除を選択すればそのファイルをリストから削除 | ||
| 1187 | <item>プロパティ(またはダブルクリック)でその添付ファイルのMIMEタイプ/エンコード方式/ファイルの場所/ファイル名を編集 | ||
| 1188 | </itemize> | ||
| 1189 | することができます。 | ||
| 1190 | </sect1> | ||
| 1191 | |||
| 1192 | <sect1>ファイルの挿入 | ||
| 1193 | <p> | ||
| 1194 | 「挿入」ボタンまたはメニューの「ファイル>ファイルを挿入」でメッセージ本文に | ||
| 1195 | 指定したファイルを挿入できます。 | ||
| 1196 | |||
| 1197 | </sect1> | ||
| 1198 | |||
| 1199 | <sect1>アドレス帳の利用 | ||
| 1200 | <p> | ||
| 1201 | 「アドレス」ボタンまたはメニューで「ツール>アドレス帳」を選択すれば、 | ||
| 1202 | <ref id="address-combo" name="アドレス帳と連係">できます。 | ||
| 1203 | |||
| 1204 | また、宛先、Cc、Bcc、Reply-Toの入力欄で、アドレスもしくは氏名の先頭の文字を入力すると、アドレス帳に含まれるアドレスが自動的に補完されます。補完の開始方法を変更、または無効にするには、全般の設定の「<ref id="address-completion" name="自動補完">」で設定してください。 | ||
| 1205 | </sect1> | ||
| 1206 | |||
| 1207 | <sect1>開封確認の要求 | ||
| 1208 | <p> | ||
| 1209 | メニューの「ツール>開封確認を要求する」にチェックを入れると、送信した相手に対してメッセージの開封確認を要求することができます。ただし、相手の環境に依存するため、必ずしも開封確認が返送されてくるとは限りません。なお、Sylpheedは開封確認の返送には対応していません。 | ||
| 1210 | </sect1> | ||
| 1211 | |||
| 1212 | <sect1>外部エディタの利用 | ||
| 1213 | <p> | ||
| 1214 | |||
| 1215 | 外部エディタを利用するには、 | ||
| 1216 | <ref id="ext-editor-config" name="外部エディタを設定">してから、 | ||
| 1217 | メニューで「ツール>外部エディタで編集」を選択、またはツールバーの「エディタ」ボタンを押します。 | ||
| 1218 | |||
| 1219 | メッセージを外部エディタで編集して、保存して終了すれば、メッセージ作成ウィンドウに反映されます。 | ||
| 1220 | |||
| 1221 | </sect1> | ||
| 1222 | |||
| 1223 | <sect1>整形 | ||
| 1224 | <p> | ||
| 1225 | |||
| 1226 | <itemize> | ||
| 1227 | <item>メニューから、「編集>すべての長い行を折り返す」を選択する | ||
| 1228 | <item>ツールバーの「整形」を選択 | ||
| 1229 | </itemize> | ||
| 1230 | のいずれかを行えば、設定にしたがった文字数でテキストを折り返します。 | ||
| 1231 | |||
| 1232 | 「編集>現在の段落を整形する」で現在のカーソル位置にある段落のみを整形できます。 | ||
| 1233 | |||
| 1234 | 「編集>自動整形」のチェックを入れておくと、入力中に自動的に整形されます。 | ||
| 1235 | |||
| 1236 | 電子メールでは半角74文字(全角37文字)程度で改行することがマナーとなっていますので、注意しましょう。 | ||
| 1237 | |||
| 1238 | </sect1> | ||
| 1239 | <sect1>メッセージに返信する | ||
| 1240 | <p> | ||
| 1241 | まず、<ref id="read-message" name="メッセージの閲覧">に書かれている方法を使ってメッセージを選択します。 | ||
| 1242 | その後、 | ||
| 1243 | <itemize> | ||
| 1244 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「返信」を選択 | ||
| 1245 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>返信」を選択 | ||
| 1246 | <item>ツールバーの「返信」ボタンを押す | ||
| 1247 | </itemize> | ||
| 1248 | のいずれかを行うことでウィンドウが開くので、メッセージの新規作成と同様に編集できます。 | ||
| 1249 | |||
| 1250 | 引用するかどうかは全般の設定の「作成>一般>返信><ref id="quote-when-reply" name="返信時にメッセージを引用する">」という設定で変えることができます。 | ||
| 1251 | |||
| 1252 | (返信したメッセージには返信したという情報が付加されるため、アドレスの入力の手間を省くという理由で、関係ない記事に返信して送信しないでください。) | ||
| 1253 | </sect1> | ||
| 1254 | <sect1>メッセージを全員に返信する | ||
| 1255 | <p> | ||
| 1256 | 単なる返信では差出人(From:)にしか返信されませんが、 | ||
| 1257 | こちらではCc: に指定されているアドレスにも返信されます。 | ||
| 1258 | |||
| 1259 | メッセージを全員に返信するには、 | ||
| 1260 | <itemize> | ||
| 1261 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「返信の宛先>全員に返信」を選択 | ||
| 1262 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>返信の宛先>全員に返信」を選択 | ||
| 1263 | <item>ツールバーの「返信」ボタンの矢印ボタンを押して出てくるメニューから「全員に返信」を選択 | ||
| 1264 | </itemize> | ||
| 1265 | のいずれかを行います。 | ||
| 1266 | </sect1> | ||
| 1267 | |||
| 1268 | <sect1>メッセージを差出人に返信する | ||
| 1269 | <p> | ||
| 1270 | 一見すると単なる返信のように見えますが、 | ||
| 1271 | メーリングリスト等で付加されるReply-To:を無視して、 | ||
| 1272 | 差出人に直接送信できます。 | ||
| 1273 | |||
| 1274 | これを行うには、 | ||
| 1275 | <itemize> | ||
| 1276 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「返信の宛先>差出人に返信」を選択 | ||
| 1277 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>返信の宛先>差出人に返信」を選択 | ||
| 1278 | <item>ツールバーの「返信」ボタンの矢印ボタンを押して出てくるメニューから「差出人に返信」を選択 | ||
| 1279 | </itemize> | ||
| 1280 | のいずれかを行います。 | ||
| 1281 | </sect1> | ||
| 1282 | |||
| 1283 | <sect1>メッセージをメーリングリストに返信する | ||
| 1284 | <p> | ||
| 1285 | メーリングリストのヘッダ(List-Post:等)を参照して、適切なアドレスに返信します。メーリングリストでない場合は通常の返信と同様に動作します。 | ||
| 1286 | <itemize> | ||
| 1287 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「返信の宛先>メーリングリストに返信」を選択 | ||
| 1288 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>返信の宛先>メーリングリストに返信」を選択 | ||
| 1289 | <item>ツールバーの「返信」ボタンの矢印ボタンを押して出てくるメニューから「メーリングリストに返信」を選択 | ||
| 1290 | </itemize> | ||
| 1291 | のいずれかを行います。 | ||
| 1292 | |||
| 1293 | 全般の設定の「作成>一般>返信>返信ボタンでメーリングリストに返信する」にチェックを入れておけば、ツールバーで「返信」ボタンを押したときにメーリングリストに返信するようになります。 | ||
| 1294 | </sect1> | ||
| 1295 | |||
| 1296 | <sect1>メッセージを転送する | ||
| 1297 | <p> | ||
| 1298 | <ref id="read-message" name="メッセージの閲覧">に書かれている方法を使ってメッセージを選択します。 | ||
| 1299 | その後、 | ||
| 1300 | <itemize> | ||
| 1301 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より"転送"を選択 | ||
| 1302 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>転送」を選択 | ||
| 1303 | <item>ツールバーの「転送」ボタンを押す | ||
| 1304 | </itemize> | ||
| 1305 | のいずれかを行います。 | ||
| 1306 | </sect1> | ||
| 1307 | |||
| 1308 | <sect1>メッセージを添付ファイルとして転送する | ||
| 1309 | <p> | ||
| 1310 | <itemize> | ||
| 1311 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「添付として転送」を選択 | ||
| 1312 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>添付として転送」を選択 | ||
| 1313 | <item>ツールバーの「転送」ボタンの矢印ボタンを押して出てくるメニューから「添付として転送」を選択 | ||
| 1314 | </itemize> | ||
| 1315 | のいずれかを行います。 | ||
| 1316 | </sect1> | ||
| 1317 | |||
| 1318 | <sect1>メッセージを手を加えずに転送する | ||
| 1319 | <p> | ||
| 1320 | 本文の内容や差出人などに手を加えずにそのまま転送します。 | ||
| 1321 | <itemize> | ||
| 1322 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「手を加えずに転送」を選択 | ||
| 1323 | <item>メニューの「メッセージ>手を加えずに転送」を選択 | ||
| 1324 | <item>ツールバーの「転送」ボタンの矢印ボタンを押して出てくるメニューから「手を加えずに転送」を選択 | ||
| 1325 | </itemize> | ||
| 1326 | のいずれかを行います。 | ||
| 1327 | </sect1> | ||
| 1328 | |||
| 1329 | </sect> | ||
| 1330 | |||
| 1331 | |||
| 1332 | <sect>印刷 | ||
| 1333 | <p> | ||
| 1334 | GTK+ 2.10以降を使用している場合は、内蔵の印刷機能が利用できます。GTK+が2.10未満の場合、または印刷に外部コマンドを使用する設定にしている場合は外部コマンドを利用して印刷を行います(ページ設定やプリンタの選択などは行えません)。 | ||
| 1335 | <sect1>ページ設定 | ||
| 1336 | <p> | ||
| 1337 | メニューの「ファイル>ページ設定...」を選択することでページ設定が行えます。ここでは用紙のサイズや向き、マージンなどを選択することができます(選択可能な項目はプラットフォームによって異なります)。 | ||
| 1338 | </sect1> | ||
| 1339 | <sect1>印刷 | ||
| 1340 | <p> | ||
| 1341 | メニューの「ファイル>印刷...」、またはサマリビューの<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「印刷...」を選択することでメッセージを印刷することができます。また、メッセージビューの本文中の添付ファイルのラベルのメニュー、もしくは添付リストビューからテキストの添付ファイルの<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「印刷...」を選択することで、添付ファイルを印刷することができます。 | ||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | 印刷ダイアログでは、出力するプリンタや印刷するページの指定などが行えます(選択可能な項目はプラットフォームによって異なります)。 | ||
| 1344 | |||
| 1345 | 印刷に使用するフォントとそのサイズについては表示に使用しているものが使用されます。 | ||
| 1346 | </sect1> | ||
| 1347 | </sect> | ||
| 1348 | |||
| 1349 | <sect>アドレス帳 | ||
| 1350 | <p> | ||
| 1351 | Sylpheedのアドレス帳では、アドレスの情報を「人物(パーソン)」という単位で管理します。1つの人物に対して複数のアドレスを登録することができます。 | ||
| 1352 | |||
| 1353 | アドレス帳は、メニューの「ツール>アドレス帳」、ツールバーの「アドレス」ボタンなどによって起動できます。 | ||
| 1354 | |||
| 1355 | <sect1>アドレスの登録・削除 | ||
| 1356 | <p> | ||
| 1357 | アドレス帳を開いた後、アドレスを登録したいフォルダを「共有アドレス」や | ||
| 1358 | 「個人用アドレス」などが書かれたリストの中から選択します。 | ||
| 1359 | その後、 | ||
| 1360 | <itemize> | ||
| 1361 | <item>メニューより「アドレス>新規アドレス」 | ||
| 1362 | <item>追加ボタンを押す | ||
| 1363 | <item>アドレス表示部分の<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「新規アドレス」 | ||
| 1364 | </itemize> | ||
| 1365 | のいずれかを行うことで追加<ref id="dialog" name="ダイアログ">が表示され、それぞれの項目を入力した後OKを押せば登録されます。 | ||
| 1366 | |||
| 1367 | また登録されたアドレスを選択後、 | ||
| 1368 | <itemize> | ||
| 1369 | <item>メニューより「アドレス>編集」 | ||
| 1370 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「編集」 | ||
| 1371 | <item>編集ボタンを押す | ||
| 1372 | </itemize> | ||
| 1373 | のいずれかを行えば編集ダイアログが表示され、OKを押せば更新されます。 | ||
| 1374 | |||
| 1375 | 同じく登録されたアドレスを選択後、 | ||
| 1376 | <itemize> | ||
| 1377 | <item>メニューより「アドレス>削除」 | ||
| 1378 | <item><ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「削除」 | ||
| 1379 | <item>削除ボタンを押す | ||
| 1380 | </itemize> | ||
| 1381 | のいずれかを行えばアドレス帳からそのアドレスを削除することができます。 | ||
| 1382 | </sect1> | ||
| 1383 | |||
| 1384 | <sect1>並べ替えと検索 | ||
| 1385 | <p> | ||
| 1386 | 右側のリストのカラムタイトルをクリックすると、その項目でリストの並べ替えを行うことができます。 | ||
| 1387 | |||
| 1388 | 「検索:」入力欄に文字列を入力してEnterを押すと、名前、アドレス、備考で絞り込み検索が行えます。 | ||
| 1389 | |||
| 1390 | <sect1>情報の移動・コピー | ||
| 1391 | <p> | ||
| 1392 | フォルダ間で情報の移動を行うには、右側のリストで対象を1つまたは複数選択し、左の移動先のフォルダにドラッグ&ドロップします。コピーする場合は Ctrl キーを押しながらドロップしてください。 | ||
| 1393 | |||
| 1394 | もしくは、メニューの「編集」もしくはコンテキストメニューより「コピー」を選択します。その後、コピー先のフォルダを選択し、メニューもしくはコンテキストメニューより「ペースト」を選択することで、情報をコピーすることができます。 | ||
| 1395 | </sect1> | ||
| 1396 | |||
| 1397 | <sect1>フォルダとグループ | ||
| 1398 | <p> | ||
| 1399 | グループはあらかじめ登録された複数のアドレスを入れることのできる特殊なフォルダです。 | ||
| 1400 | フォルダの中にフォルダやグループを作成することは可能ですが、グループの中にフォルダやグループを作成することはできません。 | ||
| 1401 | <itemize> | ||
| 1402 | <item>メニューより"アドレス>新規グループ" | ||
| 1403 | <item>アドレス表示部分の<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「新規グループ」 | ||
| 1404 | </itemize> | ||
| 1405 | のいずれかを行えばグループを作成することができます。 | ||
| 1406 | 矢印ボタンで「利用可能なアドレス」と「グループのアドレス」間でアドレスを移動して登録します。複数選択して一度に複数のアドレスを移動させることも可能です。 | ||
| 1407 | </sect1> | ||
| 1408 | |||
| 1409 | <sect1>メッセージ作成ウィンドウとの連携<label id="address-combo"> | ||
| 1410 | <p> | ||
| 1411 | <ref id="message-create" name="メッセージの作成">画面で、 | ||
| 1412 | <itemize> | ||
| 1413 | <item>メニューで「ツール>アドレス帳」 | ||
| 1414 | <item>ツールバーの「アドレス」ボタンをクリック | ||
| 1415 | </itemize> | ||
| 1416 | することでアドレス帳画面を出すことができ、 | ||
| 1417 | そこでアドレスやグループを選択して「宛先:」, 「Cc:」, 「Bcc:」ボタンを押せば | ||
| 1418 | それぞれメッセージ作成ウィンドウの宛先, Cc, Bccにアドレスが追加されます。 | ||
| 1419 | |||
| 1420 | 複数選択してボタンを押して同時にたくさん追加することも可能ですし、 | ||
| 1421 | 一度アドレスを入力した後、また別のアドレスを選択してボタンを押せば | ||
| 1422 | 前に追加したアドレスの次に選択したアドレスが追加されます。 | ||
| 1423 | </sect1> | ||
| 1424 | |||
| 1425 | <sect1>アドレス帳のインポート | ||
| 1426 | <p> | ||
| 1427 | SylpheedはCSVとLDIF形式のテキストファイルのアドレス帳をインポートすることができます。 | ||
| 1428 | <itemize> | ||
| 1429 | <item>「ツール>LDIFファイルをインポート」または「ツール>CSVファイルをインポート」を選択します。 | ||
| 1430 | <item>インポート後のアドレス帳の名前とインポートするファイルを指定します。 | ||
| 1431 | <item>CSVファイルの場合はカンマ区切りかタブ区切りかを選択します。 | ||
| 1432 | <item>「次へ」を選択します。 | ||
| 1433 | <item>必要に応じてインポートするフィールド名を選択します。 | ||
| 1434 | </itemize> | ||
| 1435 | 以上の手順でアドレス帳をインポートすることができます。 | ||
| 1436 | <p> | ||
| 1437 | ファイルの文字コードはロケールエンコーディングまたはUTF-8のものが取り込めます。 | ||
| 1438 | |||
| 1439 | また、 Windows では初回起動時に Windows アドレス帳(WAB)形式のアドレス帳が自動的に取り込まれます。 | ||
| 1440 | </sect1> | ||
| 1441 | |||
| 1442 | <sect1>アドレス帳のエクスポート | ||
| 1443 | <p> | ||
| 1444 | アドレス帳をCSV形式でエクスポートすることで、アドレス帳を別のPCに移行したり、他のユーザと共有することができます。 | ||
| 1445 | <itemize> | ||
| 1446 | <item>左のツリーでエクスポートしたいアドレス帳、フォルダまたはグループを選択します。 | ||
| 1447 | <item>「ツール>CSVファイルにエクスポート」を選択します。 | ||
| 1448 | <item>エクスポート先のファイル名を指定します。 | ||
| 1449 | <item>カンマ区切りかタブ区切りかを選択します。 | ||
| 1450 | <item>「次へ」を選択します。 | ||
| 1451 | </itemize> | ||
| 1452 | 以上の手順でアドレス帳をエクスポートすることができます。 | ||
| 1453 | <p> | ||
| 1454 | ファイルの文字コードはUTF-8となります。 | ||
| 1455 | |||
| 1456 | なお、フォルダの階層構造はエクスポートされず、サブフォルダ内のアドレスもすべてフラットに出力されます。 | ||
| 1457 | 1つの人物に複数のアドレスが存在する場合は、アドレスごとに個別のデータとして出力されます。 | ||
| 1458 | |||
| 1459 | <sect1>自動登録アドレス | ||
| 1460 | <p> | ||
| 1461 | 「自動登録アドレス」アドレス帳には、アドレス帳に登録されていない宛先のメールアドレスが自動的に登録されます。これは「全般の設定」の「送信>一般>宛先のアドレスをアドレス帳に自動登録する」で設定できます。 | ||
| 1462 | </sect1> | ||
| 1463 | </sect> | ||
| 1464 | |||
| 1465 | <sect>メッセージの振り分け | ||
| 1466 | <p> | ||
| 1467 | Sylpheedには強力なフィルタリング機能が搭載されており、受信したメッセージに対して自動的に振り分けをはじめとするさまざまな処理を行うことができます。 | ||
| 1468 | <sect1>振り分けの設定<label id="filtering-config"> | ||
| 1469 | <p> | ||
| 1470 | メニューより、「設定>振り分けの設定...」を選択します。 | ||
| 1471 | |||
| 1472 | <sect2>フィルタルールの登録 | ||
| 1473 | <p> | ||
| 1474 | 「追加」ボタンを押すとフィルタルール設定ダイアログが開きます。 | ||
| 1475 | |||
| 1476 | 「名前:」欄にルールに対する分かりやすい名前を入力します。 | ||
| 1477 | |||
| 1478 | その下にあるドロップダウンメニューで、複数の条件がある場合にどのようにマッチさせるかを選択します。 | ||
| 1479 | |||
| 1480 | <sect3>条件の設定 | ||
| 1481 | <p> | ||
| 1482 | 上部枠内の「From」と表示されているドロップダウンメニューで、振り分けの対象にしたいヘッダやその他の条件を選択します。選択肢にないヘッダは「ヘッダを編集...」で追加することができます。 | ||
| 1483 | |||
| 1484 | <p> | ||
| 1485 | <descrip> | ||
| 1486 | <tag/ヘッダ項目(From, To等):/ 対象となるヘッダを指定します。 | ||
| 1487 | <tag/To または Cc:/ To または Cc の両方を同時に指定します。 | ||
| 1488 | <tag/いずれかのヘッダ:/ すべてのヘッダが対象になります。 | ||
| 1489 | <tag/ヘッダを編集...:/ ドロップダウンメニューに表示されるヘッダの追加または削除を行います。 | ||
| 1490 | <tag/メッセージ本文:/ メッセージの本文を対象とします。 | ||
| 1491 | <tag/コマンドの実行結果:/ 外部コマンドを実行し、その戻り値によって振り分けを行います。戻り値が0であればマッチし、0以外であればマッチしません。コマンドラインの末尾にメッセージのファイル名が付加されます。リダイレクトなどのシェル機能は使用できないので、その場合はラッパースクリプトを作成する必要があります。 | ||
| 1492 | <tag/サイズ:/ メッセージファイルのサイズを指定した値と比較します。 | ||
| 1493 | <tag/経過日数:/ メッセージの送信日時から受信した日時までの経過日数を指定した値と比較します。 | ||
| 1494 | <tag/未読:/ 未読フラグが立っているかどうかを判定します。 | ||
| 1495 | <tag/マーク付き:/ マークが付けられているかどうかを判定します。 | ||
| 1496 | <tag/カラーラベル付き:/ カラーラベルが付けられているかどうかを判定します。 | ||
| 1497 | <tag/添付ファイル付き:/ 添付ファイルが付けられているかどうかを判定します。 | ||
| 1498 | </descrip> | ||
| 1499 | |||
| 1500 | 次に、右のドロップダウンメニューで条件をキーワードにマッチさせる方法を選択します。アルファベットの大小文字は区別しません。正規表現には拡張正規表現が使用できます。 | ||
| 1501 | |||
| 1502 | <itemize> | ||
| 1503 | <item>ヘッダ・本文 | ||
| 1504 | <p> | ||
| 1505 | <descrip> | ||
| 1506 | <tag/〜が次を含む:/ ヘッダや本文の内容がキーワードを含む場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1507 | <tag/〜が次を含まない:/ ヘッダや本文の内容がキーワードを含まない場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1508 | <tag/〜が次に一致:/ ヘッダや本文中の1行がキーワードに一致する場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1509 | <tag/〜が次に一致しない:/ ヘッダや本文中の1行がキーワードに一致しない場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1510 | <tag/〜が次の正規表現にマッチ:/ ヘッダや本文の内容が正規表現にマッチする場合、マッチします。 | ||
| 1511 | <tag/〜が次の正規表現にマッチしない:/ ヘッダや本文の内容が正規表現にマッチしない場合、マッチします。 | ||
| 1512 | <tag/〜がアドレス帳にある:/ ヘッダに含まれるアドレスがアドレス帳に登録されている場合、マッチします。複数のアドレスの場合、それらのすべてが登録されている場合にマッチします。 | ||
| 1513 | <tag/〜がアドレス帳にない:/ ヘッダに含まれるアドレスがアドレス帳に登録されていない場合、マッチします。複数のアドレスの場合、それらのいずれかが登録されていない場合にマッチします。 | ||
| 1514 | </descrip> | ||
| 1515 | <item>サイズ | ||
| 1516 | <p> | ||
| 1517 | <descrip> | ||
| 1518 | <tag/(サイズ)が次より大きい:/ サイズが指定した値より大きい場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1519 | <tag/(サイズ)が次より小さい:/ サイズが指定した値より小さい場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1520 | </descrip> | ||
| 1521 | <item>経過日数 | ||
| 1522 | <p> | ||
| 1523 | <descrip> | ||
| 1524 | <tag/(経過日数)が次より長い:/ 送信日時からの経過日数が指定した値より長い場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1525 | <tag/(経過日数)が次より短い:/ 送信日時からの経過日数が指定した値より短い場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1526 | </descrip> | ||
| 1527 | <item>状態(未読、マーク、カラーラベル、添付) | ||
| 1528 | <p> | ||
| 1529 | <descrip> | ||
| 1530 | <tag/〜が状態に一致:/ 未読やラベル、添付ファイルなどの状態フラグが立っている場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1531 | <tag/〜が状態に一致しない:/ 未読やラベル、添付ファイルなどの状態フラグが立っていない場合マッチします。 | ||
| 1532 | </descrip> | ||
| 1533 | </itemize> | ||
| 1534 | |||
| 1535 | 振り分けの対象にヘッダや本文を選択した場合は、キーワードを入力します。キーワードを空にした場合は、ヘッダが存在すれば常にマッチするようになります。 | ||
| 1536 | サイズや経過日数を選択した場合は、数値を入力します。 | ||
| 1537 | |||
| 1538 | 条件を追加したい場合は、"+"ボタンを選択すると新しい行が追加されるので、同様に上記の作業を繰り返します。また、"-"ボタンを選択するとその条件を削除することができます。 | ||
| 1539 | </sect3> | ||
| 1540 | |||
| 1541 | <sect3>アクションの設定 | ||
| 1542 | <p> | ||
| 1543 | 次に、アクションを選択します。条件と同様に任意に追加できますが、「移動」、「受信しない」、「サーバから削除」は一度しか実行できず、同時に選択することはできません。移動先やコピー先を指定する場合はフォルダアイコンのボタンで選択できます。 | ||
| 1544 | |||
| 1545 | <p> | ||
| 1546 | <descrip> | ||
| 1547 | <tag/移動:/ 指定したフォルダにメッセージを移動します(以降のルールは評価されません)。 | ||
| 1548 | <tag/コピー:/ 指定したフォルダにメッセージをコピーします。何度でも実行可能です。 | ||
| 1549 | <tag/受信しない:/ メッセージをサーバに残します(以降のルールは評価されません)。 | ||
| 1550 | <tag/サーバから削除:/ 受信時にサーバにメッセージを残す設定にしていた場合でも、強制的にサーバから削除します(以降のルールは評価されません)。 | ||
| 1551 | <tag/マーク:/ マークを付けます。 | ||
| 1552 | <tag/カラーラベルを指定:/ カラーラベルを付けます。 | ||
| 1553 | <tag/読んだことにする:/ 未読マークを外します。 | ||
| 1554 | <tag/コマンドを実行:/ 任意のコマンドを実行します。コマンドラインの末尾にメッセージのファイル名が自動的に付加されます。 | ||
| 1555 | <tag/ルールの評価を停止:/ 当該ルール以降のルールを評価しないようにします。 | ||
| 1556 | </descrip> | ||
| 1557 | |||
| 1558 | 設定が完了したら、「OK」ボタン押すと登録が完了します。「キャンセル」を押すと設定は破棄されます。 | ||
| 1559 | </sect3> | ||
| 1560 | </sect2> | ||
| 1561 | |||
| 1562 | <sect2>振り分けルールの例 | ||
| 1563 | <p> | ||
| 1564 | Subjectに「未承諾広告」または「未承認広告」が含まれる場合にごみ箱(trash)に振り分けしたい場合を例にします。 | ||
| 1565 | |||
| 1566 | まず、「次の条件のいずれかが該当する場合」を選択します。 | ||
| 1567 | |||
| 1568 | そして、1つめの条件で「Subject」を選択し、マッチ方法として「が次を含む」を選択し、キーワードに「未承諾広告」を入力します。 | ||
| 1569 | |||
| 1570 | "+"ボタンを押し、2つめの条件を追加します。 | ||
| 1571 | |||
| 1572 | 同じく「Subject」を選び、「が次を含む」を選択し、キーワードに「未承認広告」を入力します。 | ||
| 1573 | |||
| 1574 | そして、アクションで「移動」を選択し、フォルダの選択ボタンを押してごみ箱(trash)を選択します。 | ||
| 1575 | |||
| 1576 | その後、「OK」ボタンを押すとルールの追加は完了です。 | ||
| 1577 | </sect2> | ||
| 1578 | <sect2>振り分けルールの編集 | ||
| 1579 | <p> | ||
| 1580 | 登録済みルールのリストから編集したいルールを選択して、「編集」ボタンを押します。 | ||
| 1581 | </sect2> | ||
| 1582 | <sect2>振り分けルールのコピー | ||
| 1583 | <p> | ||
| 1584 | 登録済みルールのリストからコピーしたいルールを選択して、「コピー」ボタンを押します。 | ||
| 1585 | </sect2> | ||
| 1586 | <sect2>振り分けルールの削除 | ||
| 1587 | <p> | ||
| 1588 | 登録済みルールのリストから削除したいルールを選択して、「削除」ボタンを押します。 | ||
| 1589 | </sect2> | ||
| 1590 | <sect2>振り分けルールの自動生成 | ||
| 1591 | <p> | ||
| 1592 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">でメッセージを<ref id="select-operation" name="選択">してから、 | ||
| 1593 | メニューの「ツール>振り分けルールを作成」、または<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">の「振り分けルールを作成」を実行することで、ルールのひな型を自動的に作成します。その後の設定方法は上記と同様です。 | ||
| 1594 | |||
| 1595 | ドロップダウンメニューにはメッセージに含まれるヘッダが追加され、メニューを選択するとキーワードも自動的に入力されます。 | ||
| 1596 | </sect2> | ||
| 1597 | </sect1> | ||
| 1598 | <sect1>振り分けを実行するには | ||
| 1599 | <p> | ||
| 1600 | <sect2>受信時に自動的に振り分けを実行するには | ||
| 1601 | <p> | ||
| 1602 | 受信時に自動的に振り分けを実行したいアカウントの | ||
| 1603 | <ref id="Account-Config" name="アカウントの設定">で、 | ||
| 1604 | 受信タブの中にある「受信時にメッセージを振り分ける」にチェックを入れます。 | ||
| 1605 | </sect2> | ||
| 1606 | <sect2>受信済みのメッセージにフィルタルールを適用するには | ||
| 1607 | <p> | ||
| 1608 | メニューの「ツール>フォルダ中のすべてのメッセージを振り分け」または「ツール>選択中のメッセージを振り分け」を選択することで、設定されたルールをもとに振り分けが実行されます。 | ||
| 1609 | </sect2> | ||
| 1610 | </sect1> | ||
| 1611 | </sect> | ||
| 1612 | |||
| 1613 | <sect>迷惑メール対策<label id="junk-control"> | ||
| 1614 | <p> | ||
| 1615 | Sylpheedは外部コマンドと連携することで、自動的に迷惑メールをフィルタリングすることができます。 | ||
| 1616 | <sect1>迷惑メール対策機能の仕組み | ||
| 1617 | <p> | ||
| 1618 | 自動的に迷惑メールをフィルタリングするためには、まず学習型の迷惑メール判定プログラムが必要です。 | ||
| 1619 | Sylpheedは現在、Sylpheed向けに新たに開発された<url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/sylfilter/" name="SylFilter">と、<url url="http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/" name="bogofilter">、<url url="http://sourceforge.jp/projects/bsfilter/" name="bsfilter">に対応しています。 | ||
| 1620 | |||
| 1621 | Sylpheedは最初に迷惑メールと非迷惑メールをこれらのプログラムに渡して学習させます。学習を繰り返すことでこれらのプログラムはどんどん判定精度が向上していきます。 | ||
| 1622 | |||
| 1623 | 迷惑メールと非迷惑メールの両方について十分に学習が済んだら(それぞれ50〜100通程度学習させれば問題ないでしょう)、受信したメールをこれらのプログラムに渡して、それが迷惑メールであるかどうか確認します。 | ||
| 1624 | 迷惑メールと判定された場合は、フォルダへの移動やサーバからの削除など、指定したアクションを実行します。 | ||
| 1625 | |||
| 1626 | もし誤判定があった場合は、そのメールを学習させることで判定精度をさらに向上させることができます。 | ||
| 1627 | |||
| 1628 | なお、迷惑メールと非迷惑メールのうち片方しか学習させていない状態では判定が行われませんので注意してください。 | ||
| 1629 | </sect1> | ||
| 1630 | <sect1>迷惑メール対策機能を有効にする | ||
| 1631 | <p> | ||
| 1632 | 全般の設定の「迷惑メール」タブの「迷惑メール対策を有効にする」をチェックします。 | ||
| 1633 | </sect1> | ||
| 1634 | <sect1>学習コマンドの設定 | ||
| 1635 | <p> | ||
| 1636 | 迷惑メールを学習するためのコマンドを指定します。あらかじめbogofilterが使用できるように設定されています。Windows版の場合はsylfilterが設定されています(WindowsではSylFilterの使用を推奨しています)。 | ||
| 1637 | |||
| 1638 | 「(プリセットを選択)」と書かれたオプションメニューで、sylfilter、bogofilter、bsfilterの既定の設定を選択することができます。 | ||
| 1639 | |||
| 1640 | <sect2>Windows版でbsfilterを使用する場合の注意 | ||
| 1641 | <p> | ||
| 1642 | Windows版で管理者権限のないユーザでSylpheedを実行する場合、bsfilterはインストールされたディレクトリにファイルを書き込もうとするため、ファイルを書き込めずにエラーになります。その場合以下のいずれかの方法を行ってください。 | ||
| 1643 | <itemize> | ||
| 1644 | <item>管理者権限をもつユーザでSylpheedを実行する | ||
| 1645 | <item>環境変数 BSFILTERHOME に書き込み可能なディレクトリを指定する | ||
| 1646 | <p><itemize> | ||
| 1647 | <item>「コントロールパネル - システムとメンテナンス - システム - システムの詳細設定 - 環境変数 - (ユーザ名) のユーザー環境変数」で「新規」を押す | ||
| 1648 | <item>「変数名」に「BSFILTERHOME」、「変数値」に「C:\Users\(ユーザ名)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed」を入力して「OK」を押す | ||
| 1649 | </itemize> | ||
| 1650 | <item>「全般の設定 - 迷惑メール - 学習コマンド」の各コマンドに | ||
| 1651 | --homedir "ディレクトリ" を追加する | ||
| 1652 | <p>例) bsfilterw.exe --homedir "C:\Users\(ユーザ名)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed" -C -s -u | ||
| 1653 | </itemize> | ||
| 1654 | |||
| 1655 | なお、標準のProgram Filesフォルダにインストールした場合は、自動的に「C:\Users\(ユーザ名)\AppData\Local\VirtualStore\Program Files\Sylpheed」以下にリダイレクトされるため、上記の対策は特に必要ありません。 | ||
| 1656 | </sect2> | ||
| 1657 | </sect1> | ||
| 1658 | |||
| 1659 | <sect1>アクションの設定 | ||
| 1660 | <p> | ||
| 1661 | 迷惑メールと判定された場合にどのような動作を実行するかを指定します。 | ||
| 1662 | |||
| 1663 | <sect2>迷惑メールフォルダ | ||
| 1664 | <p> | ||
| 1665 | 迷惑メールと判定されたメッセージはここで指定したフォルダに振り分けられます。 | ||
| 1666 | |||
| 1667 | <sect2>受信時に迷惑メールと判定されたメッセージを振り分ける | ||
| 1668 | <p> | ||
| 1669 | 受信時に自動的に迷惑メールを振り分けたい場合は、これをチェックします。この振り分けは、通常のフィルタリングの後に実行されます。 | ||
| 1670 | </sect2> | ||
| 1671 | <sect2>通常の振り分けの前に迷惑メールを振り分ける | ||
| 1672 | <p> | ||
| 1673 | これにチェックを入れると、通常の振り分けの前に迷惑メールの振り分けが行われるようになります。 | ||
| 1674 | </sect2> | ||
| 1675 | <sect2>受信時に迷惑メールをサーバから削除する | ||
| 1676 | <p> | ||
| 1677 | メールをサーバに残す設定にしていた場合でも、強制的に迷惑メールをサーバから削除します。 | ||
| 1678 | </sect2> | ||
| 1679 | <sect2>差出人がアドレス帳に含まれる場合は迷惑メールと判定しない | ||
| 1680 | <p> | ||
| 1681 | 差出人がアドレス帳に含まれる場合は既知の差出人として扱い、迷惑メールと判定しません。 | ||
| 1682 | </sect2> | ||
| 1683 | <sect2>振り分けた迷惑メールを既読にする | ||
| 1684 | <p> | ||
| 1685 | 振り分けた迷惑メールの未読フラグを解除します。 | ||
| 1686 | </sect2> | ||
| 1687 | </sect1> | ||
| 1688 | |||
| 1689 | <sect1>学習結果を初期化する | ||
| 1690 | <p> | ||
| 1691 | 学習を繰り返しても正しく判定されなくなったり、迷惑メールの判定に問題が生じた場合は、一度学習結果を初期化して学習をやり直すことで解決できる場合があります。 | ||
| 1692 | |||
| 1693 | <sect2>SylFilter | ||
| 1694 | <p> | ||
| 1695 | Windowsでは %APPDATA%\SylFilter 以下のファイルをすべて削除します。 | ||
| 1696 | |||
| 1697 | Unix/Linux環境では、˜/.sylfilter 以下のファイルをすべて削除します。 | ||
| 1698 | </sect2> | ||
| 1699 | <sect2>bogofilter | ||
| 1700 | <p> | ||
| 1701 | Unix/Linux環境では、˜/.bogofilter 以下のファイルをすべて削除します。 | ||
| 1702 | </sect2> | ||
| 1703 | <sect2>bsfilter | ||
| 1704 | <p> | ||
| 1705 | Unix/Linux環境では、˜/.bsfilter 以下のファイルをすべて削除します。 | ||
| 1706 | Windowsでは、Sylpheedをインストールしたフォルダ、または上記で設定したフォルダ内の以下のファイルをすべて削除します。 | ||
| 1707 | <itemize> | ||
| 1708 | <item>C.clean.sdbm.* | ||
| 1709 | <item>C.prob.sdbm.* | ||
| 1710 | <item>C.spam.sdbm.* | ||
| 1711 | <item>ja.clean.sdbm.* | ||
| 1712 | <item>ja.prob.sdbm.* | ||
| 1713 | <item>ja.spam.sdbm.* | ||
| 1714 | </itemize> | ||
| 1715 | </sect1> | ||
| 1716 | |||
| 1717 | </sect> | ||
| 1718 | |||
| 1719 | <sect>検索 | ||
| 1720 | <sect1>フォルダの内容の検索 | ||
| 1721 | <sect2>検索ダイアログ | ||
| 1722 | <p> | ||
| 1723 | フォルダの内容を検索するには、検索したいフォルダを選択した状態でメニューから「編集>メッセージを検索...」を選択して検索ダイアログを表示します。またはフォルダビューで対象となるフォルダの<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">より「メッセージを検索...」を選択します。 | ||
| 1724 | </sect2> | ||
| 1725 | |||
| 1726 | <sect2>検索条件の入力 | ||
| 1727 | <p> | ||
| 1728 | 検索ダイアログに検索条件を入力します。条件の指定方法は基本的に振り分けの場合と同様です。 | ||
| 1729 | |||
| 1730 | 検索対象のフォルダにはあらかじめ選択されているフォルダが指定されています。対象フォルダを変更したい場合は入力欄の右の「...」ボタンを押して選択します。 | ||
| 1731 | |||
| 1732 | 「サブフォルダを検索」にチェックを入れると、指定したフォルダの下位にあるフォルダもまとめて検索します。 | ||
| 1733 | 「大文字/小文字を区別」にチェックを入れると、アルファベットの大小文字を区別して検索するようになります。 | ||
| 1734 | </sect2> | ||
| 1735 | |||
| 1736 | <sect2>検索の実行 | ||
| 1737 | <p> | ||
| 1738 | 「検索」ボタンを押すと検索を開始します。また、条件のキーワードの入力欄でEnterキーを押すことでも検索を開始します。「クリア」ボタンを押すと入力した条件と検索結果をクリアして初期状態に戻します。 | ||
| 1739 | |||
| 1740 | 検索結果は下のリストビューに一覧表示されます。 | ||
| 1741 | |||
| 1742 | 一覧のメッセージをダブルクリックすると、そのメッセージを含むフォルダをサマリビューで表示している場合はサマリビュー上で選択します。それ以外の場合は別ウィンドウで表示します。 | ||
| 1743 | |||
| 1744 | 一覧のメッセージを右クリックすると、サマリビューと同様のコンテキストメニューが表示されます。このメニューからメッセージへの返信、転送、移動、コピー等の操作が可能です。なお、サマリビューのコンテキストメニューのうち、「マーク」「カラーラベル」「削除」「迷惑メールに指定」「迷惑メールではない」は検索結果からは使用できません。 | ||
| 1745 | |||
| 1746 | 「閉じる」ボタンを押すと検索ダイアログを閉じます。 | ||
| 1747 | </sect2> | ||
| 1748 | </sect1> | ||
| 1749 | |||
| 1750 | <sect1>検索フォルダ | ||
| 1751 | <sect2>検索フォルダとは | ||
| 1752 | <p> | ||
| 1753 | 検索条件を検索フォルダとして保存することで、検索結果を後から簡単に参照することができます。新しいメッセージが追加された場合は、そのメッセージも自動的に検索対象に含まれます。 | ||
| 1754 | 検索結果はキャッシュされるため、2回目以降は高速に表示することができます。 | ||
| 1755 | </sect2> | ||
| 1756 | |||
| 1757 | <sect2>検索フォルダの作成 | ||
| 1758 | <p> | ||
| 1759 | 検索フォルダを作成するには、検索ダイアログで条件の設定を行った後「検索フォルダとして保存」ボタンを押します。 | ||
| 1760 | 「場所:」で指定したフォルダの下に「フォルダ名:」で指定した名前の検索フォルダが作成されます。フォルダを作成する場所は初期状態では検索対象フォルダの下になっていますが、場所の入力欄の右の「...」ボタンで変更することもできます。 | ||
| 1761 | |||
| 1762 | フォルダビューで検索フォルダを選択すると、検索結果をサマリビューに表示します。検索フォルダでも通常のフォルダと同様にメッセージを閲覧することができます。 | ||
| 1763 | </sect2> | ||
| 1764 | |||
| 1765 | <sect2>検索条件の編集 | ||
| 1766 | <p> | ||
| 1767 | 後から検索フォルダの検索条件を変更することもできます。検索フォルダの<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">から「検索条件を編集...」を選択します。 | ||
| 1768 | 検索ダイアログと同様にして条件を設定した後、「OK」を選択します。「キャンセル」を選択すると変更は破棄されます。 | ||
| 1769 | </sect2> | ||
| 1770 | </sect1> | ||
| 1771 | |||
| 1772 | <sect1>メッセージ内の検索 | ||
| 1773 | <p> | ||
| 1774 | 現在表示しているメッセージ内の文字列を検索するには、メニューから「編集>現在のメッセージ内を検索...」を選択して検索ダイアログを表示します。 | ||
| 1775 | |||
| 1776 | 検索ダイアログの「検索文字列:」入力欄に検索したい文字列を入力します。 | ||
| 1777 | 「大文字/小文字を区別」にチェックを入れると、アルファベットの大小文字を区別して検索するようになります。 | ||
| 1778 | |||
| 1779 | 「進む」ボタンを押す、または入力欄でEnterを押すと先頭から順に検索を開始します。 | ||
| 1780 | メッセージビュー内をクリックした場合は、その場所から検索を開始します。 | ||
| 1781 | 「戻る」ボタンを押すと逆方向に検索します。 | ||
| 1782 | |||
| 1783 | 「閉じる」ボタンを押すとダイアログを閉じます。 | ||
| 1784 | </sect1> | ||
| 1785 | |||
| 1786 | <sect1>クイック検索 | ||
| 1787 | <p> | ||
| 1788 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">の上部にある「検索バー」を使うと、メッセージ一覧の絞りこみ検索をすばやく行うことが出来ます。これをクイック検索と呼びます。 | ||
| 1789 | |||
| 1790 | 左のドロップダウンメニューでは、フラグの条件を選択することができます。例えば、「未読」を選択すると未読メッセージのみが表示されます。以下の条件から選択します。 | ||
| 1791 | <itemize> | ||
| 1792 | <item>すべて | ||
| 1793 | <item>未読 | ||
| 1794 | <item>マーク付き | ||
| 1795 | <item>カラーラベル付き | ||
| 1796 | <item>添付ファイル付き | ||
| 1797 | <item>1日以内 (Dateの日付が) | ||
| 1798 | <item>最近5日間 (Dateの日付が) | ||
| 1799 | <item>最近1週間 (Dateの日付が) | ||
| 1800 | <item>アドレス帳にある (Fromのアドレスが) | ||
| 1801 | </itemize> | ||
| 1802 | |||
| 1803 | 右の「検索:」入力欄に検索キーワードを入力してEnterを押すと、件名または差出人を検索し、ヒットしたもののみをサマリビューに表示します。フラグの条件と同時に指定することもできます。複数のキーワードを空白区切りで並べて入力すると、各キーワードのAND検索になります。 | ||
| 1804 | |||
| 1805 | 絞り込みが行われている場合は、検索欄の右に「○○通中○通を表示」と表示されます。 | ||
| 1806 | |||
| 1807 | 条件をクリアしたい場合は入力した文字列を削除してEnterを押すか、「×」ボタンを押してください。 | ||
| 1808 | </sect1> | ||
| 1809 | </sect> | ||
| 1810 | |||
| 1811 | <sect>セキュリティ機能 | ||
| 1812 | <sect1>SSLによる通信<label id="ssl-communication"> | ||
| 1813 | <p> | ||
| 1814 | SylpheedはSSLによる通信に対応しており、安全な通信を行うことができます。 | ||
| 1815 | POP3(SSL/TLSv1)、IMAP4(SSL/TLSv1)、NNTP(SSL)に対応しています。 | ||
| 1816 | |||
| 1817 | SSLによる通信では最初にSylpheedに同梱している(またはシステムにインストールされている)証明書を用いてサーバの証明書を検証します。検証に成功した場合はそのまま通信を続行します。証明書が検証できなかった場合は警告ダイアログを出し、ユーザに証明書を受け入れて処理を続行するか、あるいは中断するかを確認します。処理の続行を選択した場合、セッションが終了するまでの間自動的に証明書を受け入れます。 | ||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | <sect2>アカウントの設定(SSLタブ) | ||
| 1820 | <p> | ||
| 1821 | <sect3>POP3 - SSLを使用しない | ||
| 1822 | <p> | ||
| 1823 | 暗号化されていない通常の接続を行います。 | ||
| 1824 | </sect3> | ||
| 1825 | <sect3>POP3 - POP3の接続にSSLを使用 | ||
| 1826 | <p> | ||
| 1827 | 最初からサーバとSSLで通信します。「高度な設定 - POP3ポートを指定」がチェックされていない場合は自動的にPOP3/SSL用のポートを使用します。 | ||
| 1828 | </sect3> | ||
| 1829 | <sect3>POP3 - SSLセッションの開始にSTARTTLSコマンドを使用 | ||
| 1830 | <p> | ||
| 1831 | 最初は暗号化されていない通常の接続を行い、途中でSTARTTLS(STLS)コマンドを発行してTLSv1による接続に切り替えます。 | ||
| 1832 | </sect3> | ||
| 1833 | <sect3>送信(SMTP) - SSLを使用しない | ||
| 1834 | <p> | ||
| 1835 | 暗号化されていない通常の接続を行います。 | ||
| 1836 | </sect3> | ||
| 1837 | <sect3>送信(SMTP) - SMTPの接続にSSLを使用 | ||
| 1838 | <p> | ||
| 1839 | 最初からサーバとSSLで通信します。「高度な設定 - SMTPポートを指定」がチェックされていない場合は自動的にSMTP/SSL用のポートを使用します。 | ||
| 1840 | <sect3>送信(SMTP) - SSLセッションの開始にSTARTTLSコマンドを使用 | ||
| 1841 | <p> | ||
| 1842 | 最初は暗号化されていない通常の接続を行い、途中でSTARTTLSコマンドを発行してTLSv1による接続に切り替えます。 | ||
| 1843 | </sect3> | ||
| 1844 | <sect3>非ブロッキングソケットを使用する | ||
| 1845 | <p> | ||
| 1846 | 通常はSSLの通信に非ブロッキングソケットを使用しますが、問題が発生する場合はオフにしてください。 | ||
| 1847 | </sect3> | ||
| 1848 | </sect2> | ||
| 1849 | </sect1> | ||
| 1850 | |||
| 1851 | <sect1>PGPによる電子署名と暗号化<label id="pgp-privacy"> | ||
| 1852 | <p> | ||
| 1853 | SylpheedはGnuPGと連携してPGPによる電子書名と暗号化を行うことができます。 | ||
| 1854 | |||
| 1855 | 電子署名はメッセージの送信者が自分の秘密鍵でメッセージに署名します。受信者は送信者の公開鍵でその署名を検証することで、そのメッセージが本当に本人から送られたものであることが証明できます。 | ||
| 1856 | |||
| 1857 | 暗号化はメッセージの送信者が受信者の公開鍵でメッセージを暗号化します。暗号化したメッセージは受信者の秘密鍵でのみ復号することができるため、メッセージを盗み見られる可能性がなくなります。 | ||
| 1858 | |||
| 1859 | <sect2>全般の設定(個人情報タブ) | ||
| 1860 | <p> | ||
| 1861 | <sect3>署名を自動的に検証する | ||
| 1862 | <p> | ||
| 1863 | PGPで署名されているメッセージを開いたときに自動的に署名を検証します。 | ||
| 1864 | </sect3> | ||
| 1865 | <sect3>署名の検証結果をポップアップウィンドウで表示する | ||
| 1866 | <p> | ||
| 1867 | 通常はメッセージビュー内に署名の検証結果を表示しますが、ポップアップウィンドウで表示したい場合はこのオプションをチェックします。 | ||
| 1868 | </sect3> | ||
| 1869 | <sect3>パスフレーズをメモリ上に一時的に記憶する | ||
| 1870 | <p> | ||
| 1871 | 秘密鍵のパスフレーズをメモリ上に一時的に記憶することで、パスフレーズの入力を一定時間省略することができます。有効期間を分単位で指定します。0を指定するとセッションが終了するまでパスフレーズを記憶します。 | ||
| 1872 | </sect3> | ||
| 1873 | <sect3>GnuPGが動作しない場合起動時に警告を表示する | ||
| 1874 | <p> | ||
| 1875 | 起動時にGnuPGが使用可能かどうかを調べ、インストールされていない、あるいはバージョンが古すぎるなどの理由で利用できない場合に起動時に警告を表示するようにします。 | ||
| 1876 | </sect3> | ||
| 1877 | </sect2> | ||
| 1878 | <sect2>アカウントの設定(個人情報タブ) | ||
| 1879 | <p> | ||
| 1880 | <sect3>標準でメッセージにPGP署名する | ||
| 1881 | <p> | ||
| 1882 | メッセージを作成する際に標準でPGP署名を行うようにします。 | ||
| 1883 | </sect3> | ||
| 1884 | <sect3>標準でメッセージをPGP暗号化する | ||
| 1885 | <p> | ||
| 1886 | メッセージを作成する際に標準でPGP暗号化を行うようにします。 | ||
| 1887 | </sect3> | ||
| 1888 | <sect3>暗号化されたメッセージに返信した場合は暗号化する | ||
| 1889 | <p> | ||
| 1890 | 暗号化されたメッセージに返信した場合、暗号化を行うようにします。 | ||
| 1891 | </sect3> | ||
| 1892 | <sect3>暗号化時に自分の鍵を受信者リストに追加する | ||
| 1893 | <p> | ||
| 1894 | 暗号化したメッセージを受信者だけでなく自分(送信者)も復号できるようにします。 | ||
| 1895 | </sect3> | ||
| 1896 | <sect3>暗号化にASCII包装形式を使用する | ||
| 1897 | <p> | ||
| 1898 | 暗号化にPGP/MIMEではなくASCII包装形式を使用します。この方式は推奨されていません。 | ||
| 1899 | </sect3> | ||
| 1900 | <sect3>クリアテキスト署名を使用する | ||
| 1901 | <p> | ||
| 1902 | 署名をPGP/MIMEではなく本文にクリアテキストの形で行います。MIMEやUS-ASCII以外の文字コードと相性が悪いため、推奨されていません。相手のメールソフトがPGP/MIMEに対応していない場合のみ使用してください。 | ||
| 1903 | </sect3> | ||
| 1904 | <sect3>署名 / 暗号化鍵 - 標準のGnuPG鍵を使用する | ||
| 1905 | <p> | ||
| 1906 | 署名を行う場合にGnuPGで標準に指定されている鍵を使用します。 | ||
| 1907 | 暗号化の場合はすべての利用可能な鍵の一覧から選択します。 | ||
| 1908 | </sect3> | ||
| 1909 | <sect3>署名 / 暗号化鍵 - 自分の電子メールで鍵を選択する | ||
| 1910 | <p> | ||
| 1911 | 署名、暗号化を行う場合に自分の電子メールに該当する鍵を使用します。 | ||
| 1912 | </sect3> | ||
| 1913 | <sect3>署名 / 暗号化鍵 - 鍵を手動で指定する | ||
| 1914 | <p> | ||
| 1915 | 署名、暗号化鍵をユーザ名または鍵IDで直接指定します。 | ||
| 1916 | </sect3> | ||
| 1917 | </sect2> | ||
| 1918 | </sect1> | ||
| 1919 | |||
| 1920 | <sect>ネットニュースの購読 | ||
| 1921 | <p> | ||
| 1922 | <sect1>サーバの追加・削除 | ||
| 1923 | <p> | ||
| 1924 | |||
| 1925 | <sect2>サーバの追加<label id="append-news-serv"> | ||
| 1926 | <p> | ||
| 1927 | まず、<ref id="append-account" name="アカウント">の追加を行います。 | ||
| 1928 | そこで、サーバ情報のプロトコルで「ニュース (NNTP)」を選択し、 | ||
| 1929 | ニュースサーバ名を記入してください。 | ||
| 1930 | |||
| 1931 | 認証が必要な場合には、「このサーバは認証が必要」のチェックボックスをオンにして、 | ||
| 1932 | ユーザIDとパスワードを入力してください。 | ||
| 1933 | |||
| 1934 | 入力が完了したら、OKを押せばフォルダビューにニュースサーバ名が現われます。 | ||
| 1935 | </sect2> | ||
| 1936 | <sect2>サーバの削除 | ||
| 1937 | <p> | ||
| 1938 | <ref id="edit-account" name="アカウントの編集">で該当するアカウントを選択し、「削除」ボタンを押してください。 | ||
| 1939 | |||
| 1940 | キャッシュ情報は復元できないので注意してください。 | ||
| 1941 | </sect2> | ||
| 1942 | <sect2>ニュースサーバに関するTips | ||
| 1943 | <p> | ||
| 1944 | 現在のSylpheedはニュースサーバに1つ1つメッセージを取り寄せて行きます。 | ||
| 1945 | そのため、ダイヤルアップ環境では遅いかも知れません。 | ||
| 1946 | |||
| 1947 | そこでleafnode+ のようなオフラインニュースサーバを使うことをお薦めします。 | ||
| 1948 | </sect2> | ||
| 1949 | </sect1> | ||
| 1950 | <sect1>ニュースグループの購読・購読解除 | ||
| 1951 | <sect2>ニュースグループの購読 | ||
| 1952 | <p> | ||
| 1953 | <ref id="append-news-serv" name="サーバの追加">で追加したニュースサーバを | ||
| 1954 | <ref id="folderview" name="フォルダビュー">で<ref id="context-menu" name="コンテキストメニュー">を出し、 | ||
| 1955 | 「ニュースグループを購読」を選択してください。 | ||
| 1956 | |||
| 1957 | そして検索し、購読したいグループを選択した後OKを押せば講読できます。 | ||
| 1958 | 複数選択も可能です。 | ||
| 1959 | </sect2> | ||
| 1960 | <sect2>ニュースグループの購読解除 | ||
| 1961 | <p> | ||
| 1962 | 購読で追加したニュースグループを右クリックしてコンテキストメニューを出し、 | ||
| 1963 | 「ニュースグループを削除」を選択し、「はい」を選択すれば解除できます。 | ||
| 1964 | |||
| 1965 | この場合もキャッシュや未読情報はクリアされてしまうので注意してください。 | ||
| 1966 | </sect2> | ||
| 1967 | </sect1> | ||
| 1968 | <sect1>ニュースを読む | ||
| 1969 | <p> | ||
| 1970 | ニュースは、<ref id="read-message" name="メールの閲覧">と全く同じ方法で読むことができます。 | ||
| 1971 | </sect1> | ||
| 1972 | <sect1>ニュースの投稿 | ||
| 1973 | <p> | ||
| 1974 | ニュースフォルダを開いている状態か、ニュースのアカウントを選択している状態で | ||
| 1975 | メッセージの作成をすれば記事を書くことができ、メールと同じような操作で投稿することができます。 | ||
| 1976 | </sect1> | ||
| 1977 | |||
| 1978 | </sect> | ||
| 1979 | |||
| 1980 | <sect>アップデートチェック | ||
| 1981 | <p> | ||
| 1982 | Sylpheed の Web サイトで新しいバージョンが公開されている場合に通知します。 | ||
| 1983 | <p> | ||
| 1984 | 新しいバージョンが見つかった場合、「新しいバージョンのSylpheedが見つかりました。今すぐ更新しますか?」という確認ダイアログが表示されます。「はい」を選択すると Sylpheed の Web ページが開きます(Web ブラウザが正しく設定されている必要があります)。 | ||
| 1985 | <p>アップデートチェックは curl コマンドを利用して行われるため、 curl がインストールされている必要があります。 Windows 版の場合は curl を同梱しているため別途インストールする必要はありません。また、 HTTP プロキシ経由で Web にアクセスする環境の場合は<ref id="http-proxy" name="HTTP プロキシ">を設定する必要があります。 | ||
| 1986 | <sect1>自動アップデートチェック | ||
| 1987 | <p> | ||
| 1988 | 全般の設定の「詳細 - アップデート」タブで自動アップデートチェックが有効になっている場合、起動時にアップデートのチェックを行います。 | ||
| 1989 | </sect1> | ||
| 1990 | <sect1>手動アップデートチェック | ||
| 1991 | <p> | ||
| 1992 | メニューの「ヘルプ>アップデートチェック」を選択すると、アップデートのチェックを行います。 | ||
| 1993 | </sect1> | ||
| 1994 | </sect> | ||
| 1995 | |||
| 1996 | <sect>カスタマイズ | ||
| 1997 | <sect1>全般の設定<label id="general-config-open"> | ||
| 1998 | <p> | ||
| 1999 | 全般の設定ウィンドウは以下から開くことができます。 | ||
| 2000 | <itemize> | ||
| 2001 | <item>メニューから「設定>全般の設定」 | ||
| 2002 | <item>ツールバーから設定をクリック | ||
| 2003 | </itemize> | ||
| 2004 | </sect1> | ||
| 2005 | |||
| 2006 | <sect1>全般の設定の各項目の説明 | ||
| 2007 | <sect2>「受信」タブ | ||
| 2008 | <sect3>新着メールを自動チェックする | ||
| 2009 | <p> | ||
| 2010 | チェックすれば指定した時間ごとに新着メールをチェックします。 | ||
| 2011 | </sect3> | ||
| 2012 | <sect3>起動時に新着メールをチェックする | ||
| 2013 | <p> | ||
| 2014 | Sylpheed起動時に新着メールを自動チェックします。 | ||
| 2015 | </sect3> | ||
| 2016 | <sect3>受信後にすべてのローカルフォルダを更新する | ||
| 2017 | <p> | ||
| 2018 | メールの受信にprocmailなどの外部プログラムを使って直接MHフォルダにメッセージを取り込んだ場合フォルダの情報は自動的に更新されないので、これを有効にすることで最新の状態に更新できます。 | ||
| 2019 | </sect3> | ||
| 2020 | <sect3>新着メッセージ通知 | ||
| 2021 | <p> | ||
| 2022 | 新着メッセージ到着時の通知方法を設定します。 | ||
| 2023 | <sect4>新着メッセージが到着したら通知ウィンドウを表示する | ||
| 2024 | <p> | ||
| 2025 | 新着メッセージが到着したら通知ウィンドウをポップアップして表示します。 | ||
| 2026 | </sect4> | ||
| 2027 | <sect4>ウィンドウを次の間表示 | ||
| 2028 | <p> | ||
| 2029 | 新着通知ウィンドウを表示後、指定した秒数が経過すると自動的に閉じます。0を指定すると自動的に閉じなくなります。 | ||
| 2030 | </sect4> | ||
| 2031 | <sect4>新着メッセージが到着したら音を鳴らす(Windowsのみ) | ||
| 2032 | <p> | ||
| 2033 | 新着メッセージ到着時に指定した音声ファイル(wav)を再生します。 | ||
| 2034 | </sect4> | ||
| 2035 | <sect4>新着メッセージが到着したらコマンドを実行する | ||
| 2036 | <p> | ||
| 2037 | 指定したコマンドを実行します。コマンドの引数に %d を指定すると新着メッセージ数で置き換えられます。 | ||
| 2038 | </sect4> | ||
| 2039 | </sect3> | ||
| 2040 | <sect3>ローカルスプールから取り込む(Unixのみ) | ||
| 2041 | <p> | ||
| 2042 | 「ローカルスプールから取り込む」を選択すれば、 | ||
| 2043 | 「(スプールディレクトリ)/(ユーザ名)」のファイルからメッセージが取り込まれます。 | ||
| 2044 | 「取込時に振り分ける」を選択すれば、取り込み時に自動的に振り分けられます。 | ||
| 2045 | </sect3> | ||
| 2046 | </sect2> | ||
| 2047 | <sect2>「送信 - 一般」タブ | ||
| 2048 | <p> | ||
| 2049 | <sect3>送信したメッセージを送信控に保存する | ||
| 2050 | <p> | ||
| 2051 | </sect3> | ||
| 2052 | <sect3>送信したメッセージにフィルタルールを適用する | ||
| 2053 | <p> | ||
| 2054 | </sect3> | ||
| 2055 | <sect3>宛先のアドレスをアドレス帳に自動登録する | ||
| 2056 | <p> | ||
| 2057 | この項目にチェックが入っている場合は、送信先のアドレスのうちアドレス帳に含まれないものがアドレス帳の「自動登録アドレス」に自動的に登録されます。 | ||
| 2058 | </sect3> | ||
| 2059 | <sect3>送信ダイアログを表示する | ||
| 2060 | <p> | ||
| 2061 | メッセージの送信時に送信ダイアログを表示するかどうかを設定します。 | ||
| 2062 | </sect3> | ||
| 2063 | <sect3>次の文字列(カンマ区切り)がメッセージ本文に含まれる場合は添付忘れを確認する | ||
| 2064 | <p> | ||
| 2065 | 指定した文字列(カンマ区切り)が本文に含まれており、ファイルが添付されていなかった場合に確認ダイアログを表示します。 | ||
| 2066 | </sect3> | ||
| 2067 | <sect3>送信前に宛先を確認する | ||
| 2068 | <p> | ||
| 2069 | この項目にチェックが入っている場合は、送信時に宛先を一覧表示して確認を促します。 | ||
| 2070 | |||
| 2071 | 「除外するアドレス/ドメイン(カンマ区切り):」の入力欄にアドレスまたはドメインをカンマ区切りで入力すると、そのアドレスまたはドメインはチェックの対象外になります。 | ||
| 2072 | </sect3> | ||
| 2073 | </sect2> | ||
| 2074 | |||
| 2075 | <sect2>「送信 - エンコーディング」タブ | ||
| 2076 | <p> | ||
| 2077 | <sect3>転送符号化方式 | ||
| 2078 | <p> | ||
| 2079 | </sect3> | ||
| 2080 | <sect3>MIMEファイル名エンコーディング | ||
| 2081 | <p> | ||
| 2082 | </sect3> | ||
| 2083 | <sect2>「作成 - 一般」タブ | ||
| 2084 | <p> | ||
| 2085 | <sect3>署名<label id="common-prefs-signature"> | ||
| 2086 | <p> | ||
| 2087 | 「自動的に挿入する」を選択すれば、メッセージ作成時に本文の最後に自動的に署名が挿入されます。 | ||
| 2088 | <verb> | ||
| 2089 | [設定されている署名の区切り(デフォルト:「-- 」)] | ||
| 2090 | [各アカウント設定の署名] | ||
| 2091 | </verb> | ||
| 2092 | のように挿入されます。 | ||
| 2093 | </sect3> | ||
| 2094 | <sect3>返信時に自動的にアカウントを選択する | ||
| 2095 | <p> | ||
| 2096 | To: に書かれたアドレスからアカウントを判断し、 | ||
| 2097 | 自動的に返信時のアカウントを決定します。 | ||
| 2098 | </sect3> | ||
| 2099 | <sect3>返信時にメッセージを引用する<label id="quote-when-reply"> | ||
| 2100 | <p> | ||
| 2101 | 返信するとき、引用するかどうか指定します。 | ||
| 2102 | </sect3> | ||
| 2103 | <sect3>返信ボタンでメーリングリストに返信する | ||
| 2104 | <p> | ||
| 2105 | ツールバーの返信ボタンを押した場合にメーリングリストに返信します。 | ||
| 2106 | </sect3> | ||
| 2107 | <sect3>自分が出したメッセージに返信した場合は宛先を引き継ぐ | ||
| 2108 | <p> | ||
| 2109 | 差出人が自分のメッセージに返信した場合に、自分に返信するのではなく元の宛先をそのまま使用するようにします。 | ||
| 2110 | </sect3> | ||
| 2111 | <sect3>返信の宛先をメールアドレスのみにする | ||
| 2112 | <p> | ||
| 2113 | 返信時に宛先からメールアドレス以外の名前などの部分を除去します。 | ||
| 2114 | </sect3> | ||
| 2115 | </sect2> | ||
| 2116 | |||
| 2117 | <sect2>「作成 - エディタ」タブ | ||
| 2118 | </sect2> | ||
| 2119 | |||
| 2120 | <sect2>「作成 - 書式」タブ | ||
| 2121 | <sect3>返信の書式 | ||
| 2122 | <p> | ||
| 2123 | 引用符と引用の形式を設定します。 | ||
| 2124 | |||
| 2125 | ?x{expr}は、xが指定されていればexprを表示します。 | ||
| 2126 | 例えば、?s{件名: %s}というように使えば、 | ||
| 2127 | 件名が指定されているときのみ「件名: (件名)」という表示ができます。 | ||
| 2128 | |||
| 2129 | 引用符に設定した文字列が、>で、 | ||
| 2130 | 引用の形式が | ||
| 2131 | <verb> | ||
| 2132 | On %d | ||
| 2133 | %f wrote: | ||
| 2134 | |||
| 2135 | %Q | ||
| 2136 | </verb> | ||
| 2137 | だった場合 | ||
| 2138 | <verb> | ||
| 2139 | On [日付] | ||
| 2140 | [差出人] wrote: | ||
| 2141 | > 元のメッセージの文章 | ||
| 2142 | > 2行目 | ||
| 2143 | </verb> | ||
| 2144 | というように引用して返信時に引用されます。 | ||
| 2145 | |||
| 2146 | 記号の説明ボタンをクリックすれば、%で始まるものの説明がでてきます。 | ||
| 2147 | <itemize> | ||
| 2148 | <item>%d: 日付 | ||
| 2149 | <item>%f: 差出人 | ||
| 2150 | <item>%N: 差出人の氏名 | ||
| 2151 | <item>%F: 差出人の名前 | ||
| 2152 | <item>%I: 差出人のイニシャル | ||
| 2153 | <item>%s: 件名 | ||
| 2154 | <item>%t: 宛先 | ||
| 2155 | <item>%c: Cc | ||
| 2156 | <item>%n: ニュースグループ | ||
| 2157 | <item>%i: メッセージID | ||
| 2158 | <item>%%: パーセント記号(%そのもの) | ||
| 2159 | <item>%M: メッセージ本文 | ||
| 2160 | <item>%Q: 引用符付きメッセージ本文 | ||
| 2161 | <item>%q: 引用符付きメッセージ本文(署名なし) | ||
| 2162 | <item>\\: 文字 バックスラッシュ | ||
| 2163 | <item>\?: 文字 疑問符 | ||
| 2164 | <item>\{: 文字 開き中括弧 | ||
| 2165 | <item>\}: 文字 閉じ中括弧 | ||
| 2166 | </itemize> | ||
| 2167 | </sect3> | ||
| 2168 | |||
| 2169 | <sect3>転送の書式 | ||
| 2170 | <p> | ||
| 2171 | 転送の書式も同様です。 | ||
| 2172 | </sect3> | ||
| 2173 | |||
| 2174 | </sect2> | ||
| 2175 | <sect2>「表示 - 一般」タブ | ||
| 2176 | <p> | ||
| 2177 | ここの項目は表示だけであり、メッセージ本体には影響を与えません。 | ||
| 2178 | <sect3>テキストフォント<label id="font-config"> | ||
| 2179 | <p> | ||
| 2180 | メッセージを表示するフォントを設定できます。 | ||
| 2181 | 基本的に固定幅フォントに設定することをお薦めします。 | ||
| 2182 | |||
| 2183 | メニューなどのフォントを設定する場合についてはFAQを参照してください。 | ||
| 2184 | </sect3> | ||
| 2185 | <sect3>フォルダ名の横に未読数を表示する | ||
| 2186 | <p> | ||
| 2187 | <ref id="folderview" name="フォルダビュー">で、「フォルダ (30)」のように未読メッセージの数を表示します。 | ||
| 2188 | </sect3> | ||
| 2189 | <sect3>フォルダビューに表示するメッセージ数のカラム | ||
| 2190 | <p> | ||
| 2191 | <ref id="folderview" name="フォルダビュー">に表示するメッセージ数のカラムのうちどれを表示するかを指定します。「新着」「未読」「総数」のそれぞれについて表示・非表示を切り替えられます。 | ||
| 2192 | </sect3> | ||
| 2193 | <sect3>差出人が自分の場合は'差出人'カラムに宛先を表示する | ||
| 2194 | <p> | ||
| 2195 | <ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">の差出人カラムで、宛先人が現在のアカウント設定と同じ場合、 | ||
| 2196 | "--> 宛先"というように表示できます。 | ||
| 2197 | </sect3> | ||
| 2198 | <sect3>スレッドを展開する | ||
| 2199 | <p> | ||
| 2200 | フォルダを開いたときに、<ref id="summaryview" name="サマリビュー">でスレッドを展開した状態で表示するかどうかを指定します。 | ||
| 2201 | </sect3> | ||
| 2202 | <sect3>日付の書式 | ||
| 2203 | <p> | ||
| 2204 | 日付の書式を%y/%m/%d(%a) %H:%Mのように指定します。 | ||
| 2205 | 詳しくはオンラインマニュアルのstrftime(3)を御覧ください。 | ||
| 2206 | 端末エミュレータ等で、 | ||
| 2207 | <verb> | ||
| 2208 | $ man strftime | ||
| 2209 | </verb> | ||
| 2210 | のようにすれば読むことができます。 | ||
| 2211 | </sect3> | ||
| 2212 | <sect3>サマリの表示項目を設定... | ||
| 2213 | <p> | ||
| 2214 | サマリの表示項目を設定できます。 | ||
| 2215 | クリックして、必要なものを選択してOKボタンを押して完了です。 | ||
| 2216 | </sect3> | ||
| 2217 | </sect2> | ||
| 2218 | |||
| 2219 | <sect2>「表示 - メッセージ」タブ | ||
| 2220 | <p> | ||
| 2221 | ここの項目は表示だけであり、メッセージ本体には影響を与えません。 | ||
| 2222 | <sect3>メッセージの色を有効にする | ||
| 2223 | <p> | ||
| 2224 | チェックをオンにして編集ボタンを押すとメッセージの引用の深さに応じた | ||
| 2225 | 表示色の設定ができます。 | ||
| 2226 | </sect3> | ||
| 2227 | <!-- | ||
| 2228 | <sect3>2バイト英数字を1バイト文字で表示する | ||
| 2229 | <p> | ||
| 2230 | これも好みの問題ですが、2バイト英数字を1バイト文字で表示することができます。 | ||
| 2231 | 強制的に変更してしまうので、アスキーアート等はずれてしまう場合があります。 | ||
| 2232 | 日本語のみに有効です。 | ||
| 2233 | </sect3> | ||
| 2234 | --> | ||
| 2235 | <sect3>メッセージビューの上部にヘッダペインを表示する | ||
| 2236 | <p> | ||
| 2237 | メッセージビューの上に主なヘッダを表示します。 | ||
| 2238 | 現在、表示内容はカスタマイズできません。 | ||
| 2239 | </sect3> | ||
| 2240 | <sect3>メッセージビューに簡略ヘッダを表示する | ||
| 2241 | <p> | ||
| 2242 | メッセージビューに簡略ヘッダを表示します。 | ||
| 2243 | 編集ボタンを押せば表示内容をカスタマイズできます。 | ||
| 2244 | 「指定されていないヘッダを全て表示」が選択されている場合、 | ||
| 2245 | 「表示しないヘッダ」に選択されたもの以外が表示され、 | ||
| 2246 | 選択されていない場合、「表示するヘッダ」に指定されているもののみが表示されます。 | ||
| 2247 | </sect3> | ||
| 2248 | <sect3>HTML メッセージを解釈してテキスト表示する | ||
| 2249 | <p> | ||
| 2250 | HTMLメッセージのタグ等を解釈して、テキストとして見やすく整形して表示します。無効にした場合はHTMLタグがそのまま表示されます。 | ||
| 2251 | </sect3> | ||
| 2252 | <sect3>multipart/alternative 内の HTML を優先して表示する | ||
| 2253 | <p> | ||
| 2254 | メッセージにテキスト形式とHTML形式の両方が含まれる場合、HTMLを優先して表示します。デフォルトはテキスト部分を優先して表示します。 | ||
| 2255 | </sect3> | ||
| 2256 | <sect3>HTML のみのメッセージを添付として扱う | ||
| 2257 | <p> | ||
| 2258 | チェックを入れると、HTMLのみのメッセージを他の添付ファイル付きのメッセージと同様に表示し、HTMLを添付ファイルとして操作できます。チェックを外すと通常のテキストメッセージと同様に表示します。 | ||
| 2259 | </sect3> | ||
| 2260 | <sect3>行間を空ける | ||
| 2261 | <p> | ||
| 2262 | 設定したピクセル分行間を空けて表示することができます。 | ||
| 2263 | </sect3> | ||
| 2264 | <sect3>スクロール/半ページ単位 | ||
| 2265 | <p> | ||
| 2266 | スペースキー等でのスクロール量を半ページ単位にします。 | ||
| 2267 | </sect3> | ||
| 2268 | <sect3>スムーズスクロール | ||
| 2269 | <p> | ||
| 2270 | スペースキー等でのスクロールをスムーズにします。 | ||
| 2271 | 「間隔」で何ドットずつスクロールするかを決めることができます。 | ||
| 2272 | 間隔を大きくすれば速くなります。 | ||
| 2273 | </sect3> | ||
| 2274 | </sect2> | ||
| 2275 | |||
| 2276 | <sect2>「表示 - 添付」タブ | ||
| 2277 | <p> | ||
| 2278 | <sect3>添付ツールボタンの位置 | ||
| 2279 | <p> | ||
| 2280 | メッセージビュー上部の添付ツールボタンの表示位置を指定します。初期設定は「左」です。 | ||
| 2281 | </sect3> | ||
| 2282 | <sect3>添付リストビューをタブで切り替える | ||
| 2283 | <p> | ||
| 2284 | 有効にすると、テキストビュー/添付リストビューの切り替えを従来のタブ形式で行います。 | ||
| 2285 | </sect3> | ||
| 2286 | <sect3>メッセージビューで添付ファイルを先に表示する | ||
| 2287 | <p> | ||
| 2288 | 有効にすると、添付ファイルを本文より先に表示します。無効にすると、添付ファイルを本文の後に表示します。 | ||
| 2289 | </sect3> | ||
| 2290 | |||
| 2291 | <sect3>大きな添付画像をウィンドウにあわせてリサイズする | ||
| 2292 | <p> | ||
| 2293 | メッセージビューのサイズより大きな添付画像をメッセージビューに収まるようにリサイズして表示します。 | ||
| 2294 | </sect3> | ||
| 2295 | <sect3>画像をインラインで表示する<label id="inline-image"> | ||
| 2296 | <p> | ||
| 2297 | 添付された画像をメッセージビューに展開して表示します。 | ||
| 2298 | </sect3> | ||
| 2299 | </sect2> | ||
| 2300 | |||
| 2301 | <sect2>「表示 - カラーラベル」タブ | ||
| 2302 | <p> | ||
| 2303 | 各カラーラベルの文字列を指定します。入力欄が空の場合はデフォルトの文字列が表示されます。 | ||
| 2304 | </sect2> | ||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | <sect2>「表示 - エンコーディング」タブ | ||
| 2307 | <p> | ||
| 2308 | <sect3>既定の文字エンコーディング | ||
| 2309 | <p> | ||
| 2310 | メッセージを表示するときの既定の文字エンコーディングを指定します。通常は「自動」を選択してください。 | ||
| 2311 | </sect3> | ||
| 2312 | <sect3>送信文字エンコーディング | ||
| 2313 | <p> | ||
| 2314 | メッセージを送信するときに使用する文字エンコーディングを指定します。通常は「自動設定 (推奨)」を選択してください。 | ||
| 2315 | </sect3> | ||
| 2316 | </sect2> | ||
| 2317 | |||
| 2318 | <sect2>「迷惑メール」タブ | ||
| 2319 | <p> | ||
| 2320 | 迷惑メール対策機能の設定を行います。「<ref id="junk-control" name="迷惑メール対策">」の項を参照してください。 | ||
| 2321 | </sect2> | ||
| 2322 | |||
| 2323 | <sect2>「個人情報」タブ | ||
| 2324 | <p> | ||
| 2325 | PGP署名の検証などの設定をおこないます。 | ||
| 2326 | この項目はGPGMEを有効にしたときのみ表示されます。 | ||
| 2327 | </sect2> | ||
| 2328 | |||
| 2329 | <sect2>「詳細 - インタフェース」タブ | ||
| 2330 | <p> | ||
| 2331 | <sect3>サマリでメッセージを選択したとき常に開く | ||
| 2332 | <p> | ||
| 2333 | サマリビューでカーソルキーを使って選択行を移動した場合に、選択されたメッセージの内容をすぐに表示します。これを無効にすると、選択行を移動しても、Enterキーなどを押すまで表示しているメッセージを切り替えないようになります。 | ||
| 2334 | </sect3> | ||
| 2335 | <sect3>メッセージを開いたとき常に既読にする | ||
| 2336 | <p> | ||
| 2337 | 「サマリでメッセージを選択したとき常に開く」を有効にしている場合、カーソルキーでメッセージを選択したときはスクロールなどの操作を行うまでは既読になりませんが、このオプションを有効にすると、選択した瞬間に既読になります。 | ||
| 2338 | </sect3> | ||
| 2339 | <sect3>フォルダを開いたときに最初の未読メッセージを開く | ||
| 2340 | <p> | ||
| 2341 | フォルダを開いたときに最初の未読メッセージを開きます。 | ||
| 2342 | 設定されていない場合、フォルダを開いた後にEnterキー、左ボタンクリックで表示を更新する必要があります。 | ||
| 2343 | </sect3> | ||
| 2344 | <sect3>最後に選択したメッセージを記憶する | ||
| 2345 | <p> | ||
| 2346 | あるフォルダから別のフォルダに移動したとき、そのフォルダで最後に選択していたメッセージを記憶します。もう一度そのフォルダを開いたとき、以前最後に選択していたメッセージを選択した状態になります。これはSylpheedを終了するまで記憶されます。 | ||
| 2347 | </sect3> | ||
| 2348 | <sect3>新着メールを受信した後受信箱を開く | ||
| 2349 | <p> | ||
| 2350 | これが選択されていれば、受信後にアカウントの設定で受信箱に指定したフォルダを開きます。 | ||
| 2351 | </sect3> | ||
| 2352 | <sect3>起動時に受信箱を開く | ||
| 2353 | <p> | ||
| 2354 | これが指定されていれば、起動時に受信箱フォルダを開きます。 | ||
| 2355 | </sect3> | ||
| 2356 | <sect3>フォルダを開いたときに現在のアカウントを切り替える | ||
| 2357 | <p> | ||
| 2358 | これが有効の場合、フォルダに関連付けられたアカウントがある場合はそのアカウントに自動で切り替わります。関連付けられたアカウントがない場合はデフォルトのアカウントに切り替わります。 | ||
| 2359 | <sect3>メッセージを移動または削除したら即座に実行する | ||
| 2360 | <p> | ||
| 2361 | これがオフである場合、移動または削除のアクションをしても | ||
| 2362 | すぐには実行されずにそれぞれの「マーク」という形で保持され、 | ||
| 2363 | 「実行」されたとき実際に実行されます。 | ||
| 2364 | </sect3> | ||
| 2365 | <sect3>トレイアイコンを表示する | ||
| 2366 | <p> | ||
| 2367 | タスクトレイ(通知領域)にアイコンを表示します。このアイコンから、Sylpheedの表示や、メッセージの受信や作成、Sylpheedの終了などが行えます。 | ||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | また、新着メッセージを受信した場合はこのアイコンが変化し、点滅してメッセージの到着を知らせます。アイコンは任意のメッセージを開いた時点で元の状態に戻ります。 | ||
| 2370 | </sect3> | ||
| 2371 | <sect3>最小化したときにトレイアイコンに格納する | ||
| 2372 | <p> | ||
| 2373 | メインウィンドウを最小化した場合にタスクバーからSylpheedを隠し、トレイアイコンのみを表示します。トレイアイコンをクリックするとウィンドウは再表示されます。 | ||
| 2374 | </sect3> | ||
| 2375 | <sect3>トレイアイコンのクリックでウィンドウの表示を交互に切り替える | ||
| 2376 | <p> | ||
| 2377 | トレイアイコンをクリックした場合、ウィンドウが隠れていた場合は表示し、前面に表示されていた場合は最小化するようになります。 | ||
| 2378 | </sect3> | ||
| 2379 | <sect3>キーバインドを設定 | ||
| 2380 | <p> | ||
| 2381 | 好みのキーバインドを選んでOKを押してください。 | ||
| 2382 | このマニュアルは標準バインドを選択してあるものとして書かれています。 | ||
| 2383 | </sect3> | ||
| 2384 | </sect2> | ||
| 2385 | |||
| 2386 | <sect2>「詳細 - その他」タブ | ||
| 2387 | <p> | ||
| 2388 | <sect3>受信ダイアログ | ||
| 2389 | <p> | ||
| 2390 | 受信ダイアログをどの場合に表示するかを指定します。 | ||
| 2391 | </sect3> | ||
| 2392 | <sect3>ダブルクリックしたときにアドレスを宛先に追加する | ||
| 2393 | <p> | ||
| 2394 | メッセージ作成ウィンドウからアドレス帳を呼び出し、 | ||
| 2395 | アドレスをダブルクリックしたときに | ||
| 2396 | このチェックがオンになっていれば、「宛先」エントリーにアドレスを追加します。 | ||
| 2397 | |||
| 2398 | オフになっているときは通常のアドレス帳と同じくアドレス編集モードに入ります。 | ||
| 2399 | </sect3> | ||
| 2400 | |||
| 2401 | <sect3>アドレス帳から宛先を入力するときメールアドレスのみにする | ||
| 2402 | <p> | ||
| 2403 | アドレス帳から「宛先」ボタンを押す、またはアドレス補完を使用して宛先を入力するときに、宛先の氏名は入力せず、アドレスのみを入力します。 | ||
| 2404 | </sect3> | ||
| 2405 | |||
| 2406 | <sect3>自動補完<label id="address-completion"> | ||
| 2407 | <p> | ||
| 2408 | メッセージ作成ウィンドウの宛先入力欄のアドレスの補完方法を指定します。 | ||
| 2409 | <itemize> | ||
| 2410 | <item>自動: 入力時にリアルタイムで候補を表示します。 | ||
| 2411 | <item>Tabで開始する: Tabを押したときに候補を表示します。 | ||
| 2412 | <item>無効: アドレスの補完を行いません。 | ||
| 2413 | </itemize> | ||
| 2414 | </sect3> | ||
| 2415 | |||
| 2416 | <sect3>終了時 | ||
| 2417 | <p> | ||
| 2418 | 「終了時に確認する」を選択すれば、Sylpheedを終了するときに、本当に終了していいかどうかを確認します。 | ||
| 2419 | |||
| 2420 | 「終了時にごみ箱を空にする」を選択すれば、終了時に自動的にごみ箱を空にします。 | ||
| 2421 | その場合に「空にする前に尋ねる」にチェックが入っている場合は、空にするかどうかを確認します。 | ||
| 2422 | |||
| 2423 | 「送信待機中のメッセージがあれば警告する」を選択すれば、終了時に未送信のメッセージがあった場合に警告を表示します。 | ||
| 2424 | </sect3> | ||
| 2425 | |||
| 2426 | <sect3>オンライン状態 | ||
| 2427 | <p> | ||
| 2428 | 起動時のオンライン状態を指定します。 | ||
| 2429 | <itemize> | ||
| 2430 | <item>オンラインで起動: 常にオンラインで起動します。 | ||
| 2431 | <item>オフラインで起動: 常にオフラインで起動します。 | ||
| 2432 | <item>以前の状態を記憶: 前回終了時のオンライン状態を引き継ぎます。 | ||
| 2433 | </itemize> | ||
| 2434 | </sect3> | ||
| 2435 | </sect2> | ||
| 2436 | |||
| 2437 | <sect2>「詳細 - 外部コマンド」タブ | ||
| 2438 | <sect3>Webブラウザ<label id="ext-browser-config"> | ||
| 2439 | <p> | ||
| 2440 | 外部ブラウザのコマンドを入力します。 | ||
| 2441 | %sはURIで置き換えられます。マニュアルの表示やURLのクリックで使用されます。 | ||
| 2442 | |||
| 2443 | Unixではデフォルトでmozilla-firefox -remote 'openURL(%s,new-window)'が指定されています。環境にあわせて変更してください。 | ||
| 2444 | |||
| 2445 | Windowsでは「(既定のブラウザ)」を選択しておけば、システムの既定のブラウザが使用されます。 | ||
| 2446 | </sect3> | ||
| 2447 | <sect3>エディタ<label id="ext-editor-config"> | ||
| 2448 | <p> | ||
| 2449 | 外部エディタを選択できます。%sは一時ファイルのファイル名に置き換えられます。 | ||
| 2450 | </sect3> | ||
| 2451 | <sect3>印刷に外部プログラムを使用する<label id="ext-print-config"> | ||
| 2452 | <p> | ||
| 2453 | 「印刷に外部プログラムを使用する」を選択すれば、内蔵の印刷機能の代わりに印刷に使用するコマンドを選択できます。 | ||
| 2454 | %sはメッセージのファイルに置き換えられます。 | ||
| 2455 | hoge < %s | lprというようにしてフィルタを設定することも可能です。 | ||
| 2456 | |||
| 2457 | Windowsでは入力欄を空欄にしておけば、テキストファイルのコンテキストメニューから「印刷」を選択した場合と同様に印刷されます。 | ||
| 2458 | |||
| 2459 | なお、GTK+ 2.10未満を使用している場合は、このオプションにチェックが入っていなくても、常にここで指定した印刷コマンドが使用されます。 | ||
| 2460 | </sect3> | ||
| 2461 | <sect3>メールの受信に外部プログラムを使用する | ||
| 2462 | <p> | ||
| 2463 | 「メールの受信に外部プログラムを使用する」を選択すれば、 | ||
| 2464 | Sylpheed本体の受信部を使用せずにそのプログラムを利用して受信を行います。 | ||
| 2465 | </sect3> | ||
| 2466 | <sect3>メールの送信に外部プログラムを使用する | ||
| 2467 | <p> | ||
| 2468 | 「メールの送信に外部プログラムを使用する」を選択すれば、Sylpheed本体の送信部を使用せずにそのプログラムを利用して送信を行います。 | ||
| 2469 | </sect3> | ||
| 2470 | </sect2> | ||
| 2471 | |||
| 2472 | <sect2>「詳細 - アップデート」タブ | ||
| 2473 | <sect3>自動アップデートチェックを有効にする | ||
| 2474 | <p> | ||
| 2475 | これがチェックされている場合、起動時に自動的にアップデートのチェックを行います。標準で有効です。 | ||
| 2476 | </sect3> | ||
| 2477 | <sect3>HTTP プロキシを使用する<label id="http-proxy"> | ||
| 2478 | <p> | ||
| 2479 | 外部の Web サイトへのアクセスに HTTP プロキシが必要な環境の場合、これにチェックを入れ、下の入力欄に「ホスト名:ポート」の書式で HTTP プロキシホスト名とポート番号を入力します。 | ||
| 2480 | <p>この項目が設定されていない場合でも、環境変数 HTTP_PROXY が設定されていればそちらが使用されます。 | ||
| 2481 | </sect2> | ||
| 2482 | |||
| 2483 | <sect2>「詳細 - 高度な設定」タブ | ||
| 2484 | <sect3>サマリキャッシュの整合性を厳密にチェックする | ||
| 2485 | <p> | ||
| 2486 | フォルダの内容が他のアプリケーションによって変更される可能性がある場合は有効にしてください。ただし、有効にするとサマリの表示により時間がかかります。 | ||
| 2487 | </sect3> | ||
| 2488 | <sect3>ソケット I/O のタイムアウト | ||
| 2489 | <p> | ||
| 2490 | 通信がタイムアウトしたと判定されるまでの時間を秒数で指定します。デフォルトは60秒ですが、通信中に誤ってタイムアウトと判定されてしまう場合はこの時間を長くしてみてください。 | ||
| 2491 | </sect2> | ||
| 2492 | </sect1> | ||
| 2493 | |||
| 2494 | <sect1>ツールバーのカスタマイズ | ||
| 2495 | <sect2>ツールバーのスタイルの変更 | ||
| 2496 | <p> | ||
| 2497 | ツールバーのスタイルを変更するには、「表示>表示・非表示>ツールバー」またはツールバーのコンテキストメニューより以下から選択します。標準では「アイコンの右に文字」になっています。 | ||
| 2498 | <itemize> | ||
| 2499 | <item>アイコンと文字 (アイコンの下に文字を表示) | ||
| 2500 | <item>アイコンの右に文字 (一部のアイコンの右に文字を表示) | ||
| 2501 | <item>アイコン (アイコンのみ表示) | ||
| 2502 | <item>文字 (文字のみ表示) | ||
| 2503 | <item>非表示 (ツールバーを隠す) | ||
| 2504 | </itemize> | ||
| 2505 | </sect2> | ||
| 2506 | <sect2>ツールバーの項目の選択 | ||
| 2507 | <p> | ||
| 2508 | ツールバーに表示する項目を選択するには、「表示>ツールバーをカスタマイズ...」または、ツールバーのコンテキストメニューより「ツールバーをカスタマイズ...」を選択します。 | ||
| 2509 | |||
| 2510 | 「利用可能な項目」から表示したいものを選択し、右ボタンで「表示する項目」に移動します。また、左ボタンで項目を削除します。上下ボタンで項目の順番を変更することができます。 | ||
| 2511 | 「初期設定に戻す」を選択すると、設定を初期状態に戻します。 | ||
| 2512 | 「OK」を押せば設定が反映されます。 | ||
| 2513 | </sect2> | ||
| 2514 | </sect1> | ||
| 2515 | </sect> | ||
| 2516 | |||
| 2517 | <sect>その他の機能 | ||
| 2518 | <sect1>重複メッセージを削除 | ||
| 2519 | <p> | ||
| 2520 | メニューの「ツール>重複メッセージを削除」を選択すると、現在開いているフォルダ内の重複するメッセージを一括で削除します。 | ||
| 2521 | |||
| 2522 | メッセージが重複しているかどうかのチェックはMessage-Idにより行われます。 | ||
| 2523 | </sect1> | ||
| 2524 | |||
| 2525 | <sect1>分割メッセージを結合 | ||
| 2526 | <p> | ||
| 2527 | サマリビューで分割して送信されたメッセージをすべて選択した状態でメニューの「ツール>分割メッセージを結合」を選択すると、そのメッセージを結合して元の状態に復元します。 | ||
| 2528 | |||
| 2529 | 対応しているメッセージ分割形式は標準の「message/partial」形式です。また、一部の分割メッセージが欠けている場合は結合できません。 | ||
| 2530 | </sect1> | ||
| 2531 | |||
| 2532 | <sect1>設定ファイルフォルダを開く | ||
| 2533 | <p> | ||
| 2534 | メニューの「ツール>設定ファイルフォルダを開く」および「ツール>添付ファイルフォルダを開く」を選択すると、それぞれSylpheedの各種設定ファイル、一時的に保存された添付ファイルを格納するフォルダを直接開くことができます。 | ||
| 2535 | |||
| 2536 | なお、添付ファイルフォルダ内のファイルはメールの添付ファイルを開いた時に作成され、Sylpheedを終了する時に自動的に削除されます。 | ||
| 2537 | </sect1> | ||
| 2538 | |||
| 2539 | <sect1>ログウィンドウ | ||
| 2540 | <p> | ||
| 2541 | メニューの「ツール>ログウィンドウ」を選択すると、メールサーバとの通信のやりとりの内容などを確認することができます。メールの送受信で問題が発生した場合などにログの内容を確認すると解決につながることがあります。 | ||
| 2542 | </sect1> | ||
| 2543 | |||
| 2544 | <sect1>添付ファイルを削除 | ||
| 2545 | <p> | ||
| 2546 | Attachment Toolプラグインがインストールされていると、メニューの「ツール>添付ファイルを削除」が有効になります。メールの不要な添付ファイルを削除してディスク容量を節約したい場合などに使用できます。 | ||
| 2547 | |||
| 2548 | サマリビューで添付ファイルのあるメッセージを選択した状態で「ツール>添付ファイルを削除」を選択すると、確認ダイアログが表示されますので、「はい」を選択すると、対象のメッセージの添付ファイルが削除されます。 | ||
| 2549 | |||
| 2550 | なお、削除後の添付ファイルは0バイトのファイルとして表示されます。 | ||
| 2551 | </sect1> | ||
| 2552 | |||
| 2553 | <sect>他メールソフトからSylpheedへの移行 | ||
| 2554 | <sect1>mbox形式のメッセージファイルの取り込み<label id="mbox-import"> | ||
| 2555 | <p> | ||
| 2556 | 「ファイル」メニューから「メールデータをインポート...」を選択し、 | ||
| 2557 | 「ファイル形式」に「UNIX mbox」、 | ||
| 2558 | 「インポート元」にインポートしたいmbox形式のファイルを選択します。 | ||
| 2559 | |||
| 2560 | インポート先には選択したメールボックスを展開するフォルダを指定し、OKを押せばインポートされます。 | ||
| 2561 | |||
| 2562 | Mozilla Thunderbirdや、KMailなどの、mbox形式を使用しているメールソフトからの移行が可能です。 | ||
| 2563 | |||
| 2564 | なお、取り込み可能なmboxの形式は、mboxrdと呼ばれる、本文中のFromで始まる行がすべて「>From」としてエスケープされているものに限ります。 | ||
| 2565 | </sect1> | ||
| 2566 | |||
| 2567 | <sect1>eml形式、MH形式のメッセージファイルの取り込み<label id="eml-import"> | ||
| 2568 | <p> | ||
| 2569 | 「ファイル」メニューから「メールデータをインポート...」を選択し、 | ||
| 2570 | 「ファイル形式」に「eml (フォルダ)」、 | ||
| 2571 | 「インポート元」にインポートしたいeml形式(拡張子がeml)のファイルが含まれるフォルダを選択します。 | ||
| 2572 | |||
| 2573 | インポート先には選択したメールボックスを展開するフォルダを指定し、OKを押せば、指定したフォルダ直下のすべてのemlファイルがインポートされます。 | ||
| 2574 | |||
| 2575 | なお、MH形式(連番、拡張子なし)のメールについても同様にインポートできます。 | ||
| 2576 | </sect1> | ||
| 2577 | |||
| 2578 | <sect1>他形式へのエクスポート | ||
| 2579 | <p> | ||
| 2580 | 「ファイル」メニューから「メールデータをエクスポート...」を選択し、 | ||
| 2581 | 「ファイル形式」に「UNIX mbox」「eml (番号 + .eml)」「MH (番号のみ)」のいずれかを選択します。 | ||
| 2582 | |||
| 2583 | 「エクスポート元フォルダ」にSylpheedのエクスポート元フォルダ、「エクスポート先」に出力先のファイルまたはフォルダを指定します。 | ||
| 2584 | </sect1> | ||
| 2585 | |||
| 2586 | <sect1>Outlook Expressからの移行 | ||
| 2587 | <p> | ||
| 2588 | Sylpheed は Outlook Express のメールデータ形式(dbx)のインポートに対応しており、簡単に移行することができます。 | ||
| 2589 | |||
| 2590 | 初回起動時に Outlook Express のアカウントが見つかった場合、自動的にメールデータのインポートを行います。 | ||
| 2591 | |||
| 2592 | 後から手動でインポートする場合は、mbox 形式のデータの取り込みと同様、「ファイル形式」に「Outlook Express (dbx)」を選択し、 dbx ファイルを直接指定してください。 | ||
| 2593 | <p> | ||
| 2594 | また、メールデータ変換ツールを使ってインポートする方法もあります。 | ||
| 2595 | |||
| 2596 | Windows用フリーソフトウェアである | ||
| 2597 | <url url="http://www.tietew.net/soft/OE2/" name="OE2 - OutlookExpress-To"> | ||
| 2598 | をインストールし、出力形式に「UNIX mbox」を選択してエクスポートします。 | ||
| 2599 | |||
| 2600 | 次に、そのファイルを<ref id="mbox-import" name="インポート">します。 | ||
| 2601 | </sect1> | ||
| 2602 | |||
| 2603 | <sect1>Becky! Ver.2からの移行 | ||
| 2604 | <p> | ||
| 2605 | Becky! のメニューから「ファイル - エクスポート...」を選択し、「UNIX mbox 形式」を選択します。 「OK」ボタンを押して、保存先のファイル名を指定し、「保存」ボタンを押して保存します。 | ||
| 2606 | |||
| 2607 | 次に、そのファイルを<ref id="mbox-import" name="インポート">します。 | ||
| 2608 | </sect1> | ||
| 2609 | <sect1>Windows Live Mail、Windows Mailからの移行 | ||
| 2610 | <p> | ||
| 2611 | Windows Live Mail、またはVista標準添付のWindows Mailではeml形式を利用しているため、<ref id="eml-import" name="eml形式のインポート">を利用してインポートすることができます。 | ||
| 2612 | </sect1> | ||
| 2613 | </sect> | ||
| 2614 | |||
| 2615 | <sect>FAQ | ||
| 2616 | <p> | ||
| 2617 | <sect1>ニュースのメッセージ未読情報について | ||
| 2618 | <p> | ||
| 2619 | Q. Sylpheedでは同じMessageの未読情報を異なるフォルダ間で管理してくれないのでしょうか? | ||
| 2620 | |||
| 2621 | <p> | ||
| 2622 | A. 現在のSylpheedは未読情報はフォルダ単位で管理しているため、 | ||
| 2623 | ニュースグループごとに未読情報は独立になります。 | ||
| 2624 | </sect1> | ||
| 2625 | <!-- <sect1>MSNのメールアカウントの使用について | ||
| 2626 | <p> | ||
| 2627 | Q. 私はMSNを利用しているのですが、正しく設定したはずなのに受信できません。 | ||
| 2628 | |||
| 2629 | <p> | ||
| 2630 | A. MSNは独自プロトコルを利用しているという話なので、Sylpheedでは対応していません。 | ||
| 2631 | 情報提供いただければ対応できるかもしれません。 | ||
| 2632 | </sect1> | ||
| 2633 | --> | ||
| 2634 | <sect1>メニューなどのフォント変更について | ||
| 2635 | <p> | ||
| 2636 | Q. メッセージ本文のフォントは<ref id="font-config" name="全般の設定から変更"> | ||
| 2637 | できましたが、サマリやメニューなどのフォントは変更できないのでしょうか? | ||
| 2638 | |||
| 2639 | <p> | ||
| 2640 | A. 可能です。$HOME/.sylpheed-2.0/gtkrcファイルを作成し、内容を以下のように記述してください。 | ||
| 2641 | <verb> | ||
| 2642 | gtk-font-name = "Kochi Gothic 12" | ||
| 2643 | </verb> | ||
| 2644 | </sect1> | ||
| 2645 | <sect1>ショートカットキーのキーバインドの変更 | ||
| 2646 | <p> | ||
| 2647 | Q. ショートカットキーのキーバインドの変更はできますか? | ||
| 2648 | |||
| 2649 | <p> | ||
| 2650 | A. メニューに表示されている項目に関しては設定可能です。以下のいずれかの方法で設定してください。 | ||
| 2651 | <sect2>Windowsの場合 | ||
| 2652 | <p> | ||
| 2653 | Sylpheedが起動していない状態で、 C:\Users\(ユーザ名)\AppData\Roaming\Sylpheed\menurc を直接エディタで編集する。 | ||
| 2654 | </sect2> | ||
| 2655 | <sect2>Unix/Linuxの場合 | ||
| 2656 | <p> | ||
| 2657 | Sylpheedが起動していない状態で、 ˜/.sylpheed-2.0/menurc ファイルを直接エディタで編集する。 | ||
| 2658 | <p>また、以下の設定を行うことで、メニューで変更したい項目にカーソルを合わせてから、その部分で変更したいキーを押せば、キーを割り当てることができるようになります。また、Backspaceキーを押せば、キーバインドを消すことができます。 | ||
| 2659 | <sect3>GNOME 2.8 以降をお使いの場合 | ||
| 2660 | <p> | ||
| 2661 | アプリケーション→システムツール→設定エディタで gconf-editor を起動する。 | ||
| 2662 | <p> | ||
| 2663 | desktop → gnome → interface を選び、その中の can-change-accels をチェックする。 | ||
| 2664 | </sect3> | ||
| 2665 | <sect3>GNOME 2.8 以前かそれ以外の環境をお使いの場合 | ||
| 2666 | <p> | ||
| 2667 | ˜/.gtkrc-2.0 に gtk-can-change-accels = 1 を記述する。 | ||
| 2668 | </sect3> | ||
| 2669 | </sect2> | ||
| 2670 | </sect1> | ||
| 2671 | <sect1>サマリビューの下に表示される画像について | ||
| 2672 | <p> | ||
| 2673 | Q. ヘッダが表示されている部分に小さな画像が表示されていますが、これは何でしょうか。 | ||
| 2674 | また、どのようにしたら挿入できるのでしょうか。 | ||
| 2675 | <p> | ||
| 2676 | A. これは、X-Faceといいます。<ref id="Account-Config" name="アカウントの設定">のユーザ定義ヘッダで、 | ||
| 2677 | X-Faceヘッダフィールドに登録すれば相手側に環境があれば表示されることが可能です。 | ||
| 2678 | |||
| 2679 | <url url="http://www.dairiki.org/xface/">のサイトで既存の画像ファイルをX-Faceフォーマットに変換することができます。 | ||
| 2680 | </sect1> | ||
| 2681 | </sect> | ||
| 2682 | |||
| 2683 | <sect>情報 | ||
| 2684 | <p> | ||
| 2685 | <sect1>Sylpheed 関連サイト | ||
| 2686 | <p> | ||
| 2687 | <sect2>Sylpheed オフィシャルWebサイト | ||
| 2688 | <p> | ||
| 2689 | Sylpheed オフィシャルWebサイトの場所は、 | ||
| 2690 | <url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/"> | ||
| 2691 | です。 | ||
| 2692 | <sect2>Sylpheed 最新版入手先 | ||
| 2693 | <p> | ||
| 2694 | Sylpheedの最新版は | ||
| 2695 | <url url="http://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/ja/download.html"> から入手できます。 | ||
| 2696 | |||
| 2697 | <!-- | ||
| 2698 | <sect2>rpmの入手先 | ||
| 2699 | <p> | ||
| 2700 | <url url="http://y-imai.good-day.net/sylpheed/"> | ||
| 2701 | |||
| 2702 | でほとんどのRedHat Package Manager(rpm)を利用したLinux Distributionに対応できると思われる | ||
| 2703 | rpmがあります。 | ||
| 2704 | それぞれのDistribution用のものが用意されている場合でこれを利用してもほとんど問題ないでしょう。 | ||
| 2705 | 多分最新です。 | ||
| 2706 | |||
| 2707 | 各Distribution用としては、 | ||
| 2708 | <url url="http://vinelinux.org/" name="Vine Linux">用にVine Plus、 | ||
| 2709 | <url url="http://www.kondara.org/" name="Kondara MNU/Linux">用にKondara-Zooなどが存在します。 | ||
| 2710 | --> | ||
| 2711 | </sect2> | ||
| 2712 | |||
| 2713 | <!-- | ||
| 2714 | <sect2>Debian Packageの入手先 | ||
| 2715 | <p> | ||
| 2716 | woody以降にはnon-USセクションに入っています。 | ||
| 2717 | </sect2> | ||
| 2718 | <sect2>FreeBSD portsの入手先 | ||
| 2719 | </sect2> | ||
| 2720 | --> | ||
| 2721 | </sect1> | ||
| 2722 | <sect1>メーリングリスト<label id="Sylpheed-ML"> | ||
| 2723 | <p> | ||
| 2724 | Sylpheed に関する全般的な話題を扱うメーリングリストです。日本語 | ||
| 2725 | (<url url="sylpheed-jp@sraoss.jp">) と | ||
| 2726 | 英語 (<url url="sylpheed@sraoss.jp">) の2種類があります。 | ||
| 2727 | |||
| 2728 | また、リリースアナウンス専用の ML として sylpheed-announce ML (<url url="sylpheed-announce@sraoss.jp">) があります。 | ||
| 2729 | |||
| 2730 | <sect2>参加方法 | ||
| 2731 | <p> | ||
| 2732 | <url url="http://www.sraoss.jp/mailman/listinfo/"> から入会したいメーリングリストを選択します。その後は指示に従ってください。 | ||
| 2733 | |||
| 2734 | 投稿先は <url url="sylpheed-jp@sraoss.jp"> です。 | ||
| 2735 | |||
| 2736 | <sect2>退会方法 | ||
| 2737 | <p> | ||
| 2738 | 上記のページから退会処理ができます。 | ||
| 2739 | |||
| 2740 | 過去ログも上記のページから参照できます。 | ||
| 2741 | 以前の過去ログは<url url="http://www.tmtm.org/sylpheed/ml/">から入手できます。 | ||
| 2742 | </sect1> | ||
| 2743 | <sect1>Anonymous SVN | ||
| 2744 | <p> | ||
| 2745 | Sylpheedの開発はSVNを利用して行われています。 | ||
| 2746 | SVNの説明に関しては、 | ||
| 2747 | <url url="http://subversion.bluegate.org/doc/book.html">などのサイトや書籍を参考にしてください。 | ||
| 2748 | |||
| 2749 | SVNから最新のSylpheedを入手するには、subversion をインストールし、svn://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/sylpheed にアクセスしてください。 | ||
| 2750 | <verb> | ||
| 2751 | $ mkdir svn | ||
| 2752 | $ cd svn | ||
| 2753 | $ svn checkout svn://sylpheed.sraoss.jp/sylpheed/trunk sylpheed | ||
| 2754 | </verb> | ||
| 2755 | でカレントディレクトリ以下にtrunkのソースツリーが作成されます。 | ||
| 2756 | |||
| 2757 | リポジトリの sylpheed ディレクトリ以下は次のように分かれています。 | ||
| 2758 | <itemize> | ||
| 2759 | <item>trunk/ メインのツリー | ||
| 2760 | <item>branches/ 各種実験用ブランチ | ||
| 2761 | <item>tags/ リリースタグを付けたブランチ | ||
| 2762 | </itemize> | ||
| 2763 | |||
| 2764 | 最新のソースツリーにアップデートするには、対象となるディレクトリで | ||
| 2765 | <verb> | ||
| 2766 | $ svn update | ||
| 2767 | </verb> | ||
| 2768 | を実行してください。 | ||
| 2769 | |||
| 2770 | Subversion ツリーには自動生成されるファイルは入っていないので、そのままでは ./configure できません。コンパイルするには、通常必要なものの他に autoconf, automake, libtool, gettext などがインストールされている必要があります。インストールされていれば、 ./autogen.sh で必要なファイルが自動生成されます。 | ||
| 2771 | |||
| 2772 | </sect1> | ||
| 2773 | |||
| 2774 | <sect>GNU Free Documentation License | ||
| 2775 | <sect1>GNU Free Documentation License | ||
| 2776 | <label id="gfdl"> | ||
| 2777 | <p> | ||
| 2778 | Version 1.1, March 2000 | ||
| 2779 | |||
| 2780 | <p> | ||
| 2781 | <verb> | ||
| 2782 | Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 2783 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
| 2784 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
| 2785 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
| 2786 | </verb> | ||
| 2787 | <p> | ||
| 2788 | <bf>0. PREAMBLE</bf> | ||
| 2789 | <p> | ||
| 2790 | The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other | ||
| 2791 | written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone | ||
| 2792 | the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without | ||
| 2793 | modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, | ||
| 2794 | this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get | ||
| 2795 | credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for | ||
| 2796 | modifications made by others. | ||
| 2797 | <p> | ||
| 2798 | This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative | ||
| 2799 | works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It | ||
| 2800 | complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft | ||
| 2801 | license designed for free software. | ||
| 2802 | <p> | ||
| 2803 | We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free | ||
| 2804 | software, because free software needs free documentation: a free | ||
| 2805 | program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the | ||
| 2806 | software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; | ||
| 2807 | it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or | ||
| 2808 | whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License | ||
| 2809 | principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. | ||
| 2810 | <p> | ||
| 2811 | |||
| 2812 | <bf>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</bf> | ||
| 2813 | |||
| 2814 | <p> | ||
| 2815 | This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a | ||
| 2816 | notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed | ||
| 2817 | under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any | ||
| 2818 | such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is | ||
| 2819 | addressed as "you". | ||
| 2820 | <p> | ||
| 2821 | A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the | ||
| 2822 | Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with | ||
| 2823 | modifications and/or translated into another language. | ||
| 2824 | <p> | ||
| 2825 | A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of | ||
| 2826 | the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the | ||
| 2827 | publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject | ||
| 2828 | (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly | ||
| 2829 | within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a | ||
| 2830 | textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any | ||
| 2831 | mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical | ||
| 2832 | connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, | ||
| 2833 | commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding | ||
| 2834 | them. | ||
| 2835 | <p> | ||
| 2836 | The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles | ||
| 2837 | are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice | ||
| 2838 | that says that the Document is released under this License. | ||
| 2839 | <p> | ||
| 2840 | The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, | ||
| 2841 | as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that | ||
| 2842 | the Document is released under this License. | ||
| 2843 | <p> | ||
| 2844 | A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, | ||
| 2845 | represented in a format whose specification is available to the | ||
| 2846 | general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and | ||
| 2847 | straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of | ||
| 2848 | pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available | ||
| 2849 | drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or | ||
| 2850 | for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input | ||
| 2851 | to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file | ||
| 2852 | format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage | ||
| 2853 | subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is | ||
| 2854 | not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". | ||
| 2855 | <p> | ||
| 2856 | Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain | ||
| 2857 | ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML | ||
| 2858 | or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple | ||
| 2859 | HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include | ||
| 2860 | PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only | ||
| 2861 | by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or | ||
| 2862 | processing tools are not generally available, and the | ||
| 2863 | machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output | ||
| 2864 | purposes only. | ||
| 2865 | <p> | ||
| 2866 | The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, | ||
| 2867 | plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material | ||
| 2868 | this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in | ||
| 2869 | formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means | ||
| 2870 | the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, | ||
| 2871 | preceding the beginning of the body of the text. | ||
| 2872 | <p> | ||
| 2873 | |||
| 2874 | <bf>2. VERBATIM COPYING</bf> | ||
| 2875 | <p> | ||
| 2876 | You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either | ||
| 2877 | commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the | ||
| 2878 | copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies | ||
| 2879 | to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other | ||
| 2880 | conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use | ||
| 2881 | technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further | ||
| 2882 | copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept | ||
| 2883 | compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough | ||
| 2884 | number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. | ||
| 2885 | <p> | ||
| 2886 | You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and | ||
| 2887 | you may publicly display copies. | ||
| 2888 | <p> | ||
| 2889 | |||
| 2890 | <bf>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</bf> | ||
| 2891 | <p> | ||
| 2892 | If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, | ||
| 2893 | and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose | ||
| 2894 | the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover | ||
| 2895 | Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on | ||
| 2896 | the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify | ||
| 2897 | you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present | ||
| 2898 | the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and | ||
| 2899 | visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. | ||
| 2900 | Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve | ||
| 2901 | the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated | ||
| 2902 | as verbatim copying in other respects. | ||
| 2903 | <p> | ||
| 2904 | If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit | ||
| 2905 | legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit | ||
| 2906 | reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent | ||
| 2907 | pages. | ||
| 2908 | <p> | ||
| 2909 | If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering | ||
| 2910 | more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent | ||
| 2911 | copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy | ||
| 2912 | a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete | ||
| 2913 | Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the | ||
| 2914 | general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no | ||
| 2915 | charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter | ||
| 2916 | option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin | ||
| 2917 | distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this | ||
| 2918 | Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location | ||
| 2919 | until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque | ||
| 2920 | copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to | ||
| 2921 | the public. | ||
| 2922 | |||
| 2923 | <p> | ||
| 2924 | It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the | ||
| 2925 | Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give | ||
| 2926 | them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. | ||
| 2927 | <p> | ||
| 2928 | |||
| 2929 | <bf>4. MODIFICATIONS</bf> | ||
| 2930 | <p> | ||
| 2931 | You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under | ||
| 2932 | the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release | ||
| 2933 | the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified | ||
| 2934 | Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution | ||
| 2935 | and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy | ||
| 2936 | of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: | ||
| 2937 | <p> | ||
| 2938 | <itemize> | ||
| 2939 | <item><bf>A.</bf> Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct | ||
| 2940 | from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions | ||
| 2941 | (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section | ||
| 2942 | of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version | ||
| 2943 | if the original publisher of that version gives permission. | ||
| 2944 | <item><bf>B.</bf> List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities | ||
| 2945 | responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified | ||
| 2946 | Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the | ||
| 2947 | Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). | ||
| 2948 | <item><bf>C.</bf> State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the | ||
| 2949 | Modified Version, as the publisher. | ||
| 2950 | |||
| 2951 | <item><bf>D.</bf> Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. | ||
| 2952 | <item><bf>E.</bf> Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications | ||
| 2953 | adjacent to the other copyright notices. | ||
| 2954 | <item><bf>F.</bf> Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice | ||
| 2955 | giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the | ||
| 2956 | terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. | ||
| 2957 | <item><bf>G.</bf> Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections | ||
| 2958 | and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. | ||
| 2959 | <item><bf>H.</bf> Include an unaltered copy of this License. | ||
| 2960 | <item><bf>I.</bf> Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to | ||
| 2961 | it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and | ||
| 2962 | publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If | ||
| 2963 | there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one | ||
| 2964 | stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as | ||
| 2965 | given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified | ||
| 2966 | Version as stated in the previous sentence. | ||
| 2967 | |||
| 2968 | <item><bf>J.</bf> Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for | ||
| 2969 | public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise | ||
| 2970 | the network locations given in the Document for previous versions | ||
| 2971 | it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. | ||
| 2972 | You may omit a network location for a work that was published at | ||
| 2973 | least four years before the Document itself, or if the original | ||
| 2974 | publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. | ||
| 2975 | <item><bf>K.</bf> In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", | ||
| 2976 | preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the | ||
| 2977 | substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements | ||
| 2978 | and/or dedications given therein. | ||
| 2979 | <item><bf>L.</bf> Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, | ||
| 2980 | unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers | ||
| 2981 | or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. | ||
| 2982 | <item><bf>M.</bf> Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section | ||
| 2983 | may not be included in the Modified Version. | ||
| 2984 | <item><bf>N.</bf> Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" | ||
| 2985 | or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. | ||
| 2986 | </itemize> | ||
| 2987 | <p> | ||
| 2988 | |||
| 2989 | If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or | ||
| 2990 | appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material | ||
| 2991 | copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all | ||
| 2992 | of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the | ||
| 2993 | list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. | ||
| 2994 | These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. | ||
| 2995 | <p> | ||
| 2996 | You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains | ||
| 2997 | nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various | ||
| 2998 | parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has | ||
| 2999 | been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a | ||
| 3000 | standard. | ||
| 3001 | <p> | ||
| 3002 | You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a | ||
| 3003 | passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list | ||
| 3004 | of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of | ||
| 3005 | Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or | ||
| 3006 | through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already | ||
| 3007 | includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or | ||
| 3008 | by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, | ||
| 3009 | you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit | ||
| 3010 | permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. | ||
| 3011 | <p> | ||
| 3012 | The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License | ||
| 3013 | give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or | ||
| 3014 | imply endorsement of any Modified Version. | ||
| 3015 | <p> | ||
| 3016 | |||
| 3017 | <bf>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</bf> | ||
| 3018 | <p> | ||
| 3019 | You may combine the Document with other documents released under this | ||
| 3020 | License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified | ||
| 3021 | versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the | ||
| 3022 | Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and | ||
| 3023 | list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its | ||
| 3024 | license notice. | ||
| 3025 | <p> | ||
| 3026 | The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and | ||
| 3027 | multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single | ||
| 3028 | copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but | ||
| 3029 | different contents, make the title of each such section unique by | ||
| 3030 | adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original | ||
| 3031 | author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. | ||
| 3032 | Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of | ||
| 3033 | Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. | ||
| 3034 | <p> | ||
| 3035 | |||
| 3036 | In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" | ||
| 3037 | in the various original documents, forming one section entitled | ||
| 3038 | "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", | ||
| 3039 | and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections | ||
| 3040 | entitled "Endorsements." | ||
| 3041 | <p> | ||
| 3042 | |||
| 3043 | <bf>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</bf> | ||
| 3044 | <p> | ||
| 3045 | You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents | ||
| 3046 | released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this | ||
| 3047 | License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in | ||
| 3048 | the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for | ||
| 3049 | verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. | ||
| 3050 | <p> | ||
| 3051 | You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute | ||
| 3052 | it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this | ||
| 3053 | License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all | ||
| 3054 | other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. | ||
| 3055 | <p> | ||
| 3056 | |||
| 3057 | |||
| 3058 | <bf>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</bf> | ||
| 3059 | <p> | ||
| 3060 | A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate | ||
| 3061 | and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or | ||
| 3062 | distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version | ||
| 3063 | of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the | ||
| 3064 | compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this | ||
| 3065 | License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled | ||
| 3066 | with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they | ||
| 3067 | are not themselves derivative works of the Document. | ||
| 3068 | <p> | ||
| 3069 | |||
| 3070 | If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these | ||
| 3071 | copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter | ||
| 3072 | of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on | ||
| 3073 | covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. | ||
| 3074 | Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. | ||
| 3075 | <p> | ||
| 3076 | |||
| 3077 | <bf>8. TRANSLATION</bf> | ||
| 3078 | <p> | ||
| 3079 | Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may | ||
| 3080 | distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. | ||
| 3081 | Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special | ||
| 3082 | permission from their copyright holders, but you may include | ||
| 3083 | translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the | ||
| 3084 | original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a | ||
| 3085 | translation of this License provided that you also include the | ||
| 3086 | original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement | ||
| 3087 | between the translation and the original English version of this | ||
| 3088 | License, the original English version will prevail. | ||
| 3089 | <p> | ||
| 3090 | |||
| 3091 | <bf>9. TERMINATION</bf> | ||
| 3092 | <p> | ||
| 3093 | You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except | ||
| 3094 | as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to | ||
| 3095 | copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will | ||
| 3096 | automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, | ||
| 3097 | parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this | ||
| 3098 | License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such | ||
| 3099 | parties remain in full compliance. | ||
| 3100 | <p> | ||
| 3101 | |||
| 3102 | <bf>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</bf> | ||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 | <p> | ||
| 3105 | The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions | ||
| 3106 | of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new | ||
| 3107 | versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may | ||
| 3108 | differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See | ||
| 3109 | http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. | ||
| 3110 | <p> | ||
| 3111 | Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. | ||
| 3112 | If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this | ||
| 3113 | License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of | ||
| 3114 | following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or | ||
| 3115 | of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the | ||
| 3116 | Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version | ||
| 3117 | number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not | ||
| 3118 | as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. | ||
| 3119 | <p> | ||
| 3120 | </sect1> | ||
| 3121 | |||
| 3122 | <sect1>How to use this License for your documents | ||
| 3123 | <p> | ||
| 3124 | To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of | ||
| 3125 | the License in the document and put the following copyright and | ||
| 3126 | license notices just after the title page: | ||
| 3127 | <p> | ||
| 3128 | <verb> | ||
| 3129 | Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. | ||
| 3130 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | ||
| 3131 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | ||
| 3132 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | ||
| 3133 | with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the | ||
| 3134 | Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. | ||
| 3135 | A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU | ||
| 3136 | Free Documentation License". | ||
| 3137 | </verb> | ||
| 3138 | <p> | ||
| 3139 | If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" | ||
| 3140 | instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no | ||
| 3141 | Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of | ||
| 3142 | "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. | ||
| 3143 | |||
| 3144 | <p> | ||
| 3145 | If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we | ||
| 3146 | recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of | ||
| 3147 | free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, | ||
| 3148 | to permit their use in free software. | ||
| 3149 | <p> | ||
| 3150 | </sect1> | ||
| 3151 | </sect> | ||
| 3152 | |||
| 3153 | <sect>おわりに | ||
| 3154 | <sect1>おわりに | ||
| 3155 | <p> | ||
| 3156 | このドキュメントを読んで、 | ||
| 3157 | ここはこうしたほうがいいのでは、といったような意見がありましたら、 | ||
| 3158 | <htmlurl url="mailto:hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp" name="hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp"> | ||
| 3159 | へお送りいただければ幸いです。 | ||
| 3160 | |||
| 3161 | </sect1> | ||
| 3162 | </sect> | ||
| 3163 | |||
| 3164 | <sect>History | ||
| 3165 | <sect1>更新履歴 | ||
| 3166 | <p> | ||
| 3167 | <verb> | ||
| 3168 | 2000-08-06 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3169 | * Version 0.1 | ||
| 3170 | * 更新履歴を追加 | ||
| 3171 | * ライセンスをGPL2に変更 | ||
| 3172 | 2000-08-06 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3173 | * Version 0.1.2 | ||
| 3174 | * KMailの注意書きを追加 | ||
| 3175 | * 句点のポリシーを変更 | ||
| 3176 | |||
| 3177 | 2000-09-13 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3178 | * Version 0.1.3 | ||
| 3179 | * メッセージの作成部分を記述 | ||
| 3180 | * アカウント設定でCc, Bcc, Reply-Toフィールド自動指定の記述 | ||
| 3181 | |||
| 3182 | 2000-09-27 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3183 | * Version 0.2 | ||
| 3184 | * Hiro's pageを変更 | ||
| 3185 | * imlib, facesの注意書きを追加 | ||
| 3186 | * sylpheed/develディレクトリの存在についての記述を削除 | ||
| 3187 | * cvsについての記述 | ||
| 3188 | * タグ->要素 | ||
| 3189 | * 振り分けの設定 | ||
| 3190 | * 全般の設定 | ||
| 3191 | * FAQにgtkrcの設定, ショートカットキーの変更を追加 | ||
| 3192 | * 機能を追加 | ||
| 3193 | * 動作確認環境を追加 | ||
| 3194 | * なし(ローカル)を追加 | ||
| 3195 | * 外部エディタの使い方を記述 | ||
| 3196 | 2000-09-27 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3197 | * Version 0.2.1 | ||
| 3198 | * 受信時のtypoを修正 | ||
| 3199 | * ctrl+n,p | ||
| 3200 | * $HOME | ||
| 3201 | 2000-11-09 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3202 | * Version 0.2.2 | ||
| 3203 | * MLの案内を変更 | ||
| 3204 | * ChangeLogの形式を変更 | ||
| 3205 | 2001-06-26 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3206 | * Version 0.3.0 (for 0.5.x) | ||
| 3207 | * 動作環境の記述の撤廃 | ||
| 3208 | * 機能説明部分の最新機能への追従 | ||
| 3209 | * rpmでのインストールの記述の変更 | ||
| 3210 | * Vine LinuxおよびKondara MNU/Linuxでのインストール方法の消去 | ||
| 3211 | * 新しいウィンドウで開くを追加 | ||
| 3212 | * "即実行"を標準の記述に採用 | ||
| 3213 | * アカウントの設定を最新に追従 | ||
| 3214 | * メッセージの作成を最新に追従 | ||
| 3215 | * 振り分けを最新に追従 | ||
| 3216 | * ニュース関連を追従 | ||
| 3217 | * (全般の設定が追従未完了) | ||
| 3218 | * nightly buildに関する記述を追加 | ||
| 3219 | * サイトアドレスの変更 | ||
| 3220 | 2001-07-01 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3221 | * Version 0.3.1 | ||
| 3222 | * 返信方法の変更に追従 | ||
| 3223 | * 全般の設定を追従 | ||
| 3224 | * ショートカットキーの追加(不完全) | ||
| 3225 | 2002-04-04 Yoichi Imai <yoichi@silver-forest.com> | ||
| 3226 | * Version 0.4.0 | ||
| 3227 | * GFDLへ変更 | ||
| 3228 | * Sylpheed最新版へ追従 | ||
| 3229 | * セクションの追加と移動と削除 | ||
| 3230 | * リファレンスの削除 | ||
| 3231 | * TODO: FreeBSDへのインストール, Gtk+のインストール, テンプレート | ||
| 3232 | 2004-11-26 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3233 | * Version 0.5.0 | ||
| 3234 | * Sylpheed最新版の仕様に追従 | ||
| 3235 | 2004-12-01 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3236 | * Version 0.5.1 | ||
| 3237 | * Sylpheed最新版の仕様に追従 | ||
| 3238 | * 言い回しの統一 | ||
| 3239 | 2004-12-15 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3240 | * Version 0.5.2 | ||
| 3241 | * まず最初に何をするか -> 最初に行うこと に変更 | ||
| 3242 | * abstractを変更 | ||
| 3243 | 2004-12-21 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3244 | * Version 0.5.3 | ||
| 3245 | * 振り分けの設定の項目を加筆修正 | ||
| 3246 | 2006-02-08 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3247 | * Version 0.6.0 | ||
| 3248 | * Sylpheed 2.2.0にあわせて多数加筆修正 | ||
| 3249 | 2006-12-20 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3250 | * Version 0.7.0 | ||
| 3251 | * Sylpheed 2.3.0にあわせて加筆修正 | ||
| 3252 | 2006-12-22 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3253 | * Version 0.7.1 | ||
| 3254 | * セキュリティ機能の項目を追加 | ||
| 3255 | 2007-04-16 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3256 | * Version 0.8.0 | ||
| 3257 | * Sylpheed 2.4.0にあわせて加筆修正 | ||
| 3258 | * URLを修正 | ||
| 3259 | * SVNリポジトリの利用方法を記述 | ||
| 3260 | 2007-04-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3261 | * Version 0.8.1 | ||
| 3262 | * カスタマイズの項目を加筆修正 | ||
| 3263 | 2007-04-20 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3264 | * Version 0.8.2 | ||
| 3265 | * IMAP4関連の記述を追加。 | ||
| 3266 | * APOP、OP25Bについての記述を追加 | ||
| 3267 | 2008-10-03 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3268 | * Version 0.9.0 | ||
| 3269 | * メッセージの受信 - POP3の場合 - リモートメールボックス機能 | ||
| 3270 | の項目を追加 | ||
| 3271 | * FAQ - ショートカットキーのキーバインドの変更を加筆修正 | ||
| 3272 | * FAQ - 返信マークについての項目を削除 | ||
| 3273 | 2009-06-12 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3274 | * Version 0.10.0 | ||
| 3275 | * 迷惑メール対策の記述を更新 | ||
| 3276 | * アップデートチェックを追加 | ||
| 3277 | 2009-06-25 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3278 | * Version 0.10.1 | ||
| 3279 | * 迷惑メール対策にWindows版bsfilterの注意事項を追加 | ||
| 3280 | 2009-08-13 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3281 | * Version 0.10.2 | ||
| 3282 | * インポートの項目を加筆修正 | ||
| 3283 | 2010-02-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3284 | * Version 0.11.0 | ||
| 3285 | * Sylpheed 3.0 にあわせて加筆修正 | ||
| 3286 | * アドレス帳、フィルタリングの項目を加筆修正 | ||
| 3287 | * 「このマニュアルについて」、「インストール」、「カスタマイズ」 | ||
| 3288 | の項を加筆修正 | ||
| 3289 | * 「おわりに」の項を修正 | ||
| 3290 | 2010-02-19 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3291 | * Version 0.11.1 | ||
| 3292 | * 「迷惑メール対策」の項に Virtual Store についての記述を追加 | ||
| 3293 | 2010-03-12 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3294 | * Version 0.11.2 | ||
| 3295 | * 「アップグレード方法」の項を追加 | ||
| 3296 | 2010-11-18 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3297 | * Version 0.12.0 | ||
| 3298 | * Sylpheed 3.1 にあわせて加筆修正 | ||
| 3299 | 2010-12-24 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3300 | * Version 0.12.2 | ||
| 3301 | * ソート、スレッド表示の説明を追加 | ||
| 3302 | * メッセージ作成、アドレス補完、「全般の設定 - 詳細 - インタフェース」 | ||
| 3303 | を加筆修正 | ||
| 3304 | 2011-01-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3305 | * Version 0.12.3 | ||
| 3306 | * Outlook Express からのインポートについての記述を追加 | ||
| 3307 | 2011-01-21 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3308 | * Version 0.12.4 | ||
| 3309 | * 「送信ダイアログを表示する」設定項目を追加 | ||
| 3310 | 2011-01-24 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3311 | * Version 0.12.5 | ||
| 3312 | * 「主な機能」「メッセージの管理方式」「インストール」 | ||
| 3313 | を加筆修正 | ||
| 3314 | 2011-05-10 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3315 | * Version 0.12.6 | ||
| 3316 | * 誤表記を修正 | ||
| 3317 | 2011-09-08 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3318 | * Version 0.12.7 | ||
| 3319 | * 添付ファイルに関する記述を更新 | ||
| 3320 | 2012-01-06 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3321 | * Version 0.12.8 | ||
| 3322 | * mbox のインポートに関する制限事項を追加 | ||
| 3323 | 2012-06-19 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3324 | * Version 0.13.0 | ||
| 3325 | * インストールの章を更新 | ||
| 3326 | * 添付リストビューに関する説明を更新 | ||
| 3327 | * メッセージの保存方法を追加 | ||
| 3328 | * 迷惑メール対策の説明を更新 | ||
| 3329 | 2012-06-25 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3330 | * Version 0.14.0 | ||
| 3331 | * メーラ→メールソフト | ||
| 3332 | * 全般の設定項目を追加 | ||
| 3333 | 2012-10-30 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3334 | * Version 0.15.0 | ||
| 3335 | * クイック検索の AND 検索の記述を追加 | ||
| 3336 | * 添付インタフェースの設定の説明を追加 | ||
| 3337 | 2013-02-14 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3338 | * Version 0.16.0 | ||
| 3339 | * 迷惑メールの説明を更新し、オプションを追加 | ||
| 3340 | 2013-05-24 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3341 | * Version 0.17.0 | ||
| 3342 | * メッセージの保存の説明を更新 | ||
| 3343 | * HTMLメールの設定項目を追加 | ||
| 3344 | 2014-03-19 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3345 | * Version 0.18.0 | ||
| 3346 | * 生成した HTML ファイルに content-type meta タグを追加 | ||
| 3347 | * PGP encrypt-to-self の説明を追加 | ||
| 3348 | * 新着メッセージ通知の説明を更新 | ||
| 3349 | 2014-11-20 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3350 | * Version 0.19.0 | ||
| 3351 | * オンライン状態の設定項目を追加 | ||
| 3352 | 2015-11-27 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3353 | * Version 0.19.1 | ||
| 3354 | * 著作権年を更新 | ||
| 3355 | * GTK+の必要バージョンを2.8以降に修正 | ||
| 3356 | * Windows 2000/XPを削除し、8/10を追加 | ||
| 3357 | * rpmのインストール方法を修正 | ||
| 3358 | 2017-02-16 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3359 | * Version 0.20.0 | ||
| 3360 | * 著作権年を更新 | ||
| 3361 | * Windows 2000/XP向けの説明を削除 | ||
| 3362 | * 署名機能の説明を更新 | ||
| 3363 | 2017-02-17 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3364 | * アドレス帳のグループの説明を更新 | ||
| 3365 | * 「その他の機能」の章を追加 | ||
| 3366 | 2017-02-28 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3367 | * 添付ファイルフォルダについて補足 | ||
| 3368 | 2017-06-28 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3369 | * Windows Vistaの記述を削除 | ||
| 3370 | 2017-12-08 Hiroyuki Yamamoto <hiro-y@kcn.ne.jp> | ||
| 3371 | * Version 0.21.0 | ||
| 3372 | * アドレス帳のCSVエクスポートを追加 | ||
| 3373 | * 検索結果のコンテキストメニューの説明を追加 | ||
| 3374 | </verb> | ||
| 3375 | </sect1> | ||
| 3376 | </sect> | ||
| 3377 | </article> | ||
